nepalese manuscripts pt 1 newari and sanskrit

267
NEPALESE MANUSCRIPTS PART 1: NEVAR I AND SANSKRIT STAATSBIBLIOTHEK PREUSSISCHER KULTURBESITZ, BERLIN DESCRIBED BY SIEGFRIED LIENHARD th the collaboraon of THAKUR LAL MANANDHAR FRANZ STEINER VERLAG WIESBADEN GMBH STUGART 1988

Upload: francesc-navarro

Post on 28-Dec-2015

2.867 views

Category:

Documents


13 download

DESCRIPTION

Buddhists Manuscripts

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

NEPALESE MANUSCRIPTS

PART 1:

NEV ARI AND SANSKRIT

STAATSBIBLIOTHEK PREUSSISCHER KULTURBESITZ, BERLIN

DESCRIBED BY

SIEGFRIED LIENHARD

with the collaboration of

THAKUR LAL MANANDHAR

FRANZ STEINER VERLAG WIESBADEN GMBH STUTTGART 1988

Page 2: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

e watermark

VERZEICHNIS DER ORIENTALISCHEN HANDSCHRIFTEN IN DEUTSCHLAND

1M EINVERNEHMEN MIT DER

DEUTSCHEN MORGENLANDISCHEN GESELLSCHAFT

BEGRONDET VON

WOLFGANG VOIGT

WEITERGEFOHRT VON

DIETER GEORGE

HERAUSGEGEBEN VON

HARTMUT·ORTWlN FEISTEL

Band XXXIII, 1

FRANZ STEINER VERLAG WIESBADEN GMBH STUTTGART 1988

Page 3: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

CIP�Titelaufnahme der Deutschen Bibliothek

Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutscbland I im Einvemehmen mit d. Dt. MorgenUind. Ges. begr. von Wolfgang Voigt. Weitergefiihrt von Dieter George. Hrsg. von Hartmut�Ortwin Feistel. - Stuttgart : Steiner�Verl. Wiesbaden.

Teilw. hrsg. von Dieter George. - FrOher mit d. Verl.�Angabe Stei�er, Wiesbaden

NE: Voigt, Wolfgang [Begr,]; Feistel, Hartmut-Ortwin [Hrsg,]; George, Dieter [Hrsg,]

Bd. 33. Nepa1�se manuscripts. Pt. 1. Nevari and Sanskrit, Staatsbibliothek Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Berlin. - 1988

Nepalese manuscripts. - Stuttgart : Steiner�VerL Wiesbaden. (Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland; Bd. 33)

Pt. 1. Nevan and Sanskrit, Staatsbibliothek Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Berlin I described by Siegfried Lienhard. With the collab, of Thakur La! Manandhar. - 1988 ISBN 3-515-03041-7

NE: Lienhard, Siegfried [Mitverf,]

Jede Verwertung des Werkes auBerhalb der Grenzen des Urheberrechtsgesetzes ist unzulassig und strafbar. Dies gilt insbesondere fUr Ubersetzung, Mikroverfilmung oder vergleichbare Ver� fahren sowie fur die Speicherung in Datenverarbeitungsanlagen. Gedruckt mit Unterstfitzung der Deutscben Forschungsgememscbaft. © 1988 by Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden GmbH, Sitz Stuttgart, Herstellung: Laupp & Gobel, Tiibingen 3 Printed in the Fed. Rep. of Germany

Page 4: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

CONTENTS

Preface ...

Introduction .

1. General remarks on the language and literature of the Nevars a) The Nevars .. . b) Nevan ..... . c) N evan literature .

a) The beginnings �) 14th century: early manuals, dictionaries and chronicles y) Literary activities of the 15th and 16th centuries Ii) Legal documents . . . . . E) Religious writings . . . . . �) Secular and didactic prose . 1]) Poetry and drama . . . . . {}) Modern trends . . . . . .

2. Scribes, writing materials and alphabets .

3. The manuscripts described in this catalogue. Explanations for its use

4. Bibliography a) Catalogues and lists of Nevarl manuscripts . b) Works on Nevarlliterature ........ . c) Editions and translations ......... . d) Reference books and other important works or articles e) Scripts and writing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Plates I-XVI

CATALOGUE

1. Narrative Literature Religious Literature

Buddhist (Avadiinas) . Hindu (V ratakathiis) .

Non-religious Literature

2. Didactic Literature (NIti) .

3. Epic Literature Ram�yal)a and Adhyatmaramayal)a Mahabharata Pural)as .

V

VII

IX

IX IX X

XI XII

XIII XIV XIV XV

XVI XVII

XVII

XXV

xxx XXXI XXXI

XXXII . XXXIII

3 3

22 37

46

51 60 62

Page 5: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

4. Mahayana Manuals and Sutras

5. Ritual Buddhist Hindu ..

Saiva . Vai�l).ava

Rituals concerning house bUilding.

6. Tantra ...... ........ .

Contents

7. Mantras, Dharal).ls, Vaslkaral).a, Folk Medicine, Kavacas .

8. Astrology and Fortune-telling.

9. Prognostics

10. Ayurveda Medicine Herbs and Oils

11. Music ..... .

12. Hymns and Songs Buddhist .... Hindu (or Mixed) .

Saiva . ... Vai�l).ava ..

13. Legal documents Donations . Sales ....

14. Miscellaneous Painting ............ . Science of Jewels ....... . Translations and Commentaries Inscriptions . . . . . . . . . . . Manuscripts with mixed contents

INDICES

A Concordance according to titles .

B Concordance according to library signs

C Authors.

D Scribes .

E Donors and owners

F Names of buyers, sellers, etc., mentioned in the legal documents

G Place-names including the names of tolas and viharas .

H Dates of manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . .

VI

68

72 93 93

106 107

109

113

124

133

136 139

142

145 156 162 165

173 179

199 199 200 201 201

205

211

217

217

218

219

220

221

Page 6: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PREFACE

The present catalogue describes mainly manuscripts written exclusively in Nevarl as well as Sans­krit manuscripts accompanied by a Nevarl paraphrase or translation. However, a few manuscripts in Sanskrit, Nepali, Hindi and BengalilMaithiIl and a single printed text have also been included. This volume covers a period of almost four hundred years (N.E. 678 to N.E. 1064) and is the first descriptive catalogue of Nevar manuscripts to be published so far. It is to be hoped that it will soon be followed by other volumes describing further manuscripts from the Kathmandu Valley, originals as well as photocopies, which are today in the possession of the State Library (Staatsbibliothek Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Potsdamer Strasse 33, Postfach 1407, D-1000 Berlin 30) in Berlin. In compiling this catalogue of the very first Nepalese manuscripts collected by the State Library I have been assisted by Shri Thakur Lal Manandhar, Kathmandu, one of the best scholars of both modern and 'classical' Nevarl in Nepal, who, for this purpose, stayed in Stockholm from the beginning of July 1979 to the middle of October 1981. It is my pleasant duty to express here my thanks to him as well as to all other colleagues and friends who have given me invaluable aid and advice in the course of my work. Special thanks are due to Professor Kamal Prakash MalIa, Kathmandu, for reading the Introduction and making useful suggestions on a number of points. I am also obligated to my student cando phil. Leif Asplund, Stockholm, who kindly assisted me in correcting the proofs.

I record my gratitude to the German Research Council (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) in Bonn, which has supported this enterprise from the very beginning. I am especially indebted to t Dr. Dr. h. C. Wolfgang Voigt, Berlin, the founder and former editor of the 'Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland' (VOHD), who not only invited me to undertake this catalogue of Nepalese Manuscripts as a part of his famous project but also gave me his generous help at every stage of my work. I also am very grateful to t Dr. Dieter George and Dr. Hartmut-Ortwin Feistel, successors to Dr. Voigt, as well as to Gunter Meier, who were all extremely supportive of my work on this catalogue.

Stockholm, January 1988 Siegfried Lienhard

VII

Page 7: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

1 . General remarks on the language and literature of the Nevars

a) The Nevars

At a remote date which is still unknown, presumably long before the Licchavi Period (about 400-880 A.D.), a people of Mongoloid race emigrated from the East or North-East towards the temperate zone of what is today known as Nepal. They were fundamentally Tibeto-Burman and, calling themselves Nevarsl, settled in various regions of Nepal, above all in the pleasant and very fertile Valley of Kathmandu, where they still constitute the greater part of the population'. The impact of Indian culture converted them to Buddhism or Hinduism; as far as the latter is concerned, especially Sivaism. They were an extremely sociable people: they lived by preference close together, in houses of one or more storeys, appreciated the well-protected life of the city community and loved gaiety, singing and dancing. They were hard-working farmers, shrewd and prudent traders who did not mind the long and perilous journey to Tibet, and as craftsmen and builders they became famous even beyond the confines of their valley. In their temples and palaces Indian forms were gradually changed into a new, typically Nepalese style which, in its turn, exercised a considerable influence on the art and architecture not only of Central Asia but also of the Far East.

b) Nevarl

The language of the Nevars, which in European linguistic literature has been termed Nevarl, but is known in Nepal and by its native speakers as Nepal(a)bhii$a, i. e., the language of Nepal, was for many centuries the principal language of Nepal. It was the main language in the whole valley of Kathmandu from at least the 13th century until the final conquest of the Valley by Siih Prthvl Niiriiyal) in 1768 A.D.3. From this period onwards, however, the new rulers and the Gurkha inhabi­tants of the country have consistently tried gradually to replace Neviin with their own, Indo-Aryan, vernacular, i. e., Nepl'Ur or, as it was previously called, Gurkhali. Neviirl, as is well-known today, belongs to the Tibeto-Burman family of languages and is of the greatest literary as well as linguistic importance, since it is one of the only five Tibeto-Burman languages to have a long written tradition. These are besides Neviirl- Meithei (or Manipun), Burmese, Nakhi and Tibetan. The significance

1 The word nevar, probably of non-Aryan origin, is evidently connected with Skt. neptila, "Nepal". The most convincing etymology attempted so far is that of K. P. Malia who derives it from the Tibeto-Burmese word nhet.pa (yepti) which means "cow-herd" (Kailash VIII, 1981, pp.18 f.). nevar nhet.pa thus corresponds to Skt. gopiila which, of course, also means "cow-herd". It is noteworthy that the first historical dynasty recorded by the Nepalese chronicles (varnSiivall) is that of the Gopaias.

2 On the geographical distribution of the Nevars today see W. Donner, Nepal: Raum, Mensch und WirtschaJt, Wiesbaden 1972, pp.1101.\

3 On the position of Nevarl in the preAGurkha period and after see'S. Lienhard, NevarlgltimaiijarI: ReligiOUS and Secular Poetry of the Nevors of the Kathmandu Valley, p. 141.

IX

Page 8: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

of Nevar! for comparative studies in the field of Tibeto-Burman linguistics is obvious. At the present stage of research we can place Nevarl between Tibetan and Burmese; it appears to be more closely related to the languages of the North (Tibet) and East (Burma) than to the Tibeto-Burman dialects of Assam and, due to its loss of prefixes and final consonants, resembles the written form of Burmese (Middle Burmese) rather than literary Tibetan" Thus, to give just a few characteristic word equa­tions, Tibetan mig and Burmese myak correspond to NevarI mi, "eye", Tibetan dgu and Burmese ku! to Nevarl gu, "nine", Tibetan byin and Burmese pe to Nevarl bi(ya), ,, (to) give", and Tibetan bsad and Burmese sat to Nevarl syii(ya), ,,(to) kill". Nevarl, though Tibeto-Burman in stock, has, how­ever, been greatly influenced by the Indo-Aryan languages, particularly in vocabulary and syntax. Unlike the peoples of the other branches of the Tibeto-Burman family of languages; educated Nevars cultivated Sanskrit language and literature and, in more recent times, also the literary styles of some modern Indian languages, especially Maithil! and Bengali. Due to its continuous contact with Indian culture, Nevarl has borrowed very heavily from the vocabulary of Indian languages, both Sanskrit and, later on, the vernaculars. At the earliest stage in its history, Nevarl was used as a second literary language together with Sanskrit. It was at first employed in bilingual texts written alternately in Sanskrit and Nevarl, the aim being to paraphrase or translate the Sanskrit portions of the text, stanza by stanza or sentence by sentence. Gradually independent works in Nevarl were written which were neither translations nor explanations of Sanskrit sources.

c) Nevari literature

A large body of Nevarl literature has come down to us which, though rich in various departments and genres, written in prose or verse and comprehending epic works as well as poetry and drama, is still very little explored. There are two main forms of Nevarl: (1) the language which since Hans Jl'lrgensen has been called "classical" Nevarl and (2) modern Nevarl which is characterized by many morphological changes, especially apocope and contraction of the penultimate syllable of words of the classical language (as, for example, classical cosa "on the top" becoming coy in modern Nevarl, or classical phukija "brother" becoming modern phukl). The entire Nevarl literature from the ear­liest texts we know until the end of the 19th and beginning of the 20th centuries was written in the classical form, though also younger "classical" texts, mainly due to the inattention of the scribes, often show modern or modernized forms. We are in this volume concerned only with classical Nevar!' While Jl'lrgensen defined it as "the language of the manuscripts"S, classical Nevarl, according to our knowledge of today, comprehends, besides the language of the manuscripts, also the language of Nevar songs and the Nevarl portions in legal documents, i. e., land grants, sales contracts, etc., and epigraphy. Modern NevarI represented for a long time an unwritten, colloquial form of the language and was not developed as a literary medium before around 1900 A.D.

No history of Nevarl literature has so far been written, although a few attempts have been made to present a preliminary and general view of both the language and the writings of the Nevars6. Too few Nevarl or bilingual texts (in Sanskrit cum Nevarl, Sanskrit cum MaithilI, etc.) have as yet been carefully studied or edited and, what is still more important, with the exception of the present volume and Janak Lal Vaidya's work (see Bibliography, p. XXXI), no adequate descriptive catalogues have been published of the Nevarl manuscript collections in both Nepal and Europe which at places are

4 See R. Shafer, Newari and Sino· Tibetan, p. 92ff., and the more recent classifications by W. W. Glover, Cognate Counts Via the Swpdesh List in Some Tibeto-Burman Languages of Nepal, Urbana 1970 (Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman Linguistics, Vol. III, Part II: Lexical Lists and Comparative Studies, p. 23ff.) .

5 H. Jl?Srgensen, A Dictionary of the Classical Newiir� p.3. 6 See S. Lienhard, op. cit., p.13, note 2. The hitherto most informative and up�to�date work is Kamal P. Malla, Classical

Newari Literature: A. Sketch. Not a few of the statements in the introduction above go to the credit of this first scientific presentation of the literary heritage of the Nevars.

x

Page 9: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

surprisingly rich7 The following exposition, too, can, therefore, not be more than a modest trial to summarize what research in Nevar language and literate culture has achieved during the last few decades and thus give an account of our present, still very restricted knowledge in this field. When discussing the history and culture of the Kathmandu Valley, it is helpful to divide Nepalese history of the first and second millennia A.D. into six principal periods, namely:

1. the pre-Licchavi period, ending about 400 A.D., 2. The Licchavi period, from about 400 A.D. to 879 A.D., 3. the transitional period, from 879 A.D. to 1200 A.D., 4. the early Malla period, from 1200 A.D. to 1482 A.D., covering the time between King Arimalla

(1200-1216 A.D.) and King Jayayak�a Malla (1428-1482), 5. the period of the three Malla kingdoms, from 1482 A.D. to 1768 A.D., and 6. the Gurkha period, commencing in the year 1768 A.D.

a) The beginnings

No texts in Nevarl, either epigraphic or in manuscript form, are extant from the pre-Licchavi or the Licchavi period, but a number of nomina, above all place-names and certain administrative terms which are undoubtedly Nevarl, can be encountered in inscriptions from the Licchavi times. The oldest document in classical Nevarl is from the transitional period. While the earliest dated Sanskrit manuscript is the Sahottaratantra of the year [Manadeva SaI!1vat] 301 (878 A.D.)9, the earliest text in Nevarl cum Sanskrit is a legal document of the Rudravarl)amahavihara (mod. Nev. Vokubaha:) in Patan, which is dated N.E.lO 235 (1115 A.D.)l1. An inscription of only three lines is to be found in the courtyard of the famous Vajrayoginl temple above SaI!1khu-in the eastern end of the valley!2; it is dated N.E. 293 (1173) and contains a short Nevarl word-sequence. The manuscript of the Madka­vanidana, a Sanskrit medical work, which contains a line by line translation into Nevarl of Vijayara­k�ita's commentary (Siistramadhukosayt', is not, as was earlier believed, from the year 331 (1211 A.D.) but from the year 631 (1511 A.D.). This text is one of the numerous manuscripts which, as has already been mentioned, are not written in Nevarl alone, but are in Sanskrit and Nevarl, the Nevarl portions being translations or paraphrases of the respective Sanskrit text.

Classical Nevarlliterature flourished from about 1350 A.D. until the end of the Malia period. Both prose texts and verse in classical Nevarl continued to be composed, however, after the fateful year 1768 A.D. and even as late as the nineteen twenties. During the entire Malla period, kings and high officials were frequently fervent patrons of the learning and literature of the Nevars, while some Gurkha kings, like Ral)a Bahadura Saha and Rajendra Vikrama Saha also furthered the cause of Nevarl. From about 1350 A.D. the cJassical language begins to be employed not only in manuscripts, where it appears alongside Sanskrit, but also in epigraphy!4. Its use in inscriptions is at first limited to only certain technical data, the main part being written in Sanskrit, whereas later epigraphy, from about the end of the early Malla period and onwards, makes full use of Nevar!'

• 7 See Bibliography, p. XXXI. 8 K. P. Malia, Kailash VIII (1981), pp. 61. and 12ff. 9 Dhanavajra Vajnicarya, Licchavikiilkii abhilekh (anuviid, aitihdsik vyiikhyasahit), Kathmandu 2030, p.599. 10 That is, Nepal Era. 11 See B. KOlver and Hernraj Sakya, Documents from the Rudravarl}a�Mahilvihiira, Palan, Nepal. 1. Sales and Mortgages,

p.209f. 12 K. Tamo" N. S. 293 (A.D. 1173) yd chag" abhilekh, in: Nepala, N.E. 1 097, 2 (Kathmandu 1977 A.D.), p.12. 13 Library of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, No. G 4812. See G. J, Meulenbeld. The Mtidhavanidiina and

Its Chief Commentary. Chapters i-1O: introduction, Translation and Notes, Leiden 1974, p.24. 14 Before this time, the medium used for Nepalese epigraphy, whiC;h as a matter of fact originated in almost its entirety

from the Kathmandu Valley, was exclusively Sanskrit. The oldest example is Manadeva's inscription in the temple of Cangu NarayaQa, dated Saka Era 386 (464 A.D.).

Xl

Page 10: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

�) 14th century: Early manuals, dictionaries and chronicles

Whereas the earliest Nepalese manuscripts, most of which were copied on palm-leaf and which often have valuable miniature paintings on their wooden cover or on some of the leaves, are all written in Sanskrit, and as far as the oldest work is concerned, date back to the 9th century A.D., a great number of bilingual manuscripts in both Sanskrit and Nevarl suddenly emerge during the latter part of the 14th century AD., as is shown by the text material that has been preserved. The oldest dated manuscripts from that time known at present are the Haramekhala in the possession of the Kaiser Library, Kathmandu, dated N.E. 494 (1374 A.D.)15, the Manavanyayasiistra, dated N.B. 500 (1380 A.D.) and three Amarakosas dated N.E. 501 = 1381 A.D., N.B. 506 = 1386 AD. andN.B. 550 = A.D. 1430 respectively. The Berlin manuscript of the Hitopadesa was for a long time taken to be the very oldest manuscript in (Sanskrit and) Nevar!' Hans J;lrgensen gives no date when describ­ing this text in his Versuch eines Worterbuches der Neviirl-Sprache, p. 26, since, as he explicitly states, the first numeral of the date given in it is not readable. When listing it, later on, in his Dictionary of the Classical Newarl, p. 4, however, J;lrgensen dates the same manuscript N.E. ,,481 = AD 1360", without mentioning at all the difficulty in reading the first numeral. Recently, new doubts have been raised against the accurateness of his reading. A re-examination of the manuscript has proved that its date is clearly an adscript at the bottom of the right hand corner of the last folio and, while the first numeral remains unclear, the second one is undoubtly the grapheme 9. Thus, even if we might tentatively accept the interpretation. of the first symbol as 4, the Berlin Hitopadda must, at any rate, be dated ten years later than stated by J;lrgensen, that is to say, N.E. 491 instead of previously 481'6. The Manavanyayaiastra contains the Sanskrit original of Narada's Smrti together with a Nevar! commentary named Nyayavikasinl. It was written by a certain Mal)ikya Yardhana in Bhaktapur, whereas the three Amarakosas mentioned above represent the three oldest specimens of bilingual lexicography in Sanskrit and Nevar!'

It is indeed a matter of great fortune that kosas are to be found among the most ancient texts that have been preserved of the earliest literature in classical Nevar!' To these texts of the 14th century belongs also the oldest chronicle (varviavall) of the Kathmandu Yalley, the famous Gopalariijavayt!­sava{[l7, which, when judged from both its contents and linguistic criteria, must have been compiled between N.E. 507 and 510 (1387-1390 AD.). Using several sources, some of which date back as far as, for example, A.D. 1057, it was compiled in Bhaktapur during the reign of King Jayasthiti Malia (1382-1395 AD.). This earliest and most important historical work consists, in fact, of two loosely related texts, the first of which contains merely genealogical lists of kings and princes. The first is written in corrupt Sanskrit, the second in old Nevilr!. Only the second text, which forms the main part of the book, is composed in the form of a chronicle and, interestingly enough, uses a style of NevilrI which is evidently based on the old Bhaktapur dialect. Another important, though, as it seems, somewhat younger, genre of historical prose-writing in NevarI are the thyiisaphiis (,fold books'), a sort of historical diary with notes on noteworthy events, a fairly large number of which have already been published18.

The Gopiilariijavarviiivall is not the only manuscript compiled during the reign of Jayasthiti Malia. Innumerable texts were written or rewritten under this great and versatile ruler who, like most of his

lS Kaiser Library Catalogue No. 60. 16 See Nepal Bhasha (Newari) Dictionary Committee (Cwasa Pasa), Research Project Proposal: A Comprehensive Dictio­

nary of Classical Newari: Pilot Project towards the compilation of a comprehensive Dictionary of ClassiCal Newari, Kathmandu 1980 (typewritten and xeroxed), p.7 and, especially, note 11.

17 See Dhanavajra Vajracarya and Kamal P. Mana, The GopiilariijavarriavaLl, Wiesbaden 1985 (Nepal Research Centre Publications 9).

18 See Sailkarman RajvaJ!1sI, Aitihiisik gha!anavail, V.S. 2020 (one thyiisapha), and D. R. Regmi, Medieval Nepal, Part III and TV: Source Materials for the History and Culture of Nepal 740 - 1768 A.D., Calcutta 1966 (nine thyiisaphlls).

XII

Page 11: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

successors, patronized Sanskrit as well as Neviirl and sponsored both scholars and scribes. On the initiative of the court, manuscripts were copied and collected in the royal archives, and this lively concern for copying Sanskrit, bilingual and, gradually, also pure Neviirl texts, by no means ceased when, later on, the country was divided into three separate kingdoms. Now each court competed, as it were, with the others to produce manuscripts and to enlarge its collections. There also exist a number of manuscripts of commentaries and dramas, as well as hymns or songs, especially of the 17th and 18th centuries, which, correctly or incorrectly, have been attributed to certain kings in the valley.

y) Literary activities of the 15th and 16th centuries

It is not possible here to describe each dated text in the flourishing literature that arose in the following centuries, which, as previously mentioned, now brought forth a considerable variety of text classes and genres. We shall mention only dated manuscripts written in the 15th century which, according to our present knowledge, are Haramekhalii and Daivajiia Jyotiriija's Nepiilabh&jiicikitsii, dated N.B. 541 (= 1421 A.D.), Bh&jiijyot4a, dated N.B. 542 (= 1422 A.D.), Nepiilabhii�iivaidyaka­ra/Ja", dated N.B. 560 (= 1440 A.D.), another, anonymous, Nepiilabhii�iicitiksii, dated N.B. 561 (= 1441 A.D.) and, finally, the Svarodayadasii, dated N.B. 581 (= 1461 A.D.), by Daivajiia GUl)ariija, perhaps a relative of Daivajiia Jyotiriija. With the exception of the Hitopade§a, a narrative work, and the Gopiilariijava1f/Siivatl, a chronicle, all the texts we have noted so far are either dictionaries (kosa) or manuals (siistra) on a certain field of ancient Indian knowledge, preferably law, medicine and astrology. It is surprising to see that texts that are markedly literary or Buddhist are still absent from the earliest group of Nevarl manuscripts of the first hundred years (about 1360 to 1460), which all tend to be didactic. Like the aphorisms in the Cii/Jakyasiirasan:!graha, which was soon to become very popular in the valley, the Nevarl version of the Hitopadeia served a primarily educational purpose, as it was mainly used to teach young N evars how to behave properly. The first writers of N evarl thus tread in the footsteps of Indian learning and translated, explained or commented on Sanskrit texts for the benefit of those of their people who had not mastered the Sanskrit language or did not know it sufficiently well. No author had yet written a Nevarl work that was independent of Sanskrit. It was, on the contrary, typical of this earliest period that Neviirl was then only employed to translate or explain and that those who made use of Neviirl in writing were an educated elite proficient in Sanskrit.

Soon the perspective widened considerably. We now witness not only a continuous increase in the types of text that paraphrased or were translated from Sanskrit; we also notice how, gradually, many independent, creative and literary genres developed. Classical Neviirl was no longer exclusively used in bilingual texts along with Sanskrit; it began to form a desirable medium for a native literary tradition that extends from before the middle of the 16th century to the beginning of the present century. Apart from the Berlin Hitopadesa, the earliest texts that are not of a technical nature are a manuscript of the Tantriikhyiina, a secular narrative from 1508 A.D., and a manuscript of the Svasthiinlvratakathii, a religious narrative from 1593 A.D. Though scientific and other technical texts in Sanskrit, such as ritual works, are often written in verse, their Neviirl translations are invariably in prose. The undoubtedly largest part of Neviirlliterature, bilingual or not, deals with either ritual or the sciences of medicine, pharmacology and astrology. Numerous texts are devoted to other traditio­nal branches of knowledge which are all very well represented: mathematics, prognostics, music, drama, dance, architecture and painting, the science of love, elephant-lore, the knowledge of breed­ing and healing horses, the science of jewels as well as politics and diplomacy. Many texts are legal documents attesting a donation or the sale of a house, a garden, etc., or are collections of mantras and dhiira/Jli. Still other texts belong, as we have already seen, to Sanskrit-Nevarllexicography, which had a long and unbroken tradition in Nepal, nourished perhaps by the unrecorded belief of the

XIII

Page 12: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Nevars that the author of the Sanskrit dictionary NiimalihgiinuSiisana (or Amarakosa), the famous AmarasiIpha, was himself a Nepalese Buddhist.

b) Legal documents

Legal documents attesting sales are mostly written in a mixture of Sanskrit and Nevarl and follow highly stereotyped patterns19• They start (or sometimes end) by stating the exact date when the sale is being effected and then give information (1) on the seller (dhiin:taka), (2) the situation of the house, garden or building-site to be sold as well as (3) its dimensions. The situation is usually described in terms of its relation to the neighbouring houses, gardens, etc., in firstly the western, secondly northern, thirdly eastern and finally southern direction. The last part of the records mentions the buyer (griihaka), the eye-(and ear-) witnesses (dmasiik�in, dr�tasrutasiik�in) and, ultimately, the kiiyastha, i. e., the scribe, who sets down the respective transaction. As we know of no document of this kind from either India or areas influenced by Indian culture, a more or less free translation into English of one of the documents contained in this volume, namely ms. 217, is given below for the convenience of the reader:

"Siddham! (Let this be) auspicious! The eminent and wise King Jayajitamitra Malia is pleased to grant the sale of the house belonging to the royal family called Bade. (It is) located to the west of the main road, to the north of the house belonging to srl-Candrasekhara, to the east of the house belonging to Ramacandra and to the south of the main road. (It measures) 27 cubits in length, 11 cubits in breadth (and includes) the annex measuring 6 cubits in length and 7 cubits in breadth. (The sale entitles) the owner to use the passage bordering to the east of the waterspout. (The right lying at the heart of the agreement) is sold after gold in the form of a flower wreath'O has been accepted (by the king) at a rate (or price) appropriate to the time and the region. (He) is pleased (to declare the house legally sold) to the two brothers Visvarama and Devarama, who both live in Tavacapalatola in srl-CaQ.Qigala in Khopabhiimi (i. e., Bhaktapur). The eye-witnesses to this document are (the King's) mother Padmavatidevl and Bhagiriima BMro. The scribe Tulaslrama writes. (In the year) N.E. 805, in the Month of Vaisiikha, on the fourth day of the dark fortnight. (Let this be) auspicious. ,<21

E) Religious writings

Eventually translations appear of certain, especially narrative, Sanskrit texts, both Hindu and Buddhist, which are no longer accompanied by the original text. As these renderings are frequently free and resemble paraphrases rather than real translations, they pave the way for works in Nevarl which are independent of Sanskrit. Translations of this kind were made of the two Sanskrit epics, the RiimiiyaYJa and the Mahiibhiirata, of many PuriiYJas or selected portions of them, as well as the AdhyiitmariimayaYJa. Some of the puriiQ.ic tales and similar texts were used as so-called vratakathiis in the Hindu strata of Nevar society, that is to say, as religious stories to be recited during the fasting­rite (vrata) observed on mainly the eighth (a�tam[) , the eleventh (ekadaSO and the full-moon (purYJi­ma) days of the lunar calendar". Certain vratakathiis were employed on other occasions: The extremely popular Svasthiinl(parameSvarl)vratakathii was - and still is - recited during the Month of

19 The oldest legal documents so far known are an incomplete document of sale dated N.E. 103 (in Sanskrit) and a co�lete document of donation dated N.E. 235 (in Nevari) from the RudravarQamahavihara (or Vokubaha:) in Patan.

I\)8 fitting for a king to accept flowers but not gold or money. 21 For- further reference see B. KOlver, Documents from Nepal 2. A Transfer of a Lease, Studien zur lndologie und

Iranistik, Heft 2 (1981), p. 92 ff. ; B. K61ver, Chronicles and Deeds on Currency and Land (Documents from Nepal 3), Journal of the Nepal Research Centre VNI (1981/82), p. 133!!. and B. Mlver and Hemraj Sakya, Documents from the Rudravar�a­Mahiivihiira, Pii�an, Nepal, 1. Sales and Mortgages.

22 Cf. p. XXIX!. below.

XIV

Page 13: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Magha (January-February) and the Pretakalpa of the Garu4apuraf/a whenever a Hindu family is in mourning. Another frequently recited work is the Bhiigavatapuraf/a. Recitations from this famous text are also undertaken as an act of piety; they may be arranged at any time a Hindu family wishes to do so but never last for a shorter time than one whole week (saptaha).

Among Buddhists the functions of vratakathiis were fulfilled by the numerous re-birth stories, the avadanas, which were for the most part very free paraphrases of their Sanskrit originals and, like the religious tales of the Hindus, were recited on a$taml, ekadasl and purf/ima days as well as on other occasions as, for example, during the Month of GUJ!lla (SravaIJa-Bhadrapada), the holy Buddhist month of the Nevars. Whereas the Hindu vratakathiis were recited by a Brahmin, a Devabhaju (also spelled Deobhaju), the avadanas were recited by a Buddhist priest, a Vajracarya. Strangely enough, and although Buddhist re-birth stories had already become popular in the valley, at least by the beginning of the 5th century A.D. 23, but most probably even earlier, no avadana manuscripts in the Nevarl language have so far been found that are older than the 17th century24. It was thus not until after this late period that avadana texts were copied diligently in various Buddhist monasteries of the valley. Especially popular stories such as, for example, the Maf/icu4avadana, the Kavi[ralkumarava­dana or the ViSvantaravadiina, were sometimes transmitted separately. As a rule, however, a number of avadiinaswas taken together to form, as was the custom in Sanskrit Buddhist literature, an avadiina collection, which was usually entitled Avadana(vrata)mala or A$.!aml(vrata) miihiitmya(ka­thii) . Some Neviirl avadanas that were retold in a freer manner were called avadanoddhrta or avadanotkr$ta, that is to say, "adaptation of a Sanskrit Buddhist legend" to Nevarl prose purposes.

�) Secular and didactic prose

Along with the religious - Hindu as well as Buddhist - narrative, two other literary genres developed, the beginnings of which date, as we have already noted, back to the very dawn of Nevarl literature: a) secular prose narrative and b) didactic prose narrative, which are so intimately related to one another that no sharp line of demarcation can be drawn between the two genres.

The Hitopadesa and the Tantriikhyiina we have mentioned above were followed by a large number of secular or didactic prose narratives most of which were adaptations to Nevarl of fable-books or collections of legendary tales supplied by the enormously rich store-house of narrative literature written in Sanskrit. The people were particularly fond of such cycles of popular tales as the Vetiila­paficavilfliati, the Sukasaptati and the Sirrz/ziisanadvatrilfliatikii (Battlsaputrikakathii) .

The main work of non-narrative didactic literature is, of course, the famous Ciif/akyasiirasaljJgra­ha, one of the most widespread anthologies of didactic stanzas in Sanskrit. It was well-known not only in India, but also in many different countries of Central and South East Asia, which lay in the culture sphere of the Indian subcontinent, but, unlike Hitopadesa and Tantriikhyiina, it was not used for the instruction of children. The Ciif/akyasiirasaljJgraha served the double purpose of teaching its students correct behaviour in all possible situations of life on the one hand and a working knowledge of Sanskrit on the other, and has, therefore, been one of the texts most often copied in Nepal. The manuscripts give both the Sanskrit original and its Neviirl translation but, as was customary when verse was translated, the Neviirl text always renders the Sanskrit slokas in prose.

23 An eady Licchavi inscription refers to a caitya, possibly the Carumatlvihara, which is said to have been decorated with beautiful reliefs ,depicting scenes from the Kinnarljiitaka; cf. Dhanavajra Vajracarya, Licchavikiilka abhilekh, pp. 1 and 6 ff.

24 The earliest avadana-text in Nevarl known. to us is a manuscript of the VicitrakanJikiivadiina dated N .E. 771 (1651 A.D.).

xv

Page 14: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

11) Poetry and drama

However, it was not only prose works of a technical nature and narratives that were written in Classical Nevarl. Besides epic literature Nevar writers also cultivated the two other genres, i. e., drama and poetry. The fact that Neviin literature had since long developed an important poetic tradition of religious as well as secular poetry was not known to a wider public until 1974, when my book Neviirlgttimanjarl was published in Stockholm25• As I have tried to show in this work, "the composition of religious hymns, secular songs sung in leisure periods or when at work, love-poems, narrative verses, and so forth, has always flourished alongside classical prose writing based on Sanskrit sources, and it continued to do so in later times, when modern Neviin came into use"26. The oldest Neviirl poems so far known to us are three folksongs dated N.E. 691 (1571 A.D.), N.E. 692 (1572 A.D.) and N.E. 694 (1574 A.D.) contained in a manuscript in private possession27. The three poems seem to form a group and were possibly written by one and the same author. The first is fragmentary, while the second song, bewailing the decline of the social and moral order of its time, strikes a didactic and the third song, composed in 1574 A.D., a political note. Nevar poetry, as a matter of fact, includes some of the most productive literary genres, which, moreover, in essence are primarily Nevar and can be divided into four principal types, namely (1) religious poetry, which may have the traditional form of a slolra as it is known from Sanskrit literature, Buddhist or Hindu, or a song inspired by one of the avadiinas, (2) songs about love and marriage, (3) epic poetry and, finally, (4) didactic, mostly popular, verse independent of Sanskrit models. While the larger part of Nevarl literature seems to be anonymous, we know the names of the poets of many stotras and secular songs.

Nevar lyrics, especiany those of the secular type, are very complex. Though some authors prefer Sanskrit models, the majority of the songs or poems are genuinely Nevar. Unlike Indian poetry they possess a clearly marked individual spirit and, permitting their reader or listener to partake in the experiences of the poet, ten of amorousness or disappointment in love, passion and suffering, repentence and death. Love-poems, having a charm of their own, describe various details of feminine beauty: a woman's or girl's fair complexion, her elegant gait, her finery and adornments, the way her hair is dressed as well as the vermilion-mark on her forehead and the flower stuck into her hair. Most of the comparisons used by the authors are entirely original and are frequently striking. Longer songs were often employed as working-songs, chanted at the time of the sinhajyii, when Nepalese farmers transplanted the tender rice-shoots; they appear in ballad-form.

Dances and dramas were performed at the royal courts at least from the beginning of the 15th century onward. Dramas were composed wholly in Nevarl, wholly in MaithilI, Hindi or Bengali or used a type of Sanskrit that was more or less adapted to the vernaculars of the country. Of the dramatical texts that have come down to us only about thirty are written wholly in Nevarl, while about a hundred are composed entirely in MaithiH. A relatively small number of dramas use more than one language, for example, Sanskrit (for the dialogues) and Maithill (for the songs), or have roles in Maithill as well as in Bengali. Stage-directions, however, are invariably in Nevar!' The oldest drama written wholly in Nevarl is the Vasudhiiriidevlnii.taka by King Pratapa Mana of Kathmandu (1641-1674 A.D.). :rhe text, unfortunately fragmentary, dates back to the year N.E. 764 (1644 A.D.). The oldest complete drama so far known, which is composed entirely in Nevarl, is the Maladevaiaiidevavyiikhyiinaniitaka by Jagatprakasa Mana of Bhaktapur (1643-1672); it was probab­ly written between the years 1660 and 1670 A.D.

Dramatical texts from the Kathmandu Vaney show a remarkable feature not to be found in the field of classical Indian literature, as four types of manuscripts can be distinguished. There exist (1)

25 See Bibliography, p. XXXII. 26 Nevarlgltimafljarl, p. 16 ff. 27 See Th. L. Manandhar, Pyasa: da'1l mayiika pulii'1lgu lokagita, in: JhiNo. 20, 7, (Kathmandu) N.E. 1097 (1977 A.D.).

XVI

Page 15: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

manuscripts with, as we should expect, the complete text of the respective drama, but, besides these, (2) manuscripts containing only the songs, (3) manuscripts giving only the dialogues and, finally, (4) manuscripts, that, most surprisingly, contain the role of only one dramatis persona or actor28•

it) Modern trends

Modern literature is no longer transmitted by means of hand-copied manuscripts; it is printed, and naturally it presents a picture that, for the most part, is totally different from any work produced before about 1900. New literary forms replace the traditional genres, which are hardly used today. As in modern Indian literature, the most popular genres are short stories (kahiinz), essays (nibandha) and poems (kavita), the cradle and development of which are to a certain extent to be sought in contemporary Hindi and Bengali literature. The linguistic medium is now modern Nevarl, which is used in various styles, and Devanagarl has been adopted in the place of the older scripts.

2. Scribes, writing materials and alphabets

The copying of manuscripts, especially of Hindu texts, was, as already mentioned, to a large extent the work of scribes attached to the royal courts in the valley. Most of the copying of Buddhist texts was done in the numerous Buddhist monasteries (vihiira). While scribes in Kathmandu produced copies of Hindu as well as Buddhist manuscripts, those in Patan, a predominantly Buddhist town and the cultural centre of Nepal until the reign of Jayasthiti Malia (1382-1395 A.D.), copied mainly Buddhist literature and those in Bhaktapur copied mostly Hindu works. Scribes working on Hindu manuscripts belonged either to the Brahmin castes known as Rajopadhyaya, Daivajfia and Acarya or they were Kayasthas, whereas those working on Buddhist texts were as a rule either Vajracaryas or Sakyas, who both form the communities (sangha) in the Buddhist vihiiras and, as is well known, are the descendents of the former monks of the valley. Copying manuscripts, be they Buddhist or Hindu, was not only considered to be a contribution towards the furtherance of learning and literature, but was also regarded as an act of piety. Whoever wrote down or caused to write down a religious text, or presented it as a gift, was performing a devotional act and, moreover, accumulating long-lasting merit'9.

The oldest manuscripts were written on palm-leaves or, where palm-leaves were not available, birch-bark. In later times copying was done on paper, thongh palm-leaves continued to be employed, especially for manuscripts containing legal transactions. The pages of a palm-leaf or paper ,manu­script were usually held together by one or two strings threaded through a hole punched in the mid­dle or through two holes, one punched on either side of the leaves of the manuscript. The Whole manuscript was protected by an upper and a lower wooden cover, which were frequently beautifully painted or carved. When reading a manuscript, a person would first remove the upper wooden cover, loosen the string(s) and, as he finished reading each page, lift it off the pile of unread pages and place it face downwards on the upper cover. Text accompanying important donations were expected to last and were therefore set down on copper-plates, undoubtedly a more durable material than palm-leaf or paper. When paper was used for copying, two or three layers of Nepalese paper were first glued together. The starchy pages resulting from this process were then treated with a yellowish paint (haritaia) , which gave some protection from insects. Before the copying proper commenced, the leaves were smoothed down with a polished stone or a conch-shell. A special form of manuscript is

28 For valuaQle information on the Nevar drama I express my thanks to Dr. Horst Brinkhaus, Hamburg. For his edition of the MaladevaSaSidevavyiikhyiinaniiJaka. see Bibliography, p. XXXI.

29 Cf. S. Lienhard, Mafjicii4iivadiinoddhrta, pp.56 and 102 f.

XVII

Page 16: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

the so-called thyiisaphil, that is to say, a folded book (thya meaning "fold", "layer", saphu < classical Nevarl saphuli, "book"). Here the leaves are not held together by strings, as in the ordinary type of manuscript described above. The pages of a thyiisaphu are not seperate but are folded out of one single piece of paper. Legal documents attesting sales or other transactions are very short one-leaf documents. They were not kept within covers but were rolled together and had as a rule a clay seal attached to the left-hand end of the palm-leaf.

A fair number of alphabets, all of which ultimately derive from the Brahml script, were employed in Nepalese manuscripts. Old Buddhist texts written in Sanskrit often use the beautiful and very ornate Raiijanii, whereas the oldest group of Nevarl manuscripts are written in Bhuji1fllY!ola, which derives from the Ku.tila script. Both these alphabets remained in use until the end of the Malla period, but together with these, many other scripts were employed, the most important of which were Nepala/qara, which is the "Nepalese alphabet" par excellence, Devanagarl, Golamola (the "ball-headed" type), Bhu(1J:l)ji(1J:l)mola (the "fly-headed" type), KU1fllY!ola (the "point-headed" type) and Pacumola (the "even-headed" type). Though Devaniigarl, at least in an older variant, appears in the Kathmandu Valley quite early, that is to say in inscriptions dated 1019 A.D. and in manuscripts dated 1392 A.D., by far the commonest alphabet for classical Neviirl, both in Hindu and Buddhist texts, was Nepala/qara. Like Devaniigarl and various other scripts from Northern and Central India, it can be traced back to a northern, acute-angled form of alphabet of the 6th century A.D. calJed Siddhamatrka script, a later variant of which has been terJ;Iled Kutila script.

Since both alphabets are related to each other, Nepiila/qara and Devanagarl have many features in common, but they deviate considerably not only in the formation of a number of a/qaras and ligatures, but also in their way of combining consonants and consonant-groups, especially with the vowels e, ai, 0 and au. In the following, a synoptic table of the transliteration of Nepalak$ara is given as well as a list of examples of vowels in combination3o•

Vowels:

30 After Hernraj Sakya, Varf}a�Paricaya (pracalit nevdrllipt). (Kathmandu) 2017 (= Punltattva Prakasana Mala 2), pp. 3-9. The tables given in this pamphlet are somewhat overworked, as they also contain combinations which do not occur.

XVIII

Page 17: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Consonants:

Introduction

! J e ai

o au arp aQ,

ka kha ga gha na ca cha ja jha iia

fa tha 4a q.ha Qa ta tha da dha na

XIX

Page 18: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

pa pha ba bha rna ya ra ia va

Sa �a sa ha k�a tra jiia

Vowels in combination:

ka ka ki ld ku kii kr kf ke kai ko kau karp. kalJ,

ga ga gi gI gu gil gr gf ge gai go gau gaIJl gal).

xx

Page 19: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Consonants in combination:

(1) with ya:

kya khya gya ghya nya cya chya jya jhya nya

!ya !hya <jya <jhya �ya 'ya thya dya dhya nya

sya �ya sya hya k�ya trya joya

(2) with fa:

kra khra gra ghra ora era chra jra jhra fira lra thra <;Ira <.lhra lJ.ra

tra thra dra dhra nra pra phra bra bhra mra vra

XXI

Page 20: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Sfa §fa sra hra k�ra tra

(3) with la:

kla kbla gla ghla fila cia chla jla jbla iila (Ia (hla gla ghla Qla

(4) with va:

tla tbla dla dhla nla pia phla bla bhla mla yla ria 11a via

sia �la sla hla k�la trIa

kva khva gva ghva ova eva chva jva jhva fiva !va thva Qva qhva Qva

tva thva dva dhva nva pya phva bva bhva mva yva rva Iva vva

XXII

Page 21: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

sva �va sva hva ki?Va trva jiiva

(5) with na:

kna khna goa ghna nna oa chna jna jhna tina tna �hna Qua <;thoa Qua

toa thoa dna dhna nna pua phna boa bhna mna _' yna rna Ina vna

soa �na sna hoa k�na trna

(6) with rna:

kma khma gma ghma nma cma chma jma jhma fima tma thma 4ma 4hma Q.ma

tma thma dma dhma nma pma phma bma bhma mma yma rma Ima vma

XXIII

Page 22: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

sma �ma sma hma k�ma trma jfima

(7) Combinations with initial nasal:

rika dkha riga ngha iuia fica ficha fija fijha una l).ta l).tha Qqa I.l4ha l}J).a

nta ntha nda ndha Dna mpa mpha mba mbha mma

(8) Other combinations:

ddha tta k§Q.a §Qa rjju k�mi slo Ha pta sru

dhru ndra stra tsna rddha �!ra ntra k�ma gll!-a reca

mpra stha gdha rkka I1).l',la sea

XXIV

sta mbha bdha q.ga

Page 23: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

1ll� � � till sri ndhya ntya ccha smi

� �� � !!lI � ryya 'stu lpa srya kta

Ciphers:

� � � �. &) 6) IJ � � � � "S V tG � t

3. The manuscripts described in this catalogue. Explanations for its use

Although the Nevarl collection described here does not comprehend very old Nevar manuscripts, the texts contained in this volume are nevertheless highly representative, not of Nevarl literature as a whole, but of significant parts of the literary production of the Nevars. The largest numbers of manuscripts are to be found in the sections Ritual, Hymns and Songs as well as Narrative literature which, as has been seen above, belong to the most extensive branches of Nevar writing. A great many manuscripts deal with mantras, dhiiralJls and similar topics or are legal documents, while areas which are not at all or scarcely represented in the present collection are above all Dharmasastra, Painting and Architecture, Drama, Kamasastra, Mathematics and Lexicography.

Our catalogue is arranged in much the same way als Kl. L. Janert, Indische Handschriften, Teill (= Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland = VoHD, vol. II, 1), Wiesbaden 1962, KI. L. Jahnert and N. N. Poti, Indische und nepalische Handschriften, Teil2 (= VoHD, vol. II, 2), Wiesbaden 1970, and H. Bechert, Daw Khin Khin Su and Daw Tin Tin Myint, Burmese Manu­scripts (= VoHD, vol. XXIII, 1), Wiesbaden 1977. Only in certain details and points of minor importance a somewhat different array has sometimes seemed necessary. Thus manuscripts contain­ing more than one text have at times been given one common description of their technical details but have always been split up as regards their respective texts. Each manuscript has its own current number and is described separately, according to subject or genre. The head-line of each manuscript

XXV

Page 24: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

description indicates, on the left hand, the current number and, in the middle of the line, the call number of the library. The general description of the technical details is contained in the section below the head-line. It informs successively on:

the number and titles of texts, if the manuscript described consists of several texts, the kind of writing material (paper, palm-leaf, etc.), eventual covers, the type of the manuscript (folded book, copy-book, etc.), the number of pages, with details about missing leaves and possible damage, the dimensions of the page(s), the dimensions of the written area on the page( s), the number of lines,

.

punch-holes, illustrations, diagrams, etc., if any, the type of script (Nepiiliik�ara, Devaniigarl, etc.), the language(s) in which the manuscript is written (Nevari, Sanskrit, Nepali, etc.)31 and, wherever necessary, the type of text (verse, prose), the date of the manuscript, the name of the scribe and the place, the name of the donor(s) and the place.

Below this description of the technical details follows the title of the text, preceded by the name of the author in the few cases where this is known. Where neither the colophon(s) nor the running text throw any light on the title of the manuscript, it has been given a hypothetical name that clearly indicates the nature and the contents of the text in question. This hypothetical name is given in square brackets. Information is given in the same line if the text is incomplete or if it only forms part of a longer work. If the text described belongs to a manuscript containing more than one work, it has been numbered (1), (2), (3), etc. Next, there are quotations from the beginning (Beg.) and end (End) of the text, frequently followed by quotations from the colophon(s) and sUb-colophons. Lastly come marginal titles and the names of sections or chapters.

Wherever it seemed necessary, or at least useful, the description concludes with a short explana­tion or a brief summary of the contents of the manuscript as well as information regarding text editions, translations, etc. (the latter for Nevari texts only). The texts of legal documents are invariably very short and have therefore been transcribed in extenso. In order to facilitate reading Nevarl prose texts have been punctuated. For the same reason, commas have been inserted after each item in enumerations, which are rather frequent, especially in medical and pharmacological texts. In Nevarl texts and excerpts as well as in Nevari titles v (q), when pronounced b has been transliterated by b, whereas v has been retained in texts, excerpts and titles in Sanskrit (for example, [Skt.] vande for [Nev.] bande). Instead of constantly having to alternate between the Sanskrit and the vernacular spelling, Skt. sal1lvat in colophons written in mixed Sanskrit cum Nevarl has often been rendered with b, that is to say as sambat or saf1!bat. Superfluous words or letters have been put in square brackets [ ], while missing letters or words have been indicated in round brackets ( ). Two dots . . denote one letter, three dots . . . several letters, words or a whole passage which have either proved illegible or were skipped in transliteration. Hyphens have been inserted between proper names and a following title (padmottara-riijakumiira) as well as in certain other compounds, especial­ly synonymous compounds. As in the manuscripts themselves, figures are-used for word-repetition

31 For practical reasons, n� distinction has been made between (medieval) Maithili and (medieval) Bengali, which were both listed as BengalilMaithili.

XXVI

Page 25: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

(thao 2 for thao thao, or srl-3-bhagabana for srlsrlsrlbhagabiina). A dash has also been put between two words to avoid hiatus (srl-amoghapiiSa).

While the Sanskrit in very old Nepalese manuscripts is handled with care and Sanskrit texts are copied correctly , or at least fairly correctly, the Sanskrit in many younger bilingual manuscripts has often been deplorably ill-treated. The glaring imperfections in manuscripts of this type betray, in fact, a carelessness and a gradual deterioration in the knowledge of Sanskrit that are unparallelled. Obvious errors in such excerpts have, of course, been corrected, but attempts to rectify discouraging-ly corrupt passages would have been futile". .

Fortunately, the same is not true of Nevan manuscripts written in Nevan only, in which the language is generally good. Since inter alia a and 0, e and i, e and a, 0 and va, r and I, $ and kh as well as $ and s are interchangeable in Nevarl orthography, which is extremely unstable, words such as rajindra (instead of the expected rajendra) or asvaka (instead of the expected aSoka) have not been corrected in our descriptions. The most common types of orthographic variants and alternative spellings are as follows:

Vowels: a : 0 jula : julo, was, became a : e lane : lene, to wait a : ii lane : tiine, to vanish ii : va : yii miile : mviile, to be necessary

hmiiea : hmyaea, daughter i : I jipani : jipanl, we { : e jita : jeta, to me i : ye si : sye, wood i : yi itiisa : yitiisa, on the other side u : ii kebhu : kebhii, a plate of rice e : ye : ya me : mye, song

nene : nyane, to hear o : va : vo goca : gvaea : gvoea, betelnut o : u bogiida : bugiida, bugii:, spring, well vo : u vo : u, that aya : e puraya (jula) : pure (jula), (was) fulfilled

Consonants: k$ : kh : eh k$ik$ilikii : khikhilikii, staff

k$url : ehuri, knife kh : $ khusi : $usi, river e : y tviica : tvaya, friend c : t yiieake : yiitake, to cause to do jii : gy iijiiii dayake : iigyii dayake, to speak, to say h : ny hii : nyii, fish r) : ItuJ pUr)ya : pUltuJya, religious merit, meritorious n : rrm dhanya : dharrmya, blessed, happy n : r) : h yiinal]! : yiir)al]! : yiiham doing n : hn khunu : khuhnu, day 4 : I : r m04a : mola : mora, head

32 When the context clearly shows that a word is misspelt, the right form is indicated in the footnotes.

XXVII

Page 26: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

I : I : r cela : cela : cera, servant, disciple f!'l : if. luf!'l : lu, gold

laf!'l : la, way, road chef!'l : che, house33

Introduction

r + C(onsonant) : ree sarba : sarbba, all dharma : dharmma, law, religion34

s : � sa : �a, hair s : y lhiisa : lhiiya, place S : s aSoka : asvaka, (King) Asoka35

The whole corpus of manuscripts has been arranged in the fourteen sections into which they naturally fall according to the contents or genres of the texts themselves. In several cases no sharp line of demarcation could be drawn between two or several categories, for example between Hindu vralakalhiis in the section on Narrative Literature (1), many of which come from the Pural)as, and the Pural)a part of the section of Epic Literature (3) or, to mention another example of direct overlapping, between certain hymns which, though used during certain rituals, have been listed, not in the section on Ritual (5), but under Hymns and Songs (12). A few manuscripts, among them works written purely in Sanskrit, have been described in this volume because they are part of a larger manuscript containing other texts which are either bilingual or are written in Neviirl only, or because these texts played an important part in the religious and literary tradition of the Nevars. The manuscripts in each section have been arranged in alphabetical order. Works having the same title form a subdivision within this order; they are arranged according to the library call-number.

It will be useful for readers of this catalogue to know that each of the three towns in the valley -Kathmandu, Patan and Bhatgaon - has a Sanskritized and a Neviirl name. Thus Kathmandu is also called Kiintipur, in Nevarl Yatp.(desa)36, Patan is also known as Lalit(a)pur, in Nevari Yala(desa)37, and Bhatgaon as Bhaktapur, in Nevarl Khopa(desa). As the name Bhaktapur seems to be the one in general use nowadays, at least in official usage, the town is called Bhaktapur throughout in this volume. Our descriptions of manuscripts also presuppose that the reader is familiar with the term tol(aJ (Hindi tolii) , which denotes the wards or house-blocks into which Nepalese towns are divided. The Neviirl equivalents of Skt. vihiira, "Buddhist monastery", are the classical form bfihiila and the modern bahii:. Several eras have been in use in Nepalese dating. The eras mentioned in the ma.nu­scripts in this volume are: the Nepal Era (A.D. 879/880, that is, N.E. 1, Kiirttika, suklapak�a 1 = A.D. October 20, 879), the Saka Era (A.D. 78) and the Vikrama Era (57/56 B.c.). As in India, the twelve months, which also have Nevarl names, are the following:

33 In other cases, however, nasalization is used to give emphasis as, for example, in papa : piiparr., evil, or sadd ,' sadtiJtl, always. '

34 The tendency to double a consonant after r sometimes produces "strange" spellings which, from the point of view of Sanskrit orthography, would be regarded as incorrect such as nimirtta (for nimitta) or, vice versa, iisib(b)iid (for iisirbbdd).

35 M()st of the alternatives given above, especia�y substitutions concerning vowels as well as kh ,' �,1fi ,' gy and � ,' kh, are free vari�nts occuring in all positions and in Nevari lexemes as well as loan�words, whereas some other alternative spellings tend to appear only in certain positions. A detailed study of orthographic interchangeability in Nevari is an urgently felt desideratum.

J6 Also: Yel?'(desa). 37 Also: Yela(desa}.

XXVIII

Page 27: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Sanskrit

VaWikha, kr�l1apak�a suklapak�a

Jye�tha, kr�l1apa�a suklapa�a

.A.$iiq,ha, kr�l1apak�a suklapak�a

Sriival1a, kr�l1apak�a r.A.dhikaSriival1a, suklapak�a r.A.dhikaSriival1a, kr�l1apak�a Sriival1a, suklapak�a Bhiidra(pada), kr�l1apa�a

suklapa�a .A.svina, kr�l1apak�a

suklapak�a Kiirttika, knl1apa�a

§uklapa�a MiirgaSlr�a, kr�l1apak�a

suklapa�a Pa�a, kr�l1apak�a

§uklapak�a Miigha, kr�l1apak�a

§uklapak�a Phiilguna, kr�l1apa�a

suklapa�a Caitra, kr�l1apak�a

suklapak�a

Nevart

Caulii38_gii -------Bachala39-thva ______ April-May

Bachalii-gii ______ Tachalii40-thva ________ May-June

Tachalii-gii ------ June-July Dillil1-thva --=-Dillii-gii Analii42-thva] Analii-gii43] Gilf11/ii44-thva Gilf11/ii-gii Yef11/ii45-thva Yef11/ii-gii Kaulii46-thva Kaulii-gii KachaliHhva Kachalii-gii Thif11/ii47 -thva Thif11/ii-gii Pohelii48-thva Pohelii-gii� Sila49-thva Silii-gii Cillii-thva Cillii-gii Caulii-thva

> July-August

August-September

September-October

October-November

November-December

December-January

� January-February

:::::::>- February-March

======- March-April

The months (Skt. miisa, Nev. Iii) were divided into a bright (Skt. suklapa�a, Nev. thva) and a dark half (Skt. kr�l1apak�a, Nev. gii) consisting, theoretically, of fifteen lunar days (lith i) each, the first ending with the full moon (Skt. pilrl1imiiviisyii), the second with the new moon (Skt. amiiviisyii):

1 2 3 4

(prathama =) pratipad dvitlya trt1ya caturthl

Sanskrit

38 "The lovely (cau < caru?) Month''. variant form: Cetalii. 39 Older form: Bochotalii, "Month of the half heat". 40 Older form: Tavochotala, "Month of the great heat". 41 Older form: Ditalii, "heat".

Nevart paru

4Z "Month (of the heat that) affected". 43 Anala/hva and analiigii are inserted every three years as an intercalary month, wich in Skt.is called adhikamasa. 44 Older form: GUlJalii, "Month of virtues". 45 Older form: E1Jrjaiii, "Month of Indra". 46 Older form: Katila, "Month of Karttika". 47 "Month of tpe bright shining (moon)", from thiya "to shine bright" (of the moon). 48 "Month of Pausa". 49 Older form: Si�a!a, "Month of Siva".

XXIX

Page 28: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 •

paficaml �a�thl saptami a�taml navami dasaml ekiidasl dviidasl trayodasl caturdasl (paiicadasl =) piirl).ima (prathama =) pratipad dvitlya trtlya caturthl paficaml �a�thl saptami a�taml navami dasaml ekadasl dviidasl trayodasl caturdasl (paiicadasl =) amavasya

Introduction

sukla­pak�a

ca:rhaya « ca:daya<cavadasa) puhnl

ca:rhaya amayi

Each tithi has a special name, which in most cases is identical with the feminine form of the respective ordinal number in Sanskrit, thus dvitlyii (tithi) being the second, trtlyii (tithi) the third day of each lunar half. Some days, such as the eighth (l11j!aml), the eleventh (ekiidaSl) or the fourteenth (caturdaSl), are especially important, since they mark the dates of certain religious practices or festivals.

4. Bibliography

a) Catalogues and lists of Nevad manuscripts

Bendall, Cecil, Catalogue of the Buddhist Sanskrit Manuscripts in the University Library, Cambridge, Cambridge 1883.

Bendall, Cecil, A Journey of literary and archaeological research in Nepal and Northern India during the winter of 1884185, Cambridge 1886.

(Jacobsen, W.), Werner Jacobsens samling (a preliminary list of manuscripts in Sanskrit, Nepali, Nevan and Tibetan), Copenhagen (unpub!.).

J0rgensen, H., Versuch eines Worterbuches der Neviirl-Sprache, in: Acta Orientalia VI (1928), p. 26. J0rgensen, H., A Dictionary of the Classical Newiirl, Copenhagen 1936 ( = Det Kg!. Danske Viden­

skabernes Selskab, Historisk-filolog. Meddelelser XXIII, 1), pp. 4--6.

xxx

Page 29: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Kasii, Prem Bahiidur, A Catalogue of the Newiirl Manuscripts in Personal Collection, (Kathmandu) 1978 (typewritten; largest private collection of Newiirl manuscripts).

Nepiilarii$!riyapustakiilayastha-hastalikhitapustakiiniilJl suclpatram, 4 parts, Kathmandu 1964. Nepiilariijaklyavlrapustakiilayastha-hastalikhitasamastapustakiiniilJl salJl4iptasuclpatram (A con­

densed list of all the manuscripts of the Royal Nepalese Bir Library; titles in Neviirl are marked as Ne. bhii., that is, Nepiilabhii$ii, and manuscripts with Neviirl commentary or paraphrase as Ne.bhii.sa., that is, Nepiilabhii$iisahita), Kathmandu 2020 (= A.D. 1963).

Nepal-German Manuscript Preservation Project, Card Catalogue, Kathmandu (typewritten). Brhatsuclpatram (A Subject Catalogue of the Manuscripts in the National Archives), 13 parts,

Kathmandu 1960-74. Vaidya, Janak Liil, A Descriptive Catalogue of Newiirl Manuscripts in the National Archives, Kath­

mandu (under preparation).

b) Works on Nevad Literature

Cittadhar ,Hrday', Jhlgu siihitya, Kantipur N.E. 1074 (= A.D. 1954). Cittadhar, Hrday', Nepiila bhii$ii siihityayii jiita:, Kiintipur N.E. 1091 (= A.D. 1971). Dharmacharyya, Dharma Aditya, Nepalese Language and Literature. A Short History and Bibliogra-

phy of Nepalbhasha or Nepalese, Calcutta N.E. 1047 (= A.D. 1927). MalIa, K. P., Classical Newari Literature: A Sketch, Kathmandu 1982. Regmi, D. R., Medieval Nepal: A History of the Three Kingdoms 1520 A.D. to 1768 A.D., Part II,

Calcutta 1966, pp. 839ff.: Literature in Newari and mixed-Newari. Vaidya, Janak Liil, Nepiilabhii$iiyii kiivya sirjanii prabrti, (Kathmandu) 1986.

c) Editions and translations

Alsop, I., and Kansakar, Prem Bahadur, A Translation of a Newari Version of the Ciil)akya Siir SalJlgraha, in: Kailash VII (1979), pp. 247-317.

Brinkhaus, H., Jagatprakasamallas MitiadevasaSidevavyiikhyiinanii!aka. Das iilteste bekannte voll­stiindig uberlieferte Newari-Drama. Textausgabe, Ubersetzung und Erliiuterungen. Stuttgart 1987 (= Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien 36).

Conrady, A., Ein Sanskrit-Newiirl-Worterbuch. Aus dem Nachlasse Minayeffs herausgegeben, in ZDMG XLVII (1893), p. 539ff.

lItis, L. L., The Swasthani Vrata: Newar Women and Ritual in Nepal, 2 parts, Ann Arbor 1985. Josi, S. M., and 8iikya, Hemriij, Juju Bhupatlndra Mallayii Vikrama Carita Nii!aka, Kantipur 1970. Jllrgensen, H., Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Nevar!, in: ZDMG LXXV (1921), p. 213ff. (two tales

from the Neviirl version of the VetiilapancavilJl§atikii). Jllrgensen, H., Vicitrakarl)ikiivadiinoddhrta. A Collection of Buddhistic Legends. Neviirl Text Edited

and Translated into English, London 1931 ( = Oriental Translation Fund, New Series XXXI). Jllrgensen, H., Batlsaputrikiikathii. The Tales of the Thirty-Two Statuettes. A Newiirl Recension of the

Si1JlhiisanadviitrilJl§atikii. Edited and Translated with Explanatory Notes, Copenhagen 1939 (= Det Kg!. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Historisk-filolog. Meddelelser XXIV, 2).

Kaya�!ha, C. B., Juju Siddhinarasi1Jlha Mallayii Mye Puca:, Lalitpur 1968. Kasii, Prem Bahiidur, Mateniiyii mye (salJlgraha) . A Collection of Love Songs (old & new), Kiintipur

1079 (= A.D. 1959). Kasii, Prem Bahiidur, BiikhalJl-mye, (Kathmandu) 1083 (= A.D. 1963). Kasa, Prem Bahiidur, Juju Jaya Prakiisayii Ratnesvarapriidurbhiiva, Kantipur 1964. Kasii, Prem Bahiidur, Niisadyoyii Mye, Kathmandu 1964.

XXXI

Page 30: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Kasa, Prem Bahadur, CiiIJakya Sara SalJlgraha. (A Sanskrit-Newari Text dated A.D. 1754), Kath­mandu 1971.

Kasii, Prem Bahiidur, Suka Bahattarl (ViiulJlhhattuyii hnayanipu biikhalJl), Kiintipur (1980). K6lver, Bernhard, and Hemriij Siikya, Documents from the RudravarIJa-Mahiivihiira, Piitan. 1. Sales

and Mortgages. Introduction, Edition, Translation. Sankt Augustin 1985 (Nepalica 1). Lienhard, S., MaIJicui/.iivadiinoddhrta: A Buddhist Re-birth Story in the Neviirl Language, Stock-

holm-G6teborg-Uppsala 1963 (= Stockholm Oriental Studies 4). .

Lienhard, S., Neviirlgitimanjarl: Religious and Secular Poetry of the Nevars of the Kathmandu Valley, Stockholm 1974 (= Stockholm Oriental Studies 10).

Lienhard, S., Die Legende vom Prinzen ViSvantara: Eine nepalesische Bilderrolle aus der Sammlung des Museums fur Indische Kunst Berlin, Berlin 1980 (= Ver6ffentlichungen des Museums fur Indische Kunst Berlin 5).

Lienhard, S., Die Abenteuer des Kaufmanns SilJlhala: Eine nepalische Bilderrolle aus der Sammlung des Museums fur Indische Kunst Berlin, Berlin 1985 (= Ver6ffentlichungen des Museums fur Indische Kunst Berlin 7).

Malia, Kamal P. see Vajriiciirya, Dhanavajra. Miinandhar, Thakur un, PuliilJlgu Mye. Priiclna Glti SalJlgraha. Kiintipur 1952'. Rajopadhyaya ,Juju', Acyutanand, sri Svasthiini Dharmavrata Kathii, Kathmandu 1100 (= 1980

A.D.). Regmi, J.e., GopiilavarrSiivall, in: Ancient Nepal 21-22 (Kathmandu 1972173), pp. 44-55 and 34-53. Regmi, D. R., Inscriptions of Ancient Nepal. 3 vols., New Delhi 1983. Sah, Rajendra Vikrama, Mahiisattva Namo Buddha Bhagabiina Priidurbhiiba. Mahiisattvopiikhyiina.

Kathmandu 1967. Sakya, Hemaraj, Medieval Nepal (Colophons and Inscriptions), Kathmandu 1970. Sudarsana, Bhikkhu, SilJlhasiirthabiihu va Kablra Kumiirayii BiikhalJl. Kathmandu 1968. Tamol, KiiSlnath, Putrapautriidibodhinl (Amarakosayii nepiilabhii�ii /lkii, ne.salJl. 501), Kathmandu

1103 (= A.D. 1983). Tuladhar, Mandas, Malla Siiha Kalayii Me, Kathmandu 2013 (= A.D. 1957). Tuladhar, Mandas, PuliilJlgu me. Nigugu, Kantipur 1087 (= A.D. 1967). Tuladhar, Mandas, PuliilJlgu me. SvalJlgugu, Kiintipur 1088 (= A.D. 1968). Tuliidhar, Mandas, PuliilJlgu me munii, (Ed. by) Kiislnath Tamol, Kantipur 1101 (= A.D. 1981,

Nepalabhii�a Pari�ad SaphU 40). Vajriiciirya, Dhanavajra, Licchavikiilkii abhilekh, Kathmandu 1973. Vajriicarya, Dhanavajra, and Malla, Kamal P., The GopiilariijavarrSiivall, Wiesbaden 1985 (Nepal

Research Centre Publications 9). Yogi, Narahari, Niith, GopiilavarrSiivall, in: Himavatsal)lskrtil) I, 1 (Kathmandu 1959), pp. 9-34.

d) Reference books and other important works or articles

Boulnois, L., et Millot, H., Bibliographie du Nepal, Vol. I: Sciences humaines. References en langues europeennes, Paris 1969 (= Cahiers Nepalais I).

Chatterji; S. K., Kiriita-Jana-Krti. The Indo-Mongoloids. Their Contribution to the History and Culture of India, Calcutta 1951 (Reprint 1974).

Grierson, G. A., Linguistic Survey of India, Vol. III: Tibeto-Burman Family, Part I, Delhi 1967 (Reprint).

Gutschow, N., K6lver, B., Shresthacarya, 1. , Newar Towns and Buildings. An Illustrated Dictionary Newiirl-English. Sankt Augustin 1987 (= Nepalica 3).

Hasrat, B. J., History of Nepal as Told by Its Own and Contemporary Chroniclers, Hoshiarpur 1970.

XXXII

Page 31: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Introduction

Hodgson, B. H., Essays on the Languages, Literature and Religion of Nepal and Tibet, Amsterdam 1972 (Reprint).

.

Josi, Hari Ram, Nepiilko Pracln Abhilekh. Kathmandu 1973. J0rgensen, H., A Dictionary of the Classical Newiirl, Copenhagen 1936 (= Det Kg!. Danske Viden­

skabernes Selskab, Historisk-filolog. Meddelelser XXIII, 1). J0rgensen, H., A. Grammar of the Classical Newiirl, Copenhagen 1941 (= Det Kg!. Danske Viden­

skabernes Selskab, Historisk-filolog. Meddelelser XXVII, 3). Karan, P. P. (with the collaboration of W. M. Jenkins), Nepal. A Cultural and Physical Geography,

Lexington 1960. Levi, S., Le Nepal. Etude historique d'un royaume hindou, 3 vols., Paris 1905-08 (Annales du Musee

Guimet 17-19). Malla, K. P., Sirlika:miya Sviine (A collection of 16 papers written in Nevarl on the Nevarl language

and literature from 1958 to 1978), Kathmandu 1978. Malla, K. P., Linguistic Archaeology of the Nepal Valley: A Preliminary Report, in: Kailash VIII

(1981), pp. 5-23. Malla, K. P., Madhyakiilayii Abhilekhay Nepiila Bhii$ii (= The Newari Language in the Medieval

Epigraphy of Nepal), in: Kheluita III (1981), pp. 5-16 (in Nevarl). Manandhar, Th. L., Newari-English Dictionary. Modern Language of Kathmandu Valley, Delhi

1986. Misra, Jayakanta, A History of Maithill Literature, 2 vols., Allahabad 1949/50. Mitra, R., The Sanskrit Buddhist Literature of Nepal, Calcutta 1971 (Reprint). Nepali, G. S., The Newars. An Ethno-Sociological Study of a Himalayan Community, Bombay 1965. Petech, L., Mediaeval History of Nepal (c. 750-1480), Rome 1958 (= Serie Orientale Roma X,

Materials for the Study of Nepalese History and Culture 3); second, thoroughly revised edition 1984.

Pradhan, J. M., Nepala Bhii$ii Bakharrt Sahityaya Itihiis, Kathmandu 1970 (in Nevarl). Regmi, D. R., Ancient Nepal, Calcutta 1960. Regmi, D. R., Medieval Nepal. A History of the Three Kingdoms 1520 A.D. to 1768 A.D., 2 parts,

Calcutta 1965-66. Shafer, R., Newari and Sino-Tibetan, in: Studia Linguistica VI (Lund 1952), p. 92ff. Slusser, M. S., Nepal Mandala: A Cultural Study of the Kathmandu Valley, 2 vols., Princeton, N.J.

1982. Toffin, G., Societe et religion chez les Newar du Nepal, Paris 1984 (Centre Regional de Publications

du C.N.R.S. de Meudon-Bellevue, G.Re.Co Himalaya-Karakorum, Cahiers Nepalais). Wright, D., History of Nepal. Translatedfrom Parbatiya by Munshi Shew Shunker Singh and Pundit

Sri Gunanand. With an Introductory Sketch of the Country and the People of Nepal by the Editor, Calcutta 19582•

e) Scripts and writing material

Rajvalpsl, Sankarman, Devanagarl lipiko vikiis, in: Kailash II (1974), pp. 23-120. Sakya, Hem Raj, Nepala Lipi Sarrtgraha, Kathmandu 1956. Sakya, Hem Raj, Nepiila Lipi PrakiiS, Kathmandu 1973. Trier, J. ,Ancient Paper of Nepal, Copenhagen 1972 (=Jutland Archaeological Society Publications X).

XXXIII

Page 32: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE I

]

I §

Page 33: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE II

Page 34: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE III

200 (= Hs, or. 4325): Nrtyapaficamaveda, fols. 1V, 2f and 2\ 3r

Page 35: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE IV

Page 36: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE V

45 (= Hs. or. 6423): VetiJ.lapaficavirrSati, fols. IV, 2r and 2\ 3r

Page 37: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE VI

98 (= Hs. or. 4326): Utkriintiyoga, fois. 1V, 21 and 2\ 31

Page 38: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE VII

102 (0;;::; Hs. Of. 6483): Bd[akubjikiircanavidhi, 2 diagrams

Page 39: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE VIII

Page 40: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

c/ � •.. \ . . l \ · Y . ... � i !r

: iU�<1a!l1�,ij�'lm"TaN����tT����om�81l �����r� . t <fil��IitO'i1t1�Nl:1"�mZ";{jfi;n(/1I��'")it�\lt<fi1iicl�lf�mllf<l�.!

i �(;<I:itIIilJ1,m�W;I���li utm;! : �";J��-;:'fi1�8UIlJ,.JJ:i"f6��g�� . • • O�I nlff(i/��.R3ilW'&y/'/j��!181� i,m�::/1/g�>f�

· l tVl'!!� I i "'.,

115 (= Hs, or. 6492): Piijapaddhatisatf/graha, 4 pages with 'germ syllables' (bija)

PLATE IX

Page 41: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE X

�\;:JlI!)m IIltlifi>:lli1i�rn�Hn(!)�mVlf�_f<! iVflCll"11(!)mClltfl,(j)�i1I\:;l:;1 · ;TI®,mi'!'l®�i:if@;:jf�:!:I: �liI�\�,{(�!fi\1li�rn\II��6!'R'1I !�I'Ii1'il::ti �J�I:�(j tmfNf¢\ifi��fi�ftt.:rf�ll)����tIf<lll\ :::J;Zl?�\lW��>t(fflrtt(j)SW���ftt;:lt®�2li�\Uf;!�i�i1i�: �\ll'I'cpr,rlD�flt.:rf<J)Cl<:lf\fjflll fll'(!)�r.f;:MttPllf��ftl'l'!�<:It�I1I'C!lfq$ fltlll®\��ii111�iil�,�ll'fimi�i1I,�mm ,mlif l:l7\�l'iq;'lim '!\'ii�miaiil\\\jjq;f\'ftt�otflVi III i\'Q)'/iQ) 'llii (!)\ � Ji�'l�\ �\ �ii1�,!ji1\ ��li!'Il'j\j\'mn����'If/l"m'li\f<:Il\�ffl(!)f:!l(!);:(t��rll��1l>

m'G;:If��ru���i'i1�ftrim;:rP'f7i'�,�Wlrnm\�}'1!/ClQ)\<Jm �\��\�iilfn�l'i�m�l\i ;�jjl{fr:;p:ll:;ij ii�,�-"ql<Drn<Df:I'I�S4 ��M1'\ ��<Il.?;t(/)�M:If\liIliI�q���;jJ�mM71i'fl1!�\�\�m¥1 �1il\�\

.��\I)\�i'il�\��

. 'Iflili. oqrmm\�;:jJ�\<1l I��

"\l'fIQ)i'Ill/)m,?l\l:MI�i'il#��flfro\'5fmt:f�� "JIm ,,12f\ �,� i'\1�'O�'Ii1; �,i'lfrn';'li 0*lflil W,l1l11:{(,�li'l �llfr:n\�fil;il� "JTI��,'1��(j)��\��C1)�\I)'ttOf\Ml:;ij\i'=/I�\;:n�\fi�\�if1(i)�(!) �rn,ro",m!lf\<n:;;Ji�\�;::nIDi'f1Q)irFrf\m�\m'f\m"���,<m'1;11

166 (= Hs. or. 6406): Biijanabol, pp. 1-4

Page 42: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE Xl

208 (= Hs. or. 6217): Document, integral text

Page 43: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE XII

209 (== Hs. or. 4373): Document, integral text

Page 44: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE XIlI

Page 45: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE XIV

Page 46: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

. PLATE XV

Page 47: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

PLATE XVI

Page 48: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

CATALOGUE

Page 49: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

1

1.

1-46 Narrative Literature

Religious Literature 1-36 Buddhist (Avadanas) 1-19 Hindu (Vratakathiis) 20-36

Non-Religious Literature 37-46

Us. or. 6214.

Paper. Double-leaves, cloth-bound. 65 paginated, 5 blank leaves. 25 x 33 em. 21 x 29,5 em. 30-40 lines. Nepiilak�ara. Nevan. Undated.

A$!amlvratamiihiitmya. (Divyiivadiinoddhrtavratamiilii) . Beg.: 01)1 namai;t srlmabavairoeanavajrasattvaya. 01)1 namo srllokanatbaya. sn-3-ratnatrayaya.

hnapal)1 sn-3-amoghapasa-Iok[y]esvara-karul)amayayata namaskara. prathamasal)1 bhaktipiirb[b]a­kana mabasuci yal)ao Isvarayake mana tayao bhaktipiirb[b]akana piija yanao a�tamibratamabakatba nepalabbakhana jina hlaya. purapiirb[b]akalasa patariputra nama nagaraya asvaka-rajana julasal)1 ku[r]kkutara nama mababibarasa sn-3-upaguptabhik�uyake arthana yaka julaI)1. bho upagupta. eha­lapolaya !qpana jina julasal)1 anega dharm[m]akatba nene dhuna. ahoratra bratakatba adina lak�a­caityaya katba iidi hanal)1 nana dharm[m]akatba nene dhuna. ao brata dakvasa maba uttama juyao conagu srl-3-amoghapiiSa-lokesvarayagu a�tamibrataya katba tval)1 nene ik�a jula. bho guru upagup­tao ajM prasanna juse bijyaya mala dhakaI)1 asvaka-rajana binati yatal)1. thvate bba�a nenao upagup­ta-bhik�una julasal)1 ajda dayakasya bijyatal)1.

End: thvanal)1 li birakusa-mabarajana upabasakusa nama putrayata rajabhi�eka biyao sakala pra­jiUokayata koparapao alinda-mabaraniju sudarsana thva svahmal)1 a�tamibrata yanal)1 tapobana pra­besa yanao snkarunamayaske japa dhyana yanao svargabhubanasa bimanakhatasa tayao svargar6ha­na juyao bijyataI)1. debalokapanisena totra yaeakao apasarapanisena nrtya yanao gandharbalokana badya tbanao kinnaralokana gIta yanao siddhiilokana tala tbanao thvate pramanal)1 iidarabbaba yanao bijyatal)1. thva svayao indrana musuhuna hneliio ajM dayakaral)1. biriipaya kara(l)a)sa prana­tyaga yaya tayara juohma ao suriipa juyao oral)1 dhakal)1. ao chana nama upokhadha piirb[b ]adeba dbaya. he upokhac.lha piirb[b]adeba. ehapani svabmal)1 puja yaya dbayao palijatasvanamalana ko khayakao amrtalal)1khana acamana yacakao dibyabhojana yacakao sil)1basanasa tayao ana[l)1]ndana bijyatal)1. thvate prakarana thao 2 kamunapadabi ranao upabasakusa-rajanal)1 a�tamibrata upasana yanal)1 sakara lokaprajapanista pratipala yanal)1 conal)1. thvana Ii desasa jurasal)1 mahasubhik�u juyao dui;tkl\i d(r)aridra suI)1 rna dayao saptabrihina saI)1yukta juyao mabasukhanal)1 conal)1. tha­thiIpgu a�tamibrata yao he asoka mabaraja dhakal)1 upagupta-bhik�una ajM dayakalal)1.

Page 50: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 1-2

Colophon: iti srldivyavadanoddhrtavratamalayam a�tamivratamahatmyekatha samapta. subham astu sarv[v]ajagatam. mamgalam bhava[n]tu sarv[v]ada.

Marginal notes indicate the contents: basi�tha-r�iya kha (fol. 2 back), bisva[m]nt(a)ra-rajakuma(ra)ya kha (fol. 5 back), mayadebiya kha (fol. 16 front), sucandra-grha[s]patiya kha (fol. 17 front), simhasarthabaniyaya kha (fol. 20 back), jak�aprajapaticandra(ya kha) (fol. 27 back), sam�aracary[y]ayti kha . . . sibadat(t)a-rajaya kha (fol. 29 front), sarbiirthasiddhiyii kha (fol. 30 front), sujiitaka[m]nyaya pind[r]apiitra danayii kha (fol. 31 front), srisakemuniyiita upokhatana binati yakagu kha (fol. 32 front), upokhataya kha. basi�!hayata kanagu kha. kasepa tathagataya kha. kritika-raja (fol. 32 back), kasyapa tathiigatayake patubama heribama nihmamsyam binati yakagu kha (fol. 33 back), samkharacary[y]am bu(d)dhapratima d(h)vamsa yakagu kha. niigarajaya kha (fol. 34 back), mahasa(t)tva-dijakumaraya kha (fol. 36 back), basi�!hana binatiyagu kha (fol. 40 front), dharm[m]apala-rajaya kha (fol. 40 back), kraku(c)chamdaya kha. prab(r)ajyabrata (fol. 41 front), dharm[m]apala-rajaya �a (fol. 42 front), pracetasa-raja (fol. 44 back), alolamant(r)a-ciimani1 (= kavikumarabadiina) (fol. 46 back), (kusabadiina, fo!. 54 front, not indicated).

1 For °CLuf.amalJi.

2 Hs. or. 6445.

Paper. Fols. 51, numbered 166-216. 34,7 x 11 cm. 29 x 6,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevar!' Dated N. E. 947.

A$tamlvratamiihiitmya. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ta namaskara yanao samk�epamatranam sd-3-a�tamibrataya mahema-�a jina hlaya dha­

ka buddhagayasa bodhima1)qapamahavihalasa jayasrl-bhik�una jinasrl-raja prabhrti sabhalokayata ajfia dayakala. kukkutara-mahabiharasa upagupta-bhik�unam asvaka-raja prabhrti jhimanidola sa­bhalokayata iijiia dayakala. Iiegradha[la] namasa srlbhagabiinanam iinanda bhik�u prabhiti siibhalo­kayiita iijfia dayakasya bijyiita. IieIia iinanda. chapani sakalasayatam a�!amibra[t]tayii katha kanya dhuno. punarb[b]ara birupa-raja u(d)dhiira juoguli a�!amibart[t]ayii mahema kane. biiriinasi-nagara­sa subamdhuraja dhayahma basalapao cona. thva raj ana julasam prajiilokapanista Iiiiol nitlna prati­pilla yiiniio jasapratiipanam satru jayalapiio cakrabart[t]i-rajii juyao aisury[y]ana samjukta juyao mahasu$anam ranipanisao napa ratikr(i)qa yiinao sak�at indrao samiina juyao cona. sakatana sam­yukta juo mahasu�i santana chata juko ma duo chahnuya dinasa gvatra prasamsa yanao thvahmaya putra thvahma dhaka prasamsa yanao rajanam dhamda kayao manasa bhalapalam. haya 2 ji jarmma2 dhitkara dhakam.

4

Page 51: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 2-3

End: thvanal)1 li debaraja indrana julasal)1 musuhuna hilllao ajiia dayakala. bho maharaja. virii­paya karanasa chana prana tolate tena �ao ra. ao svarupa jula. ao chana lohitamuktavalimanimala gana tayao oya dhaka indrana ilenao ji putra upabasakusayata biyao tatha dhaka. bho debindra. ao srikarunatmaya gana bijyata dhaka ilenao thana indrana dhaJa. su�abatibhubanasa bijyata dhaka dhayao punarb[b]ara indrana julasal)1 ajiia dayakala. bho rajindra. ao chana nama upo�adha piirb­[b]adeba dhaya dhaka dhayao bho upo�adha piirb[b]adevaraja. ao chapani svahmal)1 piija ni yaya dhaka dhayaopalijatasvanamalana ko �ayakao amrtalal)1�ana no sitakao piija yaya dhunakao dibya­bhojana yatakao svargabasa yatakao su�a-ananda yanao cona jula. thanal)1 li gulichil)1 dina osyal)1 li thva kasidesaya prajaloka mrtyu juyao cakrabart[t]i-raja julal)1. gulichil)1 debaputra julal)1. gulichil)1 sva�abati3 thenal)1. gulichil)1 mok�a lanao onal)1. gulichil)1 tathagata julal)1. gulichil)1 bhik�u julal)1. gulichil)1 bodhisa(t)tva julal)1. gulichil)1 pratyekabuddha julam. gulichil)1 srabakajana jural)1. thvate prakalanal)1 thao 2 kamuna (u)tina parbi4 1anao onal)1. thana Ii upobasakusa-rajana julasal)1 a�tami­brata yanao sakala prajalokapani pratipala yahu. su�a-anandana rajaiyi yanao kala hana II

Colophon: iti srldivyavadano(ddhrta-)a�tamivratamahatmane virakusavadanal)1 samapta(m) II 12 II ye dharmmatyiidi II sreyo 'stu. samvat muni-sagala-diirg[g]a II m(i)ti jye�thamase sukrapak�e cauthiya pu!)yatithau punarvasunak�atre buddhava[la]sale br�arasigate bhiiskari me�arasigate deva­guru mithunara(sigate) . . .

Marginal title: bira'.

As far as preserved, the manuscript contains a Ncvar1 prose version of the VirakuSiivadiina. Cf. Nos. 17-19.

3

I For nyiiyao. 2 For janma. 3 For sukha". 4 For padabi.

Us. or. 6215.

Paper. 75 double-leaves bound together on the upper, shorter edge. A large number of fols. badly damaged and illegible. 29,5 x 36 cm. 27 x 26 cm. 15 to 21 lines. Several drawings. Devanagari. Nevari. Undated.

A�tamlvratamiihiitmyakathii. Incomplete. Beg. (first readable fol.): . . . ha ha deba gathe yaya ji bhaiha patasa svariipa kanya latake mala.

rna dusa biriipa jurasana jiva. thote bhiilapava putrasayake dhalal)1. bho maharaja putra. chalapo­layata bibahara yaya bhalapa manasa sal)1deha. gathe yaya. bho putra dhayava rajana dhalal)1. biriipa ka[l)1]nya ja chu yaya. sakala kumarapani svariipa1 ka[l)1]nya. raja jula va biriipa ka[l)1]nya chu yaya. sakala kumarapani adika dibya sUl)1dari Ivayakava bibaha yanava kalal)1. jltal)1 dibya sUl)1dari ka[l)1]nya Ivayakava blbaha yanava biva. rna bivasa ji para[ra]kramana jitaya yanava ka[I)1]­nya rajai-rajya yana kaya. birakusa thuka ji. he mama. chu dha(n)dha kaya rna teo thut! khal)1 ilenava purahitaske dhalal)1. bho guru. mahiirajayata ihi yaya hatasa jula. dibya sU(I)1)dari ka[l)1]nya phona­rna] ka[I)1]la chova dhayava purohitana tatha astu dhakal)1 mal)1trlva san[a]mat[t]a yanava duta chotal)1. dutapanisena thana thiinatrasa2 rajapanlske ka[l)1]nya phonal)1.

End: (sa)dya mal)1sa hayava biva. ji julal)1 atina pityanava naya hatasa juyava conahma tone hatasa juyava conahma tatkara!)al)1 kva 2 hi la thotena jita sal)1(to�a) . . . nava bho maharaja.

Page 52: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 3-4

chalapola tyagi �atasa jita sarp.tokha yanava . . . ma �atasa phasa �a jaka hlanagu julasa jita bela biyava chova . . . vane tela dhaka dhiilarp.. thvate rak�asaya bhii�a tienava ma!)iciiga-rajaya hrdayasa karul)a . . . juyava manasa bhiilapalarp. hii 2 kasta 2 ji gathitia kasta jula dhakarp.. ava gathya yaya. tho thiiyasa jina chu ut(ta)ra (biya) mebaya jiva ma kasya sadya marp.sa gana daiva jina dhiilasa hirp.sa maka . . . yana. ava thathya ma �uta. jina danaparamitana piirl)a yaya karal)asa . . . sarirasa cona la hi dako thva rak�asayata dana biya dhaka manasa (bhiila)pava conarp.. thanarp. Ii raja thathya cona svayava bhesadhiiri irp.dra(na dha)la. he parthiba. chana chu bhiilapava cona. ji jularp. pityaka pyasa cava(hma) . . . tbayasa bila[rp.]mbha yanagu bya(r)tha dhaka dhiisyarp. Ii thuti dhiivagu bacal)a (tiena)va raj ana ajM dayakalarp.. bho rak�asa. chana dhayaguli ahiira ji(na biy)a phaiva ma �u. gathya dhiilasa. bina myebaya jiva ma kasyarp. sadya marp.(sa dai)va ma �u. jina dhalasa surp. gva­hmarp. pral)i chahma su( d)dharp.tayarp. hirp.sa yaya mana ' " ava gathya yaya dhakarp. bhiilapava conarp.. thva belasa debadaityalokava mahiijuddha juyava asarp.�ya loka sinava cona dava. thva mrtapani hayava rak�asaya . . . (remaining part badly damaged).

A rather late manuscript containing the Vlrakuiiivadiina and MalJiciujiivadiina. For the MalJicuqii­vadiina cf. Nos. 6-9.

1 For 5U,o, 2 thiiniintarasa.

4 Us. or. 6384.

Paper. Fols. 240, numbered 1-240. 2 stray fols., one of which is blank, the other having text on only one side. 33 x 11,4 cm. 25 x 6,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. NevarI. Dated N. E. 1001, Vikr. E. 1938. Written by Devldasa Batasa.

Divyiivadiinoddhrta-A$!amlmiihiitmya (or Vratiivadiinamiilii). Beg.: orp. namo buddhiiya. thvanarp. Ii hanarp. upo$agha-debaputrana binati yatarp.. bho paramd­

vara. purapiirb[b]akalasa chalapolaya piirb[b]ajanmasa yatia mahima-$a katiava ananda-bhik�u prabhrti samastalokava hitartha yatiava bijyakagu mahema jina binati yaya nesya bijyahune. gathya dhiilasa. purapiirb[b ]akiilasa chalapola anarp.da-bhik$u pramu�arp. anega bhik�u pramukharp. bodhi­sa(t)tva bitaraga pratyakabuddha upasaka upasika raja k$atri samastarp. munava chalapola julasarp. desantara bijyaka byalasa katharp.thya kathanarp. parp.caladesaya samipasa banarp.tarasa chalapola thenakala bijyatarp.. gathirp.gu baniirp.tarasa dhiilasa. ati komala juyava cona bhiimisa thenava chala­pola snbhagabanana anarp.da-bhik$uyata ajiia dayakalarp.. bho anarp.da-bhik$u. hiiya 2. gathirp.gu sundara. svava 2. thuguli bhiimisa nana prakaraya jata 2 ya svana hoyava ali sundara juyava cona. thuguli thiiyasa bhati bistara yaya jogya dhakarp. dhiivagu chalapola srlsakyamuniya bacana nenava paramesvara-snsakyamuniyata nana prakaraya pataya nalvagu asrama1 tayao bho paramesvara bi­jyahune. thuguli asramasa2 bijyahune dhiiyava chalapola ati har�amana yanava iiSramasa2 bijyatarp..

End: thvariarp. II svargarohita juyava bimanasa svahmarp. taya dakosena stutI yatakava aneka gita biidya yatakava svargabhubanasa yanarp.. thvanarp. II upo$aghana musuhuna hnelava dhiilarp.. biriipa juya kiira!)asa pral)atyaga yaya tayara juvahma ava suriipa julo. ava lohitamuktaballmala gana taya dhakarp. thva belasa upabasa-debaputrana dhiilarp.. upabiisa-kusa nama putrayatarp. biya dhakarp.. thvanarp. II irp.drana dhale. upabasa-debaputra. ava chapanI svahmarp. piija yaya dha­karp. parljatasviina chiiyava amrtalarp.khana acamana yatakava dibyabhojana yatakalarp.. thvanarp. II gulichirp. praja(lo)ka mrtya juvapani cakrabart[tJi-raja jularp.. gulichi debaputra juyava sukhabati

6

Page 53: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Ny. 4-5

thenal)1. gulichil)l bhik�u julal)1. gulichil)l tathiigata jula. gulichil)1 bodhisa(t)tva juyiiva pratyaka­buddha julal)1. thvate gohmal)1 2 sena gugu kiimanii yiita vagu 2 padabl priipti juyiiva mahiisukhe bhoga yiiiliiva a�taml 2 patil)l bratayii upiisanii yiiilii conal)1. thvanal)1 Ii upabiisakusa-mahiiriijiina prajalokayiita mahiinidiina yiiiliiva a�taml 2 sa brata dailiiva mahiiblra cakrabar[t]tl juyiiva conal)1.

Final colophon: iti sndivyiivadanoddhrta-a�!amlmiihiitmye samaptal)1. sal)1bat 1938 sala miti asvinabadl 13 roja 5 likhital)1 debidiisa batasa. subha(m). nepall-sal)1bat 1001 miti siilasa siddha yanagu saphu. subham. subha(m) (a)stu.

Sub-colophons: 1) iti sn[m]-upo�aQhadevaputramahiisa(t)tvavadani (fol. 24 front). 2) iti snmaI)i­curadanettara nepalabhii�a samiiptal)1. subhal)1 (fol. 98 back) . 3) iti snvratavadanamiiliiyii[l)1]m upo­�aQhaprasal)1sa sil)1hasarthabiihuva[r]dana caturtha adhyaya(I:t) samapta[I)1](I:t). subham (fol. 148).

Marginal titles: nam(o) bUD, manlcuo, sil)lhao and blrakusao.

This manuscript contains the following re-birth stories: (1) Mahtisattviivadiina (fol. 1-24), MafJicil­I/iivadiina (fol. 24-98), Sil7lhasiirthabiihvavadiina (fol. 99-148) and VirakuSiivadiina (fol. 149-240).

1 For iisana. 2 For a.sanasa.

5 Us. or. 4352.

2 texts: (1) Kavikumaravadana and (2) Mat;ticuQavadanoddhrta. Paper. Fols. 93, numbered 1-53, 55; one unnumbered final fol. (1) 37 x 14 cm, (2) 36,8 x 12,7 cm. (1) 29 x 8 cm, (2) 29 x 7 cm. (1)9 lines, (2) 7 lines. A miniature painting in the middle of fol. 1 (back) , text (1), and fol. 1 (back) , text (2). Nepalak�ara. Nevan. (1) undated, (2) dated N. E. 986. Written by Vajriiciirya Bhlmariija of Cakramahiivihiira, Patan. Fol. 39 of (1) and fol. 1 of (2) are written by another scribe. Donor: Siikyaval)1sa Bhiijumuni of Hatakhii, Patan.

(1) Kavikumiiriivadiina. Beg.: 01)1 namo ratnatrayaya. 01)1 namaI:t snmadamoghapasalokesvaraya. namo lokanathaya . . .

srl-3-karut;tamayanal)1 julasal)1 thao guru amitabha tathiigata sllasa dharalapao brahma adi debatii sr�ti yanao bijyiita. gathe dhiilasa. thao bohalanal)1 brahma snti yanao bijyiital)1. nugalanal)1 nariiya­t;ta sr�ti yiiniio bijyata. kapiilanal)l mahiideba sr�ti yiiniio bijyata. jao mikhanal)1 candrama sr�ti yiinao bijyiital)l. khao mikhanal)1 sury[y]adebatii sr�!i yaniio bijyiita. hmutuna biiyudebata smi yaniio bijya­tao dantanal)l sarasvatl snti yiiniio bijyiita. tephunal)1 agnidebata sr�ti yaniio bijyatal)1. jao pulina lak�mldebl sr�ti yaniio bijyatal)1. khao pulinal)l kubera sr�ti yanao bijyata. jao palinal)l prthibl sr�ti yanao bijyatal)1. khao palina baruI)a nagaraja sr�ti yanao bijyatal)1 . . . thugu kathii julasal)1 buddha­gayasa bodhimat;tQapa dhiiyii nama mahiibiharasa jayasrl-bhik�unal)1 julasal)1 jinasrl-rajal)1 bodhi­sa(t)tva pramukhanal)1 sakala sabhiilokayata julasal)1 ajna dayakalal)1. hanal)1 kukkutara nama dhiiya mahiibihiirasa upagupta-bhik�ukanal)1 asoka-raja pramukhanal)l jhimacyala[I)1]� sabhiilo­kayata ajna dayakalal)1. Mao he mahariija asoka. purapiirbakiilasa srlsakyasil)lha bhagabiinanal)1 julasiil)l grddhakiitaparbataya kvasa karat;tQakanibiipa dhiiyii beI)ubanasa bijyiiniio dharmakathii upadesa biyiio iidimadhyiintakalyiina yiiniio bijyatal)1. thva belasa thvahma snsiikyasil)1ha bhagabiina brahmii bi�I)u mahesvara iidina indradidebalokapanisyana hnihnichiyii piijiimanya yiinao conal)1. hanal)1 sakala manu�yalokapanisenal)1 julasiil)l nitya 2 pu�pa dhupa dlpa gandha miilya bilepana

7

Page 54: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 5-{)

ciirl,l[l,l]a dbara cha(t)tra dhvaja pataka camara nibiisanal)l bajraghal,lta �i�irika k�lraja pil,lc)apatra gvalaka okhadhi asana lasa delasa adinal)l chiiyao piija yanao dharm[m]akathii nenao conal)l. thathi­l)lila svabhiiyamana juyao conagu byenubanasa mahiidusta juyao conahma ahal)lkari kumati tha­thil)lhma debadattanal)l julasal)l mananal)l bhiilapao dhiilal)l. gathil)lila ascarya dhakal)l. thva sakya­sil)lhao jio ohe jatal)l tUl)l dharm[ m]anal)l karmanal)l gUl,lanal)l jdilnanal)l baylsanal)l ohe samana. Ol)l sakyabal)lsa. jil)l sakyabal)lsa. Ol)l �atriya sal)ltana. jil)l k.5atriya sal)ltana. 0 julasal)l suddho­danaya putra sarbiirthasiddhi dhakal)l. ji julasal)l sukladanaya putra debadatta dhakal)l. 0 sarbiir­thasiddhi kijii. ji diiju.

End: he mahiiraja asvakarajii dhaka. upagupta-bhichunal)l agya dayaka. srlbhagabanal)l iigya dayakiio bijyaka thyal)l. ji cha(l)l)ta kana. chanam nyana thyal)l brata yii. riija upokhadha dhiiya thva astamibrata calaya yiiya miila. memepil)l prajalokapil)ltanal)l calaya yake mala. thva astamibrataya prabhiibanal)l sa(t)tvapriiniyii jaya juya mala. he asvaka. kathathyal)l bodhicar(j)yiibrata piirana juyiiva sal)lbodhigyana liinao srl-asvaka niima tathiigata juyi dhaka srlbhagabiinal)l agya dayakii bijyatal)l.

Colophon: iti srlvratiivadanal)l astamivrataphalamiitra sal)lk�al s(a)miipta(l).). mal)l(galal)l) su­bhal)l[m]. donathiisa k�ama.

Marginal title : kavira(kumiira).

A Nevarl prose rendering of the Kavi(ra)kumiiriivadiina. An edition of this Avadana is given in Bhikkhu Sudarsana, SiJ7lhasiirthabiihu va KabLra Kumiiraya BiikhaY(!.

1 For sarrzlqipta.

6 Us. or. 6450.

Paper. 64 numbered fols: 31,8 x 13 cm. 24,5 x 8 cm. 7-8 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl. Dated N. E. 1003. Written by Vajraciirya Tejiinanda of Kvathabiihiila in Thahiti, Kathmandu. Donor: Siikyabhi­k�u Kiiji, Bhaktapur.

MaIJiciujiivadiina. Beg.: Ol)l namo srlIokanathiiya. Ol)l namo buddhiiya. Ol)l namo dharm[ m ]aya. Ol)l namo sal)lghiiya.

Ol)l namo srl-3-amoghapasalokyasvariiya nama!).. hniipiil)l purapurbakalasa srlbatipura1 dhiiya niima nagarasa anathapil,lc)a dhiiyii nama grhesthiinasa dayakao tayagu ujhiinaya madhyasa jetabana dhiiya nama mahiibihiirasa srl-3-sakyemuni bhagabanana julasiil)l sriibaka bhik�upani munakao sabhii­mal,lc)ala dayakao bijyatal)l. thva belasa srl-3-siikyemuni bhagabanana julasal)l thao prabhiiba kenao bijyatal)l. thvate prabhiibaya punyana deba daitya caturvarl,l[l,l]a manu�ya adinam pranijana sakalaya papaci(t)tahina juyao puneya ci(t)ta badhaya juyao olal)l . . . bho ananda-bhik�u. purapurbakiilasa sake[ke]tu dhiiya nama nagara chaguli dase cona. thva desa gathinaila dhiilasa. subhik�a juyao cona. du(r)bhik�e dhiiyaguli gvabelasal)l ma duo hanal)l catu(l).)�a�!i b(r)ihina paripiirna juyao cona. asal)l­�ya lokapanisyana paripiirl,l[l,l]a juyao cona. hanal)l �u dhii(l)l)ta caura biit(h)a iidina du�tajanapani SUl)l ma duo

End: hanal)l manicuda-rajana julasal)l thva durpasa-rajayata jone phako darbya2 biyao bela biyao chotal)l. thva belasa nisyam jambudvipasa cona samastayal)l manasa har�amana yanao sa(s)ye-sa­hmana paripiirl,l[l,l]a juyao subhlk�a juyao olal)l . . . srl-3-sakyamuni bhagabanal)l ajda dayakalal)l. he

8

Page 55: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 6-7

bhik�uka. thva saI)1sarasa gvahmasenaI)1 thuguli manicuda-rajaya pu�taka cOylo hanaI)1 gvahmase­naI)1 cotakaio hanaI)1 gvahmasyenaI)1 thva kha hlaio hanaI)1 gvahmasenaI)1 thva kha hlatakiyio hanaI)1 gvahmasenaI)1 thva kha nanio hana(I)1) gvahmasena k�esa pustaka dayekao pujabhiiba yanao taio . . . hana$ sva-ik�a juyao cone daylO amrtapana bhoga yanao padma3 anandana conao cone dayio dhakaI)1 sn-3-sakyamuni bhagabiinana julasaI)1 srl-upagupta-bhik�uyasta ajM dayakusyaI)1 taogu srlmanicudakathii saI)1piirl}[l}]a samapta.

Colophon: jeya dharm[m]a hetuprabhiive hetii tekhaI)1 tathiigata hevaja(t) tekhii(I)1) jo niruddha evaI)1vadi mahiisarv[v]anaI)14. subha(I)1). sambat 1003 m(i)ti baisakhakr�l}a ga hnu 10 thahiti kvatha­bahiilaya srlbaj(r)acary[y]a tejlinandana coyao biya jula. danapat[t]i jajamana bhagatapuladesaya srlsakyabhik�u kajiya dharm[m]acitta utpat(t)i juyao srl-3-manicudabadanapustaka cokao kaya jula. subha(m). suddhaI)1 va asuddha$ va mama dva�o l}a diyatye5. subha(I)1) bhiiya(t) sarvadlikale. su­bhaI)1.

Marginal title : manio.

A Nevarl prose version of the Mal1ic{ujiivadiina. For an edition and translation of this Avadiina see S. Lienhard, Mal1icii4iivadiinoddhrta: A Buddhist Re-birth Story in the Neviirl Language. Cf. also S. Lienhard, Neviirlgltimaiijarl: Religious and Secular Poetry, etc., No. 83 (metrical version) .

7

1 For srdbasdo• 2 For drabya. 3 For parama. 4 For mahiiSramanah . .5 For dlyate.

. .

Hs. or. 4339.

3 texts: (1) Mal}iciiqavadanoddhrta, (2) Vicitrakarl}ikavadanoddhrta and (3) A�tamlvratamahiit­mya. Paper. Fols. 205, numbered 164-368. 29,5 x 8,5 cm. 24,5 x 5 em. (1) and (2) 6 lines, (3) 5 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevar!' (1) dated N. E. 963, (2) and (3) undated. (1) and (3) written by Vajraearya Dhi(r)javlra of Dhvakabiihiila, Kathmandu, (2) for Rajavlra by Vajracarya Divyananda of the Maitnpuramahavihiira.

(1) MalJicii4iivadiinoddhrta (fols. 164-232) . Beg.: OI)1 namo ratnatrayaya. purlipiirb[b]akarasa srliba(s)tlpura dhiiya l}ama nagarasa anathapil}­

qa dhiiya nama grhesthanaI)1 dayakao taya ujhiinayli madhyasa jetabana dhiiya biharasa srl-3-sakya­muni bhagabiinaI)1 julasaI)1 srabaka bhik�upani munakiio sabhiimal}qara dayakao bijyiitaI)1. thva berasa sn-3-slikyamuni bhagabiinana jurasaI)1 thao prabhiiba kenao bijyataI)1. thvate prabhiibaya pUl}yana deba daitya manu�ya lidinaI)1 sa(t)tvapriil}ijana sakaraya papabirttahln[n]a juyao pUl}yacitta utpatti juyao oraI)1.

End: thvanaI)1 ri maniciiqa-rlijliyata padmottara lidi samastasyanaI)1 siI)1ghiisanasa bijyatakao ha­naI)1 rajyabhi�yaka bila$. thvaguli br[n](t)taI)1ta-kha durpasaha-rajana siyao tatkaranaI)1 eaturaI)1ga­bara pi kayao maniciiqa-raja thasa oyao earanasa bhoka puyao k�ema phonaI)1. manieiic.la-rajana jurasaI)1 durpasaha-rajliya aparadha dakoI)1 k�amii yanao jvane phako dhanadarbya biyao bera biyao ehota$. thva byalasaI)1 nisyaI)1 jambudvipasa sayaslihma badhaya juyao subhik�a juyao olaI)1. thva berasa$ nisyaI)1 jambudvipaya lokapani samasta[I)1]yli anand[r]a jula dhakaI)1 srl-3-bhagabiina jura­saI)1 thao purb[b ]ajanmaya mahema-kha ajiia dayakao bijyataI)1. he bhik�upani. thuguli samayasa

9

Page 56: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 7--I3

maniciiQa-nija myaba ma �u. ji thuka. hanaI)1 uguli samayasa padmabati dhiiyahma meba ma �u. thva julaI)1 jasva( d)hiiradebi thuka. hanal)! uguli samayasa padmottara-rajakumala myeba ma �u. thva julal)! rahulabhadra thuka. 0 berasa brahmaratha nama purohita meba ma �u. thva juraJ11 sariputra­bhik�u thuka. 0 belasa bhababhfiti nama Ii�lsvara meba ma �u. thva julal)! anand[rla-bhik�u thuka. 0 belasa marici-li�i julal)! meba ma �u. thva julaJ11 kasyapa-bhik�u thuka. hana brahmada[rltta-raja julal)! meba ma �u. thva julal)! sujodhana-raja thuka. thva berasa kantimati-ra(ni) jural)! meba ma �u. thva julal)! mayadebi thuka. 0 berasa durpasaha-raja juraJ11 meba ma �u. thva julal)! debadat(t)a thuka. he bhik�u. bodhisa(t)tva juyao conapanisyana thathil)! 2 ne duskala karm[mla yaya mara dhakal)! srl-3-bhagabanana ajda dayakala. he bhik�u. thva sal)!salasa gvahmasyanal)! thuguri manicu­Qaya kathiipustaka coio gvahmasya[l)!lna cokaio gvahmasyanal)! thva kha hlaio gvahmasya[l)!lna hlakio gvahmasyanal)! nenio gvahmasyanal)! thva pustaka dayakao sthiipana yana tayio ohma 2 saya k�asa gvabelasarp. dalidradebatana du svaya phayio ma �u. hana naograhadebatana dul)kha biya phayio ma �u. thva pUl)yaya prabhiibana catu(r)barg[gla saptabidhi' paripfirl)[l)la juyao iharokasa sukhasal)!pat(t)i bhoga yanao antamarg[glasa sukhabatibhubanasa jatma2 kayao amrtapana bhoga yanao padma3 anandana conao cone dayio dhakal)! srl-3-sakyamuni bhagabanal)! ajda dayakugu dharm[mlakathii nanao sabhii cona ananda-bhik�u pramukha sakara sabhiiloka srl-3-sakyamuniya caranasa bhoka puyao bera phonao thao 2 asramasa rihii bijyata.

Colophon: iti srimaniciiQavadana(l)!) nlparabhiikhii(yal)!) parisamapta(m). subha(m). samba(t) 963 m(i)ti marg[glasir(�)krsl)a 2. subha(m) . ri�ita dhvakabaharaya srlbaj(r)acarY[Yla dhi(r)jabiran­al)! rikhiipita. subhamaI)1galaJ11 bhava[l)!ltu. sarv[v]adiikiirarp subha(m). orp namo bhagavate apara­mitayarp . . . rocanakalaya.

8

A Nevarl prose version of the MalJicii4iivadiina. Cf. No.6.

1 For: °brihi. 2 For: janma. 3 For: parama.

Us. or. 4352.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 5.

(2) MalJicii4avadiinoddhrta. Beg.: orp. namo ratnatrayaya. eval)! maya srutam. ekasmin samaye bhagavan srava(s)tyarp viharati

sma. jetavane anathapil)Qasyarame yada bhagavan sakyamunina pratihiiry[ylal)! vidarsitaI)1. trirat­nayata sadakalasarp namaskara yana. thugu prakaral)! jinaJ11 nyanagu du ki hnapa sarbada jagatakal­yana kamana yana chahnu bhagabiin sakyamuni buddha jhil)!svasala bhik�upisal)! Iika srava(s)tl­nagarasa anathapil)Qika-mahiijanayagu sumano(ha)ra baglcasa jetabane mahiibihare bijyana chahnu kala-bakhata bicara yana huatikanal)! padcarasmiteja pi kaya trailokabhubanasal)! khayekao prati­hiiry[yla kYana yogasamadhisa cona bijyata. he sakyamuni. he bhagaban. he guru.

End: thvanarp. Ii mal)icfiQayata padmottara iidirp sakasenarp. si(l)!)hiisanasa bijyacakao hanaI)1 rajyabhikhyeka bilam. thvaguli brttanta duwrasaha-rajana siyao tatkarana catura(rp)gabalanal)! lica­kao nial)icfiQa-rajiiya thiisa oyao caranasaI)1 bhoka puyao k�ama phonarp. mal)icfiQa-rajana julasal)! du�prasaha-riijayii apariidha dakvaI)1 k�ama yanao jone phako dhana biyiio beda biyao chotal)!. thva belasa nisyal)! thva jambudvlpasa sasya-sahmii badhaya juyao subhik�a juyiio olal)!. thva belasal)! nisyal)! thva jambudvlpasa lokapanisa ananda jula dhakal)! srl-3-sakyamunl bhagabiinanal)! julasiil)!

10

Page 57: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 8-9

thao pfirbajanmaya mahema-kha ajdal)l dayakasyal)l bijyata. he bhik�upani. oguli samayasa ma!)icfi­Qa-raja meba ma khu. jil)l tu thuka. ognli samayasa padmabad dhiiyiihma meba ma khu. thva jula jasodhariidebl thuka. hanal)l oguli samayasa padmottara-rajakumara meba ma khu. thva julal)l liihula-bhik�u thuka. 0 belasa brahmaratha nama purohita julal)l meba ma khu. thva jula sariputra­bhik�u thuka. 0 belasa bhababhfiti nama r�lsvara meba ma khu. thva julal)l ananda-bhik�u thuka. hanal)l 0 belasa marici-r�i julal)l meba ma khu. thva julal)l kiiSyapa-bhik�u thuka. 0 belasa brahma­datta-raja julal)l meba ma khu. thva julal)l suddhodana-raja thuka. honal)l kantimati-ranl jula meba ma khu. thva julal)l mayiidebl thuka. 0 belasa du�prasaha-raja julal)l meba ma khu. thva jula debadatta thuka. he bhik�aba. bodhisa(t)tva juyao conapanisena thathil)l 2 na du�kara karm[mja yaya mala dhakal)l snbhagabiinanal)l ajda dayakalal)l. he bhik�u. thva sal)lsarasa gvahmasenal)l thvaguli ma!)icfidaya kathii-pustakal)l coyio gvahmasanal)l thva kathii hlayio gvahmanal)l hlakio gvahmanal)l nenio gvahmanal)l chesa �uhnul)l dayakao pujabhiiba yanam tayio thvahma 2 ya chesa gvabelasal)l daridradebatana du svaya phayuo ma khu. hanam naograhadebatana du(1) )kha biya phayuo ma khu. thva pu!)yaya prabhiibana catu(r)barga saptabrddhi' juyao ihalokasa sukhasal)lpatti bhoga yanao antakalasa sukhabatibhubanasa janma kayao amrtapana bhoga yanao parama auanda­na cona one dayuo julo dhakal)l snsakyamuni bhagabiinanal)l ajna dayakuguli dharm[mjakathii neiliio sabhasa cona ananda-bhik�u pramukham sakala sabhaloka thao 2 asramasa Iiha ona julo.

Colophon: iti srlma!)icfiQavadanoddhrta(l)l) nepalabhiikhii(yal)l) samaptam. subham. sambat 986 m(i)ti jye�thasukla punyamasyakuhnu coya dhuna julo. subhal)l. li�itam cakramahabihiirabasthita masedebasa(l)l)skarita guru baj(r)acary[yja srlbhi(ma)rajana coya biya hatakhiiya sakyabal)lsa bha­jumuniya dharm[mjacitta utpatti juyao coka jula. subhal)l.

Marginal title: ma!)icfiQao.

A Nevarl prose version of the Ma"iciu!iivadiina. Cf. No.6.

1 For °brlhi.

9 Hs. or. 6424.

Paper. Fols. 59, unnumbered. 35,4 x 11 cm. 28 x 6,5 em. 6 lines . Nepalak�ara. Nevan. Dated N. E. 975. Written by Vilasavajra Vajracarya, a high official (bhonta) of the Elakvatha, Patan.

Maflicu4iivadiinoddhrta. Beg.: Ol)l nama!) snvajrasa(t)tvaya. Ol)l namo ratnatrayaya. hnapal)l purapfirb[bjakalasa sraba­

(s)tipura dhaya nama nagarasa anathapi!)Qa dhiiya nama grhe dayakao taya ujhiinaya madhyasa jetabana dhaya nama mahabiharasa srl-3-bhagabiina sakyamunina julasal)l srabaka bhik�ukapani munakao sabhiima!)Qala dayakao bijyatal)l. thva belasa sn-3-sakyamuni bhagabiinanal)l julasal)l thaogu prabhii ( . . . ) desa chaguli dasyal)l co!)a. thva desa juyuo gathil)lgu dhalasa. subhik�e juyao eona. du(r)bhik�a dhayagu gvabelasal)l ma duo hanal)l sa(s)ya-sahmana sal)lpfifl)[!)ja juya. hanal)l dhii(l)l)ta eolavala khu adil)l du�tajanapani SUl)l ma duo hanal)l sa mesa colaya iidinal)l pasu pa[l)ljchi asamkhya dayao cona. thathil)lria subhik�e juyao conagu thiina chaguli dao.

End: pratyeka buddhapani julasal)l ma!)icfiQa-raja iidipanal)l paribiHa dakvam akasarathasa tayao boyakao yanal)l. thva belasa k�enamatranal)l sakyaketu-nagalasa thyanakaia bijyatal)l. thva belasa kus(a)la biirtta hlanao bhagabiina pyahmal)l lihii bijyatal)l. puna(r)biila thanal)l li ma!)icfiQa-rajayata padmottara iidll)l samastasyanal)l bijyatakao hanal)l rajabhikheka bilal)l . . . thva byaiasa thva ma!)i-

11

Page 58: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 9-10

cuc;la-rajana durpa(sa)ha-rajaya aparadha dakvalP k�amii yaniio jooa phakva dhana-salPpat(t)i biyao byalii biyao chotalP. pnna(r)biila thva byelasalP nisyalP jalPbudvipaya sa(s)ya-sahma badhaya juyao subhik�e juyao olalP. thva byelasalP nisyalP jalPbudvlpaya lokapani samastalP anand[r]a jula dha­kalP srl-3-bhagabiinanalP julasiilP thao purb[b]ajanmaya mahima-kha ajda dayakalalP . . . srl-3-sakyamuni bhagabiinana ajna dayakugu oenao ' " sakala sabhiilokapanisyana srl-3-bhagabanaya caranasa bhoka puyao byala phoIiiio thao 2 julasalP iisramasalP tu lihii bijyatalP . . .

Colophon: iti srl-3-mal)ic[a]uc;lavadana(lP) nepalabhiikhii(yalP) samapta(m). subhalP. sreyo 'stu. salPbat 975 miti akhac;l(h)asuklaya 5 sa brhaspatibara thva �uhnu salPpurl)[l)]a si(d)dhayaka dina julo. suddhalP va asuddhaIP lekhakva do�aka (nasti). likhitalP elakvatha-bhonta madjusrl-lalPhoe sarasuti-nani ba[r]j(r)acary[y]a srlbirasabajrana svacitta har�amana juyao thva postaka cosyalP taya julo. etatpul)yana sarb[b]asa(t)tvaprani uddhara juya mala. gvahmasyana thva postaka bicala yata ohmasayata su�a-analPda juya mala sadakiilalP.

10 Hs. or. 4336.

Paper. Fois. 57, numbered 359-415. First two leaves damaged with loss of text at the left hand side. 41 x 13 cm. 32,7 x 8,5 cm. 9 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl. Undated.

Sudhanariijakumtlriivadiina. Beg.: (namo ratna)trayaya. (OIP) nama(i)) srlsakemunaya. namo 'stu te . . . IP bodhisa(t)tvaya

mahima-kha nenegu hada ik�a jula dhakalP. upo�ata dhiiyahma bodhisa(t)tvanalP jula(salP) ' " (bina)ti yatalP. thvate bhik�uganapanisaya bhii�a nenao thana srlsakyamuni bhagabananalP julasalP . . . khvala svayao ajda dayakao bijyatalP. he bhik�uganapiIp dhaka chaguli samayasa budhagaya . . . o dharmaya kha-kathii ajna dayakalalP. bho upo�ata-debaputra. he sadhujanapani. jinalP hoao kalasa rna . . . nalP ajda dayakao taogu hanalP jinalP nenao tayagu kha thani chapanista kane. chapanisyanalP yakacit(ta) . . . (bhaga)biinanalP ajna dayakao bijyatalP. thvate srlbhagabiinaya ajda nenao sakalasyanalP thaniya dinasa ti . . . ina dhakalP manasa harkhamana yanao salPghaganapani sakalasyanalP lahiita hiijojalapao binati . . . ajna dayakao bijyatalP. bho salPghaganapani pulapur-bakalasa dharm[m]abatipura dhiiyagu nagara . . .

End: tu�itakayika debaputrapanisyanalP ratnayagu bimana �ata kotahata hayao . . . bati-rani ma­nohara apasara . . . ratnayagu bimanasa tayao tu�itabhubanasa thata yanakala. thva byalasa dharm­[m]akusa-riijii pramu�analP sakala prajiilokapanisyanalP hiihakala yanao sakala prajalokaganapani­syanalP iikasasa tha svayao hiiya 2 dhana mahiiraja sudhana-mahiiraja dharm[m]abati-rani manohara apasara-maharani dhakalP nama miitra kayiio thvapanisayagu svaka-dhalPda jaka kayiio cona. tha­nalP Ii thvahma tu�itaka(y)ika debalokanalP tu�itabhubanasa bijyatakao nana prakaranalP puja ya­nao amrtabhojana yata[kata]kao binati yatalP. bho rajakumara. ao chalapola sudharm[m]abu(d)dha prasid(d)ha jula. hanalP dharm[m]agata bodhisa(t)tva prasid(d)ha jula. hanalP dharm[m]abati bo­dhini prasid( d)ha julalP. hanalP malPgailni prasid( d)ha jula. thvapani sakalyalP myaba rna �u. jitUIP thuka dhakalP srlbhagabiinanalP dayakalalP. thanaya �a thuli. thvanalP Ii thvahma sudharm[m]aku­sala-riijakumarayata malPtrlgana prabhrtinalP prajalokaganapani sakalyalP sahita yanao sudina-�u­nulP sudharm[m]akusa-rajakumiirayata rajy[ay]iibhi�yaka biyao silPhiisanasa bijyatakao raja siHiio sudharm[m]akusala-riija dhaka nama pra�yalPta yanao raja salao talalP.

Marginal title: sudhao (left) - kumao (right).

A prose version in Nevarl of the Sudhanariijakumiiriivadiina.

12

Page 59: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 11

11 Us. or. 6462.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fois. 63, numbered. 31,5 x 12,6 cm. 26 x 8,3 cm. 9 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl. Dated N. E. 1003. Written by Ratnakdiinanda Vajracarya of Kvathabiihiila, Thahititola, Kathmandu.

Sudhanariijakumiiriivadiina. Beg.: srlganyasaya namo. Oljl namo. ratnatrayaya namo. hnapaljl sri-3-buddhadharmasa(Ijl)­

ghayata namaskara yanao thanaljl li upo�ata-debaputrana binati yataljl. bho bhagabana. purapiir­bakalasa juyao onagu sudhana-rajakumarayagu miihatm(y)a nanyagu ati ik�a jula. ajiia dayakasya bijyahune dhakaljl binati yataljl. thvate upo�ata-debaputrana binati yakagu nenao srlsakemuni bha­gabiinanal)l ajiiii dayakalaljl. bho upo�ata neo. purapiirbakalasa chaguli samayasa bodhagaya nama bodhima[ljl]ndapabihiirasa jayasrl-bhichuna1 jinasn-rajakumara bodhisa(t)tva pra[r]bhiti sabhiiman­dalasa munao con.agu belasa dharmakathii ajiia [daya] dayakao bijyataljl. bho upo�adha-debaputra. cha miihajiiiini sadhu �ao. syabiisa. yakacitta yanao nyao dhakaljl ajiia dayakalaljl. thvate srlbhaga­banaya ajiiii nanao thaniya dinasa jhijistapanisena sa(d)dharmaya kathii nenya data dhaka dhiiyao har�amana yanao lahiita hiijalapao binati yataljl. bho guru sakyamunL jipanisena nenyegu ati ik�a jula. sudhana-rajakumaraya kha-ajiiii prasa[ljl]nna juyao bijyaye mala dhaka binati yataljl.

End: thva belasa dharmaba[r]ti-ranina kaya sudhana-rajakumarayata bhalimaca manohara raniya­ta kusalabiirtta yanao bijyataljl. thva helasa rajakumaranaljl manohara-raninaljl mama dharmaba[r]­ti-raniyata caranakamalasaljl bhoka puyao namaskara yanao bijyataljl. thva belasa nana prakarana bhojana yiitakiio bhojana yiitake dhunakao putraya �vala soyao dhana-rajana ajiia dayakalaljl. bho putra. cha gana onao oya dhaka iijiiii dayakalaljl. thva belasa'babiiya bhii�ii neniio sudhana-rajaku­marana binati yiitaljl. bho babii. thananaljl ji plhii oniigu �a nisyaljl banayiigu parbatayiigu dra . . bhubanayiigu bibiihara yiiniigu dako �a mama babiiyake binati yiiniio su�a-ananda yiiniio bijyiitaljl. thva belasa prajiilokapanista niina prakiiraya bhojana yatakao bela biyao chotaljl. prajaganapani­syanaljl maljlgalaglta yanao thao 2 thiinasa onao su�a-anandana conal)l. thva belasa dhana-rajana sudhana-rajakumiira dharmaba[r]ti rani manohara-rani mantrl-sahitanaljl srl-3-a�tamibrata dharala­piio prajaloka pratipala yanao su�a-iinandana rajye bhoga yiinao bijyataljl dhakaljl sn-3-bhagabii­nanaljl iijiia dayakao bijyataljl. thva belasa chalapolayii dharmaputra ji thuka dhakaljl upo�adha­debaputrana binati yata.

Colophon: iti srl-a�tamivratamahima-sudhanarajakumaravadana2 trayodasa[m] adhyaya(i}.) sa­mapta(i}.): thvate pustaka li�ipitahma kvathabiiharaya srl-baj(r)acary[y]a ratnakesananda(na) jaja­miinapanista coya biyii jula. subha(m). sambat 1003 m(i)ti baisiik(h)asukla 15 maljlgalabarayii dinasa thva pustaka saljlpurr** coyii jula. subham. maljlgalaljl bhavatu.

Marginal title: sudhana (left) - riija (right).

A Neviin prose version of the Sudhanariijakumiiriivadiina.

1 For �bhi/quo. 2 For 0kumiiriivadiine.

13

Page 60: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. I2

u Us. or. 4337.

Paper. Fois. 143, paginated 1-143; last fol(s). missing. 38 x 17,2 cm. 30 x 10,5 cm. 12 lines. Devanagarl. Nevan. Undated.

Suprlyasiirthabiihukathii. Not quite complete. Beg.: Oij1 namal) snratnatrayaya. Oij1 namal) snmadamoghapasalokesvaraya. om namal) srlsakya­

munaya mahabauddhiiya II yah snmachrlghano loke saddharma(ij1) samupadisat I sasanani trilokesu yayaij1tu1 tasya sarvada 11 1 1/ natva guru(ij1) triratnaij1 ca kathayami samasatal) I a�!amlvratamahiit­mya(ij1) naipiilebhii�ita(ij1) mahat 11 2 11 tad yathiibhiit. purabhijfio jayasrl sugatatmajal) I bodhimal)­cja(pa)vihiire sa vijahiira sasiiij1ghikah II tatra jinesvan nama bodhisa(t)tvaya priivadat. taij1s cbrutva­tha asokaya kukku!aramasaij1srital) II 4 II upaguptal) punal) praha a�!amlvratam uttamaij1 1 tathii snsakyasiij1ho 'sau anandam avadan muda II 5 II punarbara athiinaij1taraij1 thanaij1 li Srlsakyasiij1ha bhagabananaij1 maitrlya bodhisa(t)tva hanaij1 jimasva(sa)l(a)tya bhik�ugal)a sarlputra maudgalyaya­na subhiiti hanaij1 debaloka daityaloka yak�aloka apsaragal)a kinnaramahoraga sn-asoka-raja snji­nesvara nama bodhisa(t)tva iidiij1 sakala sabhiiloka munakava bodhimal)cjapa-mahiibiharasa bijyana­va sakala sabhalokaya kbvala svayava thavagu piirbajanmasa supremasarthabahu mahajana dhaya­kava janma juya belasayagu katha ajfia dayakava bijyataij1. he maitrlya bodhisa(t)tva. purapiirbaka­lasa baranasi-nagare kasik�etre priya nama juyava conahma sarthabahu chahma basalapaij1 cona. gathiij1nahma dhalasa. mahadata dharmatma juyava cona. hanaij1 apalapratapa dayava cona. bha­gyamani juyava cona. sadasarbakiWmaij1 saddharma yayaguli rasa juyava cona. hanaij1 thava pari­biiranaij1 apalaij1 duhma ananda aisvary[y]a apalaij1 badhaya juyava cona. sakala lokava premacitta juyava cona. sila sobha[ba]naij1 saij1yukta juyava conahma thathiij1na mahajana thvahma priyasar­thabahu mahajanaya stn bhadraprema dhaka nama juyava conahma hanaij1 patibrata dharmasa conahma suyanita Iak�aI)anaij1 saij1yukta juyava conahma svamibhakti juyava cona paramasundarl srllak�mlsamana juyava conahma sarbalokava prlti juyava cona danadharma yayaguli catura juyava conahma thathiJpnahma bhadraprema nama juyava conal ij1]hma strl napa ratikrlcja surasa yanava mahasukbanaij1 pa(rama) ana(n)dana rasabhoga yanava basalapaij1 cona.

End: thanaij1 li thathiij1hma debaraja iJpdrayagu bacana bhakba nenava bodhisa(t)tvagal)apisa­naij1 svanaya bimana �ata jonava gaij1dharbagal)apisyaij1 dUij1dubhi biidya thanava bimana �atasa tathagata bijyacakava brahmakayika nama svargabhubanasa bijyacakalaij1. debaraja iij1dra prabhr­tiJp sakala debagal)apisanaij1 pu�pa dbiipa dlpa gaij1dha naibedya amrta phala sa[r]yyasana dibyo�a­dhi iidinaij1 dohalapava piijabhiiba manya yanava anaij1danaij1 bijyacakalaij1. thanaij1 li jetabanama­hiibiharasa snsakyasiij1ha bhagabana bijyanava jimasvasalatya bhik�u pramukbanaij1 maitn-bodhi­sa(t)tva sariputra-maudgalyayana-kasyapa-anaij1da-bhi�u prabhrtiJp sakala debaloka-daityaloka­nagaloka prabhrtiJp manu�yalokaya raja maij1tri praja prabhrti[ij1]naij1 sakalasyanaij1 piijabhaba manya yiitakava dharmaya kathii ajfia dayakava bijyataij1 ... punarbara hakanaij1 magha nama sarthabiihu jinaij1 baradad(v)lpajatra vana belasa la kenava upadesa bivahma ava saradvatl putra nama bhik�u juyava cona gvahma sukesl dhakaij1 nama juyava conahma asvarajana thavagu hmasa tayava samudra tare yanava hala. ava thani maitrl-bodhisa(t)tva juya janma kala. gvahma jvala­mukbl nama ya�a juyava belasa jita julasaij1 kinnarabhubanayagu la keniiva chokahma cha julaij1 kasyapa-bhik�u thuka. gvahma miihesvari nama banadebl juyava baradad(v)lpajatra vaneguya upa­desa bivahma ava anaij1da nama bhik�u cha julaij1. punarbara he bhik�ugal)apiij1 . jina piirbajanmasa hnasa bara saij1ma ratnakara bani[r]y[y]a bepiila vanagu belasa sahasra cauragal)a vayava dul)kba biva belasa jinaij1 hnasabhagasa cha bhiiga 2 biyava saij1to�a yanava choya. punarbara hiikanaij1 baradad(v)lpajiHra vana lihii vayava ratnadhvaja boyakava ratnava gakava biya ava sahasra bhik�u juyava conaij1. ava thva sahasra bal)ijalaganapinaij1 bodhisa(t)tva mahiisa(t)tva juyava janma juyava cona thuka. punarbara .. . sakyasiJpha.

14

Page 61: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 12-13

Marginal title: supre(mavadana) and supri(yavadana).

Colophons: iti snbhadrakalpavadane supriyajatake baradadvlpajatrakatha namiidhyayai). (fo!. 53 back), iti snbhadrakalpavadane supriyajatake prathama(i) kinnarabhiimikatha namiidhyayai) (fo!. 83 back), iti SrIsupriyavadane upagupta[m]asokasaJ:llbha�ane supriyajatake snbhaskaramanlratnada­na nama dvitlya(i) kinnaribhiimikatha namiidhyaya(i) (fo!. 92 back), iti snsupriyajatake bhaskara­mal).iratnadanam nama trtlya(i) kinnanbhUmikathii namiidhyaya(i) (fo!. 97-98), iti snsupremajata­ke snvasamanikaratnadanam nama caturtha(i) kinnarlbhuvanakatha namiidhyaya(i) (fo!. 107 front), iti snsupremajatake kinnarabhuvanena grhaprasthiinam namiidhyaya(i) (fo!. 109 back), iti snsupremajatake syamakarl).a-asvaraja-amtardhyanam namiidhyaya(i) (fo!. 113 front), iti srIsupre­majatake supremasarthabahu-bajrad(v)lpajatrayarp. grhaprabeso namiidhyaya(i) (fo!. 115 back) , iti snsupremavadane sahasracaura-uddharakatha namiidhyayai) (fo!. 135 back), iti snsupremavadane supremasarthabahurajyabhi�eko namiidhyaya(i) (fo!. 139 front).

A version in Nevan prose of the Supriyiivadiina. Cf. S. Lienhard, Die Abenteuer des Kaufmanns Sif(lhala: Eine nepalische Bilderrolle aus der Sammlung des Museums fur Indische Kunst Berlin, p. 23, footnote 44.

1 For jayantu.

13 Us. or. 4340.

Paper. Fols. 163. 29,5 x 8 cm. 25 x 4,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. NevarI. Dated N.E. 961. Written by Vajracarya Siddhinarasimha from Thahititola, Suvarl).apral).alimahanagara (= Kathmandu) .

Avilpd: Upo$adhavrata. Beg. : om namo srI-amoghapasa-lok[y]esvaraya namo. om namo ratnatrayaya. om namo rokana­

thaya bodhisa(t)tvaya mllhiisa(t)tvaya mahakalunlkaya. tad yatha. om mal).ipadme hUm . . . hnapam sn-3-kalunamaya sri-3-amoghapasa-lok[y]esvarayata namaskara. prathamam bhaktipiirb[b]akal).a mahiisuci ylinao Isvarayake mana tasya(m) bhaktipiirb[b]akanam piijlimlil).ya ylinlio srI-3-a�tamibra­tayli katha neplirabhakhana jina hlaye. purlipiirb[b]akarasa plit(a)rIputra nlima nagarayli asvaka­raj ana julasam ku[r]kiitli nlima biharasa srI-3-upagupta-bhik�una jogesvarayake prlirthana-binati ylika ju1aJP. bho upagupta jogesvara. chalapolaya dayli-krplina jina julasli anega prakalayli dharm­[m]ayli katha ilane dhuna. ahorlitra bratakatha lidina lak�acaityaya bratadharm[m]a adina nana dharm[ m ]aya kathii nene dhuna. lio brata dakosa maha uttama juyao conagu sn-3-amoghapasa­lokesvaraya katha tvam ilane ik�a jula. bho upagupta jogesvara. ajDa prasamna jusya bijyaye mala dhaka asvaka-rajana binati ylitam. thvate bha�li nenao upagupta-bhik�una julaslim ajDa dayakusya bijyatam.

End: . . (ca)ranasa bhoka puyao hanam byalli kayao asvaka-rlijli julasam plit(a)riputra thyanakao prajlipanista dharm[m]ayli bheda syanlio anandana bijyatam. thana Ii hanam thva kha bodhimal).Qa­pamahabihalasa jinasrIrlija bodhisa(t)tvana samastam jogesvalapanista kanam. bho jogesvalapani dhakaJP gvahmasyanam thva a�tamibrataya kha kanio gvahmasyanam thva kha ilenio gvahmasya­nam thva kha hlayio gvahmasyanam thva kha hlatakio gvahmasyanam thva sn-a�lamibrataya pusta­ka dayaido gvahmasyanam pU�laka dayakli biyio gvahmasyana piija jaka ylina tayio gvahmasyanam a�lamibrataya mahimli-kha kanio thathi(m)gu bart[t]adharm[m]asa1 rasa ylitasa biiitcha ylitasa thva­panisamastaylim manobailchii piirl).[I)]a juyao ak�alabhaI)Qala lanlio samastaJP bighna haraI)a juyao

15

Page 62: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 13-14

onio. srl-astamibrata dayakiio biyiiyii pUl)yana samasta lokana miiqlna yiitakiio mahii uttama juyiio janma kiiya dayio. manoba(ql)[c]chii purl)[l)]a juyio lokapai\ca riijii mantri samasta lokanaql miinya yiiyio. miinya yiitakiio cone dayio. mahapadmajfiiil)i2 juyio. maha bhagemiil)i juyio . artha dharm[m]a kiima mok�a liiyio. samasta siistranaql piilaqlgata juyio . . . hanaql bodhijfiiina liiniio nirbiinapada liisyaql samyaksaqlbuddha dhiiyakao sukhiibatilokadhiitusa aqltajiini' jusyaql mahii iinandana bi­jyiitaql.

Colophon: iti srlsiikyamuJ)i-buddhabhanalaka-srl-a�!amivratapuJ)yamahatme a�tajanmakathiiyal)l. avimcikrta-upo�a<:lhavrata nama samapta. je dharm[m]a hetuprabhava hetu(ql) te�aql tathiigata. he­vadat[a] te�iiql ca jo nilodha evaqlviidi mahiisramana[ql](l)). likhitaql thahititola suvarJ)[J)]ap(r)aJ)a­rimahiinagala maitrlpuramahiivihiilaya srl-3-vajracary[y]a siddhinalasiqlhena li�itam iti. sUbha(m). saqlvat 961 m(i)ti siraga 11 sa saqlpiirl)[J)]a yana. 8ubhaql.

The ms. deals with merits acquired by Buddhists by taking a vow (vrata) and performing worship to Amoghapasalokesvara. As examples it gives the stories of Prince Visvantara (fol. 18ff.), Sucan­dragrhapati (fol. 55 ff.), King Brahmadatta (fol. 66ff.), Siqlhasarthavaha (fol. 68ff.), King Sivadatta (fol. 104ff.) and Prince Mahasattva (fol. 113 ff.). For a translation into German of the Simhasiirtha­biihvavadiina (Skt. Simhasiirthaviihiivadiina) contained in this manuscript see S. Lienhard 1985, p. 43 and pp. 89 ff.

14

1 For bratao. 2 For mahiiparamao. 3 For antaryani.

Hs. or. 6224.

Paper. Wooden book-covers. Fols. 216 (numbered 1-216) and 2 stray fols. one of which is blank, the other containing a passage from another ms. of the Vasuqldhariidevlvrata. 22,4 x 9,5 cm. 18 x 6 cm. Devaniigarl. Nevar!' Dated Vikr. E. 1984. Written by l'ekabiihiidura Citrakarl of Tavacapalatola, Milakvache, Bhaktapur.

Vasurruihariidevlvrata: Sucandriivadiina. Beg.: Oql namo ratnatrlyaya 1 Oql namo bu(d)dhiiya [I] gurubya (f) namo dharm[m]iiya 1 tarane

nama(l)) 1 saqlghaya 1 mahatme nama 1 viharatl kanakriidau sakyasiI)1ha munlndro aparlmitasurasaql­ghai(l)) sevyamano janoghai(l)) 1 kubelayedaianetro iak�aI)ayuktagatra 1 smabhavad hridayastha sar­vaiokehltastha 1 srl-3-ratnatrlyaya nama(l)) 1 srl-3-sakyanathii(ya) namaskiira(l)) 1 hniipiiql srl-3-buddha-dharm[m]a-saqlgha svahmastaql namaskara yaniiva srl-3-sakemuni tathiigata juyiihma na­maskara juio. srl-3-siikesiqlha bhagabiina sumeru dhiiya parbatasa samastaql debagaJ)a manu�ya­ganapaJ)isena caka uyakava dako munlsvaraya lsvaraya dhiiyakava sabhii dayakasya bljyaka juio. gathlhma srl-siikemuJ)i bhagabana dhiiiasa. uphoiasvanaya hala thyeql mi�a. saqlpurl)aiachenanaql a(ql)jukta juyava sarlra. samastaql pranlsake uti �anakaql elta tayiiva bljyiikahma. sakaieql iokayiita hlta yanava bijyiikahma srlbhagabana juio.

End (214ff). saqlsiira byaptamana yanava bijyakahma thathiqlhma srl-3-basuqldhara debi chaia­poiaya caranakamaiasa baraqlbara koti 2 namaskiira dhakaql parame(sva)rlyata phako stuti yiiniiva thlthlql manasa ati iinanda yaniiva guruya caranasaql bhoka puyava sabhiisa cona bhkhuganapani briihmana chetrl vaisya sudra iidlql anega iokapani sakaiyeql ananda yanava dharmasa eltta tayava srl-3-basuqldhiiriidebiya brata yanava anandanaql cona juiaql. thuguli �a julasaql ku[r]kuttiira mahii-

16

Page 63: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 14-15

vyahiirasa1 bljyiiniiva sn[r]-upagupta-bhlchunaljl sn-asvaka-riijii prabhrti saljlpurl)a sabhiisa ganapa­nista iijDii dayakagu nyeniiva tayii dhakaljl bodhimandapamahiibihiirasa jayasn-bhlchunaljl jinasrl­riija bodhlsa(t)tva prabhrti sakalyeljl lokarak�yii yiiya nimi[r](t)tina puriipiirbakiilasa snbasuljldhiirii­debiyii vrata prakiisa juvagu sucandra-grihapati rak�yii juvagu �a. sucand(r)iibadiiniiyii �a iijdii daya­ku julaljl. subhaljl.

Colophon: iti sucand(r)iivadiina(ljl) samiiptaljl . . . srlsambata 1984 jye�tha 9 gate 6 �asti adltebiira­�uhnu si(d)dha yiinii julaljl. thva siip(h)u covahma srl-3-basuljldhiiriidebiyii srlmahiilak�mldebiyii Srl-3-baIakumiirlyii krpiinaljl ta(va)capiilatola-miliikvacheyii bhairabasiljl citrakiirlyii chaya. bhiljlbiihii­dura dtrayii kiiya tekabiihiidura dtrakiirl jula. thva sap(h)ulisa sakalapaljlcasyena dona thiisa chemii yiiniiva sacye yiiniiva biila�a tekabiihiidurayii uparasa sakalasyenaljl krpii [tayii] tayiiva bonii dlya miila. srI-3-miihiilak�mi nama(IJ). srIbasuljldhiirii nama(IJ). srlbiilakumiirl nama(IJ). srIsarasvati na­ma(IJ). srlnabadurgiidebi nama(IJ). tettisakoti debatiiljl sadiikiilaljl rak�yii yiiya [ra�yii yiiya] miila. bhagabiin.

Text on front of fol. 1: Oljl. srl-3-basuljldhiiriidevl. srl-3-mahiilak�mi. srI-3-biilakumiirl. thva sa­p(h)u trItiyii bratayiigu.

1 For °biharasa.

15 Hs. or. 4348.

Paper. Fois. 61, fol. 62 missing. 21,3 x 7 cm. 16,5 x 4 cm. 5 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit with Neviirl paraphrase. Dated N.B. 847. Written by Vajriiciirya Prabhiikara of Tarumiilamahiivihiira, Kathmandu. Donors : four Siikyabhik�us, namely the brothers Jayachurifi, Jasiljldeo, Jasamiina and Jasasiddhi of Ikubiihiila, Mahiigurlnani, Yentiicheljl.

VasurruJhariivrata (A§vagho�anandimukhiivadiina) . , Beg.: Oljl namalJ snvasudhiiriiya. vasuljldhiirii(ljl) sadii natvii diilidra[n]-avatiiranl desayiimi manu­

�yiirthaljl sar[v]vaduIJkbapramocanl. iidisaljl srlbasuljldhiiradeblyiita namskiira(IJ). thvahma para­myasvarI sribasudhiiriidebfjuyuhma gathiljlgva dhiirasii. samastasa(t)tvapriinipanisa diiridraduIJkha mocanii yiifiana bijyiika. thathiljlhma basuljldhiiriideblyiita namaskiira. atityapiirv[v]a srlvasudhiira­devlvrataprakiisitakathii(ljl) pravak�(y)iimi. atityal)l tiikiira ono. piirb[b]aja[r]mmasa1 srlbasuljldhii­riideblyii brata prakiisa juogUrl kha jena hliiye . sriiyatiiljl tiivan tu�itabhuvanadevIgana sarv[v]a mili­tvii ma(r)tyaman<jale sarv[v]adiilidrasa(t)tvii(ni) dr�tvii srlvasudhiirani pracodayiimi. fial)o. yiivat[ra] gva berasa dhiirasii. tiivat[ a] thva berasa tu�ita dhiiyii bhubanasa debIgal)apani sakarel)l muIiiio madhe2-mal).<jarasa diilidrasa(t)tvapani svayiio srlbasudhiiriidebI thama the thamaljl udaya jnraljl.

End: thvanaljl rl siiryodaya riijiiyii kiiya riijaputra chahma vao. tbva riijaputra riijii sariio yaubariija dhaka nama prak�iinti yiiseljl tayii. thva bratadharm[m]a kha kanakeyiita arthana thvahma yaubarii­jana ma(r)tyamal).<jarasa sakabhinaljl thva srlbasudhiiriideblyii bratadharma prakiisa yiiIiiio sukhana mahii iin(an)dal)l yiiIiiio bijyiikatvaljl juro. iti piirv[v]asnvasudhiiriidevlvrata saljlpiirn[n]aIJ. asva­ghokho-nandimukbo-avadiina(ljl) parisamiipta(m) . ye dharm[m]ii [vii] hetuprabhiivii hetu(ljl) te�iiljl tathiigata . . . siikyabhik�u jasiljldeo pramukhana sakara paribiiriiniiljl jatapul).e<jhadbhavatiiciiry[y]a­piidhyiiya miitiipitrpiirb[b]a gamanaljl krtvii sak[r]ala sa(t)tva riisya anuttaraljl jdiinapharaljl p(r)iip­nuyiiti. svasti. srlmatpasupaticaral)akamaladhiiridhusaritasiroruhasrImatmiinesvarl�tadevatiivara­rabdhaprasiidadedipyamiinota3ravikuratilakahanumantadhva ja -nepiiresvara -mahiiriijiidhiriija -riij a-

17

Page 64: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 15-16

rajendra-sakararajacakriidhisvala-srlsrljayajaga[rlijayamaradeba-palamabhaiiiiraka debiinam sada samaravijayiniim prabhu thiikulasya bijayara[rliya.

Colophon: danapati srllnatkiittamal).gapamahanagare ki(r)tipul).ya-mahiiviharavasthita-raganato­ra-ikubiihiira-mahiigurlnani entacheyii grhe vii(s )tavya dharm[m ]atmii sakyabhik�u bhiida srljayachu­rina dvitr bhriitr srljasimdeo trtiya bhratr srljasamanadeo caturtha bhratr srljasasi(d)dhi thvapani pehma samuc(c)ayana srl-3-basudhiiradeblya dharm[m]asa(s)tra-kha dayaka juro . . . thvati pUl).yana jajamanasya ayu-arogya-jana[d]dhana-samtiina-lak�mlbrddhir astu. bhiikha atha paladesa. danapati sakyabhik�u srljasimdeo sakyabhik�u srljasasiddhi thvapani nihma ut(ta)rapamtha hlasa �atrasa banika-banaja yasyam conii byarasa dharm[m]acitta ut[ra]pa(t)ti jiiyarapam oyao thva bhagabati Srl-3-basudhiiriideblya dharm[m]abrata-kha dayaka juro. thva byarasa miihii ik�a juyiio bhagabiina srl-3-corabucibaj(r)iisana ak�obhya srl-3-hiiratidebi srl-baj(r)abira miihiikiira srl-3-bhi[rm]masyana �agha­debatiisyii nikasa conao thva pustaka rikhita[ka]m. etat[ra]pul).yiinubhiivena jajamiinasya iha[m]ro­kya sukhasampa(t)ti-dhanalabha(m) pararokya sukhiivati(m) p(r)ii(p)nuvam[na]ti. sleyo 'stu. svasti. sambat 847 pau�amasyasuklapak�a titrya trthva sravanalJ,aksatr[ar]e ha�tajvagya jathiikar(a)l).[l).]a mahot[r]are brhaspativii[ra]sare dhanuriisigate savyatad dhanuriisigate candramasi eta[r]ddine rikhi­tam. sampiirl).[l).]am I[n]ti. rikhiteyam srlk�iamal).gapasthal)e tarumiiramahiiviharii piirv[v]akhii kva svaka nairatya-cheyii vaj(r)iiciiry[y]a-srlprabhiikalana rikhita[m]m i[n]ti. yathadetram4 tathii rikhi­tam. rekhako na[. Jsti dvakham. jadi suddham va [m]asuddham vii so . . . (rest missing) .

The ms. concerns a vrata. It contains stories and legends to illustrate the merits to be acquired by the worshippers of the Goddess Vasumdharii (in Nev. usually spelled Vasurndhtirii) by observing this vow (vrata).

16

1 For °janmasa. 2 For martya-. 3 For °miinonnata°. 4 For yat�iidr�!arp.

Hs. or. 4339.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 7.

(2) Vicitrakarl1ikiivadlinoddhrta: PadmaSekhariivadiina (fol. 233-279). Beg.: Om namo bhagavate siikyamunaya namo. hnapam thanam Ii chaguli samayasa dharm[m]a­

pattana dhiiya nama l)agarasa deba naga jak�a gandharb[b]a asura garuda kinnare mahoraga thvate iidim samastam debalokapal).isyal).a iidalabhiibana piijamiinya yatakao srl-3-siikyamuni bhagabiina bijyakatvam jula. hanam asam�ya bodhisa(t)tvapal).i hanam srabakasamghapaui thvate sabhii mu­nakao sd-3-Siikyamuni bhagabiina tvam bijyiika julo. thva berasa citrarati debaputrana julasiim sd-3-bhagabiinayiita sva ciika uliio pradachina yanao sra(d)dhabhiiba tayao srl-3-bhagabanaya khvala svayiio binati yiitam . . . citralatigamdhina dhiiyii nama puskalanisa basa yiinam conahma ji thukii. thva puskalaniyii thiisa matha chaguli dasyam cona. thugu mathasa jina julasiim cojyii yiiya dhaka bhiilapii. thva cojya yanana subha juyio Iii asubha juyio Iii jina ma siya. thvate nene dhakam ji thana oya. he bhagabana dhakam ajda dayakusya bijyiiya mala dhakam binati yasyam Ii srlbhagabiinana ajda dayakalam. he debaputra. cojya yanaya phala mahii uttama thuka. athaba debapratima julasiim svanayii pratima julasiim simaya pratima julasam niinii prakiilaya cihna julasam cojya yayagu maha pUl)ya thuka dhakam iijlia dayakusyam Ii debaputrana binati yatam. he bhagabiina. thvaguli citrakii­lakary[y]a sunanam yata. thva cojya yakahmana chu phala lata. thva samastam iijlia dayakusya

18

Page 65: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 16-17

bijyaya mala dhakal!l binati yakaguli nenao sn-3-bhagabiinana ajna dayakalal!l. he debaputra. thva cojya yakahmaya piirb[b]ajanmaya br[�lial!ltal-kha kane neo. bho debaputra. chaguli karal!lta(ra)sa bimala nama puskalani chaguli dasyal!l cona. thvaguli margasa atimanorama k�e cha �a dayakal!l taya dao. thva tbiisa bimala nama puskaranisa julasal!l semantakapuli nagaiasa conahma jnanada[r]tta nama sri�lha chahma dayao thvaguli manolama grhesa oyao nana prakara cItra bicitrana pal!lcalal!l­gana coka julal!l. thva jnanada[r]tta Srl�lhi juyi gathina dhalasa. sra(d)dbiiol!lta sU(d)dhaci[r]tta dharmatma bratasa lasa juo. thathil!lna abasalasa anegatirthabiisijanapanisyana thuguli manolama grlhasa svayao thathi prakarana svaya tUl!l yayapuka sunanal!l cojya yanao tala khya. thva cokahma dha[ l!l]nya 2 dhaka dbiilal!l.

End: ali ascary[y]a dhakal!l dbiioguli nenao srlbhagabanana ajda dayakalal!l. bho kasyapa. ascar­y[y]a caya mumvala. gathe dbiilasa. thva s�salasa manu�yaloka gvahmasyanal!l biina dayakala ohmanal!l subarl}[ l} ]arupya iidina a�ladbiituna dayakalal!l. gvahmanal!l lohaya siya dayakao bud­dhaya bibiilasa dvalapatllp stbiipana yata thvatena thao 2 anusalatina phala layio. thvatena chapani ascary[y]a caya mumvala dhakal!l sn-3-sakyamuni bhagabiinal!l ajda dayakuguli nenao kasyapa­bhichuna bimati yatal!l. he bhagabiina. chaiapolaya ajna nenao jipani bogha juya dhuna dhakal!l dhayao thithi har�amana yanao srabakabhichudebagana nagagana jak�egana gandharbagana manu­k�egana daityagal}a thvate sabbiigal}a samasta[l!l]sena srl-3-bhagabiinayak[y]e amrtasamana dharm­[m]akatbii nyanao maM har�amana yanao thao 2 asramasa ona julal!l.

Colophon: iti srlvicitrakarl}[l}]ikavadanoddhrta(l!l) nepalabbiikha(yal!l) nava2 adhyaya(l)) sam­piirl}[l}]a(l)) samapta(l)). ye dharmma hetuprabhava hetu(l!l) te�al!l . . . ya dr�lal!l li�ital!l . . . su(d)­dhal!l va asuddhal!l va maura do�a na diyate . li�ital!l subarl}[l}]apranimabiinagala' maitripuramabiibi­hare basthita baj(r)acary[y]a dibyanal!ldana coya julo. subh.al!l. rajabirayasta.

For an edition and translation of the Padmaiekhariivadiina of the VicitrakarQikiivadiinoddhrta see H. J0rgensen, VicitrakarQikiivadiinoddhrta. A Collection of Buddhist Legends, IX.

17

1 For brttiinta .. 2 For navama(fJ). 3 For °pra1Jii1i".

Hs. or. 4329.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fols. 112, numbered 1-112. 24,5 x 7 cm. 19 x 3,5 cm. 5 lines. Nepalak�a­ra. Nevari. Dated N. E. 951.

(Vlra)kuSiivadiina. From the A$laml(vrata)miihiitmya. Beg.: Ol!l namo ratnatrayaya. Ol!l namo srlmadary[y]avalokitesvaraya bodhisa(t)tvaya mahakaru­

l}ikaya. natva guru(l!l) triratn� ca kathayami samasatal) a�lamivratamahatmya(l!l) naipalibbii­khayal!l ahat[ap. buddhagayasa bodhimal}gapamaMbibiirasa srljayasrl-bhik�usena ajda dayakara. ku[r]kkula nama mahabibiirasa upagupta-bhik�usena asoka-mabiiraja pramukh� jhimacya lakha sabbiilokayata ajna dayakala. nyagrodbii namasa sr1sakyasil!lha bhagabana anal!lda-bhik�u pramu­khana sabbiilokayata ajna dayakala. nenao aneka a�lamibrataya katbii kane dhuno. ao biriipa­mabiiraja u(d)dbiira juyigu a�lamiya mahima kane. baranasi nama nagarasa subal!ldhu nama raja daya c0l!l. ohma rajana nyaya-nitina prajaloka pratipara yana pratapana satru jayalapao cakrabart­[t]i-raja juyao a�la aisvary[y]ana sal!ljukta juyao mahasukhana ral}ipanisao raokriga2 yanao sak�at indra thel!l juyao cona. thathil!lhma rajaya takala dayanal!l sal!ltana chata juko ma duo chahnuya

19

Page 66: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 17-18

dinasa raj ana dhal)1da kayao manana bhiilapara. hiihii ji janma dhi(k)kara. rajya datasanal)1 aisva­ry[y]a datasanal)1 mahiisukha julasanal)1 . . . paralokasa u(d)dhara rna juo. hahii daiba. thathil)1gu sukhabhogasa sal)1tana chahma matra �uhnum datasa jithil)1 bhiigebiini suI)1 rna duo piirb[b]ajanmasa chu>,papa yana ola jina rna siya. hii 2 kuladebatil sal)1tana dayakao prasal)1na juya mala dhakal)1 nana prakarana sokadhal)1da kayao kuladebata piijamana yata.

End: indrana musuhuna hnilao ajiia dayakara. biriipaya karanasa pra!)a tyaga yaya tayara jura. ao maha suriipa jura. lohitamuktabalimara3 gana dhiiyao upabiisa-purbidebaputrayake dhiila. upabiisa­kusa nama putrayata lao hlana dharagu nenao punarbiira debaraja indrana dhara. he upabiisa­purbidebaputra. chapani svahmal)1 piijarape dhiiyao parijatasvanamala chiiya amrtalakhana acama­na biyao dibyabhojana yatakao svargabiisa yiisyaIjl tara. thanal)1 ri guriehil)1 kiirasa blrakusa-mahiira­jii siikyakumara dhiiyaka janma jura. alil)1da-mahani!)i miiyadebi dhiiyaka janma jural)1. sudarsana­rii!)i jasodharadebi dhiiyakii janma jura. u �unu hatiiraka opil)1 hnasahma rajiipinal)1 bhik�u juya janma jUfO. prajiilokapani kiilamrtyu juyao cakrabart[t]i-raja juyii janma jura. gurichil)1 debaputra juya janma jura. thvate til prakiirana thvao 2 kiimuniina padabi rayu. upabiisakusa mahiirajii jura. a�iaml-upiisanii yiisyal)1 sakara prajaloka pratipara yiisyal)1 rajiiyi yiina rajyasa sukhana bhoga yiinao cona jura. a�iamiya mahima gvahmasenal)1 brata yiiyu upasana yayu. piija-bhaktl yayu ohmaya paralokasa sr1-ary[y]abalokitesvara-karunamayaya sebaka juya sukhiibati-baikul)1iha-bhubanasa svargabiisa layu juro.

.

Colophon: iti divyavadano(d)dhrtasta(ml)mahiitmya(l)1) samaptaIjl. subhal)1. ma l)1galal)1 bhavatu jagatal)1. subhal)1. sambat 951 m(Oti maghasudi 13 sa roja 3 sa siddha yana juro. subhal)1.

18

A Nevar1 prose version of the (Vlra)kusavadiina. Cf. Nos. 2 and 18.

1 For aham. '2 For ratikrldti. 3 For omiilii, '

Hs. or. 4330.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fois. 59. 38 x 9 em. 32 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl. Undated.

[VlrakuSiivadiina}. From the A$!amlvratamahiitmya. Beg.: 01)1 namo ratnatrayaya. adi hnapa hanol)1 bho srlsakemuni tathagata biriipa-raja uddhiira

juoguli asiamlbrataya mahima kanya dhakal)1 uposadha-debaputrana inapa yatal)1. bho siikeraja. gathya dhiilasii. biiriinasi-nagarasa subandhu nama raja chahma basalapao cona jula. thva riijana julasa l)1 nyiiya-nimitina1 prajiiloka pratipiira yiiniio pratiipana satru palapao cakrabart[t]i-raja juyao asia aisvary[y]ana sal)1jukta juyao mahasukhana riinipanisao niipa ratikrdii2 yiinao siik�iit indra thyal)1 juyao mahiisukhana ananda!)a conal)1. paral)1tu thvahma rajiiya sakatii[l)1]nal)1 sal)1jukta mahiisukhi. sal)1tiina chata juko rna duo

End: gulil)1 srabakajiina-pratyakajana-mahayana-matana bodhijiiiina laka. gulil)1 tathagata julal)1. thvate prakarana thao thao kamuna-bhedatina padabi liital)1. upabiiSakusa-mahiiriijiina a�tami-upii­sanii-brata yaniio sakala prajiiloka patipala yaniio rajayi yiika julo. desasa julasiil)1 atibr�ti anabrsti salabha: mukhlkarga mahala dahara piitana kaca sltalii sal)1griima iidil)1 bhaya chul)1 rna duo daridra kal)1gala krpana logi kiina sula dhusi khvaca piikala ajiiiini miirkha piipi piikha!)<;ll ca!)<;li ra!)<;li chechedhiira hil)1sala ada[r]ttii dayikiikama mithyiiciiri mrkhabiida paisiinya paru�ya sabhintapraliipa mithyiidrsii nastlka siinul)1 rna duo saptab,[dd]hina sal)1jukta juyiio lokana sal)1jukta juyiio sukhana

20

Page 67: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 18-19

conao conaI!l. thathiJpgu a�1amIbrata yao. he maharaja asoka. cal)Qasvaka juyagu papa k�aya juyao dharm[m]asvaka3 juio dhaka upagupta-bhik�una iijfia dayakala julaI!l.

Colophon: iti srldivyavadanodd(h)rtavratamalayaI!l srl-a�1amivratamiihatmya(I!l) samapta[!) ](m). subham astu. subham.

Marginal titles: bio kuo and birakuo (= birakusabadana).

A Nevarl version of the VlrakuSavadana. Cf. Nos. 2, 17 and 19.

1 For nyaya-nltina. 2 F9f °krlrja. 3 For dharmiiSoka.

19 Us. or. 4339.

For a description of the manuscript see No.7.

(3) VlrakuSiivadiina. From the A$tamlvratamiihiitmya. (fol. 280-368). Beg.: OI!l nama(!) srtvaj(r)asa(t)tviiya nama(!) . nama ratnatrayiiya. nama lokaniithiiya. OI!l na­

mae!)� srlmadary[y]avalokitesvaraya bodhisa(t)tviiya mahiisa(t)tvaya mahiikarul)ikaya. OI!l namo ro­kanathiiya. natva guru(I!l) triratnafi ca k[r]athayami samasata a�1amivart[t]amahiitma[l)]ne l)yapala­bhasayaI!l aha(m). hniipaI!l guru sri-3-bu( d)dha-dharm[m]a-saI!lgha sada namaskara yanao saiPk�ap­tamatral srl-3-as1amibart[t]amahatm(y)a mahii taodhana mahima-kha jel)a hlaya. budhagayasa bo­dhimal)Qa(pa)mahiibihiirasa srl-3-yayasrl-bhi(k)huna srljinasrl-raja bodhisa(t)tva prabhlti sabhiilo­kayata kanaI!l. pat(a)riputra-nagarasa ku[r]kkutara(ma) niima mahiibihiilasa upagupta-bhik�una as­vaka-riijiiyiita kana prabhitiI!l jhimacyii lak(h)a sabhiirokayiita iijfiii dayakala. ileo he iinanda bhik�u prabhiti sabhiiroka anega a�1amibart[t]ayii kathii kane dhuna. hanaI!l punar[a]biira iio birupa-rajii u(d)dhiira juoguli a�1amibart[h]aya mahima-$a kane. baranasi-nagarasa subandhu nama raja basala­paI!l cona. thva raj ana julasaI!l nyayanitina prajaloka pratipala yanao pratapana satru jayalapao cakrabart[tJi-raja juyao a�1a aisvary[y]ana saI!ljukta juyao mahiisu�ana ranipanisa napa ratikrida yaniio siik$iita indra thyaI!l juyiio mahasu�asa cona. parantu thva rajaya sakatanaI!l saI!ljukta juyao mahiisukha saI!ltiina chata juko rna duo chahnuya dinasa gvatraparaI!lparii p(r)asaI!lsa yiiila thvayii putra thvahma [thvayii putra thvahma] dhakaI!l pastabasa yana raj ana dhaI!lda kiiyao manasa bhiira­paraI!l. hii daiba. ji janma dhi[r](k)kara. rajya datasaI!l aisvary[y]a ratasaI!lna mahiisukha julasiiI!l sakataI!l byartha chiina dhiilasii. santana chata juko rna du . . .

End: thvate rajaya ajfia ilanao prajalokana tath[y]astu dhiiyao thu bart[t]a caraya yataI!l. thana Ii birakusa-maharajiiI!l sudarsana ari(I!l)da-mahiirani thva prabhitiI!l purohita ma(I!l)triI!l prajalokana aS1amipatiI!l bart[t]a yanao conathiisa sri-3-ary[y]abarokitesvara bijyanao kartti(ka)sukraya a�1ami­$unusa aosarasa darsana biyao akasamargasa bijyanao atihar�ana aS1(ail)gapranama sto[s]tra yata. OI!l namo iiry[y]abarokitesvaraya namo 'stu te bodhisa(t)tvaya mahasa(t)tvaya mahakarul)ikaya. OI!l namo lokanathiiya Iokyasvara[I!l] rokanatha rokalokaguru[I!l] guru Iokapujya[I!l] Iokadeba[I!l] lokot­taragata[I!l] gane . . . thvate prakarana stotra yataI!l. saptabidhi piija yataI!l k�ama phonaI!l. thana Ii srlkarul)amayana baradana bilaI!l. he birakusa. janma janmaI!l tarasa [sa] bart[t]a yaniio jatisamaya juyao kathathya danapiiramitii khat[i]paramita piiraya yiiniio jagatasaI!lsiira sa(t)tvaprani u(d)dhala yanao . . . taihiigata juyao thvate ajM dayakao . . . bodhijfiiina ranao lipatasaI!l paI!lcaka$aya samaya­sa sakemuni tathiigata juyao thvate ajfia dayakao dvibhuja khadbhuja a�1abhuja dasabhuja thuli 0

21

Page 68: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 19-20

satasahasrabhujaprayanta bisvarupa juyao da(r)sana biyao. anta(r)dhyana juyao bijyatalJl. thanaI)l li prajalokapani kasa mahiimaha ananda du(!))kha dalidraya nama chuI)l rna duo sakasyaI)l mano­ba(I)l)chii purl)[l)ja yasyaI)l thithi parase[b]ba u(d)dhiira yanaI)l cona II 7 II thanaI)l li birakusa­mahiirajana upabiisa nama putrayata rajya biyao sakala prajarokayata korapao arind[r]a-rani sudar­sana raniju thva svahma tapobana prabhesa2 yana a�tami-upasana yasYaI)l Srikarunamayaya nama kasyaI)l japa tapa dhyana yanao kala jusyaI)l ri sorgalokana bimana kvata hayao bimanasaI)l tayao svahmaI)l sorgalohana jula . . . thanaI)l li nihmasaya kha hlanao cona. gurichi dinasa prajaloka mrtyu juyao cakrabar[t]ti-raja jula. gurichiI)l debaputra jula. gulichiI)l su�abati thyanaI)l. gurichiI)l mok�a­marga Ie jUI)l. gurichiI)l srabakajana jura pratyaka ja. gulichiI)l mahiiyana samartana bodhijiiiina rata. gurichiI)l tathagata jula. thvate prakarana thao 2 kamuna bhegatina padabi ranilo onaI)l.

Colophon: iti srl-3-ary[y ]abalokitesvaraya a�tamibrataya birakusaya (s )totra samiipta. li�itaI)l dhvakabaharaya srlbaj(r)acary[y]a-dhijabirana ri�apita. subha(m).

A Nevarl prose version of the VlrakuSiivadiina contained in the A�tamlvratamiihiitmya. Cf. Nos. 2 and 17-18. - The Dhvakabiihiira mentioned in the colophon is a Buddhist monastery in Kathmandu the Sanskrit name of which is not known. It is possible that the Sanskrit name given to the Vihiira of the scribe mentioned in Nr. 16 refers to the same Vihiira.

20

1 For sa1'(llqiptao. 2 For prabesa.

Us. or. 6440.

Paper. Fols. 24, numbered. 27 x 9,2 cm. 21,5 x 6,2 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevari. Dated N.E. 975. Written by Dinanatha Daivajiia of YaI)lchetola, Bhaktapur.

Caturth!pit17Jimtivrata. Beg.: srl-3-gal)esaya nama!)1 sri-3-sadasivo (u)vaca I kailasasikharastnaI)l devadeva(I)l) jagatguruI)l

II gaunprokte sivo vakyaI)l vismayaphalalocanaI)l 11 kailiisaparb[b]atasa deba[ya]yanaI)l deba juyao cOl)ahmaI)l jagata-saI)lsaraya guru juyao conahma srlmahiideba bijyataI)l. srlparb[b]atlsenaI)l suma­lapao hnelao thava svamiyake inapa yataI)l II sriparv[v]aty uvaca II he jagadisvara mahiideba. chala­polaya dayaprasadana chalapolasyaI)l gupta yanao tayagu brataya khaI)l nene yaya nL bho nila­kal)!ha. Mesa daya dasya bijyahune. (e)kacitta yanao nena. chana bacanana je saI)l[t]tokha. sa(I)l)tu­�!a juye dhuno. jena uttama bratakathii chaguli gupta yasye(I)l) [na] taya dao nL he paramesvarL jena chanata kane. chana ekagra yasya nehuni dhakaI)l ajiia dayakalaljl II asti devalayasthiine ca[I)l]ndra caura jage nave vinayakasya s[r]apena bhavantlva jayantika!) II he priya parb[b]ati. pura­piirb[b]asa i(n)drasanasa debataya sabhiisa yana bijyaka belasaI)l srlgal)esaya s[r]apana caI)ldramaya khvala soko caura juyava khu jusye bhasma julaljl. thvaya kathii kane.

End: ohmaI)lsaya gugu 2 manabiiI)lcha yata ogull ba(I)l)chii-manoratha piifl)[l)]a juyio. thvahmaI)l puru�ana julasiiljl stnya julasaI)l bijoga-biiya conahma[I)l]ya Strl puru�a milapa juyio. gvahmaI)lsena thva catu(r)thi cothadhalaI)l piirl)yamaya brata dana ohmaI)lsaya jana-dhan:a-Iak�mi-sa(I)l)tati-saI)l­t[t]ana brddhi juyio. manobiiI)lchii sakala piirl)[l)]a juyio . rajyalak�mi ohnia[I)l]saya chesa basalopio. thva dharm[m]abrata danahmaI)l manu�yayata kudasana thiye rna phayio. naograhana pi<;la biye phayio rna khu. akala ani�!a nasa juyio. bhiita preta pisaca <;Iakini agniya bhaya rajaya bhaya caura-

22

Page 69: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 21-22

bhaya satruya bhaya sirp.haya bhaya byaghraya bhaya thvate sarb[b)a bhaya nasa juylo. asubha dako phunao sUbha-mangala juylo. alak�ml phunao subhalak�mlna biisa yayio dhakarp. srlmahiidebana srlcarp.drabrataya katha ajiia dasya bijyatarp.. thva brataya mahima-kha sutana naimikharanyabanasa basalaparp. conahma r�igal)apaniyata kanarp..

Colophon: iti srlcaturthipurl)yamavratakathii samapta. sambat 975 miti adhika-akhadhabadi 3 ro(ja) 1 sa yarp.chetolaya daibajiia dinanathana thva cothiidhala(rp.)ya kathii-saphu coya siddha yana.

The manuscript contains a vrata story connected with certain rituals observed on the day called Galjesacaturth! or, simply, Cotha (mod. Nev. Catha). There is a belief among Nevars that if a person looks at the moon on this particular night, he is liable to be accused of having stolen something.

21 Us. or. 6226.

Paper. Fols. 30, numbered. 27,1 x 9,2 cm. 22 x 6,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepiila�ara, Nevarl. DatedN.E. 975. Written by Daivajiia Dinanatha of Yarp.chetola, Bhaktapur.

EkiidaSlkatha. Beg.: orp. nama!). srlgal)esaya nama!). I srlgurubhyo nama!). I srlparv[v)aty uvaca I kailasaparb[b)a­

tasa srljagadisvara mahiidevaya h(n)aone sriparb[b]atIna hiita jojalapava binati yasya bijyatarp.. thvate srlparb[b)atlya bacana nenao srlmahiidebana musuhuna hnelao daya prasanna juyao iijiia dase bijyatarp.. srisadiiSivo (u)vaca I sfl)U tvarp. parv(v)atid�vl. mama tusti karomy aharp. vratam ekarp. mahiiguptarp. ekagracittasiidhanarp. II 1 II thva belasa §rlmahiidebana ajiia dasya bijyataijJ.. he priye paramasundarl parb[b)atl. chana eya phuio. samasta kamana siddhi juyio. brahmal)a k�atrI baisya sudra thva catu(r) 4 varl)[l))ajatIyata jena kane tana. thva sarp.sarasa ihatra sukha paratra mok�a juyio. thva ekadaslbrata conahma[rp.)yata jamasasana mumala.

End: thvate putra bhadraslIaya ajiiabacana nenao pita galava ,�lya manasa atl har�amana yanao sarp.tu�ta julam. hnapa-2-yagu samastana b,(t)tarp.t[t)a[na)bart(t)a nenao manasa atlhar�amana ya­nao ajiia dayekalarp.. ji sakala janmayarp. papa yanagull samastana papa mocana julo. ji hnasaguIl7 janmaya papa dako phunao jl sapta 7 pusta pita pitamaha hnasagull pu�tato mok�a julo. dha[rp.)nya 2 je bhiigya. dha[rp.)nya 2 je putra bhadraslIaya bhiigya. je barp.sa uddhiira yakahmarp. somakulasa janma juyao carp.draba(rp.)sl dako uddhiira yaka sadakalarp. bi�l)uya bhaktisa conahmarp. dha[rp.)nya putra. chena bi�l)ubhaktiyagu ekiidaslyiigu bratadharm[m)apu[rp.)nyayagu mahima ajiia dayekaoguli je sarp.tokha juye dhuno . . . thva nehmarp. 2 bii-kaja1 bi�l)ubhaktise uddhiira juyao baikul)thapurlsa basalaparp. conarp..

Colophon: thvagull ekiidaslya bratadharm[m)apu[rp.)nyakathii martyamal)Qalasa cale juyao co­narp.. iti srlbrhannaradlye ekiidaslkathii samapta. yadgrhe vai�l)avasastrarp. pathyate sruyate 'pi va likhyate sthiipyate caiva tatra sarp.nihita hari!).. sambat 975 miti asvinabadi 6 sa budhabiiraya dinasa yarp.chetolaya daivajiia dlnanathana cosya taya julo.

Title on front fol.: ekiidaslvrata.

1 For .kiiya.

23

Page 70: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 22-23

22 Us. or. 6225.

Paper. Fols. 39, numbered. 27 x 9,3 cm. 21 x 6 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan, prose. Written by Daivajiia Dlnanatha of Yal)lchetola, Bhaktapur (cf. No. 21). Undated, but probably ca. N.E. 975.

MdrtalJifavratadharmakathii. From the Bhavi1yapuriilJa. Beg.: sngaI).esaya nama!) I Ol)l nama!) srlsiiry[ylaya nama!) I adityaya dharm[mlakathii hlaye. srlju­

dhi�thira uvaca I aditya devataya mahimiidharm[mlabratakathii-khii I).enegu at! icchii-tr�I).a yanao cona. chalapolasena iidesa upadesa daya prasa[l)llnna jusye ajiia dayakal)l prasanna juye mala. srllqwa bhagavanovaca. aye raja dharm[mlajudhlsthira. chana adityaya dharm[mlabratakathii jeke neno. he judlllsthira. cha dha[l)llnya 2 khao. iidityadebata dhiiyahmal)l samasta debataya sinal)l sre�tha samasta lokayal)l andhakara phutake ohmal)l. samasta lokayal)l sak�1 samastaya mikhii juyao conahma. samasta thiiyastal)l pabitra yakahmal)l. thvahmal)l bra[l)llhma bi�l)u rudra thva svahma 3 debataya sarlra ekatva juyao thva utpatti jula. snsiiry[yla dhiiyahmal)l utpatti juHi. saptaml adityal)l laka belesa rabisaptami dhiiye. dasami aditya biinalaka belasa dasiiditya dhiiye. sa(l)l)kra[l)llnti iidityabara Hika belasa rabisal)lkranti dhaye.

End: thva snsiiry[ylayagu bratadharm[mla rabisaptami-kuhnu julasal)l rabisal)lkranti-kuhnu jula­sanal)l dasaditya-kuhnu julasanal)l iidityabiira patil)l julasal)l srlsiiry[ylayata samasta raktopacara dayakal)l phala pu�pa tambiila pal)lcapakva[l)llnna k�lrodana gudodana pal)lcamrta ik�u [slka[l)llI).­<;!amiila samasta upacara dayakal)l piija yaniio dhiipa dlpa naibedyadibhi chayao thva dharm[m]a­brata danao thva kathii kanlo kanaklo. thvahmal)l purukhayata samasta kamanii manoratha piifI).[I).la juylo. santana rna duhma[l)llya santana daylo. daridrahma[l)llya dhaniidhya juylo. roglya rogamok�a juylo. ku�tlya sarlra kal)lcana juylo. netrasa roga julasal)l netraroga mocana juylo. dasadasl julasana daslmok�a juylo. satruna pl<;!alapao talasal)l rajapl<;!a rogapl<;!a satrupi<;!a samasta pl<;!a nasa juylo. raI).abhiimlsa vanasal)l jayakamana juylva. putra rna duhma[l)llya putra daylo. gugu 2 bal)lchii yata oguli bal)lchii samastana manoratha piifI).[I).la juylo. thva brata diiilahma[l)llyata nabagraha rna bhlnasal)l dasa rna bhlnasal)l pl<;!a biye rna duo akalana siye rna du dhakal)l snmunisva­ra narada r�lnal)l naimikhiiraI).yabanasa basalapal)l conahmal)l siita dhakal)l nama juyao conapul)ll r�lganayata kanal)l.

Colophon: thvagull katha sal)lk�apa[l)llpiirb[blakana martyamandalasa cale juya cona. iti srlbhavi­�yapuraI).e marl[tlaI).<;!avratadharm[mlakatha(yal)l) saptama(!).) patala!) samapta!). subhal)l sarv­[vlada bhavatu. ava[l)llntlnagaraya asvasena-rajayatiil)l kanal)l. thva katha daibajiia!) dinanathana coya II

Title on front fol. : adityavratakatha.

1 For conapani.

23 Us. or. 6402.

Paper. Fols. 29, numbered. 26,9 x 9,3 cm. 22 x 6,5 cm. 6 lines . Nepalak�ara. Nevarl, prose. Dated N. E. 976. Written by Dinanatha Daivajiia of Yal)lchetola, Bhaktapur.

Siiraddvratadharmakathii. From the PadmapuriilJa. Beg.: srl-3-gaI).esaya nama!) II srl-3-gurubhyo nama!) II srI-3-saradiidevyai nama!). I suklal)l brahma­

vicarasarapa(ra)m[ahlal)l jii<;lyal)ldhakarapahiil)l haste sphiitikam,llikal)l vidadhatll)l padmasane

24

Page 71: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 23-24

salj1sthitalj1 valj1de talj1 paramesvari(lj1) bhagavatillj1) [II] buddhipradalj1 saradalj1 I salj1saroddh1lra­marg[g]a uttamavidhl dharm[m]avratalj1 briiyate /1 suto (u)vaca II sutana binati yatalj1. bho sarasvatI sarad1ldebL thva salj1sarasa jagatasalj1sara uddh1lra jUYIgu manukhyaganayatalj1 hita jUYIgu upadesa chalapolayake binatI yaya. daya-karuna tasya ajfia prasa[lj1]nna jusye bijyaye mala dhakalj1 srI-3-sarad1ldeblya caranasa bhoka puyao h1lta jojalapao binati yatalj1. bho saradadebI. chalapolasyana bra[lj1]hmajfiana catur[b]beda-catur[m]mukhana ajfia prasa[lj1]nna jusya bijyakahmalj1. jadatva alj1dhakara phutakao bijyakahma chalapola. hanolj1 cholapola gathiilahmalj1 dhalasa. jao lahatana phataglya mala lekhanl bena baradana bisye bijyaka. khao la(ha)tana kamalj1dalu pu�taka bena abhayamudra bisya bijyaca(ka)hma. padmasana yailao jogadhyanasa bijyacakahma. chalapola tha­thlilahma parameSvarI bhagabatIna thva jagatsalj1sara uddhara jUYIgu uttamagu upadesa dharm[m]a­brata ajna prasanna jusya bijyaye mala dhakalj1 binati yatalj1.

End: lak�ml sarasvatI nehma[lj1]na chahma 1. du!)kha daridra phutakao drabyalak�ml rajyalak�­mlna biisa yaylo. gvahma[lj1]sena srI-3-saradadeblya seba yayI dharm[m]abratakatha kanI kanaklo ohmaya chesa daridra du(!))kha nananalj1 phuilao dhan1ldhya juyao lak�mI kuberana biisa yaylo. bidyabanta riipabanta juylo. samasta manoratha-kamana piirl).[l).]a juylo. dasa navagraha rna bhlna­salj1 thvapanlsena kuphala biye rna phaylo. subha phala biylo. rajabhaya agniya bhaya satruya bhaya cauraya bhaya rogaya bhaya jantu khyaka bhii rnatraya bhaya bhiita preta pisacaya bhaya thvate samasta bhaya mocana juylo. subha phala juylo. santati-sa(n)tana brddhi juylo . jana dhana lak�ml aisvary[y]a thvaylo. gugu 2 manobalj1cha yata ugu 2 biilj1cha piirl).[l).]a juylo. samasta loka thvaya basasa juyI dhakalj1 srlsarad1ldeblna ajM dayekasya bijyatalj1. paratrasa kaibalyamok�a prapti juyao baikul).!hasa biisa laylo.

Colophon: iti srIpadmapural).e srIsaradavratadharm[m]akat.ha samapta. subhalj1. sambat 976 kart­tikabadi 12 roja 5 sa yalj1chetolaya daibajiia diniinathana coya taya julo.

Title on front leaf: siiradabratakath1l.

24 Us. or. 6401.

Paper. Fois. 33, numbered. 27 x 9,2 cm. 21,5 x 6 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. NevarI, prose. Undated.

Sivariitrivratakathii. From the Lihgapuriifja. Beg. : srI-3-gal).eSaya nama!) II srI-3-knl).aya nama!) II vande brndavaslnam midiranalj1damalj1di­

ralj1 I upelj1dra�yelj1drakarunyalj1 paranalj1dalj1 paralj1 vibhulj1 11 1 II bra[lj1]hmavi�l).umahesakhyalj1 yasyasalokasadhaka!) tan namami deva cid[d]rilpalj1 visuddhalj1 paramalj1 bhajet 11 2 11 silta uvaca II sutana ajna dayakalalj1. thva memegu bratadharm[m]aya slnalj1 uttama taodh1lilagu bratadharm[m]a svarg[g]amadhyapatalasa1 trailokyasa cale juyao coilagu uttama brata ilenegu manukhyalokayata jlna kane tana. thva brataya prabh1lbana dakoya nabaratrIya kh1l ilene dhuno. dana dharm[m]a tirtha brata japa tapa patha jajiia thva dako nene dhuno. thathenalj1 nene yayanI. bho svaml calj1drasekha­ra. ao chalapolasena ajfia dase bijyahune. dharma dakoya milia dharma-kh1l bhuguti muguti biogull khalj1 nene yayanI. bho prabhu. chalapolasenalj1 ajiia dasye bijyahune dhakalj1 srI-parb[b]atIna h1lta jojalapao binatl yatalj1. srimah1ldeva uvaca.

End: hanalj1 thvanalj1 11 thva sivaratrIbrata gvahmalj1 puru�a-manu�yana brata dharm[m]a upabiisa conI athaba iIpabasana taylo thvahmalj1 puru�ayata nabagraha 9 rna bhlnasalj1 dasa rna bhlnasalj1 thvatena pIQa biye rna duo hanalj1 silj1gha byaghra dhii kisl gayeda thvate banajalj1tuyalj1 bhaya mu-

25

Page 72: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 24-25

mala. naga graha bija makara m1na thvate nagaka[Ijl]nya adina thvate jalaja(n)tuya bhaya mumala. hanvaIjl rajaya bhaya satruya bhaya cauraya bhaya agnlya bhaya bayuya bhaya rogaya bhaya jalaya bhaya rak�asaya bhaya brk�aya bhaya pisacaya bhaya bhiitaya bhaya khyakaya bhaya pretaya bhaya manu�yaya bhaya dakiniya bhaya thvate samasta bhaya thva bratakathii upasa dharm[ m]aya kathiisa thva kathiisaphu coya tao thiisa samasta bhaya phuylo. hanoIjl tao daridra mahiidu!)khl julasanaIjl thva bratakathana du!)kha sa(ma)stana phuiliiva mahiidhanl juylo. kuberaya samana drabya thoio. rogl juyao conasaIjl roga samastaIjl tolatiio sanra nirm[m]ala ka(Ijl)cana juyio snja(ga)d[d]lsvara dhakaIjl mahadebana ajiia dasye bijyataIjl. srlparb[b]atlna anandana i1esye bijyataIjl. thvagu katha siitana naimikharal)yasa basalapaIjl coilapanl r�lgal)ayiita kanaIjl.

Colophon: iti sriliilgapural)e umamahesvarasamvade srlsivaratrlvratakatM(yaIjl) mrgavyadhiivya­khyana(Ijl) samaptaIjl. subhaIjl.

Titel on front leaf: sibaratribratakathii.

1 For °11UlrtyaQ•

25 Us. or. 6400.

Paper. Wooden covers, painted with flower designs. Fol. 36, numbered. 29, 5 x 9,4 cm. 24 x 6,5 cm. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl, prose. Dated N. E. 979. Written by Daivajiia Dlnaniitha of YaIjlchetola, Bhaktapur.

Somavilrlvratakathii. From the Bhav�yapuril7Ja. Beg.: sn-3-gal)esaye nama!) II srl-3-bhagavate vasudevaya nama!) II saratalpagataIjl bhl�mam upa­

gamya judhisthira!) I krta!) pral)amo dharm[m]atma hitaIjl vacanam uktavan 11 1 1/ purapiirb[b]akala­sa mahabhiiratasaIjlgriima juyava mahabiihu arjunaya sarapraharana dayakava taya sarasa[r]yyasa mahabira bhi�ma pitamaha sayana yailao bijyataIjl. pitamaha bhi�mayata pral)ama yiiilava hata jojalapava manukhyaganayata hitaguli bacana hlayao binati yataIjl. judhi�thira uvaca I hate�u kuru­mukhye�u bhlmasenena kopina tathiipare�u bhiipe�u hate�u judhi ji�l)unii II 2 II dury[y]odhanaku­mantrena yato 'smakaIjl kulak�aya!) na santi bhuvi bhiipiila biilabrddhii tuloddhrte!) II 3 II dharm­[m]iitma iudhi�thira maharajana bhl�ma pitamahayake hata jojalapao inapa yataIjl. bho pitamaha. thva mahiiblra mahiibahu bhlmasenaya kopa juyiio kurubaIjlsasa mukhya 2 juyao coilapiIjl senapati dako molo.

End: iudhisthira mahiiraja. thva brataya mahima ... ihatrasa saIjltati-saljltanaya kaye chaye chuyl saptamapusta tvaIjl ayu brddhi juylva. piifl)[ I) ]iiyu dayiva. kuberaya samana lak�ml brddhi juyiva. raja-aisvary[y]a dayiva. kalikalaIjlkha niisa juylva. nana prakaraya roga dako samastana moyuva. sanra nirm[m]ala iinaIjldana juylva. gugu 2 bii(Ijl)chii yata oguli samasta baIjlchii siddh[r]a juyiva. a�tasiddh[r]i labha juyiva. hano thva brata daIiaya punyana kathii i1eiliiya prabhiibana ... samasta asubha moyuo. kadacit chapola miitrana thva kathii i1eiliina puru�a stnjanana i1enasa sa[Ijl]ntana badhalaplva. manaya kiimana siddh[r]a juyiva. sanre rogana tolativa. misajanayata janmajanmiiIjlta­rato bidhava rna juyuva. nariiyal)aya prasadana dhakaIjl bhi�mana judhi�ihirayata kiinaIjl thva kathii naimikhara[Ijl]nyabanasa basalapaIjl coilapuIjl sutana saunakiidi r�igal)ayata kanaIjl.

Colophon: iti srIbhavi�yapural)e bh1!majudhi�thirasamvade somaviirIvratakathii samiipta. sambat 979 jye�thabadi 14 ro 3 yaIjlcheyii daibajiia diniinathana coya siddha yiiilii dina. subhaIjl.

26

Page 73: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 26

26 Hs. or. 4319.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fols. 238. 26,6 x 12 cm. 20,5 x 8 cm. 9 lines. Colour illustration on separate leaf, showing in the middle Siva and Parvatl, to the left GaJ)esa and to the right Skanda. Nepalak�ara. NevarL Dated N. E. 955.

Svasthiinldharmavratakathii. Beg. : srlgaJ)esaya nama(!) . gaJ)apatiIp ca herambo vighnaraja vinayaka II deviputro mahiibalapa­

rakrama!) mahodara mahakaya ekadanta gajanana!) svet[tjavaW[J)ja mahiidrstil)l trinetral)l gaJ)ana­yaka!) II ak�amala svadantas ca dak�iJ)akaraJ)a tatM II pasumodakapatal)l ca vamahaste vidhiiraJ)al)l nanapu�paratnal)l devinanagandhiinurepanal)l ll nagayajiiopavital)lga(l)l) nanavighnaviniiSanal)l de­vasuramanu�yanal)l siddhigandharv[vjavandital)l ll trailokye vighnahantaral)l makhvariidha(l)l) na­mamy ahal)l II ja kuphenderadukharadukharahiiradhavara1 ja svetapadmiiSana ja brahma­cutasal)lkarap[rjavit[ajradevl sada vaJ)Qita sa mal)l patu sarasvatl bhagavatI nisek(h)ajaQyap[rjahii II suddhasphatikasal)lkasal)l trinetral)l dhyanarupinl I praJ)amya sirasa pr(c)chal)l parv[vjatl parameS­varl. srlsrlsvasthiinlparamesvaraya nama!) nama 'stu te mahiidevl sa(t)tvanal)l papahiiriJ)1 I trailokya­jananls tubhyal)l svasthanlparamesvarl I sil)lhasanasamarii( Q)hii khaQgaphetakadharinl I utpara­bhayahastal)l ca canditasu varesvarlll prathamasal)l srl-3-svasthiinlparamesvarl dhakal)l jvalanahnas­kanasa ol)lkara cosyam thiiprapao gal)lgajalana snana yacake jajamaka svana naibidya phala miila pakvana tambiira kapiila kastura bastra samastal)l dayakao �odasa upacara dayakao piija yanao piija dhunakao bakhana hlaya. dharm[mjabrata dane jukosyena mahiisuci yanao cone isvarayake mana tayao yaye sra(d)dhiina sal)ljukta yaya dako indriya cinao ekacitta mana tayao srl-2-svasthiinlpara­mesvarlyii biikhana kathii nenya. thana biikhana nenyayiita .piijaviiriyata samastal)l sra(d)dhii the bastra iidinal)l biya miila julo. adiprathamasal)l hnapal)l svarg[gjaya kha ni hlaya. sal)lkara uvaca. bho agastya-munlsvara dhakal)l karttikakumaraJ)a julasal)l ajna dayakasyal)l bijyatal)l. bho kumara. jena kane ekacitta yanao nena dhakal)l hilaokalasam thva sal)lsalasa jalamaya juyao cona. thvanal)l li adiprathamasal)l sunya juyao cona. jivajal)ltu manu�ya parb[bjata sima lvaho chu nal)l ma duo thva belasa lamkhaya duone parabra[l)ljhma srlmahabi�J)u yogamaya yakena sa[rjyyana juyao bijyatam. thvasapolaya nabhina s[rjahasra kamala utpatti juyao cona. thva sahasra kamalaya munasal)l pitama­ha srlbra[ l)ljhma bijyaka. thvanal)l li srlbra[ l)ljhmana juiasal)l jagatsal)lsara sr�ti yaya arthana dhyiina yanao bijyatam. thvanal)l li pitamaha srlbra[l)ljhmana julasal)l jao lahiitana pacinana hnasapotaya pUYI pi kayao thikala hnuyakao jalasal)l kutikalal)l chotal)l. thva belasa thva puyina[l)ljna julasal)l mahiiblra parakrami thuliio cona. madhu kaitabha dhiiya nama daitya nehma utpatti juyao olal)l.

End: thvatena gvahma manu�yasena julasal)l dharm[mja-artha-kama-mok�a manu�yasena i(c)chii yata ohma manu�yasena thvahma srl-3-svasthiinlparamesvaraya dharm[mjabrata dane thva dharm­[mjabrataya prabhiibana srljagatmata srlparb[bjatlna[naj julasal)l jagadisvara srlmahiideba svaml­laka julo. thvahma jagatmata srlparb[b jatl deblna julasal)l ajfia dayakal)l taya samasta brataya sinal)l uttama thva brata dhakal)l srlnaradiidisapta-r�lsvarapanisyana ajfia dayakalal)l. thvate srl-3-svasthii­nlparamesvara kalyaJ)ariipa srljagadlsvaraya katM julo.

Colophon: iti srllil)lgapuraJ)e srlmahiidevasrlparv[vjatIsamviide nanasastrasal)lgrahe naradiidisap­ta-r�ibhii�itasrlsrlsvasthiinlparamesvarldharm[ m javratakathiividhi(!) sampiirJ)[ J) ja(!) samap­ta[l)lj(!) . srl-3-svasthiinlparamesvara varal)lvara(l)l) subham dehi. nepiilabdagate var�a bhutaragankl vatsare pau�akr�nadvitlya ca sito baras ca siddhaye. sambat 955 pau�amase kr�apak�e. dvi­tiyayal)l[nj tithau. asle�anak�atra prltipara2 ayu�manayoge sukravasare. etasmi(n) dine.

A Nevarl v�rsion of the extremely popular Svasthiinldharmavratakathii. During the month of Ma­gha (January-February), which is considered to be a holy month, every household, Buddhist and

27

Page 74: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 26-27

Hindu alike, recites the story of SvasthiinL On the day of the fuJI moon, the last day of the month, people celebrate the ending of the story with a formal ritual worship of the Goddess. This is considered to be an act of piety. -The versions of the vratakathii deviate very much from each other. One version has been edited by Acyutananda Rajopadhyaya 'Juju', sri Svasthiinl Dharmabrata Kathii. For a translation see L. L. litis, The Swasthani Vrata: Newar Women and Ritual in Nepal.

27

1 For kundendutusiiraharadhavalii. 2 For pratipadii.

'

Hs. or. 4351.

Paper. Fols. 142. 33,8 x 15,5 cm. 27 x 11 cm. 13 lines. Devanagarl. Nevarl. Vikr. E. 1961. Scribe: Kula Bahadura. Donor: A�tamiina.

Svasthiinldharmavratakathii. Beg.: srlgaI)esiiya namai.l. srlsarasvatlljl namai.l. srlsiiry[y]aya srlsvasthiinai nama(i.l). Oljl nama(i.l)

srl[r]guru(ljl) gaI)apatiljl durgiibatukaljl sivam acetaljl brahmanaljl g(i)rljiiljl lak�miljl viini(ljl) valjlde vibhiitaya. nariiyana[ljl] na(ma)s tubhyaljl nalaljl caiva nala(t)t[r]amaljl'. debi(ljl) sarasvatiljl caiva[n] tato jayam udilayat. prathamasaljl srl-3-svasthiinaparamesvara dhakaljl hliiya. hnasakanasa oljlkiira cosyaljl thiipanii yiiya. thanaljl Ii galjlgajalana s[a]naJ)a yiicake. srlkaljlda raktacaljldana siljldiira niinii sugaljldha svanaljl jajamaka dhupa dlpa naibedya phala phula . . . sri-3-svasthanlparamesvaraya piijii yiiya.

foJ. 1: iidikha kalantara juyava cona belasa srlmahabisnu jalasa sayena yanava bijyaka belasa srlmahabisnuya nabhina sahasra kamala utpatti juyava conaljl. thva belasa tho sahasra kamalaya mutisa srlbrahma utpatti julaljl. tho belasa srlbrahmana julasaljl p,thi s,�ti yayayata bicala yanava bijyiitaljl. tho belasa brahmana julasaljl pacinina hnasapotaya puicipi kayava thika nakava chotaljl. thva belasa thva puicina julasaljl mahiibira bhayanaka juyava cona madhu kaitabha dhaya nama daitya nihma utpatti juyava vaialjl. thanaljl li srlbrahmana julasaljl joga dhyana yanava bijyataljl. tho beJasa lamkhaya jalamaya juyava cona belasa tho madhu kaitabha coneyata thiisa mala julaljl. tho belasa srlmahiibisnuya nabhina utpatti juyava cona sahasra kamalaya cu lulaljl. tho belasa tho cu jonava thiihii vanaljl.

End: . . . hanaljl satruya bhaye . . . nasa juyiiva hanaljl aljltakiilasa m,tyubhaya nasa juyiva . . . thote dharma danahma na liiyiva . . . srl-3-svasthaniparamesvaraya dharmabrata japa dhyiina stotra patha biniina tare rna juva. thote dako bratayii miiladharma. thuguli dharmabrata mahii uttama dhakaljl srlnarada-muniSvarana iijiia dayeku dharmabrata thote srlsvasthiiniparmesvarayii dharma­kathii samiipta[na]. gohma puru�anam strlnaljl tho dharmabrata joniiva dharma danava chapola �unu danasa phatasii jhima�u data dharma danava paristii2 yiitasa vahma manu�yaya go belasaljl du(i.l)kha juya rna du ' "

Colophon: iti srl-3-svasthanidharmavratakathii saljlpiirna[ Ijl] samapta[ Ijl] . subhaljl ' " vatutola­dathunanisa conahma manabagotra rajakula riijabamsa . . . kathii coke biya jula. subhaljl. adya srlmiinavagotra. adye miighamase suklapak�adasam[i]yaljl punyatithau rri,gasiranak�atre vi�kam­bhayogya yathiikarJ)amuhiirt[t]ake budhaviisare kUljlbhariisi(gate) bhiiskare mithunarasi(gate) can­dramasi vatutola-dathunanisa conahma miinavagotrariijakularajavaljlsa asmat mama pit, praJ)ana­raljl, tasya bhary[y]a ci<;lhithakuljl, tasya putra a�tamiina, tasya bhiiry[y]ii niinibyeti, tasya putrlbhii-

28

Page 75: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 27-29

gyalak�mi, tasya pita a�!amana!p. thuguli sn-3-svasthiiniparamesvarlya dharmabrataya katha coke biya jula. thuguJi srisvasthiiniparamesvarIya dharmabrataya kathii va!u!ola-pithananisa conahma kulabahadurana!p. srI-3-svasthaniparamesvarIya caral)akamalaya asa tayava coya biya jula. subham.

28

1 For narottamaft1.. 2 For prat4!hii.

Hs. or. 4344.

Paper. Fols. 83, numbered 1-82 + cover fol.; first and last leaf damaged. 38,7 x 19,2 cm. 32,5 x 14 cm. 14-16 lines. A drawing of the Goddess Svasthanl on the back of the cover-leaf. A coloured miniature showing Siva and Parvatl in the middle of fol. 1 (back). Devanagar!. Nevar!' Dated Vikr. E. 1993. Written by Ratnakaji Vajracarya of Pakvo, Kathmandu.

Svasthiinlparamesvarlvratakathii. Beg.: srlgal)esaya namo. O!p. namo vasudebaya nama!). O!p. nama(!)) srI-3-svasthanlparamesvaraya

nama!). sa!p.takara(!p.) bhujaga[!p.] . . . va!p.de VI�l}U(!p.) bhavabhayaharana!p. sarvalokaikanatha!p.. agast(y)a uvaca. bho kumaradeba. chalapolaya lqpa datasa srlmahadebana yana bijyakagu katha Iiane Ik�a jula. srlmahadebana!p. dak�eprajapatiya putrI gathe bibaha yata. hana!p. tho sa!p.sa(ra) gathe sr�ti jula. hana!p. dak�aprajapatiyii jya�thahma putn satidebi srImahiidebana bibiiha yaniiva chuya nimit(t)ina hemaIayasa janma kala vana srtmahadeba napa. hanrup. gathe blbaha jula. thote srlmahadebaya caritra juva kha julasa!p. jimita kasya bijyahune dhaka!p. kumaradebayake agast(y)a­munina ajiia dayakuyu kha Iianao mahajiianihma sanatkumai1ma agast(y)a-muniya khvaIa svayava ajiia dayakala. srIsanatkumara uvaca. bho agast(y)a-muni. dha[!p.]nya 2 dhaya chalapola dhaka!p. thathina amrtasamana kha Iianegu Ik�a yanava bijyata. thathina trIlokabhubanaya adhipati srtmaha­debaya caritra kha gulita hlaya tara chana yakacit(t)a yakamana yanava Iiao dhaka!p. sanatkumara­na!p. agast(y)a-muniya khvala svayava ajiia dayakala!p..

End: . . . . . (sa)mudrapara tare yayata mebatana!p. ma jiva. kebala punyana jaka!p. para tare julva. thotena!p. srt-3-svasthanlparamesvaraya japa dhyana t[IJotra . . . hana jaka tare julva. thotena sa!p.­ptirl).a bartaya sina maha-ut(t)a(ma)gu sakala debatana ptijamanya yanil tavahma thathinahma Isvara binana . . . narada-munisvarava saunakadi r�isvaraya h(ny)avane ajiia dayakasye bijyata. thote sau­nakadi r�isvarana narada-muniya . . . va narada-munisvarayata ptijamane yanilo caranakamalasa bhoka puyilva sakala sabhaloka thava 2 asramasa Ilha vana.

Title on the cover leaf (front) : atha srI-3-svasthaniparamesva(rt)vrat[t]akathii . . . Marginal title: srlsvao.

Colophon: iti srI. . . pural).e naradasaunakadisrup.vade srIsvasthanlparamesvarlkatha sa(!p.)purl)a samapta. sa(m)bat 1993 sala sraval).asudi nami1 soma(bara) tho khunu siddhayaka dina jula. subham.

1 For navaml.

29 Hs. or. 6490.

Two types of paper, one Nepalese, the other (beginning, end and fol. 77) non-Nepalese. Fois. 156, numbered 1, 1-155. Some fols. damaged, sometimes with loss of text. 22,2 x 13,2 cm. 18 x 8,5 cm. 9-12 lines. Devanagart. Nevilr!. Undated. Written by several hands.

29

Page 76: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 29-30

Svasthfmlparame§varlkatha. Beg.: oIll nama!). srlgaI)esaya nama!) I srlsaradayai nama!) I OIll nama(!) srl-svasthaI)lparamesvari

nama!). I prathamasaIll srlsvasthanlparamesvariya dharmabra[r]ta jone. [y]ekacit(t)a yanava . . . thva­te svasthiinlbrataya �a julo I srlmailgalayai nama!) I srlkumara uvaca I bho agast(y)a-munlsvara dhakaIll snkumarana ajiia dayakalaIll. hnapaya kalasa thva sansarasa jalamaya juyava coila belasa thvanaIll Ii adiprathamasaIll sU[Ill]nya juyava coila belasa thva la�aya duvanesa snmahiibi�I)u joga­maya yake sayena juyava bijyaka. thvahma lsvara miihiibi�I)uya nabhlna sahasrakamala utpat(t)i juyava coila. thvaguli padmasa sn-caturmu�a-brahma bijyailava palesvanaya munlsa pheka tuilava coila belasa thvanaIll Ii snbrahmiina julasaIll jagatsaIllsara sr�ti yiiyeta dhyana yase bijyaka. [thva­hmaIll lsvarana mahabi�I)uya nabhina sahasrakamala utpat(t)i juyava coila. thvaguli padmasa srl­catur[a]mu�a-brahma bijyailava palesvanaya munlsa pheka tuilava coila belasa thvanaIll Ii srlbrahma-8I)a juiasaIll jagatasaIllsara sr�!i yayeta dhyana yase bijyataIll. ]

End: thva sn-3-svasthiinlkathasa gathe gvamayaju candravati ii( d)dhiira jula. athye u( d)dhiira jUlva dhakaIll. saIll�a daye mumala. gathe catu(r)masasa sita naIll riidhika naIll tulasi piilava manora­tha purna jula athe thyeIll IhalokasaIll miihasu�i juyava a(n)takalasa snkailasabhubanasa tava padabi lailava cone dalva. thvaguli khaIll gulito dhiiya. thva saIllsarasa hiiilanaIll srl-3-svasthiinlparamesvara biihikanaIll meba devata davagu ma �u. tavadhiiila julaIll. snmahiideba srlnarayana sakti madhe tavadhiiila srl-3-mayasoriiplhmaIll. thvatenaIll bahikana sunaIll ma du dhakaIll srlbrahmanaIll ajiia dayakagu srlmaghamiihiitama srl-aga�!(y)a kumaraya hnavane ajiia daseIll bijyataIll. suta[na]naIll saunakadi munlya hnavane kanava bijyataIll.

Colophon: 1ti srlmaghamiihatame kedara�aI!lde brahmana ajM dayakalaIll. kartikakumara-aga­�!(y)akumarasaI!l[m]vade srl-3-svasthanlparamesvarikathii samapta II subh[m]aIll [I] [m]astu (I] sarv­[v]ada I si(d)dhir astu I yadrS!aIll pustakaIll [drsta] tadrstaIll le�itaIll mama. yaH su(d)dho (m]asu(d)­dha va mama do�o na diyate II subh(m]a(m) II

30 Hs. or. 4283.

Paper. Fols. 201, numbered. 31,3 x 9,7 cm. 26 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepaliik�ara. Nevarl. Dated N. E. 954. Written by Vajracarya Ralananda Gubhiiju of Sailkhu (Sakodesa), DhvaIllla!ola. Donor: BhiijuvIra Bhiiro of Sailkhu, Siilakha!ola.

Svasthiinlvratakathii. Beg.: OIll nama!) srigaI)apataye nama!). srlsarasvatyai nama!). OIll nama!) sivaya nama!).. adipratha­

masaIll srlsvasthiiniparamesvara dhakaIll hlaya. hnasakanasa oIllkara cosyaIll sthiipana yaya. thva­naIll Ii gaIllgajalana snana yiitake. snkhanda raktacandana siIlldura nana sugaIlldha sviina jajamaka dhiipa dlpa naibyadya phala phiila pakvana kastiira tambiila dak�aI)a bastra iidi anega samagn miilako thama phayathya tala latakiio srl-3-svasthaniparamesvarl piija yaya. phako stotra padape. phakva japa dhyana yaya. thvate piija dhunakao biikhana arambha yaya. thana dharmabrata dane. jUkosyana mahasuci juyao sn-Isvarayake mana tayiio bhaktisraddhiina saIllyukta yiinao dako indriya ciilao ekacitta yanao srlsvasthiiniparamesvariya kathii ilene. thana bakhana ileneyata brahmaI)a nl piija yaya. sraddhii duthya dak�aI)a biya phatasa bastrana hilake. ma phatasa sraddha duthya yaya. thvate dhunakao brahmaI)aya biikyana bakhana ilene.

End: akalamrtyu nasa juyio. thvaguli uttama pabitra[ya] kathiiya phala gulita hlaya. athiiha ak�aya juyao cona thao manana chu baIllcha yata oguli baIllchii piirI)a juyio. asvamedhajajiia dolachi. bajapeyajajiia satachi. kapilasa dolachi. ka[Ill]nyadana dolachi. thvate punya thva dharma danahma-

30

Page 77: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 30-31

na layio. prupcamahapataka brahmahatyadipapa nasa juyio. punarjanma mumala. snsvasthantpara­mesvaraya dharmabrataya prabhabana nabaraja briihmal)a gomayaju cal)ldrabatt thvate thvapanista u(d)dhara juothyrup juyio. ihalokasa sukha paralokasa kailasapuri basa Jayio . srlsvasthantparames­varaya dharmabrata japa dhyana stotra patha dako dharmabrataya mUla dharmabrata thvaguli dhar­mabrata maha-uttama dhakrup srlnaradadi sapta-ntsvarapanisyana ajna dayakala. thvate srlsvastha­nt-paramesvara kalyal)asvariipa snjagadtsvara mahadebaya dharmabratakatha jula.

Title on front leaf: snsvasthanibratakatha. Marginal title: snsvao (left hand) and sthanio (right hand).

Colophon: iti srisiva[l)l]parvatlsal)lvade liI)lgapural)e nanasastrasal)lgrahe naradadisapta-r�ibha�i­tasnsvasthantvratakatha samapta[l)lj. bhagnapr�lhakaligrlva adhadr�lir adhomukha!). // ka�lena Ii­khital)l gral)lthal)l. yatnena pratipalaya!). // 1 // yatMdrslam tatM likhital)l. lekhako nasti do�al)al)l. yadi suddham asuddhal)l va mama do�o na dtyate // 1 // subha(m). sambat 954 miti baisak(h)abadi amabasya-saniscarabara thva �unuya dinasa thva saphU sal)lpiirna yana coya si( d)dhayaka. lekhaka sakodesa dhval)llalola mUlacheya srlbajracary[y]a raiananda gubhajuna sakodesa salakhalolaya bha­jubtrabharoyata thva saphii coya biya jula. subhrup. thva saphuli sunanal)l lobha yaya ma du. bhi­nakal)l bicara-nidana yanao taya mala. dharmakatha prakasa yaya mrua jula. etatpul)yanubhabena yajamanasya janadhanasal)ltanavrddhir astu. ihaloka sukhasal)lpatti(l)l) paraloka kaiiasavasa(l)l) praptayati.

31 Hs. or. 4368.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fois. 202. First and last fol. unpaginated. 27,4 x 13 cm. 21,3 x 1O,2cm. 13 lines. Illustration on the back of the front leaf (Gal)esa). DevanagarL NevarL Printed. Published by Pt. Ttrtharaja Misropadhyaya of Bagmati-Pulapari, Kanedevata ka than, and printed by the Pasupa­ta Chapakhana of Pt. Naradeva Motikr�l)a Sarma, Nepal, ca. 1912 A. D.

Svasthiinl( vratakathii} . Beg.: sngal)esaya nama!).. narayanal)l namaskrtya . . . yasya prasadad vak�(y)amt narayal)akatham

imam // 1 // srlgal)esaya nama!).. snsvasthaniparamesvary[y]o nama!).. snkumarana agya dayakya tyana hnapa snsvasthaniparamesvaraya bidhana hJata prathamasrup lusi dhyanakava snana yanava suci bastranrup tiyava ekabhakta yanava pau�asuklaya pUfl)emasikhunu nisya(l)l) snmahadebagau­r1sal)lkara piija yanava katha nyane maghasuklaya purl)emasikhuhnu barta yanava sruppurl)a yaya. prathamasal)l srlsvasthaniparamesvara dal)Qavat pral)ama yaya. hnasakal)lsa ol)lkara cosya thvana Ii (ga)ngajalanal)l snana yacake srtkhal)Qa raktacandana sindura ak�eta jaj(a)l)lka nana sugandha sva­na dhupa naibedya phala phula pak[va]vana tamula bastra daksiQa aneka samagri dayakava piija yaya. brata dane. bhaktinal)l sal)lyukta yanava pafica indd(ya) dnava bakha nyane. hnapa kalrup­taraya bakha ni hJae.

End: bho briihmal)a dhakal)l thva belasa ji putrayata srlhariharanal)l dhala. bho brahmal)a dha­kal)l ava cha ravanyadesa hunt dhakal)l. thva desaya raja cha jula dhakal)l. jina julasa klstyake du binava conya. thva byaiasa thva desasal)l vayo dhakal)l jina chanata rajaya abisyakha biya dhakal)l ajna dayakava srtharihara antar[a]dhyana juyava bijyata. bho candrabatL thvatya bart(t)a-kha cha­nata kane dhuna. thvana It ji julasa thava manasa ati har�amana yanava chana bhalata nabarajayata saguna biya. gathya biya dhalasa. cya pata acitamadht lava hlanava biya. cetasvana adina biya. thvaya modesal)l ji hlata tayava asirbada biyava bho putra nabaraja chana manor(a)tha kiimana

31

Page 78: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 31-32

tatkarana ptirI)a juya mala dhakaQ1. bho putra. ava chana srlhariharaya ajda thyeQ1 ravanyadesa huni dhakaQ1 asirbada biyava bida biyava choya. bho bhalica. thva byalasa srlsvasthiiniparamesvaraya dharmabrataya punyaya prabhiibana dhaya theQ1 thva ravanyadesaya raja jula. bho candrabati. hanaQ1 thva sapta-r�isvaraya upadesana hanaQ1 srihariharaya dayana srlsvasthiiniparamesvaraya krpana ji kae nabaraja ravanyadesaya adhipati jula . . . dhakaQ1 agniya bhaya jalaya bhaya khusiya bhaya riijaya bhaya satruya bhaya k�udhaya bhaya ku�taya bhaya apacalabhaya trido�aya bhaya thvatya bhaya nasa juyava vaniva. hanaQ1 svarga vane biidchii yatasa svargabasa juiva. gvahmana stri baiichii yatasa thvahmayata ratisamanahma stri layuva . . . hanaQ1 gvahma manukhena thvahma srlsvasthaniparamesvarayagu thuguli dharmabrata daniva thvahma manukheyata niscayana nabaraja brahmaI)a gomayaju candrabati thvapani�ta uddhiira juyava vana theQ1 uddhara juyava vaniva. hanaQ1 ihalokasa mahiisukha siyava antakalasa kailas(a)parbatasa basa layuva dhakaQ1. hanaQ1 gulita kha hlae thva sansarasa hamiva samudra thva samudra tare yayata srlsvasthiiniparamesvarayata japa dhyana totra patha biihikana meba debatana tare yaya jiva rna khu dhakaQ1 thvatya samasta brataya sina thuguli dbarmabrata mahii uttama juyava cona. hanaQ1 thva dharmabrata sunana gohmana paiicapithiba ta datava yakacitta yanava yaiva. thvahma manukheyata thogu hnevane hlanava taka phala laiva. hanaQ1 tho kathiiha kanahmaya asvamedhajajda yanaya phala liiyuva dhakaQ1 puraptirb­akalasa srimahiidebana srlpar[a]batiyata kanava bijyiikagu kha thva kha srlparbatina srlkumarayata kanava bijyata. thvana Ii srlkumarana agastya-munisvarayata kanava bijyata. thva kha naimisaran­yabanasa sutana saunakadi cayacyadola r�ipan�ta kanava bijyata.

Colophon: iti srlskandapuraI)e maghamahatme kedarakhaI)qe kumara-agastyasamvade srisvasthii­niparamesvary[y]a(l)) katha catvariQ1so 'dhyaya(l)) samapta[Q1](h). subh(a)m. upanayatu mangalaQ1 val) . . . karomi yadyat sakalaQ1 parasmai narayaI)ayeti1 samarpa[r]ya tat. iti samaptam.

Title on front fol.: (atha) srlsvasthiini (prarambhal)) , on last fol.: (iti) srisvasthiini (samaptam).

The last fol. but one also contains a dedication (samarparja), in Nepali called gorkhiilibotl, by the editor and publisher, Pt. Tirtharaja Misra, saying that he got printing permission from the Gorkha­bha�aprakiiSini Samiti Office which later, in the 1930's, chauged its name to Nepali Bhii�aprakiiSini Samiti.

1 For niiriiyat}iil.

32 Hs. or. 6223.

Paper . 337 paginated fols. and 1 unnumbered front leaf. 33,4 x 14,8 cm. 26,5 x 8,5 cm. 9 lines. On the back of the unnumbered front leaf, between bold letters, an illustration in colour of the Goddess Svasthani, on the back of fol. 337 a crude drawing in black and red. Devanagarl. NevarL Dated N. E. 990. Written by Gaurlsarikara Batasa of Tavacapalatola, Bhaktapur. Donors: SimanasiQ1(ha) Citra­karl, Har�avira Citrakarl and Sivalala Citrakarl.

Svasthiinlvratakathii. Beg. : OQ1 gaI)esaya nama. srlsvasthiimparamesvaraya nama. OQ1 nama vagisvaraye I srlgaI)esaya

nama(l)). srlsvasthaniparamesvaraya nama(l)). guruQ1 gal}apati(Q1) du(r)gabarukaQ1 sivam ucyate I brahmal}a girija(Q1) lak�ml(Q1) vanlveda vibhutayat narayana(Q1) I}ama(s)krtya naraQ1 caiva narot­(ta)ma(Q1) debi(Q1) sarasvatis caiva tato jayam udirayat II 1 II prathamasaQ1 srlsvasthiiniparamesvara dhakaQ1 nama kayava hnasaka(na)sa oQ1karana coyava kalasa sthapana yaya. gaQ1gajalana snana

32

Page 79: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 32-33

yacake. SrikhaJ;H,Ia raktacaI)lda(na) nana sU[I)llgaI)ldha svana jajamaka . . . sra(d)dha dava the yaya. thvate dhunakava brahmal1aya ajdana bakha nene. hnapaI)l svargaya kha ni hlaya I skaI)lda uvaca I he aga�!(y)a-muni. yakacit(t)a yanava nena dhakaI)l. kumaral1a ajM dayakalaI)l. he aga�t(y)a-,khi­svara. prathamasaI)l thva saI)lsarasa jalamaya juyava cona. thanaI)l li adiprathamasa sunya juyava cOl1a. thva belasa lakhaya duvane srlmahabi�l1u jogamayayake sayana juyakava bijyaka. thvaya nabhisa sahas(r)adala kamala utpat(t)i juyava cona. thvaguli padmasa srlbrahma bljyaka. thvanaI)l li srlbrahmana julasiiI)l jagatasaI)lsaraya s,�ti yayata dhyana yanava bijyataI)l.

End: gvahmaI)l manu�yana thvahmaI)l srlsvasthiinlparamesvaraya thvaguli dharm[mlabrata diiniva thva vahmaI)l manu�yayata niscayal1aI)l nabaraja brahmal1a gvamayaju ca(n)dravatl brahmanl ud­dhara juva. thva uddhiira juyava lhalokasa mahiisukhi juyava a(I)l)takalasa kaiJasapuri biisa lalva. yakacitta juko yaya mala. gulito hlaya. thva saI)lsara hiinanaI)l samudra thva samudra para yayata Srl-3-svasthiinlparamesvara bahikana meba ma duo brahmana bi�l1u rudra thvas(a)polaya japa dh(y)ana stotra patha biihikana mebatanaI)l taraye ma juva. thvate samasta brataya sil1aI)l thvaguli dharm­[mlabrata mahapul1ye dhakaI)l srlbrahmaya ajda naradamuniya ajda srlsvasthanlparamesvaraya ka­thii narada-munlsvarana dayakava talaI)l.

Colophon: iti srlmaghamahiitme srlsvasthiinlbart[tle brahmaya ajM srlnarada-munl(ya) ajda gva­mayaju ca(n)drabatl nabaraja uddhiirakatha caturthasaptadaso 'dhyiiya(!) 11 74 II svadattii(I)l) vii para[I)lldattii(I)l) vii yo hala[I)ltlti vasudhara(I)l) kha�tibarkhasahasriini vl�t(h)ayiiI)l jiiyate k,ml(!) II 1 II yiid,�taI)l pu�taka(I)l) [dr�tiil tiidi�ta(I)l) likhitaI)l maya. yadi suddhaI)l va [mlasuddhaI)l va mama do�a na diyate II 2 II padak�ara(I)l) padabhra�taI)l svaravyaI)ljal1avarjitaI)l tatsarva(I)l) k�am[mJ(y)at­(t)a(I)l) devl prasida paramesvarl II 3 II srl-3-l1epalasa[I)llmbat[tla 990 miti ma(rga)sirabadi 14 roja 3 sa si(d)dha yiil1ii dina julo. thva siiphu dayakahrnii rnliiikocheyii sirnanasiI)l citrakari har�abira citra­kari sibaliila citrakiiri thva svahma[I)llsenaI)l dayakalii julo. thva siiphu covahma ta(va)capiila fiiita­cheyii gaurisaI)lk[hjara batasana coyagu julo. thva siiphu khuyii yana�a paI)lca mahiipiitaka !iiI. sarasvati riima lachlmanal rama rama rama rama.

Marginal title: srlsvao.

1 For lak,rmafJa.

33 Us. or. 6413.

Paper. Fols. 136, numbered. 23 x 8,9 em. 19 x 4,5 cm. Nepaliik�ara. Nevari. Dated N. E. 1004.

Svasthiinlvratakathii. Beg.: OI)l nama!) srigurugal1eSaye nama!) . hnapaI)l poye-puhnisi-kuhnuI)l1 brata jonake bidhi misa­

taye luyalusl dhenakiio snal1a yiitiikiio suci bastrana tiyiio upasana conao brata jonake la chi bakhana hlaya mala. gurudebatayii bhajanii yiiya . thanaI)l ll bakhana hliiye . iidiprathamasaI)l jak�aprajiipatiyii hmyacapani hrnaI)l 120 dasyaI)l cona I 1 I chahnuya dinasa svarg[gJal1a debalokapani sahuti-samadha­ra dayakase bijyata. thva belasa debalokal1a thithlI)l ajda dayakasya bijyiika khao khe dhakaI)l jhiji debaloka thiI)l juyiio coniiyii jhiji suyiiI)l kaliita rna du nL iio gathe yiiya miila dhakaI)l debalokapal1l siihuti yiiniio bijyiika. jhijita ihipiile suniil1a yatakio. thaota thamanaI)l yaye nuyo dhakaI)l. iio jhijita bahala juyao cona ja(k�a)prajiipatiyii hmyiicapani adikaI)l dayao cona du dhayakala choya nuyo dhakaI)l samacthiira dhunakiio niirud[rla2-ri�iyake iijdii dayakalaI)l. bho l1iirada. chalapola jak�apra­japatiyake Ol1e miila dhakaI)l. chiila dhiilasii. oyiike ka[I)llnyii adlka duo thva ka[I)llnyapani pita biya

33

Page 80: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 33-34

du la ma du la dhakal)1 pita biya datasa debalokapanista phone dhakal)1 binati yatakala ji chose hala dhakal)1. thuH jya cha onao puta dayakao oya mala dhakal)1 chotal)1. debalokaya ajM thel)1 narada­muni onao jak�aprajapatiyake ajM dayakalal)1 II 2 II

End: dulisa svaka thanao yanal)1 I 104 I thana rajaghalasa thenakala yanal)1. thana rajaghalasa thenao atisul)1dari juyao conao bhiilatona mamahmanal)1 hma ma siyao chaguli thasa yanao bonao thva bhalihma yake sasamamahmana bhalato sohma maca cona� hneoya kha nenal)1 I 105 I thana bhalihmana hneoya kha-bistanta3 du(1) )kha sukhaya kha cha khal)1 nisel)1 kanao halal)1. samastal)1 ciila lanao gvamayajuna ji bhali khao dhakal)1 bonao rayaghalasa4 sukhana tayao talal)1 I 106 I thanal)1 H gvamayaju onao raja rajaka[I)1)nya nal)1dini pehma macana 0 k�etraya dhani juyao bar�a­patil)1 srl-3-svasthiiniparameSvariya bhakta5 yanao sal)1sara-prthibisal)1 dhal)1ne prakasa yanao su­khana conal)1 I 107 I thanal)1 Ii dharma call1lapao thithil)1 yakamana yanao ulanao manaya sukha yanao mahii anal)1dana sukha yiinao bijyanao prajapani sukha siyakao prajanal)1 paramananal)1 syabiisi yatakal)1 daya-karul}a cayakao naok�etraya naoraja raja juyao anal)1dana sukha bhogya yanao sukhana khelalapao pehmaya thlthi khvala soyao ananda yanao bijyatal)1 I 108 I

Colophon: iti srisvasthanivrata(l)1) samapta(m) I subham I subha(m). sal)1bat 1004 sala miti bhii­drababadi 14 roja br(ha)spatibiira�unul)1 si(d)dhayaka jula. subhal)1.

1 For Skt. pa�a�. 2 For ndrada�. 3 For .brttanta. 4 For rlljao• 5 For bhakti.

34 Us. or. 6422.

Paper. Fois. 26, folded thrice and stitched together at the upper edge; much damaged by water and insects. 37 x 32 cm. 32,5 x 27,5 cm. 28-30 lines. Devanagarl; difficult to read. Nevarl. Undated.

Svasthiinlvratakathii. Incomplete. Beg. : . . . (Ia)hiita jojalapava binatl yatal)1. bho svami srlmahadeba. jlna chalapolayata aradhana

yana. mebatana ma �u. chana dhalasa. chalapola svami laye mala dhakal)1 bhajana yanyava conya. he isvara. jl rak�ya yanyava bijyaya maIa dhakal)1 nana mathana . . . yata. bho paramyasvara. hal)1naja bi�nuyatal)1 kanyiidana biyayata tayara yata. thote nimi[r)ttina . . . bho svami. jl u(d)dhara yanyava biya mala dhakal)1 anega mathana bilapa yata. thva belasa srlmiihiidebana julasal)1 agya dayakalal)1. bho parbati. chana babiijunal)1 kanyiidal}a ma biyekal)1 chanata jina stri dhakal)1 dhiiya ma jiva nl dhaka agya dayakava thvate parbatlna julasal)1 srlmahiidebaya car(a)nasa bhoka puyava bil)1ti ya­tal)1. bho isvara. jlna gathe yaya mala dhakal)1 dhayava thvate parbatiya bha�a nenava srlma(ha)de­bana agya dayakala. bho parbat!. ji puru�a kaye julasa biSnu bijyanava upadesa bila . . . vaya upadesa nyenava chana yava dhakal)1 agya dayakalal)1. thva belasa chana ji svami lalva dhakal)1 thvatena bi�l}uya upadesa nyana dhakal)1 ajM dayakava srlmahiidebana julasal)1 ananal)1 a[I)1)ntar[a)dhyana juyava bijyata.

End: srlmahiidebanal)1 julasal)1 parbatiyata thava mudesa tayava nal)1dl bhil)1di pramathagana bhUta preta pisaca bhi�[a)majoranal)1 fiyeki\va sibasak(t)l juyava kailasaparbatasa bijyaka ju(la). thvanal)1 li hanal)1 gohma manu�enal)1 julasal)1 thuguli srlvasthanlparamesvaraya dharmabartakathii neniva gohmasenal)1 hlatakiva gohmasenal)1 thamanal)1 hlatal)1 gohmasena k�esa �unu dayekava tala thopanlsaya sadakalal)1 satru nasa juyava vanlva. paralokasa (kailasa)puri biisa julva. hanal)1 agniya bhaye rajaya bhaye �ul)1ya bhaye satruya bhaye bokasiya bhaye da[I)1)kiniya bhaye apacaraya bhaye

34

Page 81: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 34-35

gobe(1a)saljl dalva ma �u. hanaljl ihalokasa mahasu�a siyava paralokasa kailasa padabl laiva. hanaljl mahiipat[ t]aka julasaljl bra[ ljI]hmahathyanaljl kenasaljl thva dako papa mukta juyava vanlva. dlbesa­rira juyava srlsvasthiinlparamesvarayake lina juyava vanlva. hana gathe srlparbatiualjl thuguli dhar­mabartaya prabhiibanaljl srlmahiideba puru�a lauava caturdasabhubanl juyava bijyataljl. atheljl bhaktlsra(d)dhanaljl saljljukta yanava gohma manu�enaljl thuguli dharmabarta dana vahma manu­�eya julasaljl thugu padabl lalva niscayenaljl dhakaljl s[a]kaljldakumaranaljl julasaljl agasF-munlsva­rayata kanava bijyakagu �a naimi�araljlnebanasa sutava saunak(iidi) cayecyiidola r�ipani�la kanava bijyataljl.

Colophon: iti srls[a]kaljldapurane svasthiinlmahiitme kedara�aljlde svargaya kathii . . . [y]eka­viljlsO 'dhyayeha. skaljlda . . . thvanaljl li hanaljl kar(t)tlka-kumaranaljl agast(y)a-munlsvaraya �vala svayava ajiia daye(kalaljl).

1 For agastya�,

35 Hs. or. 6439.

Paper. Wooden book-covers. Fois. 197, the first and the last few fols. somewhat damaged. 27,5 x 12,7 cm. 21,8 x 9 cm. 9 lines. DevanagarL Nevarl. Dated N. E. 942, Vikr. E. 1878, Saka E. 1743. Written by Joganarasiljlha, son of Jayanarasiljlha of Kathmandu.

Svasthiinlvratakathii. c Beg.: srlgaI).esaya uama(i)) II srlgurubhyo nama(i)) II Oljl nama(i)) sivaya II su(d)dhasphalikasaljl­

kasaljl trinetradhyanarupinaljl II devadevo mahiideva sarvajno caljldrase�araljl II 1 II prathamasa Srl­svasthiinaparamesvara dhakaljl hlaya hnas( a)kanasa valjlkara cosyaljl sthapana yaya. thonaljl li galjl­gajalana snana yatake. srl�aljlda raktacaljldana siljldura nana sugaljldha svana jajamaka dhupa dipa naibedya phala mula pak[u]vana kastura taljlbu!a dachina ba(s)tra iidi anega samagri malako tha­maljl phayathe tala Hitakava srl-3-svasthiinaparamesvara piija yaya. phako stotra polape. phako dhyana yaya. thathe piija dhunakava bii�ana araljlbha yaya. thana dharmabrata dane jukosena mahiisuci juyava lsvarayake mana tayava bhakti sada[ljI]naljl saljljukta yanava dako iljldri(ya) cinava srl-3-svasthiinaparamesvaraya kathii nene. thana bii�ana neneyata brahmana nl piija yaya. sraddhii duthe dachina blya. phatasa ba(s)tranaljl hilake. ma phatasa sraddhii duthe yaya. thothe dhunakava brahmanabiikyena ba�ana nene.

End: thohma srl-3-svasthiinaparamesvaraya japa dhyana stotra palha biihika mebatanaljl taraya ma juva. thotenaljl samasta brataya sinaljl thoguli dharmabrata mahii u(t)tama debayanaljl deba mahadeba dhakaljl tho bratayanaljl brata jusya bijyakahma. hanaljl gathya srlparbatina thvaguli brataya prabhiibanaljl srlmahiideba puru�a lanava catu(r)dasa bhubanaya rani julo. athyaljl bhaktina saljljukta juyava nabaraja gomayaju caljldrabatipani thopanista su�a-saljlpada laka thyaljl lalva julo. gohma manu�yanaljl thoguli dharmabrata daniva thohmayata thote pad(a)vi lalva julo. srl-3-brataraja dhakaljl narac,!a-munlsvaranaljl ajiia . . .

Colophon: iii srllilpgapuranadinanasastrasaljlgrahe narac,!a-munisvarabhii�italjl srlsrlsrl(svasthii­nl)dharmavratakathii[hii] saljlpurI).a . . II yiidrsaljl pustakaljl dr�la tiidrsaljl li�italjl maya. yadi suddho asuddha va mama do�o na diyate. jayanarasi(ljI)ya saphu julo. bagmati bi�I).umati . . kantipuranagare rajadhiini svanagaravasi jana jayanarasilphasya putra joganarasiljlha namnena li�it[t]am pustakaljl. subhaljl bhiiyat. svasti. srlsa[ljI]mbat 1878 sala miti pau�asudi 13 roja 7 sake 1743 nepalisa[ljI]mbat 942 sa coya jula.

35

Page 82: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 36

36 Hs. or. 6444.

Paper. Fols. 104, numbered. 32,3 x 14,2 cm. 26,5 x 9,5 cm. 11-13 lines . An ornamental painting on white paper has been pasted on the front of fol. 1. NepaUik�ara. Nevan. Dated N. E. 951. Written by Daivajiia TejanarayalJa.

Svasthiinlvratakathii. Beg.: sngalJesaya namaiJ II srlgurave namaiJ II 01]1 namaiJ sivaya II 01]1 namaiJ srlsvasthalJyai II gu­

ru(l]1) galJapati(l]1) durg[g]abatuka(l]1) sival]1 acyutal]1 II brahmalJal]1 girija(l]1) lak�ml(l]1) valJa' val]1-de vibhiitaya II prathamasal]1 srl-3-svasthanaparamesvara dhakal]1 hlaya. hnasakanasa ol]1kiira co­syal]1 sthapana yaya. thvanal]1 li gal]1gajalana snana yacake. srlkhalJQa raktacandana sil]1dura nana suga[l]1]ndha svana jajamaka dhiipa dipa naibedya phala phiila pakvana kastiira tambiira bastra dak�ina adinal]1 anega samagrl malako thamana phayathe tala latakao srl-3-svasthanaparamesvara piija yaya. phako japa dhyana yaya. stotra yaya. thvate piija dhunakao biikhana ala(m)bha yaya. thana dharm[mJa dane jukvasena mahasuci juyao srl-lsvarayake mana tayao bhakti-sra(d)dhana sal]1yu[rJkta yanao dako indriya cinao ekaci[r]tta yanao sn-3-paramesva(ra)ya katha neneyata brah­malJa nl piija yaya. sra( d)dha duthe da�ilJa biya phatasa bastrana hilake. rna phatasa sraddha duthe yaya. thvate dhunakao brahmalJaya biikyena biikhana nene. adiya kha kiilantara juyao cona belasa srl-3-mahabi�lJu jalasa sayana juyao bijyata.

End: thvate samastal]1 snnarada-munisena ajiia dayaka gohma manu�enal]1 thuguJi sn-3-svasthani­paramesvanya maha u[r]ttama dharm[m]abrata mahapabitra juyao bha[r]kti-sraddhana sal]1yu[r]kta juyao ekaci[r]ttana lsvarayake mana tayao gohmasyanal]1 thvaguli dharm[m]a danio. athaba biikhana hlatakio gohmasenal]1 nenio athabii gohmasenal]1 thva katha chesa dayakiio tayio. gohmasenal]1 hlayio thvapani chesa daridradebatana du svaya rna duo hanol]1 nabagrahadidebata sadiil]1 prasa[r]n­na juyuo. hanol]1 sadiikiilal]1 srllak�mlna basa yiinao conio. hanol]1 thva sal]1sarasa anega roga dayao conasiil]1 thva roganal]1 thvahmayiike thiya phayio rna khu. hanol]1 banajantu dhu adiyiike nal]1 bhaya dayuo rna khu. hanol]1 bhiita plsaca preta dakinyadi thvapanisenal]1 duiJkha biya phayio rna khu. hanol]1 agnibhaya lakhaya bhaya khuya bhaya satrubhaya niisa juyio. hanol]1 iikiilamrtyu2 nasa juyuo. gohma 2 manu�yena guguli biil]1cha yata ugu 2 li piirlJ[lJ]a juyuo. hanol]1 sa(n)tiina yako dayuo gulito dhaya. thao manana chu biil]1cha yiita uguli piiflJ[ lJ]a juyuo niscaya. hanol]1 paficamahapiitaka brahmahathyadipapal]1 nasa juyuo. hanol]1 puna(r)janma mumala. srl-3-svasthanlparamesvaraya dharm[m]abratayii prabhabana nabariija brahmalJa gomayaju candrabati uddhara juo thyal]1 juyio. ihalokasa saukhya paralokasa kailiisapurisa biisa juyio. srl-3-svasthanlparamesvarayii dharm[m]a japa dhyiina stotra patha binana taraya juo. thvate dakva brataya miilagu dharm[m]abratakatha samapta II

Colophon: iti srilil]1gapuriilJiidiniinasiistrasal]1graha niiradabha�ital]1 srl-3-svasthanlparamesvaraya dharm[m]avratakatha sal]1piiflJ[lJ]a samapta[l]1] II sambat 951 sala miti paukhasukla 12 bhara­lJlnak�atra siddhiyoga adityabiira me�arasi. thva kuhnu coya siC d)dhayaka dina juro. li�ital]1 daivajiia tejanarayalJa. yadi suddhal]1 va [m]asuddhaI]13 va mama do�o na diyate. subham astu.

1 For viinlm. 2 For akdla'o, 3 Cf. rna (Nev.) suddhartJ (Skr.).

36

Page 83: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 37-38

37 Hs. or. 6408.

Paper. Fols. 54, unnumbered 1-9, 11-55, fol. 10 missing. 28,9 x 8,7 cm. 23,5 x 6 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan. Undated.

Sukasaptati. Incomplete. Beg: OI!1 nama!) sngaJ)esaya nama!) II praJ)amya saradiidevII!1 divyavijiianasiirinl(l!1) vacmi cetovi­

nodarthal!1 sudhiiral!1 klrasaptate!) II yathii II hnapal!1 saradadebl namaskara. gathil!1 sarada. sama­stal!1 bidyasastrana sal!1jukta juyava conahmal!1. namaskrtya yanava jena hlaya apiirb[b ]ayi kha dhakal!1 hnasanepu khal!1 sukasarikaya hlaral!1 11 yathii II candakara dhiiya nama nagara chagula dasyal!1 cona. thva desasa bikramasena nama raja dasyal!1 cona. mantrl harida[r]tta nama. thvaya strl srl!1galasundarl. thvaya kaya madana nama dhakal!1. thvagura desaya svamadattaya hmyaca mada­nayata bisyal!1 taral!1 prabhiibatl nama. thvapani stnpuru�a atl sne[na]he yana conava mama-babuya bacana rna nese cona. thva prabhiibatiyake tu lu[r]ddha1 juyava tu conava babu haridattana cintaka chapam vane bhlna nayo dhakal!1 hma[l!1]tI(l!1) lak�a 3 sahi thvatl rasa blyava babuna dhiilal!1. bho putra. chapanlsena dja amulya bastu hayake mala dhakal!1 dhiiva julo. thvate babuya bacana nenava babu namaskara yanava ajiia kayava banaja viiIiatval!1 julo.

End: jena thvava napal!1 sal!1bhoga yaya dhakal!1 jana chabma[l!1]yata pheyava tathii lakama biyava dhayakala cholal!1. thana jana vanava lakama htiavane tayava dhiilal!1. bho sundarl. thanlya riitnsa raja bijyaYlva julo dhakal!1 dhiiyava lih;; vanmll. dhaya thyal!1 ratnbelasa thva baniyaya karatayake raja vana julo. thva belasa thva banlyaya chesa suka-salika lahise taya dava. thana salikana s[I]loka polapalal!1: lava[l!1]nyasundarl kanta urv[v]asl jadi riipinl I paradarakrtabhoga samudhanarakal!1 vrajet II atyanta kamiJ)I julasano lava[l!1]nya tha jula. sundarlna ju[ra]lasa urb[b]a­Sl thil!1na jurasanol!1 parastnva napal!1 gvahma[l!1]na karj[j]a yata ohmal!1 puru�a nar(a)k[k]a vanlva dhakal!1 dhiiya tayava s[i]lokaya artha raj ana thuyava paralokaya bhayana raja Iihii bijyatal!1. he prabhiibatl. thathyel!1 juya phava pa[l!1]k�ijataya kha dhakal!1 kutala rna dayake rna teva. chana vane ' juko khii. lajya juyu bhaya mumala la dhakal!1 dhiiya nenava prabhiibatl nidra julal!1 11 22 11

Colophon: iti sukasaptatau teyIsa-kathiisal!1graha(!)). puna . . .

A Nevarl prose rendering of the Sanskrit work Sukasaptati containing tales Nos. 1 to 22. A manu­script of a Nevarl version of the Sukasaptati dated N. E. 866 has been edited by Prem Bahiidur Kasa, Suka Bahattarl (ViiUlrwhattuyii hnayanipu biikhalfl).

1 For lubdha.

38 Hs. or. 6397.

Paper. Fols. 47, numbered. 31,8 x 9,6. 27 x 6 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with paraphrase in Nevarl prose. Dated N. E. 901. Written by Tuisil!1.

Tantriikhyiina. Beg. (1 back): 01!1 nama!) sarv[v]ajnaya I tal!1tra[k]�yanakathii sre�thabuddhipadmaprabodhina I

iidityadl(p)tim eval!1 tani dhiisyami yatnata!) II ta[l!1]ntra[k]�yana dhaya khal!1 dhalalape mala. thva buddhi hiital'iava padma hoyakava siiry[y]asa kilana thel!1 thva khal!1 chu jatnanal!1 dhalalape mara II 1 11 lak�atavyal!1 sada vakyal!1 vakyal!1 bhavati nasanal!1 l hal!1sabhyal!1 glyamanasya1 kiirm[m]asya

37

Page 84: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 38-39

patanal)l yatha II sadakalal)l bacana lak�alapal)l yane mala. belakala ma sosyal)l hlaya bacana nasa juya phava. hal)lsa nehmasena kapale boyakal)l yale bacana hlatolena kapale taka dava II thvaya upa�yana II gvachinal)l thayasa desaya samipasa pukhuli dayava colia. thva pu�ulisa kapale basala­pal)l colia. chahnuya prasthanasa brahmabhubanana rajahal)lsa nehma thva pu�ui1sa juta vava. thva belasa kapalena rajahal)lsabrnda khaliava lienal)l . che sakala genal)l jhaya dhakal)l thesa hal)lsapani­sena dhalal)l. jepani jurasa brahmabhubananal)l vaya dhakal)l kaliava kapalena dharal)l. brahma­bhubanaya bafl,l[l)la gathe lialia dhakal)l dhalam. thva lieliava hal)lsana dhalal)l.

End: akulasya mukhal)l pasya kulasya ca kathal)l bhavet I sloka palapa. tama calaliava khvala svaya gyaliapu tama calatiasyal)l amoya khvala gathe soya dhakal)l bibhak�alapal)l raja ma yaka julo. thathena bacanana yalia satru jula dhakal)l thva satruo gathe sal)ldhi yaya dhakal)l dhiiyava dur­b[bluddhi dhaya kokhana dhalal)l. ulil)l mocakeya upaya jena athel)l yaya dhakal)l. al)lgilapava thava dehesa bibhacha yaliava uli colia simasa polava va[l)llliava dhiilal)l. bho chi. ulil)lsane che sakalasta gunakhal)l hla(ya)ya nimittina je thava jati kokha dakosena bibhachalapal)l halii. ava che sakalasake sarana vaya lak�alape mala dhakal)l o[l)lllia julo. thesa ulil)lpanisena khava bhalapa bisvasana du bolia tava julo. thvanal)l li thva kokhana ulil)l basalapal)l colia simasa ulinaya sosa mi coyava ulil)l dakval)l mina dahalapal)l. mocaka tathava besya valia julo. thvatena piirb[blabiJodhi satruo mitrapa­nena olasanal)l bisvasa yaya ma teva II 44 II ratrae svasti dine svasti svasti madhedinasthite I svasti bhiiyat sadanityal)l svasti sarv[vlatra sarv[vlada II thva tal)ltrakhyana dhaya khal)l lieliahmayal)l hlakahmayal)l ratri julasa[l)llnal)l dina julasanal)l mal)lgala-kalyana juyiva. samasta lokayiil)l kalyana juyiva. sarb[bladiikiilal)l subha-mal)lgala jui julo II 45 II

Colophon: iti tal)ltra[kl�yanakatha samapta II subha(l)l) II sal)lbat 901 maghasudi 12 brhaspatlku­hnu d(h)unaka dina. subham astu. sU(d)dham asu(d)dha(l)l) na diyate. rkhlta(l)l) tuisil)l. subha(l)l) . . . sivaghana . . . sriganesaya nama . . . sarve�u karje�u guruvig(h)navinasa[l)llnal)l. iti sngana snsa­[ salradiidevi.

On fol. 1 front a short stotra addressed to Nariiyal)a written by another hand. 6 lines beginning with raga pra[raJtara. lisa prabhu niiriiyana tera and ending with lisii prabhu niiriiyana terii.

Like the Hitopadesa the Tantriikhyiina, containing stories for the education of the people, was very popular in the Kathmandu Valley.

39

1 For nlyaO, 2 For rlitrau.

Us. or. 6410.

Paper. Fois. 25, numbered. 26 x 8,3 cm. 23 x 5 cm. Nepaliik�ara. Sanskrit verse and Nevarl prose. Dated N. E. 807. Written by Manohara Sil)lha and Chattra Sil)lha.

Tantriikhyiina. Beg.: Ol)l nama!) sarv[vlajnaya I tantrii[kj$yal)akatha sristha[l)llbiidhipadmaprabodhil)l I iiditya­

dhipate deva!) trani dhyasyami yatnata(!) II tantra[kl�yal)a dhiiya khal)l thva bodhi hataila padma­prakasa yaka siiryaya kiral)a thYal)l thva sastral)l ya[rltnanal)l sene mara II 1 II lak�atavyal)l sada vakyal)l vakyaljl bhavati nasanal)l I hal)lsabhyal)l nlyamanasya kiirmasya patanal)l yathii II sadal)l bacana rak�yarapa te mala. belakala ma sosya hlaya ma teva. hal)lsa nihmasenal)l kapare boyaka yare bacana hlatolyal)l kapare taka thyal)l taya phava II 1 II thvaya upa[kl�(y)ana. gochino thiiyasa

38

Page 85: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 39-40

pu�karal)i chaguri dava. thva pu�karal)isa kapare basaraprup core svarg[g]ana rajahaIPsa nihmaIP juta vava. thyasa kaparepanisyaIP hrupsa kha[IP]nava kabu�takal casyaIP haIPsayake ileila. che neh­maIP gena vaya dhasyaIP ileila. haIPsana dharaIP. svarg[g]abhubanana vaya dhakaIP dhaya. kapare­na dharaIP. svarg[g]abhubana dhaya gathiIPgva haIPsana dharaIP.

End (on fol. 24): gvachinaIP desaya brahmana daridra juyava gukosa cho do rava taya dava. thva cho sadaIP carana nava. cha k�anasa thva brahmanana cho va svara vava. carana carana cho nayava cO[IP]ila khat IP ]ilava thva briihmanana parapa sroka cinava desa riha vayava raskurasa2 rajaya sabha-8sa cone3 thayasa niralasa thva sroka cosyaIP tatha. thva briihmana che vanrup. Iithya raja mocake dhakaIP mantrlna nauca-kakava boilava dharaIP. thva raja chana mocake mara. chanata rajeIP dhanaIP blya dhakaIP dhayava nauna robha casyaIP da jena mocake somabarakuhnu rajaya gvaca khayu. thva kuhnu mocake dhasya marakva samadhara yailava somabarakuhnu rajaya gvaca khareIP nauna syana thyaIP mantrlya bacana ilene mara thyaIP aIPdarana khora cure rajaya khvara soso yana. thva berasa raj ana khora cutorena mikha boranasyaIP brahmanana caya sroka kha[IP]ilava tecakaIP sroka boila. ghasasi ghasasi khvarrup. nauna gyanava thama sailava urailava rajasyaIP sero bharapava nauna thava dokha bharapaIP saIP chosa pheilava raja bhoka pvasyaIP hlaraIP. je dukha­na' ma duo mantriya dokhana. mantrina je haila tava. raja je ranarisa khora penaka dava dhakaIP. subhaIP·

Colophon: iti [s]tantra(khyana)katha samapta. manohara siIPha chaya cha(t)trasiIPha nehma[IP]­syana coya si(d)dhayaka dina. srabanakr�l)a 10 dasami iidranakhetra surajoga siIPharasi svamabara sambat 807 thva kuhnu saIPpilrl)[l)]a dina. subhaIP bhavatu. ayuy(ddhir astu. sarv[v]ada kalyanam astu. subhaIP bhavatu.

1 For kautuka. :2 For riijakulasa. 3 For eDna. 4 For dokho,

40 Hs. 6425.

2 texts: (1) Tantrakhyana and (2) Satakasara§lokasaIPgraha. Paper. Fols. 47, stitched together in book-form; much damaged by damp. 28,7 x 24,5 cm. 22 x 16,5 cm. 23-28 lines, written as in the page ofa book. 3 figures, one in colour, the others drawn in black ink. Devanagarl. (1) Nevarl, (2) HindI. (1) Dated N. E. 984, Saka E. 1786, Vikr. E. 1921. (1) Written by Ratnadhara Riijopa­dhyaya of Bhaktapur; owned by Gaurldasa of J'lachotola, Bhaktapur.

(1) Tantriikhyiina. Beg. : srlgal)esaya nama!) II tantra[k]�(y)anakatha sre�thabuddhipadmapra . . . (a)di(tya)dhi(pa)­

tim eva . . . syami yatnata!) II 1 II thva taIPtra[k]�(y)iina . . bicara yaniiva jnanilokana iidityaya kiral)ava uthiila thva kha . . jatna yailava thva sastra dharalape mala II rak�adarvya(IP)l sada va­kya(IP) . . . (na)sanaIP I haIPsabhya(IP) nlyamanasya kurmasya patanaIP yatha II sadakalaIP ba(cana) (r)ak�lape mala. belakala rna sosyaIP kha hlailaya bacana nasa juya phava . . dhalasa. chaguIi gramasamlpasa pu�uIi chagu dasya cona. thva pu�uIi . . . Ie basalapava coila. thvanrup Ii chahnuya dinasa brahmabhubanana rajahaIPsa . . . pu�ulisa juta valaIP. thva belasa kapalena thva rajahrupsa nehma �an'iiva . . laIP. he rajahaIPsa. chiskala nehma ganana . . . dhala. thvate kapale . . ilava rajahaI)lsana dhalaIP. he kapale . . . ya dhakaIP dhiilaIP. thvate . . . ya bhakha neilava kapalena

39

Page 86: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 40-41

dhiilarp. . . . loka julva . . . dhiilarp.. thvate kapaleya bhii�a neila . . kapale ji . . lokaya barnana hlaya rna phaya. dola . . phu. jepanlsena gathe kane dhakarp. dhii(Iarp.) . . .

End: upaya yaya jena dhakarp. arp.gliapava thava dehesa bib hache yailiiva sakala . . . �apani mu­nakarp. clrarp.jiba dhiiya ko�a uluka conagu simasa sakala . . vailava cirarp.jlba ko�ana dhiilam. he uluka. jina loka sakalya(rp.) chesa . . . yata gUl)a-�a hlaila nimi[r)ttina jl thava jati ko�a dako chiskala . . . ral)a vaya ava chinarp. rak�alape mala dhakarp.. thvate ko�aya bhii�a neilava ulukapanlsena �ava bhiilapava bisvasa yailava boilava tava julo. thva(narp.) II cirarp.jlba ko�ana sakala ko�ana uluka basalaparp. conagu sirnasa ulukaya sokasa mi tayiiva uluka dako mlna dahalaparp. mocakava sakala ko�a bisye vava julo. thvatena purbabirodha satru valasanarp. mitra bhiilapava valasanarp. bisvaya rna teva dhakarp. II ratrau svasti diva svasti svasti madhyiidinasthitii II svasti bhuyat bhavet nityarp.. svasti sarvatra sarvatai). II thvanarp. Ii tbva tarp.trii[k )�(y )ana ilenahma hlakahmaya thva tate t )va dharalaparp. kalyiina juiva. riitnsarp. dinasarp. madhyiihnasa thull yataniiva sadasarbadii kalyana julva. juanl julva dhakarp. dhayiiva thva sastra dayakarp. taya II

Colophon: iti sntarp.tra[k)�(y)iinakathii catvarirp.sati II 44 II yiidr�!arp. [dr�tatvarp. drstii)tiidr�!i Ii�i­tam maya I yadi su(d)dho [m)asu(d)dho va mama do�o na dlyate II srIsake 1786 vikrama 1921 nepala 984 a�aqhamase suklapak�e tithau 1 vare 2 ta( d)dine bhagatapa!ananagaravasina snratnadhara­rajopiidhyayena idarp. pustakarp. bhagatapa!ananagarailachotolavasinai). gaundasanamne Ii�itarp. da(t)tarp.. dlrghiiyur astu. subharp.. dlrghiiyur astu. subharp..

I For ralqitavya(TfI) .

41 Ms. or. FoI. 600.

Paper. Bound in strong covers. Fois. 83. 29 x 7,5 cm. 27 x 5 cm. 5-7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan. Dated N. E. 921. Written by two scribes, namely Bhiijudattamuni and Suvarl)amuni of Yarp.pivihiira, Patan.

VetiilapaiicavitrlSati. Beg.: orp. nama(i).) srIganyas[r)aya namai).. namami maiijusrIyam indusekhararp. I yadiyapiidadvi­

teyaprasiidatai). vidantl rokatrina1 manasvinai). karasthitarp. nirm[m)alavaribinduvat II thva prthi­ma(n)da(1a)sa sahasra 2 rajapanisyarp. gonahmarp. rajaya caranakamarasa seM yailiiva coila. raja cakrabart[t)i snbantai). bikramakesarl nama dasyarp. coila. gathirp. raja. bibldha indranila malaketa padmaraga baj(r)a baidu(r)[j)ya mukta ratna[sa)saharp.mu2 kuberaya sampat(t)i therp. jasa[r)kl(rti) indra tberp. bidyadha[bidyiidha)rlpa(ni)syarp. gUl)akirt[t)i-kha hlayuva. thva rajana aneka samanta mantrl sahitana catu(r)diga(sa) samudrasima Pfth(v)iya lsvara juyava coila. paramarajyesukha bhuk­tarapa(rp.) kala ha[rp.)ila bijyailava coila. thva rajaya sury[y)a udaya rna juvana hna snana yaya mara. snana yayata larp.kha kala vaila belasa jogina bicitra bilvaphala chagola bisya hal[ana)rp.[na)(?). raj ana nenarp.. sunanarp. bila dhakarp. dhiiyava k�iintisl1a nama kapar[r)ikanarp. bisya halarp. dhiiyava raja har�amananarp. conarp.. thva ratna janayake sisya talarp.. dinaprati bisya hayuva. chahnuya k�anasa janana bilailasya rajaya riihiitana ko tarp.kiiva khal)qa khal)qa jula.

End: athe chana ni yana keo dhakarp.. chanayaka .svayao jena yaya rna khii dhakarp. dhiio lithe kii[rp.]palikana bhoka purailiisyarp. chalaporasyarp. oya sila chedalapiio tiira-betiila siddhi kao. tha­the dhiiyao betarana mrtakahma toratao onarp.. lithe riijana sika jonao ka[rp.)pallkayake onarp.. ka[rp.)parikana raja 00 khailao anyakaprakaral)a puk�a3 dhupa [y)ityiidinarp. mal)qarapuja yanao

40

Page 87: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 41-42

rajayake dhalal)l. he maharaja[na]. thva ma(Q)Qarasa chena daQQapraQama yao dhakal)l dhalal)l. thva nenao rajana dhalal)l. bho ka[l)l]parika. da[I)l]QQapraQama yaya je ma saya. chena ni yiiitao keo dhakal)l dhalal)l. thva bacana QaQiio kiiparikan[am]al)l daQQapraQiima yiitaniisyal)l riijiina khaQgana sila chedalapiio deoyiita barityiidi bilal)l. thva belasa iikiisana niina puk�abrtta4 julal)l. debadul)ldu­bhibidyiinlna5 jula. thva belasal)l tiira-betiira oyiio dhiilal)l. bho mahiiriija. che basasa jepani nehroal)l jula gvo dhakal)l betiirana dhiilal)l. thathe siddhi siidhalapiio mahii iinandana birabikramiiditya riijii thao riijya bijyiiniio samasta pith(v)lyii riijiil)l jayalapiio sukhana bijyiitval)l julo. 25. iti paticavil)lsativetiira(l) sampiifQ[ Q ]a[ 1)l](I) samiipta(I) .

Colophon: subham astu. subhal)l. sreyo 'stu. sa(m)bat 921 bhiid(r)apadamiisyasukrapak�amiisyiil)l tithau ut(ta)raphag[g]una ... ta(s)mi(n) dine pa[ti]cisavetiira sal)lpurQ[Q]a !lkhita[l)l]m iti. subha(m). lekhaka srlYal)lpivihiilivasthital)l sribarhl)lacaryabhik�u sunayasrl misra-sahaskiirlta6 svaval)lsabrah­macary[y]abhik�u dhanadat(t)amunL tasya putra miija(li)putra bhajudat(t)amuni catu(r)thaputra suva(r)namunl etekasya(n) itL subha(m). mal)lgara(m). yathiidr�lii tathii rikhital)l. lekhakasya do­kha Qiisti. iiyusukhavr( d)dhir astu. subhii subhal)l.

A Neviirl version of the Vetiilapaiicavil'1!iati. Two tales from this very manuscript have been published and translated into German by H. J0rgensen, ZDMG LXXV (1921), p. 213--36: Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Neviirl.

42

1 For "tritayan:z. 1 For "samuhana. 3 For p�pa. 4 For PUfpabU!i. 5 For °bddyadina. 6 For wsarrskdrita.

Hs. or. 4341.

Paper. Book. Fois. 30, beginning leaves missing. 26 x 11,2 cm. 21,5 x 7 cm. 8-13 lines. Nepiila­k�ara. NevarL Undated.

Vetiilapaiicavil'1!iati. Incomplete. Beg.: ... thva madii vava tlyii puru�a byakta ma duo thva khasa betiilana riijiiyiike nena. he maha­

riijan. thvayii puru�a gvahmal)l chenal)l kene miila dhakal)l dhayiiva riijanal)l dhiila. bho betiila nao. priiQa biv[v]ahmal)l thvayii puru�a ma �u. babu thukii. drthasa asthi cuyakahma miirkha putrakiir­y[y]a yiikana thvahma putra thyal)l bhasma rak�ii yiikahmayii strl julal)l. thathya dhiistunul)l riijiiyii bohoda todatal)l sil)lsapiibrk�asa cona [v]vanal)l II iti dvitlya betiila(l) II atha lrtlya betiila(l) II punar api sil)lsapiibrk�asa cona mrtaka boholasa taYiiv[v]a hanal)l [v]valal)l. punal)l betiilana dhiila. he riijan. suka-siirikayii kha nenal)l bijyiihunL gal)lgiitllasa piilaliputra nama nagala da[v]va. 0 nagalasa bikrama niima riijii dasyal)l cona. oyii putra pariikramakesarl niima. ohma samasta nltisiistral)l sar[v]­va bhiitabhabi[k]�(y)abart[t]amiina si[v]va kiilayii abhipriiyal)l siv[v]a.

End: thvanal)l li miilatl hastinl jula. ji hasti juyiiva niipa liiniio oguQi janmasal)l va[l)l]na tiitha. thvanal)l Ii oyii sokanal)l priiQa toQatii. thvanal)l li miiratl cakrabiikl jula. ji cakrabiika juyiiva napa liina thva cakrabiika janmasal)l vii[l)l]na tiithiiva hiinval)l priiQa toQatii. thvanal)l li miilatl miinu�ya­strl juyiiva janina kiila. ji manu�ya janma juyiiva miilad miila juyii. niipa liiya ma phayii Qi. gaQa ji bhagyana niipa liiyio khesa dhakiiva thiiyapratil)l thvayii brttiinta[ra]-kha hliila juyii dhakal)l dhiiyiiva

41

Page 88: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 42-43

thvanaijl li maratina vata tayava sola onaitiisyaijl thva thava hilathu janmaya kha hlaka soyava mala­tInaijl lasa tayava thao che boIia hayiiva kha Iiena. thvanaijl li thava �a samastaijl IiaIiava thva thava svami khao bhiilapava aliijlgal)a yaitiiva kholaijl. thathya nihmasenaijl mahiidu!}kha yanava anyonya­naijl kholaijl. thvanaijl li khosya khosyaijl maratInaijl dhiilaijl. ava tini ji thvaguQi bethiinaijl tOQatala dhakaijl dhiiyiiva punarb[b]iira maratInaijl dhiila. bho pral)anatha. ji marati. ji svami chi. ava jinaijl besyabrtti tOQate telo dhakaijl dhiiyava sakalyaijl dhanaijl sakaleijl saijlpatti oyata biyava stnpuru�a juyava sukhanaijl conaijl. lithyaijl gulichinaijl kalanaijl li maratI joIiiiva thava desa vanaijl. thanaijl li riijiinaijl siyiiva thva gathiIia buddhibanta dhakaijl dhiiyiiva dhanya 2 dhakaijl dhiiyava 0 ratna svagu­liijl biyava thavata mantrI yaIiava sukhanaijl conaijl. thva khasa betalanaijl Iienaijl. he rajan. thva malatInaijl hIiava 2 janmaya thava sviimi sio. thvaguli janmasa gathe thava puru�a rna sila dhakaijl betalanaijl dhiila. thva kha IiaIiava rajanaijl dhiila. hIiava 2 janmasa thava svami u bhiilapava coIia. thvaguli janmasa besya juyaya papanaijl rna rumana. thathya dhiistunuijl betala thava thiiyasaijl cona vanaijl.

Colophon: iti ekaviijlsati vetala(!}) samapta(!}). atha doviijlsati vetala(!}). punarb[b]ara . . .

A Nevan version of the VetiilapaficavimSati comprising 18 stories, namely story No. 3 to story No. 21.

43 Hs. or. 6405.

Paper. Leather-covers. Fois. 118, numbered 1-54, 56-119; fol. 55 missing. 23,5 x 7,5 cm. 19 x 5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. NevarL Dated N. E. 801. Written by Vaijlsadeva.

VetiilapaficavimSati. Beg.: Oijl nama!} sivaya II namami matijusriyam induSe�alaijl yadiyapiidadvitayaprasadata!} I vi­

danti lokatritayaijl manasvinai} kalasthitaijl nirm[m]alavaribinduvat II prthvlmal)Qalasa sahasra 2 rajapanisyaijl gvanahmaijl rajaya caranakamalasa sebalapaijl coijlgva. thathiijlgva raja cakravart[t]I snbanta bikramakesarl nama raja dasyaijl cOijlgva. bibidha indranila marakata padmaraga bajra baidury[y]a mukta ratnasamiihana kuberaYii sampat(t)i theijl dayaka indra theijl sarb[b]aIigaijl sun­dara gonahma[ijl]ya bidyadhanpanlsyaijl gUl)akirt[t]ana-khaijl hlayuva. thva rajana aneka samartha mantn sahitana caturd[ d]igasaijl samudrasima prthviya Isvara juyavo paramarajyasukha bhuktara­paijl kala haijlila bijyaka tvaijl julo. thva rajayataijl surya udaya rna juvala khaijl caya belasa laijlkha bila vaIia janaya hastasa bicitra billophala chagoQa k�iintisila nama kapalikana bisyaijl halaijl. thva se kha[m]Iiava har�amanana thava jana lava hliisyaijl talaijl. dinapratiijl biyava hayuvo. chahnuya k�a­I)asa ona bilailasyaijl rajaya liihiitana ko ta[ijl]Iiava khal)Qa 2 julaijl.

End: lithe Qna bhoka pulailava chana oya sila chedalapava tala-betiila siddhi kava dhakaijl thathe senaijl. thathe dhiiyava betiilana mrtakahmana tolatava vanaijl. lithe rajana sika jvaitiiva kapalikaya­ke vanaijl. thvanaijl li kapalikana aneka prakarana mal)Qalapuja yaIiava talaijl. thvanaijl li kapalika­na raja khaIiava dhiilaijl. he raja. dhanya 2 chao ava thva mal)Qalasa dal)Qapranama yava dhakaijl dhiilaijl. thva ileIiava raj ana dhiilaijl. bho kapalika. je rna saya. chana nl yal)ava keIi[av]o dhakaijl dhiilaijl. thva ileilava kapalikana dal)Qapranama yataijl. thva belasa raj ana oya sila chedalapava debayata bali bilaijl. thva belasa akasana pu�pal;>r�ti juiaI)l. debaduijldubhibiidyiidina julaijl. thva belasa tala-betala vayava dhiilaijl. he mahiiraja. che basya jepanl nehmaijl jula go dhakaijl dhiilaijl. thathe siddhi lanava mahii anandana bikramiiditya raja thava rajya bijyaIiava samasta prthvlya rajaijl jayalapava sukhana bijyaka tvaijl julo.

42

Page 89: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

NT. 43-44

Colophon: it! palj1caviIllsati vetiilai) samiiptai). bhaviinl pntir astu. sambat 801 bhiidrapadakr�l}a­trayodasi maghanak�atra siddhijoga budhabara thva kuhnu salj1purl}[l}la dina. Ii�ita srlvalj1sadeva. subham astu sarv[vladii. rtuniima rkhitalj1. phiirg[gluna-caitra vasanta-rtu. vaisakha-j(y)e(s)tha gr�a­marltu!. iikhii<j(h)a-sriivana var[ilkhii-rtu. bhiid(r)ava-as(v)ina sadararitu2. karttika-marg[glasil(�)a hemanta-rtu. paukha-magha sisirarltu. itu rtunama.

44

1 For gr'4mao. 2 For saradrtu.

Hs. or. 6414.

Paper. Wooden covers. 107 numbered fols. + 2 unpaginated blank leaves. 22 x 6,5 cm. 19,5 x 5 cm. 6 lines. 1 punch-hole. Nepiilak�ara. Nevar!' Undated.

VetiilapaiicavitriSati. Beg.: OIj1 namai) siviiya II namiimi malj1jusrlyam ilj1duse�aralj1 yadlyapiidadvitayaprasiidatai) I

vidanti lokatritayalj1 manasvinai) karesthitalj1 nirm[mlalavaribinduvat II thva prthvlmal}<jalasa sahas­ra 2 rajiipanisyana gvahmalj1 riijayii caral}akamalasa sebarapalj1 cOlj1gva. thathilj1gva raja cakra­bart[tll snbanta vikramakesari nama dasyalj1 cOlj1gva. bibidha indranlla malakala padmaraga bajra baidiiry[yla mukta ratnasamiihana kuberaya sampa[rltti thelj1 dayaka indra thelj1 sarb[blalj1gasun­dara gvanahma[1j11yii bidyadhanpanisyalj1 gUl}aklrt[tlana-kha!p. hliiyuva. thva riijiina aneka siimanta mantrl sahitana catur[ dldigasalj1 samudraslmiina prthviyii lsvara juyiiva parama riijyasukha bhukta­rapalj1 kiira ha[1j11Iia bijyaka IOIj1 juralj1. thva riijayiita siiry[ylodaya rna juvala khyalj1 cayake yatalj1 lalj1kha bira val 1j11Iia janaya hastasa bicitra bilva-se chago<ja k�antislla nama kapalikana bisyalj1 haralj1. thva se kha[1j11Iiiiva har�amanana thava janayake sesyalj1 taralj1.

End: jena chata upadesa biya. Iie[1j11Iia. je mastakasa metalj1 cyayuva. mal}<jalapiija yaIiava dal}<japral}ama yava dhakalj1 cha kapiilikana hayuva. chana bhoka purailasyalj1 chana sira cheda­rapava ona siddhi layuva. thvatena chana dal}<japral}ama yava dhakalj1 hiitailasyalj1 chana thathelj1 dhiiva. je raja. suyakenalj1 bhoka rna poya je rna saya. chana ni yava. chana yiiila soyava jena yaya rna kha dhakalj1 dhiiyava Iithelj1 ona. bhoka puraIiiisYalj1 chana oya mastaka chedarapava tala-betala­siddhi kava. thathelj1 dhiiyava betiilana mrtakahmalj1 to<jatava vanalj1. Iithelj1 rajana sika jO[1j11ilava kapalikayake va[1j11nalj1. kapalikana aneka prakaral}a mal}<jarapiija yaIiiiva rajayake dhiiralj1. he rajan. thva mal}<jarasa dal}<japral}ama yava. thva ile[1j11ilava rajiina dh�ralj1. bho kapalika. je rna sayii. chana ni yiiilava ke[1j11ilana. thva bacana ne[1j11ilava kapalikana dal}<japral}ama yatailasyalj1 riijiina oya sira chedarapava debayiitalj1 bali biralj1. thva berasa akiiSana pu�pabr�ti juralj1. debana dUlj1dubhibiidyiidina juralj1. thva berasa tala-betala vayava dhiiralj1. bho rajan. che basasa jepani nihmalj1 jura go. thathelj1 siddhi lailiiva mahii anandana bikramiiditya raja thava rajya bijyiiilava samasta prthv1ya rajalj1 jayarapava sU[i)lkhana bijyaka tOIj1 jurolj1 11 25 II

Colophon: iti palj1cavilj1satitamo vetiilai) samaptai) .

43

Page 90: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 45-46

4S Us. or. 6423.

Paper. Fols. 71, leaves 3 and 30 missing. Fo!' 57 damaged, a part of the fo!. being tom off at the right, with loss of text. 23,3 x 7,8 cm. 20 x 5,2 cm. 6--7 lines. Nepatiik�ara. NeviirL Undated.

Vetalapancavirr/Sati. Incomplete. Beg.: OJ!1 nama!) siviiya II namiimi mafijusriyam induse�araJ!1 yadlyapiidadvitayaprasiidata!) I vi­

danti lokatritayaJ!1 manasvina!) karasthitaJ!1 nirm[m]alavaribinduvat II thva prthvlmal)c;ialasa sahasra sahasra riijiipanisyaJ!1 gvahmaJ!1 rajiiyii caral)akamala sebarapiiva cona thathina riijii cakrabart[t]l srlbanta bikramakesarl niima dasyaJ!1 cona. bibidha indranlIa marakata pu�pariiga bajra baidiiry[y]a muktii ratna sahita knberayii saJ!1pa[r]tti theJ!1 dayakiiva cona. indra theJ!1 miihiisundala gohma[J!1]yii bidyadharipanisyaJ!1 gUl)aklrt[t]ana-khaJ!1 hliiyuva. thva rajiina aneka siimanta mantrl sahitana ca­tur[d]digasaJ!1 samudraslmii thva prthvlya Isvara juyiiva parama riijyasukha bhuktarapiiva cona. thva riijii(ya)taJ!1 sury[y]a ma luva belasa sniina yiiyayiitii laJ!1kha kiira va[J!1]na ... cha gvac;ia bisya haraJ!1. k�antislla kapiilika jogina bisyaJ!1 hava thava se riijana kha[J!1]niiva har�amana juyava riijiina thava janayake sese taraJ!1.

End: je mastakasa mataJ!1 cyayuva. mal)c;ialapuja yanava dal)c;iapral)ama yava dhakaJ!1 kapiilikana che hiiyuva. chena bhoka puranasyaJ!1 che sira chedarapava ona siddhi layu. thvatena chena dal)c;ia­pral)ama yiiva dhakaw hiitanasyaJ!1 chena thatheJ!1 dhiiva. je raja. suyiikeJ!1 bhoka ma puya. chena ni yava. 0 soyava jena yaya ma kha dhakaJ!1 dhiiva. litheJ!1 ona bhoka polanasyaJ!1 chena oya mastaka chedarapiiva tala-betiila-siddhi kiiva. thathyaJ!1 dhayiiva betiilana mrtakahmaJ!1 tolatiiva va[m]nam. lithyam rajana sika jo[m]tiava kapalikayake va[m]nam. thva riijiina mrtava hava kha[m]nava kapali­kana aneka prakiiral)a mal)c;ialapuja yanava kiipalikana rajiiyake hlalaw. he rajan. thva mal)c;ialasa dal)c;iapral)iima yiiva. thva ne[m]niiva rajana dharam. bho kiipalika. je ma saya. chena ni yanava kena. thathyaw ne[J!1]niiva kiipiilikana dal)c;iapral)iima yiitatiiisyam riijiina oyii sira chedarapiiva de­bayiitam bali biraw. thva berasa iikiisana pu�pabr�ti juraJ!1. thva belasa tiila-betiila vayiiva dharaw. bho rajan. che basyasajepani nehmam jura go. thathem siddhi liiniiva maha iinamda juyiiva bikramii­ditya riijii thava riijya vayava thva prthvlsa samastam jayarapava sukhana bijyaka jurom II

Colophon: iti paficaviJ!1sati vetaJa!) samapta!). subham bhavatu sarv[v]ada.

46 Us. or. 6481.

Paper. Fold·book. Fols. 61, partly damaged. 22,8 x 6,7 cm. 18,7 x 4 em. 6 lines. NepaJak�ara. Nevarl. Dated N. E. 927.

Vetiilapancavirr/Sati. Incomplete (beginning missing). Beg.: ... (catur)d[d]asiya ratrlsa kha[r]dga jonava yakiitam mebana rna khanakam smasiinasa

kiipiirikaya sarnipasa bijyii . .. raja bijyaka khanava ati har�amanana rajayata tuti yata. bho maharii­jan. chi parama siittvika mahiibira ca(krabard) ... siihasa yiiniiva caturd[ d]igayii bhayaJ!1kara andha­kiirasa ji samipasa s[ a]masiinasa bijyiika. thathe dhiiyatunum riijiina dhiiram. bho kiipiilika. chana kha nde dhakam ati rasa tiisya vayii dhakaw dhiiyiiva k�iintisirana dhiira. jipani mrtakasiddhi siidha­rape. ji vattarasiidhaka1 juya miira. thathe siidharapiiva chiji siddhibara rayUva dhakam dhiiyiiva riijii bikramakdari har�amanana romii(fi)cita deha yanava k�antisira iidesa bira. bho kiiparika. chana yayaguri siidharapiva. thana uttarasiidhaka ji juyiiva jina chu kiirj[jJa yaya miira vaguri hlava dhakaJ!1 dhiiyiiva kiipiirikana dharam. bho mahiirajan. thva naditirasamipasa simsapabrk�aya tarasa u[r]tta-

44

Page 91: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 46

masa�asa mrtaka puru�a d[ a ]varayamana2 yariana cOIllgva. mauna yariava joria vaya mara. thana nanabi[d]dhi bicitra piijamal)<ialasa hayakava chijisyana siddhi sadharape dhakaIll dhiiyava rajasya­na kha[r]dga dhararapava thathiJpgva andhakarasa siIllsapabrk�asamipasa bijyanava mrtaka jo(ria).

End: dhakaIll dhiiyava rithe vana. bhoka purariasyaIll chana vaya mastaka chendarapava tara­betala-siddhi kava thathe dhayava betarana mrtaka chahma toratava vana. rithe raj ana sika joriava kaparikaya samipasa variava kaparikana anega prakarana mal)<iarapiija yanava rajiiyaIllke dhiiraIll. bho mahiirajan. thva mal)<iarasa dal)<iapranama yava dhakaIll dhiiyava thva rieriava raj ana dhiiraIll. bho kaparika. ji rna saya. chana ni yariava kerio. thva bacana rieriava kaparikana dal)<iapranama yatariasyaIll thva rajana vaya sira chendarapava debayata bari bira. thva berasa akasana pu[r]­�pabrddhi' jura. debana dundubhibadyadi thiita. thva berasa tara-betara vayava dhiira. bho mahiira­jan. charaporaya basya jipani nihma cOl)e juro. thathiria si[r]ddhi rariava mahii halkhamana yanava anandana bikramaditya raja thava desa bijyariava samasta prlthiviya rajapani jayarapava sukhana ananda yariana bijyata II 25 II

Colophon: iti pa[Ill]ficaviJpsati vetara[Ill](i)) samapta(i)). subha(m). (By a later hand) sambat 927 sravanamase. sU(bham).

1 For uttarasO. 2 For doliiyamana. :; For °br�!i.

45

Page 92: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

2.

47-53 Didactic Literature (NIti)

47 Ms. or. fol. 599.

Paper. Leather-bound volume. Fois. 57. 29,8 x 9,5 cm. 25 x 6,5 cm. 6 to 7 lines. On fol. 1 (back) the miniature of a four-armed Gal.1esa. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with translation into Nevan prose. Dated N. E. 811.

Cii1'!akyasiirasa/?lgraha. Beg.: namal) sarvajfiaya. pral.1amya silasa buddha(Jll) taiiokyadhipati(Jll) prabhuJll I nanasa­

stra[Jll](d)dhrtaJ)11 vak�(y)e rajanltisamuccaya[i](m) II trailokyaya adhipati juraJ)1 buddhatvaJll na­maskara yanava nana sastrasa pi kasyaJ)1 rajanitl mnnaJ)1 taya khaJll jina hlaya II 1 II adhit(y)aiva[Jll]m idaJll sastraJ)1 naro jfta(sya)ti tat(tv)ato I dharm[m]opadesa(J)1) vinayaJll kary[y]akary[y]a(J)1) subha­subhaJll II niscayana manu�yana thva sastra dhararapaJll dharm[m]a adharm[m]a syayuva. upadesa­banta juyiva. kary[y]a akary[y]a subha asubha seyuva II 2 II

End: atimani ca kami ca gurudve�i tathaiva ca II thva nahma puru�a tatkiiranaJll moyu. thathiIia juranava tavadhi lobhi atimani kami gurudve�i thvate II 298 II gobhir viprais ca vedais ca s[v]atlbhil) satyavadibhil) I alubdha(va)i(r) danasilais ca saptabhir dharyate mahI II sa dakvana brahmal.1a dakva­na beda dakvana satI dakona satyabiidl dakonaJll alobhi dakonaJ)1 II 299 II asare 'pilia saJ)1sare saram etac catu�tayaJll I kiisya(J)1) vasal) satiiJll saJllgo gaJllgastal)2 saJ)1bhupiijanaJ)1 II thva asiila saJllsaiasa thva pyata sala jura. chu chu dharasa. kasibiisa, sat[a]puru�ao saJllgama juya, gaJllgasa s[a]nana yaya, sibapiija yaya julo.

Colophon: iti canakesarasaJ)1grahe trtIya[I)](J)1) satakaJll. subhaJ)1.

On fol. 1 (front): saJ)1bat 811.

The Cii1'!akyasiirasa/?lgraha is one of the most widely-read Sanskrit texts in the Kathmandu Valley. In the manuscripts each Sioka is usually followed by a prose rendering in Neviin. For an edition and translation of a Cii1'!akyasiirasa/?lgraha manuscript dated A. D. 1754 see Prem Bahadur Kasa, Cii1'!a­kya Siira Sa/?lgraha, and I. Alsop and Prem Bahadur Kansakar, A Translation of a Newari Version of the Cii1'!akya Sar Sa/?lgraha.

1 For °siistroddhO. 2 Fo! garttgiimbha1}.

46

Page 93: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 48-49

48 Hs. or. 4333.

Paper. Fols. 57. Leaves numbered; 1, 2, 3, 29, 40, 42, 43, 54, 55, 57, 61 and 63 missing. A few fols. slightly damaged. 23 x 9,8 cm. 18,5 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with translation into Nevan prose. Undated.

Cii/Jakyasiirasart/graha. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . vrata II kuraputraya riipa ju1rup bidya. tapasiya riipa julal!l k�ama. kokiraya riipa jula

svala. misaya riipa julal!l patibrata (12) . na ca vidyasamo bandhu(r) na ca vyadhisamo ripu(l) I na capatyesamo sneho na ca daiva(t) paral!l varrup II bidya julrup bal!ldhujanao tule ma duo byadhi julrup satruo tulye ma duo sinehana julal!l kayamacao tulye ma duo bara julal!l daibao tulye ma du (13) . vidya pravasino mitral!l bhiir(j)ya mitral!l grhe�u ca I aturasyau�adho mitral!l dharm[m]a mi­tral!l para[l!l]t(r)a ca II paradesaya mitra julal!l bidya. k�eya mitra julal!l misa. rOglya mitra julal!l au�adhi. paralokaya mitra julal!l dharm[m]a (14) .

End: thvate svata tolatao la naye mala (291) . na miil!lsabhak�el.lrup dokhrup na madya(l!l) na ca maithuna(m) I pravr[r]t(t)ir eva bhiitanal!l nivr[r]ttis tu mahaphalal!l II la nayanal!l do�a ma duo thva tonanal!l do�a ma duo kamas[y]eba yananal!l do�a ma duo pral.llyake svata byebahiila dao thuka. thvate nibr[r]ttikarm[m]a dhakal!l siyao tolate mala (292) . catul)sagalaparyanta(l!l) yo dadyat prth[ v]ivim imal!l I na khadec capi yo mal!lsa( I!l) tulyem etat vidu( r) [b ]budhiih II pio samudrasyenrup neko prthibi dana yailya put I!l]nye phalao nlriimiil!lsi juyiiyii phalao uti dhaka lokajanal!l sihune (293).

The first 11 (in the Sanskrit text, the first 12) verses as weI\. as the last 7 verses are missing.

49 Hs. or. 4346.

2 texts. Fols. 51-105: (1) Cal.lakyasiirasal!lgraha and fols. 120-122: (2) LokeSvarastotra. Paper. Fols. 55 + 23; fols. 1-50 missing. 21 x 7,3 cm. 17 x 4,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. (1) Sanskrit verse with translation into Nevarl prose. (2) Nevar!' Undated. Two scribes.

(1) Cii/Jakyasiirasart/graha. Beg.: namo mal!ljunathiiya. Pral.lamya siJasa buddhal!l trailokyadhipatil!l prabhu(l!l) nanasa­

stra[l!l]ddhrtal!ll (va)k�(y)e rajanltisamuccayal!l II trailokyaya adhipati julal!l buddhatol!l namaskara yana nana sastrasa pitp kasyrup taya rajanlti mU[I!l]l.la taya khal!l jana hlaya.

End: asaro 'plha sal!lsare saram etac catustayrup I kiisyiil!l vasal) satal!l srupgo gal!lgambhal) sal!lbhupiijanal!l II asiira srupsalasa thva pita sara jural!l. chu chu dhiirasa. kasibasa, satpuru�asal!lga yaya, gal!lgalal!lkha[na], mahadebapiija yaya, thvate sala data (100) .

Colophon: iIi canakyasalasal!lgrahe tritiya[l)](I!l) satakal!l samapta[l)](m). subhamal.lgalal!l bhuc­ca2 sarv[v]ada[I!l]. subhal!l.

1 For °siistrotf'. 2 For bhaydt.

47

Page 94: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 50-51

50 Us. or. 6386.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fois. 63, numbered. 24,6 x 9,6 cm. 19 x 6,5 cm. 7 lines; on first fol., written by another hand, 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with translation into Nevan prose. Dated N. E. 966.

Ciil')akyasiirasaJpgraha. Beg.: sriganesaya[lJl] namo II prana[lJl]me sirasa visnu(lJl) trailokyiidhipati(lJl) prabhu(lJl) I nana

. . . rajanitlsamu(ccayam) II trailaukeya adhipatl juse II " . kamyaya I yena prajiia pravar[d]dhate matraiva hitakarini!:t II manu�yayatalJl hi(ta ya)ya kamanana jena hlaya. gvana�u purukhena prajiiii­bantana thva sastra dharalapalJl saya-matrana nenahma[lJl]ya mamana hita yana thYalJl thva sastrana hita yayuva II 3 II millasiltra(lJl) pravak�(y)aml ciinak(y)ena tu bhii�ital!l I yena vijiianamatrel}a sarv[v]ajiiatvalJl hi jayate II miilasutrakhalJl jena hlaya. hJiapa canak(y)a-ri�isyana hlaya gvana�u puru�asena thva sastra sena matrana gathe paramesvara(syalJl) bhiltabhavi�yavart[t]amana syalalJl athYalJl sayuva 11 4 11 milrkhasi�yopadesena du�tastnbharanena ca I dvi�atiil!l salJlprayogena palJldito 'py avasidati II murkhajati si�yayata upadesa biyalJl tha jula (kuca)ritrastnyata bastrabharana tiya byartha jula. chapola bigrahana Ivanava cona satruva salJldhi yayalJl tha jula. thvate yalanava jiiani julasanalJl abasana vaniva II 5 II

End: anniid a�tagunalJl pi�talJl pi�tiid a�tagunalJl paya(i)) I payod a�tagunalJl malJlsalJl malJlsiid a�tagunalJl ghrtam II annaya cyiide madhlya guna. miidhlya cyade liiya guna. Jiiya cyade duduya guna. duduya cyiide ghelaya guna II 98 II palJlca k�ipra(lJl) vinasyalJlti (s)tabdho lubdhaS ca yo nara(i)) I atimanl ca kaml ca gurudve�i tathaiva ca II thva niihmalJl mathanalJl nasa juyuva. tav(a)dhl lobhi atlmanakao kiimi gurudvekhL thvate mathiinalJl nasa jUYlva II 99 II gobhir [v]vipre� (c)a vedai(s) ca satibhi(i)) satyaviidibhi(r) alobdh(a)rr danasilais ca saptabhi(r) dhiiry[y]ate mahi II sa dako bra[m]hmana dako beda satyabadi dako sati dako alobhl dako danasila dako thvate hnasatana prthvi dharalapava talalJl ll lOO II asare 'pi salJlsare saram ekalJl catu�tayal!l l kasyalJl vasa(i)) satalJl salJlgo galJlgiimbha[i)] sambhupiljanalJl Ii asara sal!lsarasa thva peta sara data. chu chu dhiilasa. kasibasa yaya, satpur(u)sava salJlga yaya, galJlgajala[na], snmahiideba pilja yaya, thvate sara data II

Colophon: iti sncanak(y)acary[y]aviracitalJll sarasalJlgrahe trtiya(lJl) sataka(lJl) samapta(m). sam­bat 966 phargunasudi 14 ro(ja) 4 thva kuhnu thva saphu sal!lpilrl}a yanagu dina julo. subhalJl.

51 Us. or. 6396.

Paper. Fois. 35, numbered 2-3, 5, 7-20, 21-40; four leaves missing. Fois. 2 and 40 tom off with loss of text. 31,6 x 9,5 cm. 26,5 x 5,8 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with translation into Nevan prose. Undated.

Ciil')akyasiirasarvgraha. Incomplete. Beg.: bisvasa yakahmalJl abasyalJl phuyuva II 8 11 vairll}alJl visvasalJl yo narai) kartum icchati . . .

tibuddhyate II gvanakhu purukhana satruva bisvasa yayu ohmalJl sima cosa hneIa va . . . hnelana cayuva 11 9 II dhanadhanyaprayoge�u vidyasalJlgrahal}e�u ca ahara vyava . . . II dhana siihasa yayalJl tha jula. va cho du kayasalJl tha jula. bidyasastra senesalJl tha ju(\a) . . . lajya tolate mala 11 10 II na gurusadrsl mata na gurusadrsl pita yas tareti maha . . . dhi(lJl) dustaralJl II gvana�u purukhaya

48

Page 95: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 51-52

mamaIJ1 babuIJ1 guruIJ1 dustara saIJ1sara hiitanava samudrasaIJ1 talalapu laIJ1kha . . . II 11 II (mata) gaIJ1gasamaIJ1 tlrthaIJ1 pita pu�karam eva ea gurul). kedarasamaIJ1 tlrthaIJ1 mata gaIJ1ga puna(l).) pu­na(l).) II gvana�u manu(kha) . . . tirtha gaIJ1ga theIJ1. babu julaIJ1 pu�kara dhiiya tlrtha theIJ1. guru julaIJ1 kedara dhiiya tIrtha theIJ1 11

End: sadyo maIJ1sa(IJ1) ghrtaIJ1 sadyo bala strl k�lrabhojanaIJ1 u�I).odaka(IJ1) taru(e)ehiiya[IJ1] sad­ya(l).) praI).aharaI).i �ai II naka syana la naka kaya ghela balaka strl dudu 0 ja naya kvaka laIJ1khana simaehiiyana koyaka eO[IJ1]iliina thva �utana ta(t)k�aI).aI).a II anniid a$iaguI).aIJ1 pi�i� pi�iad a�iagu­I).aIJ1 paya(l).) payaso '$iaguI).aIJ1 maIJ1saIJ1 maIJ1siid a�iaguI).aIJ1 ghrtaIJ1 11 annaya eyiidena gUI).a miidhe. miidheyake eyadena gUI).a dudu. dudu eyiidena guI).a la. laya eyiidena ghelaya gUI).a II paiiea k�ipraIJ1 vinasyanti (s)tabdho lubdhos' ea yo naral). atimanl ea kaml ea guru[r]dve�l tathaiva ea II thva nata nalvaratinaIJ1 nasa juyu. tav(a)dhl lobhl gona gona julaIJ1 atimanyana kava kaml gurudve$l. thva na­(hma) (ma)t(h)ananaIJ1 moyu II gobhir [v]viprais ca vedais ea satibhil). satyaviidibhi[I).](r) alub(d)hair [d]diinasl!ais ea saptabhir [d]dhiiryate mahl II sa dako briihmaI).a dako beda sava satyabadl dako . . . ko danasiia dakva. thva hnasatana prthibl dhalalapava taraIJ1 II asare 'pi hi saIJ1sale saram etae eatu�iayaIJ1 kasyaIJ1 (vasal). sa)taIJ1 saIJ1go gaIJ1gambhal). sambhupiijanaIJ1 11 asara saIJ1sara thva pita 4 sara julaIJ1. ehu ehu dhiilasa. kiiSlbasa satpuru�asaIJ1ga yaya gaIJ1galaIJ1kha[na] mahiideba piija yaya. thvate sara data 11 100 II

Colophon: iti eanakesarasaIJ1grahe trtlya[I).](IJ1) sataka[I).](IJ1) samapta[I).](m). subhaIJ1.

1 For /ubdhai,

52 Hs. or. 6420.

Paper. Fois. 53, numbered. Fol. 5 torn into two pieces. 30,2 x 10,2 em. 24 x 5,5 em. 6 lines. Devanagarl. Sanskrit verse with translation into Nevarl prose. Dated Vikr. E. 1996. Written by Bhaktamana Bhaku Manandhara of Tavaeapalaiola, Bhaktapur.

Cil/fakyasilrasarrtgraha. Beg.: srigaI).esaya namo. srlsarasoti namo. srigurubhya(l).) namo II pra1)ame sirasa vi�1)u(IJ1) trailo­

kyadhipatlIJ1 prabhu(IJ1) nanasiistra(d)dhitaIJ1' vak$(y)a rajanltisamu(e)eay� 11 1 1/ trailokeya adhi­pati juyava eonahma srlbi�I).uyata namaskara yanava nanasastra svayava sara 2 Ii kayava rajaniti iidiya khaIJ1 thava kayayata syaneya nlmI[r](t)tlna eanak(y)a-r$iI).aIJ1 ajiia jula II adhi[IJ1]t(v)aivam idaIJ1 sastra(IJ1) naro gyasyati ta(t)tvata(1). I dharm[m]apadesa(IJ1) vinayaIJ1 kary[y]akary[y]a(IJ1) subhasubhaIJ1 11 2 11 manuehe1okanaIJ1 tho sastra bOI).eva1)aIJ1 tho dharma thva adharm[m]a dhakaIJ1 siyakiiva kiiyuva. mebayiita atibuddhi biya phayuva II

End: an(n)iid asta[IJ1]gu1)aIJ1 pmaIJ1 pi�iiid astaguna payo I payod [r]i$ia[IJ1]guI).aIJ1 (maIJ1saIJ1) ma(IJ1)siid astaguI).aIJ1 ghrtaIJ1 11 97 II aIJ1nayaseIJ1 eyata gU1)a marisaIJ1 duo mariyasyaIJ1 eyata gUI).a durusaIJ1 duo duruyaseIJ1 eyata guna ma(IJ1)sa�ya duo maIJ1sayasyaIJ1 eyata upa ghelasaIJ1 dava II paIJ1ea ehipraIJ12 vinasy�ti s[tJarv[v]as ea yo nara(l).) I abhimanl ea kami ea gurudve$i[sJ tathaiva ea 1198 11 thotya nahma naniinaIJ1 nasa jUl. su su dhiilasa. atilobhi ehieara ehinara gurunilJldaka II gobhir viprais ea vedais ea satibhi(l).) satyaviidibhi(l).) I alubdhena danasilais ea saptabhi(r) dhiirtya3 mahi 11 99 11 sa brahmana sati beda satyabadi alobhi data thotya hnayatanaIJ1 prithi dhiirana yaniiva eonagu da II asare 'piha saIJ1siire siiram ekaIJ1 eatustayaIJ1 1 kiisyaIJ1 viisa(l).) satiiIJ1 sa(IJ1)go g�gambha(l).) sa(m)­bhupiijanaIJ1 II 300 II thathinyagu asiira saIJ1sarasa sara petii dava. ehu ehu dhiilasii. kiisibasa yayagu, srlmiiharudrapiija yayagu, sadhu lisyaIJ1 conyagu, gaIJ1gajala tonegu, thuli sara II

49

Page 96: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 52-53

Colophon: iti sncanakesarasaIjlgrahe tntiya(Ijl) satakaIjl s(a)mapta(Ijl). subha(Ijl). nambar 3. saIjl­(bat) 1997 / 7 / 3 1 5 I pu bhaktapura ta(va)capiilaya bhaktamana bhaku manaIjldharanaIjl coyagu.

53

Marginal title: buddhi(canakya).

I For °SiistroddhrtalfJ. 2 For !qt". 3 For dhiiryate.

Us. or. 6468.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 21. 20,6 x 8,6 cm. 17,5 x 6,5 cm. 7 to 8 lines. Nepiilak�ara. Sanskrit verse and translation into Nevan prose. Undated.

[NltikathiiJ. Incomplete. Beg.: thama htiyaka theIjl daiba bihnuna yatna ma sidhu. karm[m]aya abasya yatna I! II piirv[v]a­

janmalqtaIjl karm[mja tad daiva[cajm it! kathya(te). tasmat puru�akiire l}a yatna(Ijl) kury[y]iid apaIjlQital). II II daiva dhaya juraIjl piirb[b]ajanmasa yatia taya karm[m]a. jatna ma yasyaIjl karm[mja prakasa ma juva II II yatha mrtpil}Qatal). kart[tja kurute yadyad i(c)chati evam atmakrtaIjl karm[mja manaval). pratipadyate II II piirb[bjajanmaya i[rjchana puru�apaniseIjl bhiIjl ma bhiIjl karm[m]a yayu­go totheIjl kuhmalana mrtpil}Qana nana patra dayaka theIjl I! kakatallyavat praptaIjl dr�jvapi nidhim agrata na svaYaIjl daivam adatte puru�artham apek�ete II II kiikasa tiilana subharl}[l}jaghaja thurasa daivana hastasa tasya ma biva jatna yatia thva drabyaghaja kaya II I! sudarsana riijana thathe nana ciI}ltarapa II I! mata satur! pita vairi baloyana na patita2 na sobhate sabhamadhya haIjlsamadhe bako jatha I! gohmaIjl puru�a biilakabelasa sastra ma senakayu thvahma[Ijljya mama satru dhiiya babu bairi dhiiya. chiina dhiirasa. sabhiisa thva puru�a sobhii ma laka. haIjlsaya sabhiisa bohara miirkba sobhii ma du I!

End: avana Ii u[r]chiiha3 yahuna. kbaIjl sava juanl pal}QitahmaIjl gena vanasaIjl manya daiva. yare vanasaIjl siI}lha raja juva theIjl. checunaIjl arasa mumiila. ujogihma[Ijljna hanaIjl dayakayu. saIjlsarasa sukbadul)kbacakra hera theIjl heragu. utsahihmaIjl puru�akriyiibidhi savahmaIjl jvala Ivaya adina besanasa ma viil}ahmaIjl. siilayii dara seba sucitta thvatesake Ia�mlna biisa yayu. jaubana dhana sanra adi anitya dhaya. karm[mjasa cose hayuva. dhana daiva ma daiva samastayaIjl maya. dhana [dhana] dayake tr�l}a papa. thvatena dhana mokaya bairajua4 chena mocakene dhakaIjl aneka baIjl­dhanana hiral}yaka bodha yatiava chu kapare kokba bhoja yatiiiva kokba sima cosa conaIjl. kapare pururaseIjl COIjl I! thva belasa citraIjlga cara chahmaIjl bega gvatiava vava bese. he mitra dhakaIjl hraka bacanana citratiga seyava kaparena bicara yatia. he mitra. udakiidi ahara yahuna cariina hlayii da. chu kokba kapare cara nana sukhana disana. thva tietiava cara rasa taya. svechahiira yatia laIjlkba totiiiva simii kosa pebmaIjl cotia. kaparena hraya. che sunana kbyatiava hayakara. carana hrara. lu brka ( . . . )

1 For satru(�). 2 For pa/hita. 3 For utsaha. 4 FOf,p.airagya.

50

Page 97: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

54

3.

54-65 Epic Literature

Ramayal)a and Adhyatmaramayal)a 54-56 Mahabharata 57-59

Pural)as 60-65

Us. or. 6407.

Paper. One wooden cover. Fols. 215, numbered 1-12, 14-26, 28, 30-139, 141-200, 202-206, 210-212, 214, 216-225; 10 leaves missing. 22 x 8,7 cm. 18,5 x 6,5 cm. 10 lines. Punch-hole in the middle of the fols. Nepiiliik�ara. NeviirI, prose. Undated.

RiimiiyalJa: SundarakiilJt/a. Incomplete. . Beg.: 01)1 nama!) snriimiiya II jaya yuktamiinana1 bijyiika to ramaeandra to kausalyasahrdaya

ananda . . . dasabaktra rabana moeakava padmanetra riima to namaskara yaIiava sundarakiil,lQa riimayanakatha hlaya dhakal)1. sal)1pati himalaya val I)1jIiiiva thvana . . . gal,la dakosyal)1 maM ananda yaIiava har�amana yaIiava dak�il,ladisaya uttarakulaparb[b jatasa thaJ)lhii va(Iia)va biinara dakosYam samudratal)1 timinakrasamakula nana jaIajantuna sahita maM 2 [maM 2j sanra banaral,la soral)1. maM 2 jalajantu knQarapava eOl)1gva maM 2 baktra maM 2 sanra jalajantu laea maM ueca 2 lahuQi tMyasa parb[bjatakara thiJ)lgva jalajantu krlQarapam cOl)1gva soram. daitya paHilabasi daitya dako bu maM 2 bhayal)1kara thathil)1gva adina biisarapal)1 cOl)1gva soyava dak�iI,Iasamudraya uttaratIra vayava basa yaya jlyakara. biinara dako . . bu akiiSaya amrasya thya samudral)1 thathya thathil)1gva gathya tararape dhakal)1.

End: thva biinara mocakiiva liM vaya dhakal)1 dMyava bajradam�trana dharal)1. bhayal)1karagu riija2 kayava krodharapava dMral)1. chapanisyal)1 hanumanta mocake dhakal)1 dMral)1. banara chu lyakha mocake. chu kutala janaya rama lak�mal,la sugnba thva sva[l)1jhmal)1 mocakava je liM vaya dhakal)1 dMyava trisirii krodharapava dMral)1. bho rak�asendra. thvaguQi chesyal)1 seherape ma jlva. gvana kho snbantaya antaspurasa yaIia karm[mja banaral,la matral,la janal)1 krodha yaIiava thva muhiirt[tjanal!1 lacakal)1 samastal)1 mocakava liMI)1 vaya dhakal)1 dMyava yajiiahanur nama rak�asa parb[b jatapramal,ladeha Sl pheyava krodhana kayava dMral)1. bho rak�asa. chapanisyal)1 ka�ta ne' ma mala ni. samasta banara dako hanarapam mocakava jena yaya. bho lal)1kesvara. chalapolana sukha bhuktarapena. jena rama mocake. lak�mal,lal)1 sugrIbal)1 biinaragal,lal)1 samastal!1 mocake dhakal)1 dMyava kumbhakarl,l[l,Ijaya putra kumbha krodharapava dMral)1. bho rajesvara. chalapola­syal)1 sukha bhuktarapal)1 bijyahune. jena rama lak�mal,la banara mocake.

Colophons: ramayal,le sundarakal,lQe samudrakramal,lacinta (8 f. back). hanumatatejanam nama (11 back).

51

Page 98: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 54

sagarakramal)acinta (17 front). mahendrarohanal)1 (18 front). hanumadutpatanal)1 nama (20 front). surasal)1vaktrapravesa[l)11(1)) (22 front). sundarakal)ge hanuman ial)1kapravesa(l)) (34 front). sundarakal)ge ial)1kavijaya(l)) (36 front). sundarakal)ge prado�avart[tlanal)1 (38 back). sundarakal)ge raval)agrhadarsanal)1 (43 front). sundarakal)ge avarodhanavadhildarsanal)1 (51 front). sundarakal)ge strlvart[tlanal)1 nama (55 front) . (sundarakal)ge) antaspuridarsanal)1 (61 front) . sundarastha-hanumantanacinta (63 back). sundarakal)ge aSokavanapravesa(l)) (67 back). sundarakal)ge asokavanikapravese sltiidarsanal)1 nama (73 back). sundarakal)ge hanumatviiapa (77 front). sundarakal)ge asokavanikapravese raval)asal)1darsanal)1 nama (79 front). sundarakiil)ge sltasal)1sthiinavarl)anal)1 nama (81 front). sundarakal)ge sltapraiobha(na)l)1 nama (84 back) . sundarakal)ge sltavakyal)1 nama (87 back). sundarakal)ge raval)agarj[jlanal)1 lllima (91 front). sundarakal)ge sltasal)1tarj[jlanal)1 nama (95 front). sundarakal)ge sltanirv[vleda(na)l)1 nama (98 back). sundarakal)ge trijaiavakyal)1 nama (101 front). sundarakal)ge hanumatvicaral)al)1 nama (105 back). sundarakal)ge sltasal)1mohanal)1 nama (107 front). sundarakal)ge hanumatsal)1bha�al)al)1 nama (112 front). sundarakal)ge al)1gullyarp[plal)al)1 nama (116 back). (sundarakal)ge) sltavakyal)1 nama (119 back). sundarakal)ge hanumatvakYal)1 nama (121 back). sundarakal)ge sltahanumatsal)1viida(na)l)1 nama (125 back). sundarakal)ge mal)ipradanal)1 (131 back) . sundarakal)ge asokavanikabhagna (135 front). sundarakal)ge prasadabhagnakil)1karanasa(l)) (138 back). sundarakal)ge matriputravadha(l)) (141 back). (sundarakal)ge) pal)1casenapativadha(l)) (144 back). sundarakal)ge ak�akumaravadha(l)) (146 back). sundarakal)ge indrajitprayanal)1 (148 front). sundarakiil)ge hanumatgrahal)al)1 nama (151 front). sundarakal)ge raval)adarsanal)1 nama (152 back). sundarakiil)ge prahastavakyal)1 nama (153 back-154 front). sundarakal)ge diitavakyal)1 (156 back). sundarakal)ge vibhl�al)avakyal)1 nama (158 front). sundarakal)ge iatigiiiadlpanal)1 nama (160 back) . sundarakal)ge ial)1kiidaha(l)) (162 back). sundarakal)ge ial)1kiidiihanusaya(l)) (164 back). sundarakal)ge saramavakyal)1 nama (166 back) . sundarakal)ge slta-asvasanal)1 nama (169 front). sundarakal)ge aricchiirohanal)1 nama (170 front).

52

Page 99: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

sundarakfu}Qe hanumatpratiyanrup nama (172 back). sundarakal)Qe hanumatvakyanivedanal)1 (182 front). sundarakfu}Qe sltaprasal)1sa nama (183 frontlback). sundarakfu}Qe al)1gadavakyal)1 nama (184 back). sundarakal)Qe hanumatvakyal)1 nama (186 front). sundarakal)Qe madhuvanavidhvrupsanrup nama (187 back). sundarakal)Qe dadhimukhanivaral)al)1 nama (188 back). sundarakal)Qe madhuvanadhval)1sanal)1 nama (189 back). sundarakal)Qe dadhimukhanivedanrup (191 front). sundarakal)Qe madhuvanat vanaraprayal)rup nama (193 front). sundarakfu}Qe sugnvavakyrup (194 front). sundarakal)Qe abhijiianamal)ipradanal)1 nama (196 back, 197 front). sundarakal)Qe ramaparivedanal)1 nama (198 front). sundarakal)Qe hanumatvakyal)1 nama (203 back). sundarakiil)Qe hanumatprasal)1sa (205 front). sundarakiil)Qe samudradarsanal)1 nama (216 front). sundarakal)Qe ramavilapo nama (217 back). sundarakiil)Qe kaikaslviikyal)1 (219 back). sundarakiil)Qe riik$asamautpiitikadarsanal)1 niima (221 front/back). sundarakfu}Qe raval)avakyal)1 (223 front). sundarakiil)Qe mantrivakyal)1 nama (225 back).

55

1 For bhukta'(?). :2 For mpa. 3 For naya.

Hs. or. 4345.

Nr. 54-55

Paper. Fols. 528, numbered 1-14, 16-22, 24-39, 41-63, 65-84, 86-87, 89-122, 124-138, 140-315, 317-327, 329-380, 382-401, 403-420, 422-540. There are two fols. numbered 497. 45,5 cm x 15 cm. 37,5 x 8,5 cm. 9-10 lines. A miniature in the middle of fo!. 1 (back) depicting Rama and Slta, another miniature on fo!' 155 (front) showing Rama, accompanied by Sugrlva and Hanumat. Nepa­liik�ara. Neviirl, prose. Undated.

AdhytitmartimtiyalJa. Incomplete.

BtiiaktiIJ4a (fols. 1-26; fols. no. 15 and 23 missing). Beg.: 01)1 nama!:) srlgal)esaya nama(!:)) II iidipurukhliya nama!:) II snramabhadraya nama!:) II ya(l)1)

brahmavedantapiro1 vadanti[!:)] paral)1 pradhlinyapurukha(l)1) tathlinyavisvarl)agate kliral)am esva­ral)1 vii tasmai namo vighnaviniiyakiiya II niirayanrup namaskrte2 naral)1 caiva narottamrup devi(l)1) sarasvati(l)1) vyasa(l)1) tato jayam udirayat. snriimacandrliya nama(!:)) II satyalokasa brahmana jula­sal)1 taodhaila sabhli dayakao nlina munisvara bedagho�iidi yaillio nlinli mailgalasrokiirtha yliilao thvapanisena byii$lha yacakrup bijyaillio cosyanal)1 Ii prajlipati brahmlina julasal)1 thva sal)1slirasa srsti yiiya nimittina parrup brahma ramacandraya dhylina yasya bijyaka belasa thva belasa mahli­ta(t)tvajfia jfiani r�i dakosa sre�lha narada bijyailao brahmliyii caranasa bhoka puyao aneka stotra yanlio nana byadaghokha yiiilao mahli linandana rama-nlima dhyaolapao naradana julasal)1 brah-

53

Page 100: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 55

maya sabhasa bijyanao inapa yata. bho pita brahmasa. chalapolaya prasadana chalapolaya putra juona aneka dharm[mja punya jiiiinaya kha samasta nene dhuno. bho pita brahma. thathyanaljl je atmasa trpta ma juo ni chalapolaya karuna katak�a krpa la datasa jagatsaljlsaraya Isvara ramacan­draya mahima nene dhaka i[rjcha juyao oya. bho pita brahmasa. chalapolasena adhyatmariimaya­naya kha bistara yana ajiia dayakasya bijyaya mala.

End: thvana li dasaratha rajana paramyasvaraya mayana chataljl bhalapyaljl ma phuhma thva p( a )rasurama liha ona svayao thao kaya ramacandraya thathiljlgva parakrama svayao harkhamanana bhiilapa. je kayaya pUI)ajanma nasa jUlo dhakaljl bhiilapa. rama ghasa punao sukhaya khvabhi hiiyakao cUljlbaniidi yanao ananda yana anega lokana badya thiicakao thao rajya ayudhyasa lihii bijyata. thana rama lak�maI)a bharata satrughna thva kaya pyahmasta bicitra 2 di[rjbya kothii biyao thao 2 ranipani sahitana bonao thao 2 kothii duhii oyao sukhabhogana kriga yiiI)ao conaljl. thathya cOI)a belasa kekaiyI desaya raja thva bharata satrughna thvapanisa paju thva ayudhyadesasa oyao raja dasaratha sakaleljl kusalabiirttana bicara sacara yanao dasarathayake ajiiii dayaka. bho chi mahiiraja dasaratha. chalapolasa putra bharata satrughna thvapani nehmaljl rani sahitana bona yanao jya' rajyasa khacikhaca taya dhakaljl bhiilapa bOI)a yane hnaljl dhakaljl ajiia dayakao ranipani sahitana thao rajye bonao yanaljl. thvanaljl li dasaratha rajaya ananda ju gathya ramacandrao sltao birasamana4 yanaljl eona svayao ananda julo. amarabatisa indrao sacio birasamanana5 cona svayao kasyapa aditipanisa ananda juo thya dasaratha kausalyaya ananda julaljl. thva ramacandrana sitao anega bidhina krlga yanaljl maha anandana bijyataljl. gathya baikuQthasa narayanase lak�mio krlga yanao anandana bijyata athyaljl naramiirt[tji srlramacandrana thvaguli prakiirana ananda juyao bijyata dhakaljl srlmahadebanaljl parb[b jatl kana kha thathya dhakaljl brahmana narada kana kha gutana saunakadi kana kha,

Colophon: iti srlramayaI)e umamahesvarasaljlvade biilakande saptamo 'dhyaya(l}).

Marginal title: biilakanda.

1 For °vido. 2 For namaskrtya. 3 For ji. 4 For birdjamiina. 5 For biriijamtf,

Ayodhyiikii1!qa (foJ. 26-62, foJ. no. 40 missing). Beg.: isvara uvaca II bho parb[bjati neno II thvana Ii ayudhyasa srlramasyaljl sltao nehmaljl siljlhii­

sanasa bijyanao tbithiljl anenyana khvala svayao musuhuna hnilao parama anandana bijyaka belasa brahmaya ajiiiina naradatvaljl bijyanao srlramacandraya mukha darsana yaya dhakaljl bina jonao ramacandraya nama dhyavarapao ramaya k1rt[tjana yanao ayudh[ajyadesa bijyataljl. thathya narada 00 khanao srlramacandraljl sltaljl nehmaljl opa danao siljlhiisananaljl koha oyao naradaya caranasa bhoka puyao iiSrama tayao asramasa bijyacakala II narada uvaca II paramyasvara srlramacandra. chalapolasyana thvaguli prakarana je manya yaya ajogya. chalapola juylO jagatsaljlsaraya sviimi juyao cona. tbathinahma chalapolasyana jeta jiiana bisyaljl bijyaya mala dhakaljl naradasya(ljl) ramacandrayake stuti yanao bho paramyasvara. taodhana jojiiesvarapanisyaljll ruyake ma jio. tba­thi(ljl)gva chalapola namaskara. bho paramesvara. hanoljl srlmahiiSiba dhiilasaljl thva chalapola hanoljl miiha[ljljmayl parb[bjatlya asaljl2 sita dhakaljl kayakaljl bijyaka. hanoljl sa(ljl)saraya u[rjtta­ma juyao bijyiika.

End: thvathiljlgva chalapolasyana jeta darsana lacakaljl bijyataljl. je janma kayaya saphare' julo dhakaljl. thva prakarana ramacandrayata stuti yanao punarb[bjara atr-munina4 kha hlataljl. bho ramacandra. je strl anasaiyaya5 thiiyasaljl slta bijyacakio dhakaljl dhiiyiio riimacandrana sltayata

54

Page 101: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 55

dhalalJl. bho slta. thva atr-muniya4 strl anasaiyaya5 thayasa huni dhakalJl. thvanalJl li ramaya ajfia thyalJl sitana anasaiyaya5 thayasa oilao svatalJl. thva anasaiya5 gathilJlgva dhalasa. mahabrddhi", va chapUlJl ma data. sa ati bhoyisya conal)1. mahabrddhi6 mahapatibrata thva svayao sltana namaskara yaliao thana thva anasaiyana5 sitayata anega iidara yailao iiSrama tayao bijyacakao kusalabarttadi bicala yailao thva anasaiyana5 ajfia dayaka. bho slta. thathilJlgva abacara7 vanasa chu dhakal)1 bi­jyaila. karana chu. ajfia dayakio dhakalJl ileilo. thana sitana dhaya kha ileilao anasaiyana5 dhaya. bho slta. dhanya 2 chana patibratadharm[mla dhakal)1 thathya ajM dayakao thva anasaiyana5 thao chesa dayao coila kar[l).1l).amura8 thao liihatina aneka pakha yailao rama lak�mal).a slta svahmayata hileol).e tayao anega iidara yailao bhopayakao anandana bijyatal)1. thathi(lJI)gva ramaya mahima dhakal)1. snmahadebana parb[blatl kaila kha hemalayaparb[bla(ta)sa bijyiiilao thva kha satyalokasa brahmana narada kana kha naradasyalJl thvaguli kha naimikharan(y)asa sutana saunakiidi kaila kha.

Colophon: iti sn-adhyatmaramayal).e umamahesvarasal)1[mlviide ayudhyakande naomo 'dhya­ya(i) samapta(i) .

Marginal title: ayudhyakanda.

1 For yogeSvarao (jogesvaraO). 2 For amia. 3 For siiphalya. 4 For atri�. 5 For anasilo. 6 For °brddha. 7 For abasara. 8 For kandamula.

Ara'lyakafJlja (fo\' 62-87; fols. no. 64, 85 and 88 missing). Beg.: srisadMivo uvaca II bho pa(rba)tl ileilo II thvanalJl Ii rama lak�mal).a slta svahmalJl atr­

muniya' asramasa ca chi bijyailao ramacandrana ajfia dayaka. bho atr-muni'. jepani dak�il).adisasa one teila. la ma siya. la keilao choya mala dhakalJl dhaya. thva atr-munina' thao si�yapani hailao sayakala choyao thathya sva[lJIlhmalJl ona belasa taodhaila nadi chaguli lulal)1. thva para yayayata thva atr-muniya' si�yapanisyana nama chaguli hayao thva namasa svahmalJl dailao para yacakalalJl. thana ramana ajfta dayaka. bho brahmal).apani. chapani oya mumvala. liha bijyahune dhakalJl bela biyao thva atr-muniya' sikhyapani samastalJl Ii chosYal)1 halalJl. thvanalJl Ii rama slta lak�mal).a svahma jukva mahiidur[glga bana duha ona. thva bana gathilJlgva dhalasa. mahabhaya(lJI)kara manu�ya jhalJlgala pak�iya salalJl ma duo thathi(l)1)gva bana svayao snramacandrana julasiilJl ajfia dayaka. bho sita lak�mal).a. thva banantarasa mahabhayanaka rak�asaya sil!lhaya byaghraya nana jantuya bhaya mala dhakalJl rama hnapa 2 lak�mal).a lipa 2 dathusa slta tayao raksa yailao thvaguli prakarana bijyiika belasa mayadana2-bhiimi chaguli rula. thva mayadiina2-bhiimisa taodhaila saroba­ra chaguli duo thva sarobarayii jala nirm[mlala jala piirl).[l).la juyiio colia. hanol)1 thva pu�karanisa aneka padma getapatrapadma3 sahasrapadma raktotpara pitotpara prakasa juyao coila. mahasvab­hiiyamanana coila. thva sviinayii gandhana byiipta juyiio coila. atyanta manohara sthana. hano thva sarobarasa anega rajahalJlsa pa[lJIlk�iganana cararapiio coila. anega bhramara madhupiina yanao sviinabuyii ti toiliio trpti juyiio coila. thathil!lgva mahamanohara sthiinasa sarobara svayao riima slta lak�mal).aya iinanda juyao thva thayasa biisa yailao srlbisrama yanao cona. thana lak�mal).ana thva sarobaraya lalJlkha hayao thva lakha riima sltiiyata tvanakao thamanalJl toilao hrdayasa sltara yanao anandana bijyiitalJl.

End: thva sabanna dhiiya. bho paramesvara. chalapolasyana thamalJl sisya[lJIlnal)1 jike ilesya bijyatailasa jena kane. ilesya bijyiihune. chalapolaya slta lalJlkaya riija raol.la dhaya nama ra�asa­nalJl yana. thvaguli lanal)1 yana thuka. jena svayao cona. bho paramesvara. thvaguli lana oilao

55

Page 102: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 55

parppa dhaya nama atimanohara juyao cOlia sarobara chaguli dayiio cona. thva thiiyasa mahiibistara juyao cona. hanolj1 thva thiiyasa r�imukha4-parb[b]ata dayao cona. thva parb[b]ataya cosa sugnba nama banara chahma pyahma mantnna uyakiio cona. thva banara mahiibira mahiiparakra[rm]mi. thva sugnbaya dada ban dhaya nama kiskilj1dhyiisa raja juyao cona. thvaya bhayana gyanao cona. thvahma sugnbao chalapolasyana mitra yaya mala. thvabma sugnbana chalapolaya slta lilacakao biyao dhakalj1 thva sabadna thathya dhiiyao ramayake punarb[b lara binati yana. bho parameSvara. ghan chi ne ghan panmanana chalapola thana bijyiihune. jena yajna yaya dhakalj1. thva sabarina julasalj1 ramaya hneone sipa tanao thva sabadna su[r]ddhacitta yanao ramaya hl).eone conao rama nama hrdayasa thanao thva sabarlna thao sadrana homa yatalj1. thvana Ii akasana bimana kota hayao thva bimiinasa thanao thva saban baikul).thasa yana. thvathya dhakalj1 sdmahiidebana parb­[b]ati kana kha. thathilj1gva mabima ramaya dhakalj1 hinajati thva sabanna ramacandrayake thathya bhakti yanao debalokanalj1 laya durl[l]abhaguli baikunthasa thva sabadnalj1 rata dhakalj1 brahma k�atnya baisya siidra thvapanisyana paramyasvaraya bhaktaS yiitanasa baikul).thasa basa yaya. chu salj1bhaba dhakarp thvatenalj1 jiiiinilokana ramaya bhaktaS yaya mala dhakalj1. srlmahiidebasyanalj1 kailasaparb[b]atasa piirb[b]atiyiita kaniio bijyatalj1. thvaguli kha satyalokasa brahmana naradayata kailao naimikhiiran(y)asa sutana saunakiidi kana kha thva kha.

Colophon: iti srl-adhyatmaramayal)e umamahesvarasalj1va[n]de dasamo 'dhyaya(i)) samaptai) .

Marginal title: aral)ekal)cja.

1 For atri�. 2 For Nep. maidiin(a)�. 3 For sata"(?). 4 For rsyamaka�, , For bhakri.

K4kindhiikiiIJtJa (fol. 87-122; fol. 123 missing) . Beg. : 0lj1 nama!) snriimayane salj1siirasa tiiral)e snramacandraya namai) II kr�l)aya nama(i)) II

Srlmahadeva uvaca II bho parb[b]ati ileilo. thvanalj1 li rama lak�mal)a nehmalj1 sltaya nimi[r]ttina mahii svaka yaMo sabarlna dhiiya thasa one dhakalj1 palj1pa dhiiya nama sarobara-thayasa thyanaka­la onalj1. gathilj1gva thva sarobara dhiilasa. atimanohara juyao coila. pye jojana bistara. dako saroba­rasa sre�tha juyao cona. hanolj1 anega padma getapatrapadma1 raktapadma prakasa juyao coila. atyantana so ( . . . ) .

'

End: (fol. 123) missing.

Marginal title: kiskindhya, but on fols. 89 and 90: aral)ekal)cja.

SundarakiilJtJa (fol. 124-154, fols. 123 and 139 missing) . Beg.: missing.

End: thathilj1gva duskara karm[ m]a yanao seba yaka hanumantayata ramana chata bastulj1 prasa­da rna bio. ghasa 2 punao jukvasana dhakalj1 kha hlilnao samasta banarapanisyana svayao cona belasa harihara juyao darsana bilalj1. thva belasa julasalj1 srlramacandrana hanumanta arilj1garapao ajiiii dayaka. bho hanumana. thvaguli lokasa jeo ali(w)galapao cone dullabha. chana dhiilasa. cha juyio jike mahabhakti. chana yana sebana je salj1stuta1 juya dhuno dhakalj1. thva prakarana srlrama­candrana hanumanta alilj1galapao cona dhaka II srlmahadebanalj1 parb[b]ati kana kha. bho chi parb[b ]atl. gvabma manu�yanalj1 thvahma ramacandraya caranarabindusa tulasipatra adina svana

56

Page 103: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 55

dayakao piija yata thvapanisa manu�yayata bi�l).uya aturaguli padabi lanao mok�a ona. thathihma srIramacandrana alimgana yana sarIrahma bayu oya putra hanumantana gathimgva padabi layio dhakam srImahiidebana parb[b jatl kana kha satyalokasa brahmana narada kaM kha. thva kha naimikharanyabanasa siitana sannakiidi r�lloka kana kha.

Colophon: iti srI-adhyatmaramayal).e nmamahe§varasamviide sundarakande �a�ihamo 'dhyaya(!}) samapta(!}). subham.

Marginal title : sumdaraka(I).Qa), sundarao.

1 For sa�!a.

LahkiikiifJqa (fo1. 155-401; fols 316, 328, 381 and 402 missing). Beg.: om namo srIgal).esaya nama!} II srIsivo uvaca II atha lamkakiil).Qa II bho parb[bjatl neno II

thvanam Ii srtramacandrana julasam hanumantana slta mala onaya slta luyakao sltaya brtlantara samasta hlako kha nenao mahiihar�a yanao ajda pras(a)n(n)a julam. bho mitra sugrlba. hanumanta­na yaM kary[yja debalokapanisena yaya rna phu dhakam meba janana thva prth(i)bimaI).Qalasa manana bhlliape rna phu. thathimgva kary[yja hanumantana yato dhakam. gathya dhiilasa. satachi 100 jojana bistara thathimgva samudra purao one gvahma purukhayam samarth(y)a dao la. hanom rak�asapanisena rak�a yanao taya lamkasa duhii oyao kacimgala thane suyam samarth(y)a dao rna �u. bho mitra sugrlba. thathimgva bira hanumantana julasam sebakaya samasta kary[yja yato. bho sugrtba. thva hanumanta (tha)thimgva thva lokasa onam rna duo oYlom rna du. bho mitra sugrIba. je julasam raghnbasamya1 che julasam lak�mal).aya thva hanumantana sltll luyakao rak�a yato dhaka.

End: (fo1. 402) missing.

Marginal title: lamkao.

1 For °ba1?7Saya.

UttarakiifJqa (fo1. 403-540; fols. 402 and 421 missing). Beg.: (fol. 402) missing.

End: thathimha srtramacandra sila lak�mal).aya kirt[tjana gUl).abar[l).jl).(an)a samasta sunanam hlaya samartha1 rna duo gvahmaya sahasra jibva sahasra badana datasa thvahmanam hlaya samsaya mahii 2 ki(r)t[tjana yaya samartha1 rna duo thathimgva ramayal).akabya uttarakal).Qana sahlta yana biilmlka-r�lsyam prabandha yanaguli sloka matram gvahmasyana hlata gvahmasyana nena gvahmasyana cota gvahmasyana cocakao chesa �unum dayakiio tala thvapanisa sarbapapana mukta juyao apada rna dayakam kirt[tJi rabha juylo. hanom bipra[najpanisyana nenasa bipraya pradhanata jUylo. k�atrtna nenasa bijayl juyio . baisyana nenasa dhanadhiinyana samyukta juylo. sudrana nenasa sukha prapta juyio. thathi(m)gva r�isvara balmikasyam nirm[mjana yana kathii gvahma praninam nenio juro. thvapanisa naraka hirana tararapio. hanom prabiisa onao cOmpio hone bamchii yatasa thvapanisao hone daylo. hanom garbhasa daohma strtna nenasa putra prapta juyio. rajyam biimchii­na nenasa raj yam prapti jUylo. hanom sanatana puru�ana nenasa hlatasa asvamedhajajiiaya phala ranao debatulya yanao svarg[gjasa bhuktarapao conio. thathimgu riimayal).akathii tienasam hlata­sam paramesvara narayal).a sahlta debaloka dakvam samtu�!a juyao ayubrddhi jula. pitrgal).a iidim samtu�!amana julam. antakarasa uddhiira jula dhakam. thvate kathii sampiirl).[l).ja yatiao dvija­sre�iha pracetasa putra biilmikasyam piirapiirbanisyam dayakao taya kathii klrt[tji saukhya khyanti pUl).ya bii!m1kasyam adyapi thani talyam bhuktarapam cona tini. thva dasaratha srtramacandraya kathii gvahmlinam tienio thvahmaya dhyana satabidhana thyam utlama brahmal).apanista grasakara­na dana biya phala laYlo dhakam.

57

Page 104: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 55-56

Colophon: iti srlviilmike uttarakande srlramacandrasvarg[g]arohana nama sarg[g]o 'dhyayal;! 11 8 11 ramayal)a saptakal)<)e sampiirl)[l)]a(i)) samapta(i)) II

Marginal title: uttaraO, uttarakiil)<)e, u[r]ttarakande.

1 For samarthya.

S6 Us. or. 6219.

Paper. Fols. 135, leaves 1 and 3 somewhat damaged. 39 x 10,7 cm. 32,5 x 7 cm. 9 lines. Nepiilak�ara. Neviirl, prose. Undated.

AdhyiitmariimiiyalJa. Incomplete. Beg.: om namal;! srlgal)esaya namai) I sn-3-ramacand(r)aya nama(i)) I narayana(m) namaskr­

tya[m] naras1 caiva naro(t)tamal;!2 I devl(m) sarasvatis3 caiva tato jayam udirayat 11 1 II natvii ramapa­dapadma(m) dharm[m]arthajMnasi[r]ddhaya Ii nepalabhakhaya(m) ramarajenatayate 11 2 11 satyalo­kasa brahmana julasam tavadhaila sabha dayakava sr�ti yaya arthana p(a)rabrahma ramacandraya dhyana yasya bijyaka belasa thathhi.a thayasa Harada bijyailava brahmaya caranasa bhoka puyiiva anega paramata(t)tva nana katha nana jMna ilasya bijyanava brahmana julasam naradayata anega jiianaya kha kamsya bijyiitam. thana naradana julasa puna(r)bara binati yaila. snnarada uvaca II bho pita brahma. chalapolaya prasiidana jena anega jiianaya katha ilane dhuno. athenam je manasa trpti ma juva ni. paramesvara ramaca[m]ndraya kha ilene dhakam tavadhana i(c)chya juyava cono. thvatena bho pita brahma adhyat(m)aramayana-kha bistarana ajM dayakava bijyaya mala dhakam thva prakarana naradanam julasam brahma prasta4 yailava thana brahmana julasam naradaya bhii­kha ileilava ajM dayakalam II brahma uvaca II

End: thvanamli aneka kataka syaila. hanam lamkadesasa mi tayava agnina dag[ a]dhalapava sana. bho rama. thathe jina k�anamatrana yailava je lihii vaya dhakam vaya dhakam srlriimaca[m]ndraya­ke hanuma[m]ntana iniipa yatam. thvate banumiinana hliina �a ileilava thanii snriimaca[m]ndrana julasiim phachinam lasa tala. thvahmam bhaktabatsara srlramana ajiia dayakalam. bho sugrlba. samasta pamcadebapanisyana yaya ma phaya kary[y]a hanumanana yatam. he miiruta hanumanta. ava ji svasarb[b]asva chanatam biya. thvate dhayava hanuma[m]ntaya iili(m)gana yata. srlrama­ca[m]ndra lasa tiiyiiva thva hanumana uthya 2 ghasa puilava ali(m)gana yatam. thva svayava guguli bastu prasada biynva dhakam bhiilapava coila. koti 2 padma 2 aynta 2 banaraloka thithi �vala svayava kha hliita. thathiila syava yakahma[m]yata chata ma biva ghasa 2 jukva puta dhakam sakalas(y)am mana ciku dhanakava sumuka conam. thva svayava srlriimaca[m]ndrana julasiim puna(r)bara hanam ghasa 2 puiliiva kenam. thana sakalasyana ghasa puka svastunam harihara juyiiva darsana bilam. thvanam Ii hanumanta ali(m)gana yiitam. thana srlriimana iijiia datam. bho hanumana. thva lokasa je iili(m)gana du(r)labha. bho haripumgava. cha je bhakta je pnya dhakam iijiia prasa[mr]nna julam. bho parb[b]atL gvana[m]�u manu�yapanisyana thvahmam snramaca[m]ndrayii caraniidubidusa5 tula­slpatra iidina sviinana pujii yatam opani manu(�ya)pani bi�l)uyii aturapnyaguli padabisa vaniva. thathiila snramaca[m]ndrana ali(m)gana yiinahmii salilana aneka pUl)ya yiikahmam thvahmam vayu vaya kiiya hanumana hanam gathi[m]ilaguli padabi layuva dhakam dhayiiva' thathe dhakam kailiisa­parb[b]atasa srimahiidebana parb[b]atlyatam su[m]nd(a)rakal)<)akathii ajda prasa[r]nna jula <:ihakam satyalokasa brahmana svaputra narada-muni kailava bijyata dhakam naimikhara[m]nyasa sutana saunakiidi a�ta[si]-rsisvarapani kaila �am.

58

Page 105: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 56

Colophon: iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayal).e · umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide sund(a)rakaI).Qe paqtcama 'dhyaya(i)) samapta(i)) II [pta) 5 II subha(m) II

Sub-colophons: BiilakiilJqa: iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide biilakal).Qe prathama 'dhya­

ya(i)) (f. 4 back). iti sn-adhyatmaramayal).e umamahesvarasamviide barakal).Qe dvitrya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 7 front). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mvade trtlya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 10 front). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide biilaka[Jll)I).Qe caturtha 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 13 front). sn-adhyat(m)aramayal).e umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide biiliikal).Qe paJllcama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 16 front) . iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayal).e umamahesvarasa[Jll)mvade iidikal).Qe �a�thama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 19 back) . iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide biirakal).Qe saptama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 23 front).

AyodhyiikiilJqa: iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mvade ajodhyakal).Qe prathama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 24 back) . iti sri-adhyat(m)aramayal).e umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide ajodhyakal).Qe dvi­trya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 28 front). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide ajodhyakiil).Qe trtlya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 31 back). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide ajodhyakal).Qe caturtha 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 34 back). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide ajodhya­kal).Qa paqtcama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 38 back). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide ajodhyakal).Qe �a�t(h)ama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 43 back). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvara­sa[Jll)mviide ajodhyakiil).Qe saptama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 47 front). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahes­varasamviide ajodhyakal).Qe a�tama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 51 front) . iti sri-adhyat(m)aramayaI)e umamahd­varasa[Jll)mviide ajodhyakal).Qe navama 'dhyaya(l)) samapta(i)) (f. 56 back).

AraIJyakiilJqa: iti sri-adhyat(m)aramaYal).e umamahesvarasil[Jll)mviide ara[Jll)nyakal).Qe p(r)atha­ma 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 58 back). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayal).e umamahesvarasaJllva[I).)Qe aranyakal).Qe dvitiya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 61 front). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide aranyakal).Qe trtlya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 63 front). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide ala[Jll)nya­kal).Qe caturtha 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 65 back). iIi srl-adhyat(m)aramaYal).e umamahesvarasamviide aranya­kal).Qe paJllcama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 68 back). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mvade aral).yakal).Qe �a�thama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 71 front). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasaJllviide aral).yakal).Qe saptama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 75 front). iti srI-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)m­viide ara[Jll)l).yakal).Qe a�tama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 78 back). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvara­sa[Jlljmvade ara[Jll)nyakal).Qe navama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 80 back). iti sn-adhyat(m)aramayane umama­hesvarasa[Jll)mviide ala[Jll)nyakal).Qe dasama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 83 front).

Ki:jkindhiikiilJqa: iti srl-adhyiit(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide kiskiJlldh[y)akal).Qe pra­thama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 90 front) . iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mviide kiski(n)dh[y)akaI).Qe trtiya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 93 back) . iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvara­sa[Jll)mvade kiskiJlldh[y)akal).Qe caturtha 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 95 front) . iIi sri-adhyat(m)aramayal).e uma­mahesvarasamviide kiskiqtdh[y)akal).Qe paJllcama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 96 back) . iti srl-adhyat(m)aramaya­l).e umamahesvarasaJllviide kiski(n)dh[y)akan(d)e �a�thama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 99 back). iti srI-adhyat­(m)aramayane umamahesvarasaJllviide kiskiJlldh[y)akal).Qe saptama 'dhyaya(l)) (f. 102 back) . iti srI­adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasaJllviide kiskiJlldh[y)akal).Qe a�tama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 105 front) . iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasamviide kiskiJlldh[y)akal).Qe navama 'dhyaya(i)) samap­ta(i)) (f. 107 back).

Sundarak�lJqa: iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasamviide sU[Jll)nd(a)rakaI).Qe prathama 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 109 front). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mvade sU[Jll)nd(a)­rakal).Qe dvitrya 'dhyaya(i)) (f. 111 front). iti srl-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvarasa[Jll)mvade

59

Page 106: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 56-57

sU[IJl]nd(a)rakal).c)e trtiya 'dhyaya(l).) (f. 117 back) . iti sri-adhyat(m)aramayane umamahesvara­sa[lJl]mviide sund(a)rakal).c)e caturtha 'dhyaya(l).) (f. 130 back).

The manuscript contains Bala-, Ayodhii-, AraQ.ya- , Ki�kindhii- and Sundarakal).c)a, the latter only up to the 4th chapter inclusively.

1 For naraltl. 2 For narottamam. :} For sarasvatlm. 4 For sp�!a. .

s For °narabindasa.

57 Us. or. 6479.

Two texts: (1) Asvamedhayajiia and (2) StotrasalJlgraha. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 39; last few leaves damaged, with loss of text. 18,2 x 8 cm. 13,5 x 5 em. 6 lines. Devanagan. Sanskrit with paraphrase in NevarL (1) Dated N. E. 981, (2) dated N. E. 980. Two scribes. Text (1) written by Dhirjamana from YalJlchetola, Bhaktapur.

(1) Asvamedhayajiia. Beg.: 01Jl namo bhagavate vasudevaya. vaisampayana uvaca II dvapare ca samutpanne nagare

hastinapure gurunapr(c)chata raja janamejaya mahiibali /1 1 /1 janamejaya rajana vai§ampayanayake nel).a. judhi(�thi)ra mahiirajayake dharm[m]a gathe candarariipana vana dhakava chalapola samasta hita juyava bijyiihune dhakalJl janamejaya rajana agya dayakaralJl /l 2 /1 vaisampayano (u)vaca. sfl).u rajan. pravak�(y)ami kathayami na salJlsaya yekayo sarv[v]adeve�u indra(di)daityasavai muni /1 2 /1 vaisampayana li!ina kanalJl. he janamejaya mahiiraja. chulJl salJldeha rna dayakava kane. ileila. brahmiidi r�aya sarve vaidyavaidya subhiidhvani vi�l).udevasamayukto ravi(s) candro vinayaka(l).) /1 3 /I tathii sarasvati galJlga karevara tathii sthitalJl ga(lJl)dharv[v]a ca gana sarv[v]a navasyati tato bhavet /I 4 /1 chahnuya samayasa indradidebaloka daityaloka muni brahma candra siiry[y]a galJlga dhanvan­tari bi�l).u mahiideba samasta r�i coila belasa naradana namaskara [yara] yanava agya dayakaralJl /l narada uvaca /I

End (14-15): debalokasalJl thathiila desa rna duo jena karuna cayava hlaya. thvate agya dayakava dharm[m]a svarga bijyatalJl. he palJlduputra. thvate chana dharalape mala. thvagu katha snmahiide­bana niiradaya h(n)avane ajiia dayakalalJl. thva he kathii vaisalJlpayal).ana janamejaya-rajaya h(n)a­vane agya dayakalalJl. thva he kathii vyasana suta ri�i1okaya h(n)avane ajM dayakalalJl. thathe judhi�lhirayake dharm[m]a cal).c)arariipa juyava bvaya sola vana dhakalJl kanalJl /I dharm[m]e�u ha[lJl]nyate vyadhi(r) dharm[m]e�u ha[lJl]nyate graha dharm[m]e�u ha[lJl]nyata satru(r) . jato dharm­[m]a(s) tato jaya(l).) /1 94 /1 dharm[m]ana roga phul. dharm[m]ana graha phul. dharm[m]ana satru phul. gana dharm[m]a data ana jaya [jaya] jui /I

Colophon: lti srlmahabhiirate satasahasryalJl salJlhitayalJl [asvamedhajajJia] dharm[m]ajudhi�thi­rasalJlviide asvamedhajajiia(l).) samapta(l).) /I subha[lJl]m astu /I sambat 981 miti kar(t)tikasudi 9 roja 5 likhitalJl yalJlchetoraya dhirjamana. jadi sue d)ham asu( d)dhalJl va mama do�a na jiyate1• subh( a)lJl.

1 For dlyate.

60

Page 107: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 58-59

S8 Us. or. 6448.

Paper. Fols. 32, numbered 1-32. 29 x 13 cm. 23 x 9 cm. 10-13 lines. DevanagarL Sanskrit witb Nevan prose paraphrase. Undated.

Bhagavadgltii. Incomplete. Beg.: II (dhrta)ra�tra uvaca II dharm[m]ak�etra kuruk�etrasa sakale!p. napa lailava je kaya dur­

j[iJodhanapani pal)Qavapani thvapani sakale!p. gathirp. dhiilasa yuddha yaya i( c )chya dava. sakalasa!p. he sa!p.jaya thvapanisena chu yailava cona. parichinna vanaka!p. chana je kane mala dhakaqt rajana!p. ilena!p. II 1 II sa!p.jayana dhrtara�ta-raja kana. he rajan. thva [bela] berasa dury[y]odhanana pal)Qa­vaya sainya hiithiilasa soya. gathi!p. sainya. paripiirl)a yailava coila. thathe coila soyava dronacary[y]e napa !ailava dury[y]odhanana bacana hlala!p. II 2 11 he acary[y]a. thvapani sakale!p.[ila] pa(I))Qavaya sainya adika!p. chana!p. sohune. drupada-rajaya kaya che si�ya buddhibanta. thvana rak�a yiiilava cinta yailava tala chena sohune II 3 // dhrtara�tra uvaca II dharm[m]ak�etre kuruk�etre samaveta . . kim akurv[v]a[n]til sa!p.jaya 11 1 II sa!p.jaya uvaca II dr�tva tu pal)Qavanlka!p. . . . raja vacanam abravIt 11 2 II pasyaita(!p.) pal)Quputral)am acary[y]a mahatlqt camii!p. II vyii[d]dhii!p. drupadaputrel)a tava si�yal)a dhimata II 3 II (written in the middle of the fol.).

End: goguli sukha a!p.ta yaya rna jiva buddhi juko kaya jlva. indriyana agocara thathiila[ila]guli sukha gohma yogina ta(t)tvapiirb[b]akana vavahma ta(t)va tolatava mele rna vaila II 21 II goguli labhana Ii mebata liibha rna duo tavadhiiilagu guli bastusa coilahma yogi tavadhiiila du!)kha datasa!p. cancala yaya rna jlva II 22 II thathiilaguli yoga seya du!)kha napa laya mumalakeguli thathiilaguli yoga yojana yaya mala. thva sa!p.sara chataila rna khu dhaka thathiila manana II 23 II sa!p.kalpana utpatti juva kamana samasta!p. tolatava manana indriya samasta!p. basya yailava sakalabhenana!p. II 24 II sukham atyantika!p. cittabu(d)dhigriibya!p. . . . tat(t)vata!) II 21 II yal labdhva capara!p. . . . . gurul)api vicalyate II 22 II ta!p. vi(d)yiid . . . yogo 'nirv[v]il)l)acetasa II 23 II sa!p.kalpaprabhavan . . . viniyamya samantata!) 11 24 II (written in the middle of the fol.).

The ms. contains only Bhagavadg. I, 1 to IV, 24 and is accompanied by a prose paraphrase in NevarL

1 For °vala.

S9 Us. or. 4362.

Paper. Fols. 78. 25,2 x 12,3 cm. 18 x 7 cm. 7 lines. Devanagan. NepaJI, prose. Dated Vikr. E. 1891. Written by Ramarama Jyotika.

Narariijii. Beg.: sngal)esaya nama(l)). rambodara(!p.) mahiikaya(!p.) rambostagajakarnaka!p. papaya!p. par­

badputra(!p.) namami ganana(ya)ka!p. II nikhadha bhanyako desa mahii parapurba birasena bhan­yaka raja thiya. tanaka cela nararaja bhanyaka thiya. nana gunale -sa!p.jukta bhayaka juva �elanama prti bhayakii kamadeba jasta ramro thiya. bahutai sU!p.dara kehi rna �ul)a I)a bhayaka esta nararaja thiya. tahii (u)p(a)ra!p.ta bidarbha bhanyaka desama bhima bhanyaka raja thiya. inaka rautyrua rautyali kehi rahenachan. aphni rani sIta dukhaka kurii garyachan. hiimiharuka kya abhiigele kya uimityele sa(n)tana bhayana kehi karma garyako thiyo ki purbajanmaka karanale ho ki hiimiharule kya upal gary� sa!p.tana hola. sa!p.tana bina yo rajyeko sambhiira kaunajukti gari hola bhani kuragari rahada bhaya.

61

Page 108: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 5C)...{jO

End: . . . bhaikana aphna putraputrilai ka�ama ra�i aphu aphai mukhiimu�a herada bahutai anaJ)l­dasal)lga rahaJ)lda bhaya. taha (u)p(a)ral)lta aphna desaka mamtri bhiiradara bhala manisa budhii budhi bolaI �artijiima diya. taba sal)ltisvarti1 jajfia di2 karma garikana yo nitile aphna pra[r]jaharaka­na3 piilana sn aneka jajiia puranadi gari aphna rajyeko aneka su�a bhoga gari parajyetasamma4 rahada bhaya. narara(ja)-u�ayena5 jasale kahala jasale sunala usalal kaliko bhaya havaina. lak�mile basa ga(r)nm tastaka gharama du�a pa(r)daina papa sabai harana bola. taska manale citayako klirjya si(d)dha hola. l(ti) snnararaja-up[rar]a�yane5 kathii[ha] samapta. subhal)l.

Colophon: iti samba(t) 1891 sala miti j(y)e�lhasudi 8 tha lojadinamii le�itam nikate subhma6 subhma6 ramarama j(y)otika. se li�ital)l nikatel)l katha samapatal)l7 . il�ital)l. subhal)l. Ie.

A Nepiili prose rendering of the story of Nala and Damayanti (Na/opiikhyiina) contained in Mahii­bharata III, 52-79 . .

60

1 For °svosti. 2 For iJdi. 3 For 0haruo• 4 For paryantao• 5 For �upiikhyana. 6 For subham. 7 For samilptaf!l.

Hs. or. 6447.

Paper. Fols. 82, numbered 8--15, 17-35, 37-92; fols. 1-7, 16, 36 and 93ft. missing. 26,2 x 11 cm. 18,5 x 6 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan, prose. Undated.

Bhiigavatapuriil'Ja: Xth Skandha. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . na stuti yata II ekayano 'sau dviphalas trimiilas capiirasalJ' [ra] pal)lcavi(dhai}) �agatma

saptatog2 a�lavitay03 navak�o dasa(c)chad(l) dvikhagiiS cadivrk�ai} II (27) /I thvaya artha II eka brk�a 1 phala 2 pU[I)l]l)ya 1 papa 2 sa(t)tva 1 raja 2 tama 3 miila ha catulasa dharm[m]a 1 artha 2 kama 3 mok�a 4 kama 1 krogha 2 10bha 3 moha 4 maya phalaya lasa dvividha dina ratn prthvibl 1 apa 2 teja 3 bayu 4 akasa 5 ha gva jaga II khagatma 6 �at[a]-rtu 6 saptatvaga saptadvlpa prthvl saptadhatu astadiga a�labasu kaca siya pho gala prthvl teja bayu akiiSa 5 kala 6 diga atma mana 9 patra disadipa dasalokapala dvikhagga suk1apak�a kr�l)apak�a anekasr�li adina na 2 prakaral)a stotra yanao dhala. brahmadina hatal)l basudeva devaklyake snnarayal)asa al)lsa chesa modi yana jayalapao 10 che sakalyal)l gyaya mumvalo. thvana kal)lsa mocakio dhala 1I 11 suka uvaca /I bho parichita-raja4• thathe stotra yanao sarnasta devalokal)l svarga onao pratek�a thvatena stotra yata oya dhiila 1I11 itl srlbhaga­vate mahapural)e dasamaskandhe dvitlye 'dhyaya(i}) 11 2 II

End: thva patra asana yanava kr�l)a tval)l conal)l. gathe dhiilasa gopastrlna nuyakao conal)l. thana kr�l)a svayava na 2 prakaral)a hasya yanava katak�ana svayava purbaya krodha lurnailiiva thava 2 togata tathava val)lgva lumailava samastasenal)l dhiilal)l. he kr�l)a. che asadhuna. che ati ra!aka jati. mebaya thi 2 a[l)l]nyonyana pnti yanava vona. chahma yao chahma rna yava stn yao puru�a yava puru�ayake strl rna yao gvahma bhi[l)l]na dhahune dhaka dhaya bhiikhii nenava kr�l)ana cintalapava thvamisena krodhalapava thva kha hlata dhaka srlkr�l)ana dhala. snkr�l)a uvaca. bho gopikapani. puru�a thithiIp anyonyana yayava bhajalapuhma thva suhrt dharrn[m]a rna �u. thithil)l sal)ljlbarak�a

62

Page 109: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 60-61

yayena jaka dhaka thathe jasyanaQ1 yailanaQ1 upakara rna �u. thvatena chapani ji rna yaya chahma yayao chahma rna yayao jiorak�a5 yaya arthana stnna dhiiya thya talasa thva dharm[m]a dhiiya. stri yasyanaQ1 puru�a rna yala( . . . )

61

1 For cataO, 2 For saptatvag. 3 For �!avi!apo. 4 For parl/qit{aj-. 5 For jlbara!qii.

Us. or. 6442.

Paper. 38 numbered leaves + 1 front leaf without pagination. 27,6 x 12,5 cm. 22 x 8 cm. 7-8 lines. DevanagarL Nevan, prose. Dated N. E. 998, Vikr. E. 1934. Written by Bhiijuratna.

Bhavi$yapuriil1a. Beg.: OQ1 nama!). sngal,lesaya nama!} II sngurubhyoQ1 nama!} srlsarasvatye nama!} 1111 srlsury[y]aya

nama!} II aditye bhiiskara[Q1] sury[y]a[!}] ravl bhiinu divakara[Q1] II s(u)varl,lareta bhaga pu�a I kr�l,Ia saQ1tu[s] tamopaba 11 1 11 it! dvadasa namani ll pratar utthiiya pathe(n) nara II tasyarogya jasva laksmi ravinade vajamy ahalj1 ll 2 II . . . II 5 II iti srlsury[y]advadasanamastotralj1 samaptaQ1 II judhi�thira uvaca II he baikul,lthanatha srlkr�l,Ia. aditye debataya bratakathii-khaQ1 ilene ik�a dava. chalapoJasye­na ajiia dayakava prasaQ1na jusye bijyaya mala dhakaQ1 srljudhi�thira rajal,la [ajna dayakava pra­sa[Q1]nna juya mala dbakaQ1 judhi�thira raj ana] binat! yataQ1 /l.srlkr�l,Ia uvaca II bho judhi�thira raja. srl-adityabrataya kathii ilene chana i(c)chii yata. dha[Q1]nye 2. samasta debata dakosa adityedebata sre�tha juyava coila. samasta lokayaQ1 trilokeyaQ1 aQ1dhakala phutakava samastaQ1 pabitra yaka.

End: thote baradana biyava jamaraja lihii bijyataQ1. thote �a itenava r�ipanisena dhanye 2 dhiiyava tho khunuya cachiQ1 analj1dana conaQ1. satikhunu pratakala juyava prajaloka vayava satru bisye vano dbakaQ1 raja bona volaQ1. thote prajaJokaya madhura bak(y)e iteitava sudumna raj ana thava putra­bhali hiitalj1. tho belasa thava rajye vanava su�ana cona vanaQ1. savitrlya babu asvasyena rajayiiQ1 sat[a]putra-kaya da[t]taQ1. sri-aditye bhagabanaya mabima thathiila asvasyena rajana thathiilahmaQ1 putrl laitava u( d)dhiira julo. tho adityebrataya mahima hiiitava brata dailahmaQ1 tho kathii iteita­hmaQ1 hliikahmaQ1 tho saphula dayakava tavahma[Q1]ya mahiipul,lya dhana lak�mi br(d)dhimana juiva. ayubrddbl juiva. srl-3-adityeya dvadasanama kayava puja yanava dipadana yaiva thohma­[Q1]ya sarb[b]akarjasaQ1 kalyana juiva. srl-adityeya mahima thathye dhakaQ1 naradana ajna daya­kalaQ1.

Colophon: it[t]i srlbhavi�yapural,le p[r]ativrata-u(d)dhiira saptama 'dhyaya(!}) II yatti! su(d)dhaQ1 [m]asu(d)dhaQ1[m] va le�ako nasti do�[ay]o II srlbikramasambat 1934 srlnaipalasambat 998 sala mitl margasudi 2 miilanak�atraQ1[ m] siilajoge br(ha)spatibara. sva dine li�italj1 bhiijuratna nama. subham. srlsrlsrl-adityedevata suprltaya.

Subcolophons: iti srlbhavi�yepuran[y]e arul,lajanmakathii prathamo 'dhyaya!} (fo!. 4 back) . iti srlbhavi�yepural,le dasibhiiva dvitlye 'dhyaya(!}) (fo!. 10 back). iti srlbhavi�yepuriil,le gajaka(c)chapabhak�ana trtiyo 'dhyaya!} (fo!. 15 front). iti srlbhavikhepural,le amrt[r]aharanakathii caturtha 'dhyaya(!}) (fo!. 19 front). iti srlbhavl�yepural,le naga nama maQ1trana paQ1camo 'dhyaya!} (fo!. 20 back). iti srlbhavl�yapural,le astikajanmakathii �astamo 'dhyaya(!}) (fo!. 27 front).

1 For yadi.

63

Page 110: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 62-63

62 Us. or. 6452.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 207.

(2) Dharmalak:imisa/flVlida. From the Dharmalak:imlpurii/fa. Beg.: 01]1 namo sa(r)vaya namo II tato sa[1]1]tya1]1 tato lak�mL jato rak�rnl tato harIl,t. jato dharm­

[m]a tato jaya I dha(rma)lak�rnlsa1]1[yam]vade bhasaskatabharI te dharm[m]e vaca II dharm[m]esena hlara1]1 la�mlsa hnavane. bho lak�mL chara[rap]pe(ra)l samasta rokana charapolasa[1]1] paduka namaskara yanana sumarapa1]1 vaita II II thvatena charapola samasta charapora lokayake charapora chu dhakal]1 ma bijyana dhakal]1 dharm[m]asyana lak�ml tva haila II II bho lak�mL gvarichino1]1 roka mahadhanadya catu�a�tibrhir alpa2 data. gvarichino roka dari[n]dra II II katha1]1 loksmI tato . . . dava II gathe bho chl lak�ml agya dayakI[ne]. charapola bhora jura1]1. thathya1]1 pukarana3 dharm[m]asya­na lak�mlyake itena II iti sutva4 lak�ml uvaca II

End: guruputra juyuva gulu juyuva. thvapanisake seba yaya mara. gulubacana nene. guruna dhaya the yaya mala. guru upala(1]1)ta suna1]1 ma duo tirthagamana yaya. bastu dana yaya. pirke5u(d)dhala yaya. bi�l)u sthapana yaya. jirajana hmyaca moca nake. bicara yaya . . . . slba tu bharapava [i]sthapa­na yaya. sur[y]ya(ya) bhakta6 [ya]yaya. bra[r]hmayake seba yaya. jithi nake . ti yake dolachi nakaya phala raka. thvatena manu�yapanisyena bujharapava soya mara. brahmaya the1]1 bi�l)uya the1]1 thama yana karm[m]ana thavana juyuva. bhina yatasa bhina juyuva. (ma bhina yatasa) rna bhina juyuva. thvatena suyava manu$yalokana bujharapava . . . hana1]1 thava sarila nldana yaya mara. rna . . . nusa I(c)cha yaya mara. sa1]1pat(t)I dako trIbhaga yaya. bhogu bhukti yaya. cha bo . . dana rjha yaya. cha bo kuradharm[m]a yaya. cha bo bhina karm[m]asa du biya mara. sadhujanava sa1]1ga yaya dhaka1]1 dharm[m]ana lak$mlyata kana jula.

63

Colophon: iti srldharm[m]alaksmlpural)e a�tama 'dhyaya[na] namo II subha(1]1). sa1]1bata 1866.

1 For charapola. 2 For apa. 3 For prakl/. 4 For srutva. 5 For pirro 6 For bhakti.

Us. or. 6449.

Paper. Fois. 53, numbered 2-{i, 9--20, 23--50, 62-70; 16 leaves and end missing. 38,3 x 10,6 cm. 32 x 7,5 cm. 8 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl. Undated.

[Sivaviviihakathii]. From the Svasthiinlvratakathii. Incomplete. Beg.: (sa)hasrakamalaya pUrisa srl-3-brahma utpatti jnla1]1. thva belasa srIbrahmana julasa1]1

prthi(vl) sr�ti yayayata bicala yanao bijyata1]1. thana1]1 1i pacinina hnaspotaya pui pi kayao thikala­nakao chota1]1. thva belasa thva pucina julasa1]1 mahabIra parakramI madhu kaitaba dhaya nama daitya nihma utpat(t)i juyao ola1]1. thana1]1 1i srlbrahmal)a joga dhyana yanao bijyata1]1. thva belasa lakhajalamaya juya cona1]1. thva belasa thva madhu kaitaba coneyata thasamalao jula1]1. thva belasa sahasrakamalaya culusa1]1 [thva belasa] cu jonao thaha olaql. thva belasa srl-3-brahmaya thasa the­nal]1. thva belasa brahmayata sasti yanao kuti1]1kala choya tyana1]1. thva belasa srlbrahmana srljoga­maya aradhana yata1]1. thva belasa srljogamaya utpat(t)i jula1]1. thana1]1 Ii srIjogamayana para1]1

64

Page 111: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 63-04

brahma srIbi�I)uya jagart[t]ana juyakala.:p.. thva belasa srIbi�I)una svatanasyarp. madhu kailaba dhiiya nama daityana brahmayata sasti yaka svayao srIbi�I)una julasarp. tbamanarp. bijyanao thva madhu kailaba daitya 0 jalasa khuyadola darp. samma anega prakarana mahiikallola sarp.grama-ju[r]ddba yanao bi jyatarp..

End: bho parameSvara gaurisarp.kara. chalapola gathinahma dhiilasa. thao mayana thama toka puyao manu�yaya mayasa lnddha juyao anega mathana krida-bilasa yiitiao bijyakahma thathirp.hma bhabiinisarp.karaya caranasa kOli 2 namaskara. bho jagadlsvara. hanarp. samudramathana yaka bela­sa kiilakiila esa thahii oyao p,thib[h]i bhasma juya tanal belasa chalapolana kayao galapatasa thata­kao debaloka daityaloka manu�yaloka rak�ii yiikahma n1lakarp.lha dhakarp. nama prak�iinti juohma thatbi(rp.)hma n1lakaI)lhayiita koli 2 namaskara. bho srImahiirudra. hanarp. S,�li sthiti sarp.hiira tha­marp. yasya bijyiika. thathirp.hma kaliintakayiita koli 2 namaskara. bho isvara. hanarp. tripuriisurao juddba juo belasa chalapolaya sarathl gathina dhiilasii. p,thibi ratha catu(r)veda sala candrasiiry[y]a ghacaka brahma sarathi sumeru parb[b]ata dhanu�a se�aniiga ligona mahabi�I)u ba . . trna dhiiyii ghiica chapu phutakeyiita saja. thathirp.gu tripuriisura mocakao conahma bisvambhara sn-3-mahiide­bayiita koli 2 namaskara.

1 For lena.

64 Us. or. 4353.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fols. 324. 32,2 x 12 cm. 27 x 7,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepiilak�ara. Neviirl prose. Undated.

SvayatrtbhUmahiipuriilJa. Beg. : orp. namo ratnatrayiiya nama[ha]i).. hnapiilp. namaskara yiiya. yasya prasiidakiraI)e skalitat­

mata(t)tvai). ratnaprabhiiparikaraprahatii!p.dhakara pasyarp.ty anaviladrsai). savirasamucai tasmai na-maskrtariyarp. gurubhiiskaraya. orp. namo buddbiiya . . . orp. nama(i).) srIprajiiapar(a)mitayai . . . orp. namo lokanathiiya[i] . . . orp. nama!). srImaI)jugho�aya . . . Olp. namo srIsarasvat[rI]yai . . . orp. nama!). srI-ary[y]atiirayai . . . srIgaI)eSaya nama(i).) . . . Olp. namo ratnatrayaya namai).. atha mahiiyanasiitra. viharati kanikadau sakyasirp.ho muni(n)4(r)o 'paramitasurasalp.ghai(i).) sevyamano janoghai(i).) ku­valayadalanetro lak�anai(r) yuktagatra(i).) , samabhavahita[tha]sthii sarvalokai(i).) hitastha. asyartha. parapiirbakiila srI-3-sakyasilp.ha bhagabiinarp. sumeruparbatasa bijyatalp.. gathirp.ha bhagabiina dhii­sa. munindra dhiiya munisvara dakvaya ind(r)a juyao bijyakahma. hanalp. brahma bi�I)u mahesvara ind(r)a adirp. asalp.�ya debalokapanisyanarp. miinya yiikiio bijyiina cohma. hanalp. gathi(rp.)hma dhiisii. uphosvii[lp.]nayii hala thyalp. biiriign mikhii juyii cohma. hanalp. dakva lak�aI)anarp. sarp.jukta juyiio cogu sar1la juyii cohma. hanarp. srIsiikyasilp.ha bhagabiina dhiisii. bhabahitastha dhiiya salp.siira svarii­pa samudrasa conapanista hita ciiyao. samudra para yatakao bijyakahma. thathi(rp.)hma srIsakya­silp.hanalp. kanakacala dhiiya sumeruparbatasa dharmasana bijyanao dharmakathii ajiia dayakao bijyata.

End: thvall jayasrI-bhik�unarp. ajiia dayaku nyanao sabhiiloka sakalyalp. bodha juyiio cona. tbanalp. Ii sabhiiloka sakala lihii onarp.. thana Il jinesvari-bodhisa(t)tvanalp. guruyiigu iijiia sirasa dhiiraI)ii yanao thao salp.gha sakala munakiio hnithalp. 2 bhaktinarp. dvadasatlrthasa sniina yanao. jathiib,dhil thyalp. danaka\1fia yiinao jula. thanalp. Il gulichilp. thugu pUI)yayagu prabhiibanarp. thuguli nepiilasa sadasarbakalatP sakabhanarp. utpa[ n ]ta santa juyao marp.gala juyao cona. thanalp. Il thuhma tathiigat­[t]aya dharma badhaya juyiio mahabhijiia juyao bijyakahma jayasrl-bhi�unalp. julasarp. hanalp.

65

Page 112: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 64-65

sarp.ghapani sakalyarp. svayao thugu prakiilarp. ajda dayakalarp.. he lokapi(rp.). thugu thiinasa thugu svayambhuya kathii kanegu nyanao calaya yatarp.. thugu thiinasa thugu pUl)yayagu prabhiibanarp. sadasarbakalarp. sUbha-marp.gala juya miila. hanarp. thugu nama mahabiharasa bijyana CO(rp.)pl(rp.) . . . . ya orp.. thva svayarp.bhiimahiipurana bhiikha cokao thao grhasa tayao taya jula. thva saphii sunanarp. gVahmasyanarp. 10bhiiyanI papayani yaya rna du jularp.. sva jaka svayagu dhiisa thva bii­kha(rp.) juka kane dhiisa hilyahmasyanal]1 kane jio. subharp..

Marginal title: svayarp.bhii'.

I For (SkI). yathiividhi(m).

65 lis. or. 6426.

Paper. Wooden book-covers. Fols. 165, numbered 1-136 and 138-166 + 2 unpaginated fols. Fol. 137 missing due to mistake in numbering. 36 x 13,5 cm. 27,5 x 8 cm. 9 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan, prose. Dated N. E: 1013. Written by Vajracarya Ratnabhadra of Miilasnvihiira, Otulola, Kath­mandu.

Svayambhl1puriifja. Beg.: orp. namo ratnatrayaya. orp. nama!) snsarvabuddhabodhisa(t)tvobhya!). orp. nama!) svayarp.­

bhudharmadhiituvaglsvaraya. srlmatayanasarvadharmas triJokasa prakasayasita!) snghanatarp. mahii­buddha(rp.) vande 'hal]1 saranasrtarp. natva trijagadlsanarp. dharmadhiitujinalaya!) tata(!) svayarp.­bhiisarp.darsa(rp.) vak�(y)ami sunutiidarat. srisakyamuni bhagabiinatvarp. namaskara yanao osapolaya sarana yanao guhma snbuddhabhagabana paramesvarasyerp. tribhubanasa svargamadhye patalasa hanarp. sa( d)dharma prakasa yana biyao lokapirp. uddhara yakatvarp. jula. thathirp.hma biiglsvara hanal]1 punarbiida1 kamadhiitu riipadhiitu arupyadhiitu bhubanaya isvara dharmadhiitu biigIsvara sri­svayarp.bhii bhagabana namaskara yanao svaYal]1bhiipuranakathii jinarp. hlaya. mok�apada laya ik�a yakapi[rp.]nisyenarp. nene mala. iidarabhiiba tayao iidarabhiiba yana guhma manuk�arp. sraddhabhiiba tayao piirbakana yana srlsvayarp.bhiikathii nenao manya yata ohma manuk�aya samastarp. papa mo­cana juya mana bacana sarira suddha juyao bodhisa(t)tva juyuo. tadyathii. thugu katbii gathe dhii(la)sa. bhirp.karp. jina hlaye tena. parapiirbakiilasa jayasrI-bhik�urp. dayiio cona. thva jayasrI­bhik�u chahnuya d[nasa aneka bhik�upanisyenarp. 1icakiio bodhimarp.Qapa dbiiyagu bibiirasa bijyiika­tVal]1 jula.

End: he maitnya bodhisa(t)tvapirp.. chiina dbiilasa. kalikiilasamayasa suniinarp. guhmasenarp. nir­malajajiia iidlnarp. aneka jajiiakarma yiiyagu iisamartha juyuo. hanarp. danaparamitiina para onegu iidlnarp. danapul)ya yayegu. hanal]1 mahiimeghabhojana iidlpanarp. sarp.ghabhojana thuti iidi[rp.]narp. nana prakiirayii saddharma yayegu jularp. asamartha juyao onyiiya karal)asa sa( d)dharmakathii nene thirp.gu mahataodhana2 pUl)ya churp. rna du dhaka. thvateya karanasa chikapisanarp. jiisiil]1 sadasarba­kalarp. sa(d)dharmakathii-�a biirarp.bara nene mala dhaka. snjayasn-bhik�usena ajda dayakugu �a nenao srljinesvan nama bhi�u pramu�anarp. sakala sabhiilokapanIsaya anarp.da citta yanao sakala sa­bhiilokapisanarp. snguru jayasrI-bhik�uyata namaskara yanao thao 2 sthiinasa lihii bijyata. thanarp. li srijayasrl-bhik�uya sal]1ghapitp. hanarp. jinesvan nama bodhisa(t)tva prabhrti sakala bodhisa(t)tvapa­ni sakalyerp. iikasama(r)ganarp. bosye oyao nepiilamal)Qalasal]1 thenakala onao sakala tirthasarp. sna­na yiina danapul)ya yanao srlsvayarp.bhU bhagabanayake bhajana yanao cona. thvate �a srljayasrI­bhik�una srIsoye( m) bhii bhagabiina utpanna juogu darsana yanao sakala sarp.sarayata upadesa biye dhuna dhaka thao manasa su�a-anarp.dana bodhimarp.Qapa-mahabiharasarp. conao bijyata.

66

Page 113: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 65-66

Colophon: iti srisvayaJjlbhu-utpattikathayaJjl subha�itadharmamahatmyekathayaJjl dasamo 'dhya­ya(l)) samapta(l)) II 10 II ye dharma h[y]etuprabhava h[y]etu(Jjl) te�aJjl tathagata hy avadat te�a(Jjl) ca yo nirodha evaJjlviidi mahasravaQa[Jjl](I)). sambat 1013 sala miti suddha a�aghasukla 13 roja brhas­patibiira thu �uhnu kiiJjltipuramahanagare otutola miilasrlmahabiharaya piJjlbahacarya baJjlsabatara srlbajraciirya srlratnabhadrana Ii�apita. sfibham astu sarvajagataJjl.

Text on front fol. (written by another hand): svayambhupuranasaphu. harkharatna jaya jaya. subham.

Marginal title : svayamO purao and svayaJjlbhupurana.

I For punarbiira. 2 For mahaf.

67

Page 114: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

4.

66-69 Mahayana Manuals and Siltras

66 Hs. or. 6383.

Paper. Two texts: (1) Arya-aparimitayu-nama-mahiiyanasutra (fo!. 1-40) and (2) Pratijna-nama­dharal)l (fo! . 41-45, first fols. missing). Fols. 45, numbered 1-45. (1) 17,8 x 6,9 cm, (2) 18,5 x 6,5 cm. (1,2) 13,5 x 3,5 cm. 5 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit with Nevan paraphrase. (2) Donor: Kulavaj­ra Vajracarya of Kvathabahiila, Thahititola, Kathmandu.

(1) A.rya-aparimitayu-nama-mahiiyanasCttra. Beg.: 01)1 nama!}. sarv[v]abodhisa(t)tvebhya!}.. hnapal)1 thva sal)1sarasa dakva buddha dhiiyakao

bijyakahmapani hanal)l bodhisa(ttva)gal)apani dakvasayasta namaskara. eval)1 maya srutam. ekas­min samaye bhagavan sravastyal)1 viharati sma jetavane anathapil)c;iadasyarame mahata bhik�usal)l­ghena sar[d]dham ar[d]dhatrayodasabhir bhik�usatail) sal)1bahulais ca bodhisa(t)tvair mahiisa(t)t­vail). tatra khalu bhagavan mal)1jnsriyal)1 kumarabhutam amatlltrayate sma . . . (fo!. 4 front) hnapal)1 srava(s)tipura dhayagu mahiinagarasa bhagabana jurasal)1 chagu samayasa bijyata dhaka dhiiogu ilenao taya du thva �a. gathe dharasa. jetabana-mahiibiharaya agrasa anathapil)c;ia dhayahma maha­jana(na) dayakiio tayii ujhiinasa taodhanapani iinand[r]a-bhi�u siiriputra-mau(d)galyayanabhik�u pramu�anal)1 jhimasvara ilaya mi bhik�upani hanal)1 asal)1�ya bodhisa(t)tvaganapani hanal)1 debaga­na niigagal)a daityagal)a manu�yagal)a yak�ariik�asagal)1dharbakinnaramahoraga thathil)1ganapani sakalel)1 napa srlsakyamuni bhagabana julasiil)1 sabhiimal)1c;iala (da)yakao bijyaka byarasa dakva sabhiilokapanisyanal)1 pujiibhiiba yatakiio iinandanal)1 bijyiika byarasa dakva sabhalokapanisyana pujabhiiba yatakao anal)1dana bijyakatval)1 jula I

End: snsakyamunina ajfia jula. bho mal)1jusn kumara. thugu sutra niyagupu gvahma miinu�yana bonlo ohma puru�aya thao ayu thamanal)l basasa tayiio coile dayao1 ji thurita mviiyakii ji thathel)1 mrtyu juyaka dhaka dhaya samarth(y)a dayakao coila daio. hanal)1 gva byalasal)1 jyiitha juyagu' mamvara2 byadhika�taroga dhayagul)1 daio ma �u. siya mvara byiidhi ma dayakao ati banariikagu sarira juyakao sukha-anal)ldana coile daio thukii dhaka bhagabananal)1 ajfia dayakaral)1. thuti bhaga­banaya ajfia amrtasvarupa bacana ilanao anal)1d[r]a-bhik�u prabhitil)1 hanal)1 ma(l)1)jusrl kumara bo­dhisa(t)tva adil)1 thugu sabhasa conapani debatana manu�yagana daityagana [daityagal)a] garuc;iaga­na gandharbagana guri sabhiiloka data urital)1 bhagabananal)1 ajM dayakugu ilanao thao 2 cittabo­dha juyao bhagabanayata svacaka urao caranasa bhoka puyao byara kayiio thao 2 bhubanasa liha onal)1.

Colophon: ary[y]a-aparimitayu nama mahiiyanasutral)1 samaptal)1.

1 For: dayao. 2 For: mumvara.

68

Page 115: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 67

67 Hs. or. 4334.

Paper. Fois 68, numbered 1--{j1, 63--64, 66-70. 41,5 x 12 cm. 32 x 7,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan. Undated.

Lalitavistara. Incomplete. Beg.: Om namo buddhiiya. namo dharm[m]aya. namai) samghiiya. Om namo dasadiganamtapar­

y[y] antalokadhiituprati�!hitasarvabuddhabodhisa( t )tvary [y] asravakapratyekabuddhebhya atitana­gatapratyutpannebhyai) . tadyathii. parapiirb[b]akale hnapam b[a]uddha bhagabiina janmakiila bijyakagu lalitabistara puranayagu nepiilabhiikhanam byakhyana yaya tyena. gathya dhiilasa. bud­dha dharm[m]a samghayata namaskara yaya. buddha dhayiihma gathimnahma dhiilasa. bairocana ak�obhya ratnasambhaba amitiibha amoghasiddhi thvate nahma iidibuddha dhiiya. hanam bipasvi sikhi bisvabhii kraku(c)chanda kanakamuni kasyapa sakyasimha thvate sapta muni dhiiya. thathi[m]­napim b[a]u(d)dhayata namaskara yaya. hanakanam dharm[m]a dhayahma kana bhagabatl prajiia­piiramitii gandhabyiiha dasabhiimisvara samadhiraja lamkabatara saddharm[m]apul).Qanka tathiiga­taguhyakii subarl).[l).]aprabhii thvateyiita dharm[m]a dhiiya. thva dharm[m]ayiita namaskiira. hanaka­nam samgha dhayahma kana srI-ary[y]abalokitesvara maitreya gagal).agamja samantabhadra baj(r)a­paQi maiijugho�a sarbanIbar( a)Q[ Q ]abi�kambhI k�itigar[b ]bha khagar[b ]bha thutiyata samgha dhiiya. thvate samghayata namaskara.

End: thvate bhiikhii nyanao suddhod[h]ana raja banasa putrayata svara bijyatam. thana banasa hata 2 sana duhiim bijyanao sviyanidvala kumalam bhukao cOl).ahma putraya thii(ya) thyakara bijya­tam. raja mantri kaji bharadiira sainya sametam thana putraya khva(1a) svaya a(s)cary[y]a caya conam. bOdhisa(t)tva liidhii siimastaka agnikala uthaya yanao sva(r)g[g]ao thatum kvatum yanii bijyatam. jajvalyamana yana bijyatam. thana baubana bi(n)ti yatam. bho putra sarbajiia. chiiya iimathya cona putra jita bijoga yaya mate . cham amagu karya yaya samaya rna jii nL bho putra. jita anatha ya(ya) mate. rajya sthira yiina bijyiihu. jita durg[g]ati choya mate puta dhaka aneka prakara­Qam bujhaya yananam bujhaya rna jii mikha rna kana. thathe juyao suddhod[h]ana rajana 0 ya(ya) mii thva ya(ya) rna mata. thana baubana kayaya caraQ.asa bhoka puyiio bimti yatam. bho putra bodhisa(t)tva. ko!i 2 k�ama jimike bahutim maya taya thugu chava ni dana bijyiihum. nirmaya jimi upare juya bijya(ya) mate. biirambiira bhoka puyao bimti yiitam. thanam li harabiihaka maciitasyam svaya conao suddhod[h]ana rajayata hiisa yatam. aho a(s)ciiry[y]a baubanam liikam putrayata ani ya(ya) Iii. thva dharmasa rna logu kary[y]a yata. thva rajaya buddhi chum rna du ka matyaogu karma yatam dhaka sa java macata hiila conagu nanao mantrinam macatayata dhiilam. bho hala . . .

Colophons: iti srIliili[�l!avi�!are nidanaparivart[t]o nama prathama ('dhyayai)) (fo!. 8 front). iti snlalitavi�!are samutsahanaparivart[t]o nama dvitlyo 'dhyaya(i)) (fo!. 24 front) . iti b[a]u(d)dhajan­mavadana(m nama) trtiyadhyaya(i)) (fo!. 33 front). iti snb[a]u(d)dhiivatarakulavamsaparisuddhipa­rivart[t]o nama trtIyo 'dhyaya(i)) (fo!. 38 back). iti b[a]u(d)dhajanmadharm[m]alokamukhaparivarto nama pamcamo 'dhyaya(i)) (fo!. 40 front.) iti srIlalitavi�!are prabaleparivart[t]o nama �a�!(h)ama 'dhyiiya(i)) (fo!. 43 front). iti lalitavi�!are gar[b]bhiivakriil)ltiparivart[t]o nama saptamo 'dhyaya(i)) (fo!. 47 back). iti devakulopanayaneparivart[t]o nama�!ama ('dhyayai)) (fo!. 64 front) . iti abhiiral).a­parivart[t]o niima navama ('dhyayai)) (fo!. 64 back) . iti lipisalasandarsanapalivart[t]o nama dasama ('dhyayai)) (fo!. 67 back) .

69

Page 116: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 68-69

68 Us. or. 6459.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fols. 116, numbered. 32 x 10 cm. 26 x 5,8 cm. 7 lines. NepiHak�ara. Sanskrit. Dated N.E. 1051. Donors: Sakyabhik�u Rajamana, his wife Nanimaya, and their sons PiirQananda, Prayiigavajra and Unuk�evajra from Indravatmahiivihara, Inaco(ola, Bhaktapur.

Mahiipratyal'}giriJ. Beg.: 01)1 namal:t snsarvabuddhabodhisattvebhyal:t II 01)1 namo bhagavate ary[y]apratyaQgirayai II

srImadyamadvi�am ase�aguQaprasiiti . . . m vart[t]akananavaniia tava prakiinti II vaktratrayiin kiili­sakba<;lgadhara(l)1) sakart[t](r)icakrabjakarp[p]arabhrtat manasa namani II 1 II eval)1 maya srutal)1. ekasmin samaye bhagavan deve�u trayastril)1se�u sarvadeval;t nandanavane viharati sma. maQisu­varQ[Q]asi�arasii�alatiivanaspatigulmau�adhikamalotpalakarQ[Q]ikalavakula[l)1]tilakasal)1kamandiira­vakuvalayacampakanagapu�piidibhi(r) nanavidhai riipasobhitakalpasamalal)1krte niiniiIal)1kiiravi­bhii�ite II nanamrgadipak�igaQakiijite II tiiry[y]akuQ<;IavenubheriprabhrtipraQavedite II sakrabrah­miididevanam indreQa devapsarabhi[l;t]r nanavidhiibhir vikri<;lite II sarvabuddhasanghabodhisa(t)tva­dhi�!ite /1

End.: iti buddhayogena sarvopadrave�u trijapta kart[t]avya II idam avocad bhagaviin. sarvabud­dhabodhisa(ttva)nal)1 ca [d]devamanu�a-asuragaru<;laki[l)1]nnaramahoragagal)1dharvas ca loko bha­gavato bhii�itam abhyanandan iti II

Colophon: ity aryadviidasasahasrikiiyiil)1 mahapratyal)1giriiya sarvatathiigato�Ql�asitiitapatriinapa­rajita nama mahiividyarajiil avalokitamiir[d]dhi trtlya(l;t) kalpa(l;t) samapta[m](I;t) II subham II su­bha(m). sambat 1051 sala miti jye�!hamase suklapak�a 1 pratipadayal)1 punyatithau mrgasilana�atre dhrtiyoge yathakarQ[Q]amahotarel bn[d]dhava[ra]sare vr�arasigate savitare2 sayavarasigate3 candra­masi diinapate jajamana nepalamaQ<;Iala bhaktiipuramahanagare inacotola indravatmahiivihiire 'va­sthita sakyabhik�u rajamana tasya bha(r)[j]ya nanimaya tasya prathama putra pUrQ[Q]ana(n)da dutiya putra prayagavajra trtiya putra hnuk�evajra. thuti samiiha juyao cona belasa dharmacitta utpat(t)i juyao snkula(deva)tasthanasa nitya nitya patha yayata srImahapratyal)1girapustakasaphii coka taya. subham.

69

Marginal title: (on the left) mahao, (on the right) °pra(tyan)gl(ra) .

1 For °muharte. 2 For savitari. 3 For sa evarasi".

Us. or. 4320.

Palm-leaves. Fois. 88; several leaves damaged or tom off. 53 x 4,5 cm. 46 x 3 cm. 2 punch-holes. Nepiilak�ara. Sanskrit, prose and verse. Dated N.E. 5(4)9 or later but certainly during the reign of Jayayak�a Malia (1428--1482 A.D.) who is mentioned in the colophon. Donors: Sncandra Bharo and Srljasaklrticandra from the Tarucchayiivihiira, Kathmandu.

Paficarak�iJsiitra. Beg.: namo bhagavatyai aryamahapratisarayai. ghorair ityupasarv[v]arogamakarair iikrantam etaj

jagat drstva yak�apisiicarak�a(sa)gaQail;t santriisita dul;tsahail;t sarv[v]ajiial)1 na dayavatal)1 pratisarii­devi tvam utpiiditii t(v)iiI)1 vande paramesvan bhagavatl sarv[v]arthasampatkarI. lokarthasiddhipara-

70

Page 117: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 69

mabahuratnacitrm:p. saddharm[mlakosam asamarp. sramal)aya vIral) ayantu tal) siiramahoragadaitya­sarp.ghiil) piijavidhiinanirava garuga narendral) . aryam imarp. pratisararp. smrtimatranathiirp. rak�avi­dhanacaturaii jagatarp. samastarp. sarp.varl)[l)lita stutisatais tai(l) sarv[vlaii ca siddhinicayarp. prasa­marni bhiiyal). evarp. maya srutam. ekasmin samaye bhagavarp. mahavajramerusikharakiilangare viharati sma. mahavaj(r)asamadhibhiimiprati�lhiine mahiivajrakalpavrk�asamalankrte mahavajra­pu�kiril)lratnapadmaprabhodbhii�ite mahiivajraviilikasarp.skrtabhiimibhiige mahiivajriidhisthane ma­hiivajramal)galagate sakrasya devaniim indrasya bhavane mahiivajrasitp.hasanakoliniyutasatasahas­rair v[v]irajite dharm[mladesana pratiharye sarv[vlabuddhiidhisthiiniidhisthil) . . .

End: vidyiimantraprayoganarp. ca sarv[vle�iitp. siidhuprayuktanarp. siddhiinarp. siddhakarl siddhii­narp. cak�obhal)l paraprayuktanaii ca vac[clanl. paravac[clananarp. ca mocanl. sarv[vlavighnavinaya­kanaii ca niiSanakarl. kalikalahakalu�aprasamanakan. sarv[vlagrahavimocanl. yo graho . . . saiva

. maiijari vajrapal)is casya mahiiyak�asenapatir vajrel)iidlptena prajvalitena cakrajvallbhiitena. tavad dhyayed yavan miirdhiina spholayet. catvaras casya mahiirajano ayomayena cakrel)a miirdhiina spholayeyu(l) k�uraprahiirel)a ca viniiSayeyu(I) . tasya ca yak�alokac cyavanarp. bhavet. agakava­tyarp. rajadhiinyarp. na labhante vasa(m). asya khalu puna rahula mahiiSltavatl mahiividyaya sakrtpa­rivart[tligayarp. rajacaurodakagni[rlvi�asastratavlkantaradurgamadhyagataI) sarv[v]abhayebhyal) pa­rimocyate. iyatp. khalu mahiisltavatl nama vidya cakanavatya ganganadlvalukasamai(r) buddha[r]­bhagavadbhir bhii�ita bhasi�yate. siddhii paramasiddha siddhaparakrama. sarv[v]adevanagayak�a­gandharvasuragarugakinnaramahoraga vandita sarv[v]ajinagal)aparivrta. sarv[vlabhayop[r]adrave�u mama sarv[v]asa(t)tvanaii ca sivam arojna1 santi bhavatu. idam avocad bhagavan attamana ayu�ma rahulal). sa ca sarv[v]avatlvar�at sadevamanu�asuragandharvas ca loko bhagavato bhiisitam abhya­nandann iti.

Colophon: aryasltavatlmahiividyarajiil nama dhiiral)l parisainapta. aryamahiipratisara. aryamaha­mayiin. aryamahiisiihasrapramard[ d]anl. aryamahiimantranusaral)l. aryamahasltavatl. ete paiicara­k�asiitra parisamapta. ye dharm[mla hetuprabhava hetun te�arp. tathiigato ['dd]h(y) avadat te�aii ca yo nirodha evarp.viidl mahiisravaI).a(I) . deyo dharmo ye pravaramahayanayayina paramopasako pa­ramadhiirmiko sribhiiro candra bhratr snjasaklrt[t]lcandrau tadubhayasahanumat[t]ena saganapari­varanam. ya(d) dattapunyatp. tad bhavatv. acaryo matapitrpiirv[v]adhna mad krtva sakalasa(t)tvaraser al)uttarajiianaphalapteti. rajadhirajaparamevaraparamabhallarakasnsrijayaya­k�amalladevasya vijayarajye abde sviidasarandhrabal)a ca yute mase site karttike saptamyarp. raviva­sare sraval)a . . . sampiirl)[ I) ]arp. . . . dese srivaraka�lhamal)gapataru( c)chiiyavihiiriilaye sadhvl ya(rp.)­kulilak�mi-matur udarat sarp.jatabhratiidvayol) bhiirocandra. (Then follows, written by another hand:) idarp. pustakarp. bhiikha goyarp. samapta[sa]rp.. kalasapiijajorana kumalipiija mala juro. guru­panista dak�aI).a darp. 2 dhiire biya mala. guru beta thakali noko nakihmarp. 2 thvati uti dak�al)a mara. miiragubahara 2 . . . kura 3 pra 2 betayata kura 1 gvayasa samaptam[a]. miirasvaguruyata tayake ku 3 dak�aI).a ke kura 2 beta kura 2 dak�al)a utirp.. guruhmarp. 2 antaradiguri bhopayake miila juro. subha(m).

The texts deals with the five personifications of certain formulas, i.e., Mahiipratisara, Mahiisahas­rapramardanl, Mahamantranusaril)l, Mahiimayiiri and Mahasltavatl who form the group of the five protective goddesses (Paiicarak�ii) and are original dhiira1Jls.

I For iirogya('!l).

71

Page 118: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

70

5. 70-121 Ritual

Buddhist 70-101 Hindu 102-119

Saiva 102-118 Vai�l).ava 119

Rituals concerning house building 120-121

Us; or. 6458.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 39 1/2. 19 X 7,8 em. 14,5 x 5,5 em. 5 lines. Nepalak$ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevarl. Undated.

Aciiryiibhi:;ekavidhi. Beg.: 01)1 nama!). snvaj(r)asa(t)tvaya II acary[y]abhi$ekavidhim aha II bidhi thel)1 sthiipana yaya II

nakasa [1 caya. gurumat}Qaia pa(l)1)cagarbhe chyaya. sindhra taya. pal)1cakul)1bhapiija mohani so­dhal)1 adi samaya lakha balibisarjana. trisamiidhiklesanyasa kuhmapiija hila thel)1 debapiija II thana la svasyal)1 hake svastikasa taya. gurumaQ.Qaia danake bisa[r]j[iJana yatake II hiitha jojalapal)1 ad[h]ekhana II bodhivaj(r)ena buddhanal)1 yathiidattam ahamahamamapitana nathiiya khavajiidye dadahi me II bodhibaj(r)ana buddhapanistal)1 gathe bira athel)1 bihune. he natha he guru II bhiivana II rajasa ri$itii$!a(da)lakamalopari candrasury[y]a upavisya si$yem baj(r)adharariipaw vibhiivya II akar­$ana nirajana baj(r)atara. camata phana toya II bhiivanii II

End: thana jajna yiinii yiitasii cha jiipa iihuti biya II II hotii biya // pal)1 Iii ghal)1. stuti II thana a$!iiI)lgapranama satiik$ara. thugu kathal)1 hanal)1 dasyasasal)1 jukhyo pramiina piija yiiya 1/ padyiidi nisyal)1 yaya // a$!iil)1gapramanayii sloka // 01)1 namo manjusrlya sviihii /1 01)1 namo srasnya sviihii // 01)1 namo ubhamasrlya sviihii 01)1 al). hiil)1 /1 nama(l).) sarv[v]atathiigatebhya!). kiiyavak[a]cittapiijopastha­naya iitmii niry[y]iitayiimi / 01)1 sarv[v]atathiigata kiiyavak[a]citta adhiti$!hatu miil)1 rak$a[l)1]ntu sva­hii // 1/ thana pratiipaprati$!hii 1/ sal)1kalpa yiiyal)1 chiiyake // thana miihiibali biyake // cakrapiijii // piirniihuti // iisirbiidabisarj[j]ana // sagana taya /1 gurupiijii dak$anii s[y]e$iihuti /1 bisarj[iJana. klesa­ma(Q.)Qaia lao hliiya // iti satapujiividhi(l).) samiipta(l).) //01)1 hara hara nilavarQ.[Q.]ava[r]j(r)apiinl hUI)1 hUI)1 pha! phat sviihii 1/ miihiikiirayii mantra II

1 For Ii.

72

Page 119: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 71-73

71 Hs. or. 4301.

4 texts: (1) Amogba�,amivratavidhi, (2) Si�yapravesavidhi, (3) CakrasaJ:p.varapiijavidhi, (4) Nrtyesvarapiijavidhi. Paper. Fois. 19, numbered 61, 7\ 62, 72, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 19; 1 , 4 , 9 , 14, 27, 33; and 3, 93, 103• Many fols. missing, some damaged. 22 x 7,6 cm. 18 x 5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevan. Written by two scribes. Undated.

(1) Amoghii$tamivratavidhi (fol. 61, 71). Incomplete. Beg. : . . . (a)rya!).am arhatarp. sik�am anusi�ye anuvidhiye anukaromi 11 7 11 argha II orp. sara 2 sirl 2

kara 2 paca 2 hara 2 ba 2 hi 2 hiirp. 2 orp.kara brahmavesa I dhara 2 dhiri 2 dhuru 2 tara 2 mara 2 bara 2 rasmisatasahasrapratima!).gitasarlre jvala 2 tapa 2 bhagavan somiirlitya[r]yamavaru!).akuberabrah­mendrarp. r�idevagabhyarc[c]itacara!).aya argham prati(c)cha varadaya svaba II 3 II vrataka II orp. sara 2 hulu 2 bhagavan dhara 2 samayam anusmara bUrp. hiirp. phal pha, svaba II 3 II Iiiya dvaphola.

End: idarp. ca yo�adhasliasarp.varasamadanarp. cittakalarp.kalaya cittapariskaraya yogasambharaya sarv[v]asa(t)tvanarp. mUktaya buddhatva[rp.]praptaye 'stu. silas candanaliptaIiga dhyanaparavara­!).avrta bodhyarp.gakusumavaidr!).[!).]arp. viharadhvarp. yathasukharp.. krto va sarv[v]asa(t)tvartharp. siddhirp. da(t)tva yatbanuga. gacchadhvarp. buddhavi�ayarp. punaragamanaya ca. hiirp. a urp. vajramarp.gala mul) 11 7 11

Colophon: amogba�,am1vratavidhi(l)) samaptal) II 7 II subham astu sarv[v]ada II 7 II

On the A$tami-day, the eighth day of the lunar calendar, Buddhist Nevars observe group worship of Amoghapasa-Lokesvara. They fast until the whole rite, which takes many hours, and the recita­tion of the avadiina-story selected for the concluding part of the ii$!amlvrata is over. The ceremony is held in a vihiira courtyard or on a river-bank. A Vajracarya and his assistant perform both the worship and recite the story. Directions in Nevarl are given to the participants, who all have to execute a great number of ritual actions, mudriis, etc., during the ceremony.

72 Hs. or. 4309:

Paper. One leaf only. 26,2 x 12 cm. 25 x 9,5 cm on front, 8,5 x 9,5 cm on back. 26 lines oniront, 10 lines on back. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl and Sanskrit. Undated.

(6) Ava!okitesvaradhyiina. Beg.: srl-3-parp.kare!).a setavikasitarp. pamaparisasthita. bho si�ya saparp.kararp. utpan(n)a juyao

gathirp.guli padma dhiilasa dvalachi hala. mayila cu thva padmaya devane amoghapasa-Iokyasvara bijyata.

End: vame tara samayuta dak�i!).e bhrkutitara sarve sU[d]dhanakumalarp.. vame hayagrl tatba etadrsa saga!).ama!).galarp. bbavayet. thathirp.gva tara debiga!).asahitarp. bijyata. gathi dhakarp. dbala­sa. bhrkutitara sudha(na)kumiira hayagrl(va)kumilra thava java khava mahil anandana sobbamanarp. yaIia bijyata.

73 Hs. or. 4295.

Paper. Fold-book. Leather covers. Fois. 12. 13,8 x 7,l cm. 11,5 x 5,5 em. 13 lines, written in an upright manner. Nepalak�ara. Nevart. Undated.

73

Page 120: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 73-74

A$!amiitrkiibhairavagalJeSakumiirasi/flghinlvyiighrilJlpujii. Beg.: Ol!l nama(l).) sncal).Qikaya II Ol!l brahmayal).Iyata II garbha, lu, blhi, tacho, basta, pita,

cet[r]a, kUl!lkuma, svlina, cal!lpasvlina, bhuguti, k�irajli, bali, rasvanaya ti, dhupa, snkhal).Qa, hmasu - itara, si, sima indul!lbira, dak�ina, sawka, madhi, riidhi, mokasira, gvaya, sita, vasya 11 1 Il ol!I mahesvariyata II gar[b]bha - oho, bnhi, bhoyu hli(m)ara, basta, toyu svana, jilasvana, cet[r]a, karp[p]ura, bhuguta, duduja, bari, ra, prana, dudu, dhiipa, kasturi, Itara, toyusi, kasti, dhlire, sima, tarasi, dak�ina, Hi, bata, madhi, cvamusomadhi, mokasira, narikyala, bihi, . . . . hamara 11 2 II

End: colia thathya juro II kvamari, hyaliu II 1 II brahmliyani, hmlisu II 2 II svari, toyu II 3 II mahlirasmi, toyu II 4 11 11 5 11 11 6 11 11 7 11 11 8 11 11 9 11 thuti javasa II su 11 11 1 11 indrayani, hmasu 11 2 11 bi�l).ubi, valiu 11 3 11 bijaya[ca]candrabhairaba, pita. barahi, hyaliu 11 4 11 ganesa, toyu 11 5 11 kumlira, hyaliu II 6 11 kalacandrabhairaba, hyaliu II camul).Qa, hyaliu II 7 II byaghini, pita II 8 11 thuti kvatha­cheya devaka thathe the II khavasa thuti II

Title on front leaf: a�tamatrkabhairabagal).esakumarasil!lghinlbyaghranlpiJpta piijaya garbha tayegu.

The ms. gives lists of materials for puja offerings to the A�tamatrika goddesses and deities such as Bhairava, Gal).esa, Kumara, Sil!lghinl, Vyaghril).l, etc. The last portion of the text indicates also the appropriate colour for each deity with regard to tilakas and offerings such as, for example, flowers, flags (dhvaja) , etc.

74 Hs. or. 6389.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 24. 20,5 x 8,2 cm. 16,3 x 6 cm. 6 lines. Diagrams and a drawing representing Bhairava. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, verse. Dated. N.E. 813.

Bhairavagnihomavidhi. Beg: ol!l nama!). srimahiibhairavaya nama(l).) 11 3 11 sadyojata(l!I) sasaligal!l sre�thavadanal!l sarv­

[v]atra kamadalll tal!l srl).garalalitasusaumyavadanal!l snvamadevo[r]ttamalll i ghoral!l ghorakalala­gholavadanal!l ghora[l!I]mukhal!l dak�inal!l piirvantetpurukhal!l susantavadanal!l brahmendrayoges­varal!l ll iir[d]dhvamok�apradal!l susantavadanal!l santal!l sivasasvatal!l plitlile varahlitakesvaramu­khal!l nagendrasal!lpiijital!l ll nityal!l nityal!l surasurai(l).) stutipadal!l �admiirt[t]ihal!lkaral).al!l sarv­[v]ajftal!l pral).ato 'smi nitya(ft) jagatas t(r)ailokyaniithal!l sival!l ll Ol!l namal). mrtYU(I!I)jayaya II 3 II sugrliligabhasmarligal!l himakanikanibhiibhiitakarp[p]iirakantil!l ekasyaft ca trinetral!l catur[a]bhu­jadhalal!l l danahastal!l bhayal!l ca piirl).[l).]akumbhaft ca sa(t)tval!l sasidhanikaral!l dak�ava motiso­bhalll i sayal!l mrtYlll!ljaYI so sakalabhayaharal!l patu mrtyul).jayI sa II

End: agnikalasavisarjanal!l astramal!ltrel).a II iti bhairavagnihomavidhil!l samaptal!l ll kharavisar­janal!l ll piirv[v]a [y]iJpstadeguri' II dak�ina kr�l).asmasana II pak�ima s[v]ayanavasuk[h]i II gal).apati ut(t)are rakta II durgli �atrapara madhyo nira II hetukalll piirv[v]apithal!l[n] tu agneyart[t]i pu­ra[l!I]nta[l!I]kal!l dak�il).a cagnivetalal!l agnijihv3.l!Is ca nai(r)rtyal!l II kiilakhyaviirul).yapitha vayus cakrararine I u[r]ttare ekapiidal!l[n] tu ISlil).e bhlmariipa[l!I]kal!l II a[d]dhes tu hli!akal!l deval!l iir[d]dh[v]a acarabhairaval!l I hetukiidipI!he madhye pltl).a(l!I) prapiijayae II iti hetukastaka II subham.

Colophon: (fo\' 15 front) iti srlbhairavagniho(ma)vidh[(I).) samapta[I!I](I).) II ' " sa(m)bat 813 caitrakr�l).advitlya budhabara thva kuhnu bhairabagniyajftabidhiinapustaka coye dhunaka dina juro. subha(m).

74

Page 121: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 74-76

The ritual described in the ms. is performed as worship to Bhairava in his aspect as war-god. It is believed that Bhairava bestows victory on a king in war against his enemies. In this connection there is an old custom in Nepal called the kha4gasiddhi during which the King of Nepal exchanges his sword with that of a Bhairava represented by a masked dancer. The dance is called gathupyiikhal!! and is still practised today. There are two occasions in the course of twelve years when the King of Nepal receives the kha4gasiddhi by exchanging his sword with that of a Bhairava: once in front of the Gorakhnath Satala and once in Makhantola in front of the temple of Taleju in the vicinity of the old Hanuman Qhoka Palace in Kathmandu.

75

1 For i�!adeQ. 2 For °yet.

Us. or. 4309.

Paper, square-sized. 20,8 x 20,4 cm. Devanagan, Nevan. Undated.

(7) Bo ghiisii tayagu pramiil')a. The manuscript shows a circular diagram illustrating the positions of the different items of food

served on a flat leaf dedicated to deities before the food is thrown away.

(On the ends of the four corners is stated): bOljl gbasa tegul pramal}a, nepale nyavasamajaya thiti, kolahataljltrayii pramiil}aljl thugu kriya (and again) bOljl gbasa pramal}a.

Text in the second circle: toyngu amrtapatrasagara 1, jala-amrtapatrasagara 2, madya-amrtapatra­sagara 3, cauduru-amrtapatrasagara 4.

Text in the innermost circle: bajra. de. lao padma. bajl; mabaljlkiila -baku musya; mabakiill-palu; kalabhairaba - I}a; svetakall - hi.

When a ritual feast is arranged, a certain share of the food is dedicated to a deity. The ms. explains how one has to place the various pieces of vegatables, fried lintels, etc., cooked as well as uncooked, on a large leaf before this leaf containing the food is actually thrown away on a site called the chvasa. The text also explains for whom these pieces are meant, etc. On the back of the ms. the scribe has written a short preface.

1 For tayagu.

76 Us. or. 4301.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 71.

(3) Cakrasal!!varapujiividhi (fol. 1 , 4, 9, 14, 27, 33). Incomplete. Beg.: Oljl namai} sricakrasaljlvaraya. trisamadher anantaraljl balidanapiirv[v]akaljl mal}<;Ialabhii­

miljl gandhopaliptaljl pu�padibhis catu�kol}acatu(r)dvaradhiipaghatikadibhir nrtyagItiidibhis ca saljlpiijya hastima saljlsprsan mal}<;Ialadhipa . . . (a)ltasataljl japet satak�araii ca saptavaran parijapya tatraiva de . . . s ca sayiteti. bhiimiparigrahavidhil,1 II 7 II

75

Page 122: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 76-77

End: ' " sarv[v)avighnan baIJldha 2 hiiIJl phat iti. hiiIJlkarajiiiipitena svayaIJl ca pathan kl . . . drail) sarv[v)adu�tan nirdahya taIJl ca si�ya saIJlkarel)a samantabhadrariipaIJl vicintya hrdi . . . man­dumal)Qalam antyasvarohrva'visvavajradhi�thitaIJl vicintya sirasi candrastha hiiIJl jatam ardhasiras­kaIJl mamakyiikrantamadhyapancasiicikavajraIJl vibhiivyataIJl jnanadevl hrccandrastha vajravarata­kiintargata mantramalotpanna pltasiik�mavajrarasmisphural)aii} piirv[v)angam abhivyapya kavaci­taIJl dhyatva. OIJl ai} sankare santikare ghuta 2 ghata nighataya 2 ghiita ni amukaIJl rak�a 2 sva(hii)

The text deals with a ritual concerning the worship of CakrasaIJlvara.

1 For °saroruhaO(?}.

77 lIs. or. 4296.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 41. 15,7 x 7,3 cm. 12,7 x 5,5 cm. 15 lines, written in an upright man­ner, but irregular. A diagram covering 2 pages (fol. 10 and 11). Nepalak�ara. Nevan. Dated N.E. 812. Written by Vajtacarya Siiryamuni.

Causathibali. Beg.: oIJl naIJlai} snbaj(r)asa(t)tvaya. causa[s]thibali biyayata thapana thuti juro. kalasa gvada 1

cakalasa gvada 1 sagvana dhali, svagarasamatra, snlak�mi 2 jak�a[rJiak�imi 2 hiidara, k[r)edara, hnasakana, si(IJl)dha(ra)mUlla, si(m)dhara, mohonisadhana, pancasali, pancadhara 5 gvada 3 japi­ca, p[r)arihiirapii(ja) choyayata, karl)[I))ap[r)a(ta)ka 3 mvatra, masa, ra, rakha, thva sariva 3 rapra­teo thuti tayava p[r)arihiirapiija choya. lila sara vane mara juro. causathibarithiip[r)ana, gvada 1 chukiIJldara, madhyasa svane, dhunanava, kafl)[I))ap[r)ataka, pancap[r)ataka, mvatra, masa, k�aja, sisabusa dakva. nagamal)Qala goda 1 barunakola, madhyasa gvada 8 nagapo, bimacuru, pradhiira, dhiitu, dbiipa pu 1 nagap[r)atra. thuti thiipana dhunailava.

End (of the text proper): pigala . . . supya, pa 1 pekha . . . cinaya, pa 1 k�eyanaya, pii 1 gukva, pa 1 rQilokvara capara, pa 1 rutabiibara, pa 1 yarakha, pa 1 kotavara, pa 1 otabu, pa 1 jahla, pii 1 matikasa, pa 1 duraila simiiko, gva 1 thachesa chakidrara, pa 1 duraila debagara, piita 2 thuti causatbibari vayayata thuti juro.

End (on fol. 11 and 12): dhupa ba 1 ghela, kasti, siikhara II aIJl 1 ghela 1 sam 1 bhoyu hiimara pra 1 kasti 1 ka 1 ak�at[r)a ta 1 dvoki 1 ku 1 taeva 1 sakhara 1 thuti bhu I guti II rna 1 dudu p[r)atha yaya. 1 meghra sutra 1 paIJlcarak�a 1 ka laIJlbitta 1 graha matrika 1 basu(n)dharadharanl II thuti patha yaya mara II

Sections: yogiimbarastuti, cal)Qikiistuti, causa[s)thibali, causathipiijabidhi, niigamal)Qala, niiga­deguli, paIJlcop[r)ahiirapiijarasyastuti, bar�aprananagamal)Qalapiijabidhi, nagamarapiijabidhi', etc.

Title on front leaf: causathibali biyegu pustakam.

Colophon: jathiidr�ta(IJl) tatha r�ita(m). su(d)dhaIJl vii asu(ddhaIJl) vii mama dukha2 nasti. r�i�tham3 vaj(r)acary[y)a su(r)jamune namena iti. sambat 812 akha(Qha)sukra.

A ms. from Patan concerning mainly oblations (bali) to the Nagas. The rite is known as causathi (Skt. catu/J$m;ti).

1 Skt. nagama1J4alapujdvidhi. "2 For do�o. 3 For likhitaf[l.

76

Page 123: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 78-79

78 Us. or. 4328.

Two texts: (1) CausathibaJi and (2) Niigasiidhanajalayajiiavidhi. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 52. 26,S x 10,S cm. 22 x 7 cm. 7-S lines. A table attached to the last fol. but one, one diagram. Nepiilak�a­ra. Sankrit and Neviin. (2) Dated N.B. 952. (2) Written by Vajriiciirya PUl'I).iinanda, son of Vajrii­ciirya Srlhar�a.

(1) Causathibali. Beg.: OJ!1 namal) snvaj(r)asa(t)tvaya // causathiyogil)lbhya namal) 1/ vaj(r)apiil)ir uviica. adhye­

�ayiimy ahan niitha sarvajiia sarv[vJase�ara baJibidhiJ!1 yathiikhyiitaJ!1 tathii vadatu me prebho 1/ 1 1/ bhagaviin uviica 1/ pral)amya mu(r)[dJdhnii parama(r)gham iiry[yJanabhonibhaJ!1 nirm[mJaJacitrade­h� sukhiilayaJ!1 sarv[vJagul)iilay� ca baliJ!1 pravak�(y)e bahuvighnaSiintyai // 2 1/ . . • OJ!1 namal) srlyogiimbariiya causathiyogil)lbhyo namal) 1/ natvii yogiimbaraJ!1 niithaJ!1 yogil)lgal)aniiyakaJ!1 vigh­nahar� yogiidhiiraJ!1 sarv[vJaviniisakaJ!1 buddhadharm[mJasaJ!1gharatniiJ!1(s) tathii sarviin suraga­l)iin sarv[vJayogesvarsiin deviin yogil)lgal)amal)Qitiin . . . yogapariiyal)al) / tatal) priil)iiyiimiidinyii­saJ!1 kiirayet / yogiimbaranyiisa yiiya.

End: (fol. 23) 1/ idaJ!1 vaj(r)eSvarl-iijiiii iiviihayet sarvakiin 1/ OJ!1 kark[kJalanabandhabar[dJdhana khakkakhiidana sarv[vJadu�!iin hana 2 ghiitaya 2 amukasya kiiry[yJa kuru hUJ!1 3 pha! 3 ja sviihii 1/ iti suviihugiithii 1/ thana paribiirapujii. digulibali biya 1/ sviina ki tanake 1/ gurupujii / dak�il)ii digusa­maya kiiya /1 sindula mohani k�amiipana yanao kaya /1 agama tine I guru prabhiti sakalem tiye II samayiicakra kiiya 1/ baJik�amiipana yiiniio bali choya 1/ iti saJ!1k�iptabalikarm[mJa 1/ subh�.

The text deals with the giving of pujii offerings and oblations to the sixty-four (causathi < Skt. catulp;�fi) Yoginls.

79 Us. or. 6456.

For a description of the manuscript see No. S2.

(2) Diinaviikya. Beg.: . . . suddheti ghanamiil[IJii vici[J!1Jntii ca devasaJ!1ghii yadii jayasira sullii vibhii / yatakhaQgii­

misaJ!1 prajiiyate /1 sviina 1/ S II jya dhii�am yatisaJ!1tima . . . tha ripumedyiiya sabhiio tasya niyataJ!1 su�am ii(p )nuvanti su�ito bhogesvariisurina nibhiil)ltamitayo bhavati vasino dhyane khurarpasyada­santi yiiti manoharii yatudiyal)l pujasu deviiSucaina /1 duneyii 1/ 9 1/ nistabhir arm[mJiiSu samidhako�ii bhay�ty asoni re visiiranetraJ)1 nari nariinam ativik�aniyo jodi pramara�a karotiti s�ghe /1 mata 1/ 10 1/ svachaniyanti ghanighaJ!1 raghutaral)l svadiivitaJ!1 sitarayoni jotiyati havitaJ!1 rajasal)lghii he dejaral)l II kapu r�kha /1 11 /1 dvii tri haratakiral)lbhiicautaJ!1 ca phanasiidikal)l kal)!hamuriidikal)l diinal)l jathyasitaJ!1 phaJaJ!1 bhave 1/ phara phUla 1/ 12 /1

End: khemiipaJ!1 II 33 II miihik�aghoraJ!1 sarv[vJakanikiiJ!1 ito 'yaJ!1 vaikibhya dura mahiidakaro vanibhye tasyii dadiitl satataJ!1 jinasii(J!1)ghikebhyo sva prii(p )nuvati bhojiiasvariijarasml 1/ k�irajii 1/ 34 1/ jya saJ!1ghepati piiday�ti muditii [tJti�l)iichil)ldrapiinakaJ!1 he desya durasiivitaJ!1ya purasaJ!1-ghiidhiibhir iitmii priya chitvii te bhava riigasaJ!1bhavii tisnii natii yajiiiiyii piirajiiti bhaviinuvasye niyataJ!1 da(t)tvii subhaJ!1 . . . iinukaJ!1 II l)a�ati /1 35 1/

Colophon: �vaJ!1 mayii li�itaJ!1. jadi suddhaJ!1 vii [mJasuddhaJ!1 vii mama do�a[J!1J na d(l)yate. subha-maJ!1garaJ!1 bhava[J!1Jtu sa(r)vadiikiiraJ!1. subha(m).

77

Page 124: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 79-81

Among Buddhist Nevars it is the custom to offer various kinds of substances such as fruits, cereals, flowers, etc. to one's priest as an act of charity. The priest usually utters some hymns in Sanskrit describing the merits of offering such substances by his client after the completion of a particular ritual. This kind of utterance by the priests is conunonly known as danavakya. The text is extremely corrupt.

80 Us. or. 4293.

2 texts: (1) Dasakarmakriyavidhi and (2) Mantravakya. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 28. 19 x 8 cm. 16,5 x 6 cm. 6-7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan prose with Sanskrit mantras. Undated. Written by two scribes.

(1) DaSa(karma)kriya(vidhi). Beg: 01j1 namal) snva(jra)sa(t)tvaya. idani(lj1) palapustaka viharadi-caitya g(r)a�lhakiila de­

biiraye mrtasitchiidi pratimiiS ca dasakriyabhidhiinavat. puthi patibhariiQa babiri-bahiira caitya gal)­thakuti debag(a)ra fUIjl oho sijara ca Ivabvalj1 silj1 adina[na] dvayake. kriyasaljlgrahasa dhiiya thelj1 bhiipangraha iidina bidhiina thelj1 yaye. thathelj1 dasakriya yatia he. sa1jlk�ipta jurasa prati�lhii berasa chatiiral)alj1 yaye. bistara jurasa thava thavasa [bela]belasa jojamal)aya anuriipal)a atibistara yayalj1 do kha., brabma �atri vaiSya siidra catur( a) var!)[!)]a sveta rakta pIta kr�l)a. thvate dasakriya­bidhiina yatia he.

End: ela lavalj1gadina hmalj1sa boya. hyaliu patana mvalj1cjasa yine. eyu va(sa)tana tlyake. pura­khal)a1 silJldra chiiyake. thvate liva eheya murjata2 thelj1 phalII)I sata bhya1jlcjaka silJldhunsala iidina teo pura�aya byala rna mala. misaya byala gacolj1thasa pvacja ceya. pu�pajalal)a khvala poyake. agnlpradak�Il)a. anInI hasa iidina[na] toya. satabhe[lj1]daka stnpuru�a thethe tara kenake. yoyakag­ni. caturthiibhiseka. piirl)[l)]a. desabali, asirb[b]iidiidi. caru sababhojana. desajatra. lalj1 sOSYa1jl. dUIj1 kiiya. kumalipiija. gal)acakra. thvate ehe-kriya.

This is a brief description of the sacred rituals which a Nevar has to undergo during his life according to Buddhist tradition. It is based on the Sanskrit work Kriyiisa/flgraha. At the end ,of the text the marriage-ceremony (ehe-kriya) of Buddhist Nevars is described. Though the words yatra bugadeva bar�ani dasakarmakriya are written at the end of the last folio, the Yatra of the Red Matsyendranatha, also called Bugadeva, has nothing to do with this ms. Possibly the remark was written during the time of a Matsyendranatha-Yatra by a different hand in order to identify the damaged ms. later.

81

1 For purukhtf> (= pur�aQ). 2 For maf'.

Us. or. 4350.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 18. 21 x 10,5 cm. 16,5 x 7 cm. 7 lines. Devanagan. Nevarl; only the Sakyamunistotra given in the beginning is written in Sanskrit. Undated.

DvadaSatirthakathii. Beg.: 01j1 namo buddhaya. pral)amami jinalj1 sugatalj1 'satatalj1 tapanlyahira[Ij1]l)yasanrachavilJl.

varacakravibhii�itapal)italalj1 surasuramanusapapaharalj1 II 1 II pral)amami munind(r)a(lj1) gurulj1

78

Page 125: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 81-82

lalitarp. satatakulanijitamarabalarp. I dasaparamitapratibodhakararp. caturary[y]avibodhakararp. suka­rarp. II 2 II pral)amami hita[rp.]kararp. devanararp.sanaramarapujitadevavararp. amaradika�atgatihai­tyakararp. sajaramayamrtyubhayadiharam II 3 II . . . II 11 II iti navagrahakrtarp. sakyamunistotra(rp.) samapta(m) II bhagabiinyata thva totra bonasa nabagraharp. pIga biyi rna khu. sadarp. anarp.da sukha juyi. bodhijiianarp. lai jularp.. orp. namo ratnatrayaya. hnaparp. thavagu manayata ciyagu kha kanya. mana taya nyo. thva sarp.sarariipI samudre cvana janmajaramaral)a roga[rp.]byadhirp. kayaka: nana prakarayagu du!)kharupI agnirp. daha juyaka: thalhiJp.jagu sarp.sarariipI samudre cona gulitaka du!)­kha bhoga yiina cone. he mana. he cittaratna. thva sarp.sara gathiJp.gu dhiirasa. kalpakoti janma jusarp. sarp.to�a trpta ma jugu thva sarp.sara. he mana. charp. buddhirp. sIka:ka. gvahma sarp.saraya natha juya bijyakahma adinatharp. gubale sarp.sara dayakala thva belarp. nisyarp. charp.ta narp. srsti yana tala. thva sarp.sare cona bhramana yana caca ula juyagu ja mahiika�ta dhaka sIkI. he mana. he hrdaya.

End: sakala paparp. nasa jui. snana yayata mela jukva gurp.larp. sirp.hasarp.krarp.tirp. nisyarp. gvaya hayagu jula. thugu katharp. tirthajatra vana caityapuja yana dana karma yana tIrthasyabii yasa bahu pur rp.]nya lai. hiinarp. thva nepale hnaparp. nisyarp. larp.kha cala cvarp.gu sthiinasa sakabhanarp. bvarp.ga hili pukhu tUrp. daharp. sakabhanarp. tIrtha dhaka hnapa bijyapirp. bhagabiinapirp.sarp. ajiiii dayaka vana. thva kha nyana lokapirp. sakasyanarp. tIrthasibii vana triratnayake saral)a vaua bhiiba yaya sayakI.

Colophon: iti dvada(sa)tIrthakathii samapta. thugu dharmanarp. jagat uddhiira ju miila. subham. On fo!. 3, front: iti navagrahakrtarp. sakyamunistotra(m) samapta(m).

A modern ms. describing bathing places such as fountains (hili) , tanks (pukha, pukhu/i) and lakes (dahan;) considered holy by Buddhist Nevars. The text begins·with a Sanskrit hymn called Siikyamu­nistotra by Navagraha.

82 Us. or. 6456.

2 texts: (1) Gurumal)galavidhi and (2) Danavakya. Paper. Fols. 17. 19,5 x 9 cm. 16 x 5,5 cm. 5 to 6 lines. Nepiilak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevan. (1) Dated N.E. 952.

(1) GurumafJljalavidhi. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . surekhe sarvatathiigata adhi�thiina adhi�lhintatu svahii II II svanamal)gala uyekarp. balisa

taye II orp. candra(r)kavimare bUrp. sviiha II orp. vajrasa(t)tva sarv[v]avighnanutsare bUrp. II mal)galasa svana boya II orp. ha!) s( v )aha madhyame label rp.] nama!) II madhyasarp. II orp. hrirp. madhyame label rp.] nama!) II madhyasarp. II orp. su . . . madhyame rabye[rp.] nama!) II madhyasarp. II 0$ yarp. purv[v]avI­dyahaya[rp.] nama!) II hneone II orp. rarp. jarp. bo[d]dhipaya[rp.] nama!) II khaosarp. II orp. la pra gadava­liyaya nama!) II thaone II orp. varp. utukulave[rp.] nama!) II jaosarp. thathu kurp. II orp. ya upadvIpaya[rp.] nama!) Ilkhao thathu kurp. II orp. ra upadvipaya[rp.] nama!) II khao kvathu kurp. 11 orp. la upadvIpaya[rp.] nama!) II jio thathu kurp. II orp. va u(pa)dvIpaye nama!) II jao kvathu kurp. II orp. gajaratnaya[rp.] nama!) II

End: cita kayao mal)gala dhvaye II svanarp. chuye II iti gurumal)galavidhi(!) samapta!) II sa[rp.]m­bara II tuti II orp. sarv[v]ajiie jiiiinasarp.deharp. jagadarthaprasadakarp. cintamanI rijobbUtarp. srlsamva­rarp. namas tu te II vyaptavisva mahiijiiiinarp. sarv[v]atmanI sadasthita II krpa krogha mahiirudra snsamvararp. namo 'stu te II orp. natva[rp.] snvajravarahI(rp.) mantramurt[t]i(rp.) jinesvali(rp.) a[n]tenta­balada(rp.) bh1ma(rp.) ri(d)dhisi[r](d)dhibalaprada(rp.) evarp. kiilarp. samasIlarp. sahajanan(d)arupi­nI(rp.) prajiiiijiiiinadehiigra(rp.) namami srlvajrajogini[!)](rp.) II

79

Page 126: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 82-84

Colophon: II saI!1(bat) 952 II

The texts describes the ritual of the gurumaljtjala which is either performed independently, as a rite in itself, or forms the introductory part of some other ceremony such as, for example, the AmoghapiiSalokesvaravratavidhi.

83 Us. Or. 4324.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 125.

(2) Hiphala svaneyii bidhi Beg.: OI!1 guru caranakamalebhya namai) II hiphala svaneya bidhi . . . iti svaneya bidhi. subham.

End: sngurucara!}akamalebhyo namo nama!) . acamanaI!1. gurunamaskara. pra!}ayama!). mii-lanyasa!) . . . thvate japalape(ya) bidhi.

Usually, specially among Buddhist Nevars, animal sacrifices are performed at a separate site close to the shrine of their gods and goddesses, which they call hiphala. Hi means blood and phala means terrace. Thus hiphala can be called an altar where animals are sacrificed. The site is called in mod. Neviiri hipha: dya:. It is regarded as the god or goddess for whom the sacrifice is meant. The present ms. describes the rites necessary when setting up such a site.

84 Us. or. 4309.

Copy-book. Paper. Fols. 6. 16 x 20 cm. 12 x 16 cm. 36-40 lines. Devanagan. Nevari, prose. No text on fol. 1 (back) and fol. 6. Undated, but eVidently modern.

(8) Karuljiimayasiidhana. Beg.: thana 11 karu!}amayasadhana yiiyegu hnapa dharmayagu miilagu jiiana chagu 2 dui)kha

bhuktamana yana cvaI!1piI!1 pra!}ltegu kara!}e dhaka lumaI!1ka thagu agre akiiSe paiicarasmimegha svaI!1 iidiya dhiitu! mUlasvarupa guruva pharaka rna duhma karu!}amaya triratna gurudeba daki!}! adiya svarupa bhapa dhyana yana vaspolaya agre sakala pra!}!piIp. saI!1siiradui)khasagaraI!1 uddhara yana bijyana cvawhma dhaka s!ka asa-bharosa yakyeI!1 tasakaI!1 niscaya yana sara!}a vaI!1sa rak�a yana bijyay! dhaka dhatthe niscaya yana Ii rajheobo dhaka sara!}a vanyegu gathii bona thva priil}! sakaleI!1 vaspolaI!1 rak� yana bi jyata dhaka mane taya har�a yana 11 hanaI!1 thva pra!}! dakva maI!1 bau rna jiipiI!1 chahma he rna du priil}!piI!1 sakalasinaI!1 ' " samyaksambuddhayagu pada priipta jV!gu1l taya ph(ay)e rna.

End: vaspola saI!1 deSa! bijyana thisudechen saI!1kalpa yaniigu gubiinaI!1 nidaw taka bina siddha­seI!1 l! hanatjl thisawdechen rajaI!1 binti yata. jiI!1 pratijna yana conagu guI!1bii siddhai) SiiI!1buddha bhagabanaw kaI!1gu lokasa(t)tvoddhara jVlgu dharma thana hemalayadesasa rna duguilI!1 sastiinaI!1 ajiia jiigu dharma madese2 cvaka thana cale yana bijyaye mala dhaka tasakaI!1 niscaya iidarabhaba­naI!1 binti yaseI!1 ll padmasaI!1bhaba khus! juya iijiia jula. he raj an. chaI!1 tadhaI!1gu pratijiia yata. thva sastra thana cale yaeta saI!1desaya maciita abyabiih!ta kumara bicak�a!}a svabhiibapiI!1 valabma kumiirapiI!1ta saI!1skrta adhyayana yaka madesaw bimalamitra iidi vala. saI!1dese bijyaka sastanaI!1 bha�ita jiigu kargyu dhaigu grantha 100 thu va teI!1gyur dhaigu iiryanagarjuna adi santideba mahii-

80

Page 127: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 84-85

palJ<,iitapiIllSal!l ajfta jugu tel!lgyur grantha 200 thu mahaguru bajradhara padmasal!lbhabapil!lgu ajM mal!ltrayana 6400000 grantha sakala tautra sapta bar�a paryantaya bhitre bha�antara yana bijyata. padmasal!lbhaba sal!ldese 260 taka bijyana jal!lbudvIpa pula hlanubu dhaigu dvIpe rak�asa­pil!lta bodha yana rak�asa dakva dharme laka bijyata. thanal!l li sutra mahayana va tantra bajrayana mahasandhiyagu sasana sal!ldesasa asal!lkhye cale juyagull daya vase II sal!ldese toyatiarI dhaigu desasa dhubcho chulal!l thim sal!lpo dhaihma mahasiddha 130 dal!l daya vasal!l brddhayagu bhaba ma duhma vaspola nirbalJa juya bijya bale rasmiyagu sarIra juya bijyahma mahasiddhayata srIkaru­lJamaya aphaiyagu svariipa darsana biya bijyana thva he thujye chenpoyagn sastra upadesa biya thugu dvara apalal!l pralJIpiI]1ta rak�a juya uddhara jvI dhaka ajfta juya antardhyana juya bijyata. anal!l lI 400 d� dasenI kham dhaigu dese aphai apha mal!ljusrIya abatara mahapalJ<,iita mahasandhi tantrayanayagn jMna sal!lpurlJa syuhma jyal!l yan cyen cenampo dhaihmayata dhubcho chul thim sampona rasmiyagu svarupa darsalJa biya. thugu thungpe chenpoyagu dhyanajftana kana bijyana. thva sastra asal!lkhe pralJ1pinta rak�a jvI dhakal!l ajM juya. anal!l tUI!l lIna juya bijyata. vaspola khyeceval!l hyonten gyachva tasIrachese tenpai mima thulasI ri(n)pok�e anal!l srIguru bajradhara najatel!l jin norbuyata biya bIjyagu.

On the front page: avalokitesvarasadhana tibbata val!lgu anubada nepalabhasa. �a<,iak�ari artha.

The text deals with the worship of Avalokitesvara, also called KarulJamaya. It describes how Avalokitesvara revealed himself to the Siddha called Dhubcho Chul(al!l) Thim Sal!lpo.

1 I.e., Tibet. 2 For madhyadeie.

85 Hs. or. 4361.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 10. 21,5 x 10 cm. 17,5 x 6,5 cm. 8-9 lines. DevanagarI. Nevar!' Dated N.B. 1015.

Kuhmapyiikhanayii bidhi. Beg. : kuhmapyakhal!lya thiti. lityapujasa natesvaraya thasa kisali taya puja. laya-sibii-jolal!l puja

yana kisali k�el!l yal!lka akha svane. pujakalasajolal!l. sahmaca-bhojasa sI kayagu. nihma duguyal!l hmatil!l is!. mulasilaya dugu syanagu sila va val!l kahne-�unu bisarjanapujasa syanahma dugu. nisi­nal!l sahmaca naya dhusyal!l li bhojasa hmatil!l nisi 2 kayagu. mulasila-�unu sahmaca jaka nayal!l ga. nasa1-mohani li teyata2 laya-siba-jolal!l puja yana cabahal!l jaka syana guruyata kisali hmatil!l dal!l taya guruyata biya. k�e ona duthe bhojana yaya. sila kaya II sambat 1004 asvinasukla 4 roja 5 mulasila kayagu dina jula. subham II sambat 1009 bhadraba<,ii 6 rojasa kuhmapyakhal!l mulasila kaya dina jula. subham II sambat 1020 bhadrabakr�na 10 roja 3 sa kuhmapyakhal!lya mulasila kaya dina jula. subhal!l.

End: mulasilaya bidhi II hnapal!l pulu-k�e goya. sihnapujajolal!l thakape. �il!l, kota, ta, babhu, poga, kal!lsakarojaka bali debaya hnevane thakape. puja yayagu saphuli coI!l thyal!l thika. bali biya dhusyal!l II musIlaya ci[I!lJhna ma dutale sakasyana1!l japa yana cone. ta, �il!l, babhu, poga, ghal!lgala chuyal!l sabda dayu. athaba debaya sile cOl!lgu sval!l, sval!l-ma3 iidil!l kuji vayu. thvatisa chata ci[I!lJhna dayao gata. dugu sal!lkalpa yana tarp[pJana, cakrapuja, malJ<,iala thile, stuti, citapuja. dak�alJa mahani-deoyata jaka chaye.

Colophon: (on the head of the beg. leaf) sambat 1015 miti bhiidrabakr�na 7 sa kuhmapya�al!lya mulasila kaya dina. subhal!l.

81

Page 128: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 85--86

Marginal titles: puluk�e, musila, java�avapiija, badepuja, aiijana, a!J1janasodhana (in pencil) . puna debapuja. bali.

It is custom to perform the Kuhmapyakhana (mod. Kuhrnapyakharrt), that is to say, the "Kumar! Dance", every year during the Dasai!J1 (or Vijayadasami) festival inside the Hanuman Qhoka Palace, in front of the Taleju temple in Kathmandu, for which the older members of the dance-group concerned have to train young boys and girls in advance in preparation for the occasion. When used for this purpose, the private or public hall is called akhiila (Hi. akhiirii) , mod. Nev. akhii: . Our ms. describes the ritual performed to Natyesvara, the god of dancing and music, on the final day of the training. The dancer, a girl or a boy, is then considered to be Kumar! (Nev. Kuhma) . The ms. also describes how the parts cut (Nev. sUa, mod. sl) from an animal, a buffalo or a goat sacrificed for the occasion, are to be cooked and shared among the group of people involved in the training, i.e., the tutors as well as the players of the various musical instrnments. This particular dance is still practiced by Nevars in Kathmandu City.

1 For nasala� < niitesvara·, 2 For tayayata.

.

3 < svanamtild.

86 Us. or. 6388.

Two texts: (1) Kummpiijakrama and (2) Kumanmahiimayastavadi. Fols. 26, slightly damaged by insects, a part of the fols. torn off. 16,4 x 5,4 cm. 5-7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar1. Undated.

(1) Kumarlpujakrama. Incomplete. Beg.: kumanpiijaya adi . . . kumanya krama. kula I . . , jima ne da!J1 ta kumar!piija. sva da!Jlna Ii

yu(vati) . . . gu da!J1 to praughii. gu da!J1na Ii jima ne da!J1 te b,ddha. (tr)ivatsarat samarabhya dvadasabdam . . . dhika!J1 vapi bhojayat paramesvar!!J1. trivatsarat . . . �agabdanta!J1 biila[ n] ity abhi­dhiyate. �agabdat navavar�anta!J1 yauvana[!J1] parigiyate. �agabdad [dviidaso] dvadasabdanta(!J1) vrddha kaumari . . . m eva para!J1 prokta!Jl krama!J1 tu naganandini. na japya!J1 na ca homa . . . nary[y]apiijana!Jl yathii. yani kiini ca papani brahmahatyadikani li!J1gotpata!J1 mahaghora!J1 nMayet balika k�aIJat. yani kani ca k�etriini tirthiiny aya . . . vrthii bhavati parv[v]ati. hiigakhyatantra. thoya jatibheda. vesya, sauIJgi, kaivart[t]l, �ataki, ka!J1dukl, rajakl, chipini, ko�ati. thvate a�ta kula. brah­maIJi k�atrini vaisyani siidr!. ma!J1ti kapalikiii caiva rajakl napita!J1gaIJa. gopalakanyaka!J1dhiina!J1 brahml!J1 sugatakanyaka!J1. tatra sre�thii brahmanlii ca tatha sugatakanyaka!J1. thoya krama.

End: icchiisiddhipradata vipulavaraprada sarv[v]ama!J1galyakali I ta!J1 devl!J1 yauvanadya!J1 paru­puravijaYl(!J1)! ya(m) uma!J1 kamadat,!J1 caturbhuja(ii) I caturv[v]aktra(ii) ciiruriipa(!J1) trilocana(!J1) I si!J1diirMisadrsa jvaIamuktattahiisinl l survarIJ[IJ ]abharaIJopeta mukuta!J1gadabhii�aIJa I vasuklsa!J1-khapalas ca karIJ[IJ]akuIJgalabhii�ita I khagga[!J1]-trisiila-damaru[!J1]-kapaIamalinI priya I adhiirasak­tim arabhya yavan si!J1hiisanasthita II mayiirasanam ariighii biilark[k]akotibhiivibhii caturbhuja­khyamala ca kare saktldhar! vame bhayakapaIa!J1 ca sarv[v]ala!J1kiirabhii�ita I yajiiayagyadikiiry[y]e­�u (sa)ntipu�tikarani ca I mohana!J1 (s)ta!J1bhana!J1 caiva dve�occatanamaraIJo satrunMa!J1 jaya!J1 v,ddhi I lak�misaubhiigyadayaka!J1 I ca(tur?)varg[g]a piijayed devl!J1 kha!J1dendunabhasa!J1yuta!J1 1 kaumarl kU!J1kumabhii mahiripugati ( . . . )

The text deals with certain details of the Kumarlpiija such as the age, the choice, the qualifications, etc. , of a Kumarl.

1 For parapc.

82

Page 129: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 87-88

87 Us. 4328.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 78.

(2) Niigasiidhanajalayajiiavidhi. Beg.: atha bar�iipanabidhi. jalayajiiayiita bidhi cosyaljl taya. nakasa siisa�ina ba thiliio phi liiya

gomayana hiiya. madhyesa luphuli tayii sijalayii kvapalii thiipana yiiya kopaliiyii dathusa barulJaniiga pvacii taya. digabidigasa go 8 niiga pya dusvacakaljl kathaljlthya thiipanii yiiya. malJQalapriikiira taya. paljlcaratna nabaratna taya. lupale ohapale iisana taya. paljlcabnhi paljlco�adhi paljlcapallaba cUljllu piidhiira dr�!i bimii thvate niigapvasa taya. thvayii javasa kalasa taya. thvayii kha(va)sa osi kasi kuni pvacii taya. hmati 2 puvii kidvaljlcii taya. siidudu-viilagu jiiki. bhukti taya. thathya barulJayii ghela kasti sii�a. antayii ghela. padmayii kasti. tak�akayii dvalija. biiSukiyii sii�ala. mahiipadmayii dudu. saljlkhaparaya bhuyu hiimala. kark[k]o!aya ak�ata .

End: madhyadisa barulJanagaya sira gva 7 sitabarlJ[1J lao uttaraO biisukiniigayii (sira) gva 7 syama. purbao anantanagayii sira gva 3 nliao. dak�ilJao padmanagayii sira gva 5 sitaO. lsiinao mahiipadma(naga)ya sira gva 7 pltao. agni° saljlkhapalayii sira gva 7 raktao. biiyabyaO kulikaya .ira gva 7 kU(Ijl)kumao. pachimao tak�akanagaya sira gva 9 raktabarlJa. nairiteo1 kark[k]o!akanaga(ya) sira gva 7 kr�lJabarlJa. nabanagaya kalasabhaljlcasa cihna cokye thathe.

Colophon: iti nagasiidhana jala j a jiiavidhir iti. likhitaljl snva j (r )acary[y ]asrlhar�asyiitma j aSripurlJ­[l)]anandeti. subhaljl. snmat[i]nepiilasamvatsara!) netra bana grahe. phiilgul)asukle mahii�!amyaljl tithau sanivasare tatra dine tat pu�!akam likhyate maya. yadi suddhaljl asuddhaljl va sodhal)iya(ljl) mahadbu( d)dhe. subhaljl. sa(ljl)bat 952. (Added by another haud:) niigayii sviina, diiphasvaljl, abha­latisviiljl, jilasviiljl, kalihasviiljl, ajisviiljl, palesviiljl, tuyu abharatisviiljl, lachimisviiljl, guliiphasvaljl.

The manuscript deals with the sacrifices and rituals pertaining to the Niigas in order to satisfy them so that, according to the belief held by Nevars, when the Niigas are pleased, they will be generous with water in the form of rain, in the city wells (prafJiili) and from street-springs, which will then flow unceasingly. The tradition of performing ceremonies of worship to the Niigas at wells, springs and gntters is still a living one among Nevar householders.

1 For nairrteo.

88 Us. or 4301.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 71.

(4) NrtyeSvarapiljiividhi. (fol. 3, 93, 103). Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ra 2 pracal)Qatyiidi. piitra khatviiriga Qamaru. thavake pu�pa[ljl]nyiiSa. tvaka snana jiipa

yiiriiiva ca(bii)hii taya. ajana ekamukhagrlviivastra. curl)[1J ]akrta rahicake. pihii vaya II 7 II yamanikii bari biya II na[ljl]ndri II Oljl nama!) srlpa(d)manrtyesvariiya 3.

83

Page 130: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 88-90

End: . . . saprajnak�obhyasvabhiivalJ1 sr1vajravariihiriipalJ1 jftanasa(t)tvabhinnam abhi�icya. punal) . . . di miirt[t]ibhil) padmat nisrbhya gaganam apiijya sthitail). locaniidividyasahitail) chat(t)radhvaja­patakavastravadigltanrtyapu$pakulJ1kumadivr$!ibhil) karakisarayavarj li]itabodhicittamrtapiirl)[ I) ]a­sitakarasail;! [s]talJ1 si$yam padmalJ1 nisrbhyam abhi$ificatmanalJ1 yogini ma(lJ1)galagltalJ1. 01J1 mahii­sukha-vajrasa(t)tvam abhi$ekena vajrasa(t)tvam abhi$ificami. sarv[v]atathiigatadhipatitvena drgho bhava. abhi$ekalJ1 dadya!. 01J1 namo bhagavate vajravarah(ya)i. valJ1 hiilJ1 pha!a. 01J1 namo ary[y]a­aparajite trailokye matal) . mahii . . .

The manuscript deals with the worship of Nii!yesvara, the god of dancing and music, and gives directions as to how a musical group, after having received their training, should act before the deity.

89 Us. or. 6394.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 12. 18 x 7,8 cm. 14,5 x 5,5 cm. 5 lines . Nepalak$ara. Nevarl. Undated.

Lak$acaityasthiipanaphaia. Beg.: 01J1 namal) srldharm[m]adhiituvagesvaraya I name$ !e he [rna] indapu$!a uvasca1 I vasubalJ1-

dhu mahiinando caityapugarasiitrakalJ1 I prthivya vandatu tani !hiicaranis ca II he vasubandhu bodhi­sa(t)tva. caityapugala dhiiya katha iidesa dayake mara. prthibisa samasta pral)iroka sthiibaracara samasta hita yaya nimistin"z caityapugara dhiiya katha ajna dayake mara dhakalJ1 indapu�la rajana basubandhu bodhisa(t)tvayake yinapa yatalJ1. gathe (y)inapa yata. caitya batra3 dharm[m]a karm­[m]a piija thutiya phala adina samast[r]alJ1 pradanalJ1 cittanalJ1 ajfia dayake mala dhakalJ1 adyakalJ1 inapa yatalJ1 II vasubandhu uvaca II he indapu$la. ekaci(t)ta yanalJ1 nehune dhakalJ1 ajfta datalJ1.

End: dharm[m]arate mantrana thiiSana pi kasya thiipana yanaya pharana putraputriidiparija(na)­salJ1brddhi juyu. thvanalJ1 ri janma(n)ta(ra)sa samasta tathiigatiidi indradidevaganasahitanalJ1 pU$pa­bimanasa thanava sva(r)gasalJ1 prap[a]ti juyuva. supratisthitamantrana caityathiipana yanaya phala­na abyara raja juyu. catu(r)digaya isvala juyu. nyaparaya cakraba(r)ti-raja juyu. bacana sunanalJ1 ralJ1gh(a)na yaya rna phayu. gUl)aya sagara juyu. manoratha-i(c)chya phala rayuva. anut(t)aragyana ranava tathiigataya putra juyuva. thathya dhakalJ1 bipas(y)i-tathiigatasyalJ1 adi kasmika bhichukana dhakalJ1 basubandhu-bodhisa(t)tvana indapu$!a raja kana.

Colophon: iti rak$acaityapudgarabha!larakarak$acaityasthapanaphara nusvasa prathama '(d)dhyaya(I»). subham. astu sarv[v]adii kalyanalJ1. subha(m).

There is a custom among devout Buddhists to make a large quantity of small caityas out of a certain kind of black clay by means of a mould (Ihiisa). This is regarded as an act of religious merit and is done throughout the Buddhist month (gurrda) in a holy place or shrine, usually on the bank of a river by taking recourse to fasting. The caityas are subsequently disposed of in one of the sacred rivers.

90

1 For uviica, 2 For nimittina. 3 For brata.

Us. or. 4286.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 6. 17,3 x 9 cm. 13,5 x 6 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak$ara. Sanskrit, Maithill! Bengali, (directions in) NevarL Undated.

84

Page 131: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 90-91

Mahiikiiladhyiina. Beg.: raga hi(n)dola. 01)1 a hiil)1 svabhiivamiirati niraji muktasal)1kasa 2 �arbaral)1bodara tininaya­

na calibadana bhayal)1kara (dhm,l) . deba srlmahiikara hiil)1 kalamiirati. riddhisiddhibaradata 2 karatikharparakhac;igat( r )isiira. maradarp[p jasa( 1)1 )harita. (dhm'). ripuhidayoparip( r )atyarldha byaghracarm[mja �adamudra. mauli ak�obhya jinabara sasanapalita mahiibira (dhru').

End: totra. nama[1) jsyami mahakara(l)1) sarvasal)1pattidayakal)1 kharbalambodalal)1 viral)1 astana­gavibhii�ital)1. drastakaralavadanal)12 vyaghracarm[mjanivasanal)1 mnI)c;iamalasusobhita(I)1). bhiiva­bhavatmakal)1 nathal)1. buddhasasanarak�akal)l ka(r)ttikapaladharaI)13 deval)1 samastakroc;ihabhi­khanal)1 sarvapapaharal)1 viral)1 suddhaprakrtinirm[mjaral)1 bhiivabhiivavinirmuktal)1. jagatsabodha­siidhakal)1 mahiikara(l)1) namami hal)1'.

Fo!. 1 (front) gives as title: mahiikaladhyana. 01)1 a hUI)1 svabhiivagitarcanapustakam.

The mantras and the stotra contained in this text are recited by Buddhists during the ritual of the worship of Mahiikiila. In every vihiira we find an image of Mahiikala, which is supposed to guard the shrine against evil. In Nepal the word is often cormpt and spelt as Mahai)lkaJa by both Hindus and Bnddhists.

1 Here and elsewhere dhruo dhruva(m) . 2 For damstrit. 3 For krtil-O: <I For namiimy aham.

91 Us. or. 4347.

Paper. Fols. 87. Fo!. 1 missing, a number of leaves slightly damaged. 20 x 8,2 cm. 16 x 6 cm. 6 to 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl, interspersed with Sanskrit. Dated N.E. 798. Written by Vajracarya Rak�ana of HiraI)yamahiivihiira, Patan.

[MaiijuSrl]piiriijikii. Beg. : . . . bantal)1 he maiijusrl dhakal)1 sal)1sara hiinal)1 mahiisamudrasa lopa dUDava (va)na sama­

stal)1 manu�yaloka thva sakare tarapyaya karaI)asa ajiia dayakal)1 bijyaya mara gathya tararapya gathye mukti yaya II 2 II ajiba(haI)1)kural)1 yabat pary[yjanta bodhimaI)c;iape yamani(ya)ma suci santi katham piirajika puna. jalma kasyal)1 nisyal)1 tathiigataya pada maratoreya kha SUrl tone ma jura. nema yayaya pahara SUel yayaya pahara santi yayaya pahara gathye 2 mara dhakal)1 srlsakyamuI)i tathagataske maiijusrlnal)1 paramesvaraske inapa kha l1 3 1l srlbhagabiin aha. sal)1bratal)11 SrI)u mal)1-jUSrl sa(t)tvarthekamahiirata brahma k�atris tatM vaisya sudras caiva varI)[l)jaja. srlbhagabanta sakyamuI)i tatMgatasyal)1na ajiia dayakaral)1. he kamI)abantal)1 juya co!)a he mal)1jusrl. jena kane. nehune dhaka samasta sa(t)tva hita yaya karaI)asa brahmaI)aya paripata2 k�atriya baisyaya sudraya. thva pyaguli jatiya paripata2 gathya 2.

End: Chap03 caityiidi pradak�iI)a yanana khaI)c;ia yaya. nebo patha japa dhyana karm[mja yanana khaI)c;ia yaya. iti ary[yjasadharm[mjat(r)ip[ijitakiid uddhatasa(t)tvasya kukarm[mjavipakajasuddhi­praya(s)cittavi[djdhi samapta. paiicagavyasthiipanapaiicamaI)c;ialakal)1 krtva madhya gomayal)1 sa­khi. piirb[bja gomutral)1 saco taya. dak�il)a siidharl taya. pacchima siidudu taya. uttare saghrra' taya. madhyasa kusodaka kusalakha.

Marginal titles: jatakarm[mja, jatakarm[mjaya nali(c)chedana, namakara!)a, cuc;iakarana, (prabra)jya(grahaI)a)bidhi, al)1ganyasa, sucinirdda, s[ ajnana debataya . . . sikaya papanasa sahiira-

85

Page 132: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 91-92

gnihoma, sikaya palipata2, pil}cja thaya, pil}cjadana, linapil}cja, nityapil}cja, pil}cja daya, argha biya . . . bharape muma, pil}cjap(r)adana, thamathyathana sikaya, sikaya bera, sikaya buvaya, desatara sigu, (sikaya) soka cone, (sikaya) papa phuke. iti catu(r)barl}a jatiya syana, pasupakhi syanaya, iti saparajika syana papa, iti bhojana yaya, gurutatpakanirdesa, gurumamaprasa(l)1)ga yaya ma te, babuya pil}cja thaya, paiicaga[r]bya chaya, paiicaga[r]byasiidhana taya. thuti sthapana yaya. thana adhisthana yaya. 0l)1 hUl)1 tra[ l)1] hnl)1 khal)1 hUl)1. thva ak�ara chatha' chatana adhisthana sodhana yaya . thva nata adhisthana yaya dhunal}a natal)1 napa chyaya kusodaka sahitana. puua sodhana yaya. tadyatha amo[r]ghaparisu(d)dhetyiidi. iti paiicaga[r]vyasodhanavidhi(!}.). 0l)1. ye dharm[m]a hetu­prabhava6 hetu(s) te�al)1 tathagata . . .

Colophon: sam[rb]bat 798 a�iidha krsl}asa(p )tami' ut(ta)rabhadranak�atra atiga(n)dhayoga ravidi­ne mrthunarasi savitari tatha minarasigate candramasi. ete dine li�ital)1. jathiidi�ta(l)1) tatha r�i­(tal)1)8. li$ik09 nasti do�a. srlsnsrlher(a)l}[I}](y)abarQ[I}]amahabiharalO srlka�ta bhol)1ta snbantii kva­ribiche-grha snba[r]j(r)acarya rak�ana para(r)thena neparabha�ana svahastana li�ita[l)1]m iti. gva­hmal)1 baj(r)acary[y]anal)1 thva parajika svaya mara nitya (pa)r(a)pya mara. rokaya hita yaya kara­Qasa svaya mara. gvahmal)1 pa(n)ditana ma jiguri" hlone mara. hlonana iharokasa sukhi pararokasa mukti juyuva. hano gvahmana sinakeva hano gohmanal)1 robha yayu thvahmayata mahapapa raka juro . . . subham astu sarv[v]ada. kalyana(l)1) bhava[n]tu. thva sata dayakana iha[l)1]rokasal)1 su�i pararokasa mukti juya mara. jalama12 jalama12 bu[r]ddhadharm[m]a-sal)1[r]gha triratna debatayake saraQa vane daya mara. subham.

A collection of rituals such as pravrajyiigrahalJavidhi, sucinirdesavidhi, pilJdapradiinavidhi, etc., which Buddhists have to undergo during their lifetime.

I For siimpratalfl. 2 For paripo.!i. 3 For chabo. 4 For siighera. 5 For chaUL 6 For °prabhiivii. 7 For °saptami. 8 For tathii likhitam. 9 For lekhakasya .

. 10 For °hirarJyao. 11 For juguri. 12 For janma.

92 Hs. or. 4285.

Paper . Fold-book. Fols. 24 1/2. 18 x 8,5 cm. 14 x 6 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Undated.

Niigayajiia. Beg.: Ol)l nama!}. srlvajrasat(t)vaya. jarajajiiam aha. bidhi thyal)l dayakal)l tbapana. surya(r)­

gh[r}a. gurupatra(r)gha. paiicag[r]avesvadhal)ll. kaya biya. gurumal}cja(la). rokapara. vahasi maQcja­ra. nagadigun. Ol)l nama!}. snvaruQaya. samanvaharal)l ma bU[r]ddha ase�adik�u samasthita 3. su[r]d­dhasphatikasal)lkasal)l a�tanagadhipa!}. prabhu!}.. dvaramanikaladharya balunadi nama 'stu te.

End: purQabhi$eka kaya. pal)ltu. iti purQahuti. digubari biya. parihiirapuja. sval)l ki tanake guru­puja da�aQa. thana argh[r]a yake. rupadhariidi, paiicamrta tasyal)1 jaradana mahadana. adya thana. pUl)1ja [ja] baya. 108 k�amapa[l)1]na. thana ciropana. saganal)1 toya, kesabhrk�asa2 kaya. jajamal)l-

86

Page 133: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 92-93

pi(n)ta sihnaral)l tike, asi(r)biida, kesabbik�aka2. svebtl)l sahmaya[rl btya. mat(r)ika-bad choya. sik�ahuti. karasa ra hlaya. thii coya. kumadsadhana. samayacakra, ganacakra, dhlimal)lgad, mukha­suddhi.

Colophon: iti jarajajiia pu�pamatra samapta. subhal)l.

Thereafter follows written on two fols. divided into nine squared sections: (1) dhiitu, bido, dhlipa, agura, ka(r)kotaka, dhaora, saptapha[l)llna, kUl)lkuma, debt, syama, rakta, t(r)ipha[l)llna, bija, kal)lsa; nai(r)rtya. (2) tak�aka, rakta, naopha[l)llna, syama, kanasata, rakta, t(r)ipha[l)llna, bija, sijara, bija, sIja-dhiitu, manika, dhlipa, kastu; pachima. (3) kudka, kUl)lku[l)llma, mata, saptaphana, kana, rakta, pita, tripha[l)llna, bija, na-dhatu, raota laota, dbiipa, gatha, ol)lna; biiyubya. (4) padmasata, pal)lcapha[l)llna, syama, debt, kUl)lku[l)llma, tripha[l)llna, rakta, bija, dra, dhiitu, pu�pa, ra, gal)ldha, dhlipa, stra; dak$i/fl. (5) madhya, barul)a, svata, saptaphana, rakta, debt, ptta, tripha[l)llna, syama, bija, phataki, dhiitu, hera, phatika, teo dbiipa, kusa-hii; madhya. (6) basuki, saptaphana, syama, kanya, sukra, rakta, t(r)ipha[l)llna, bi(ja), oha, dhiitu, malpa, dbiipa, kapara; ut(t)ara. (7) sal)l�apara, sukra, saptapha[l)llna, pita, debt, ptta, kUl)lku(ma), tripha[l)llna, bija, hyara, dhiitu, kraketana, dbiipa, naki; agne. (8) ana(n)ta, knl)a, t(r)iphana, rakta, debI, seta, tripha[l)llna, syama, bija, ru, dhatu, nIra, dbiipa, gugnd; purb[bJa. (9) mahapa[rldma, pita, saptapha[l)llna, kanya, sukra, syama, tripha[l)llna, bija, kayahlal)l, dhatu, mati, dhlipa, sd�anga; iSiina.

. •

var�apravesa, pharesa cona, naga, deoya sthana jukval)l, biisukIplija. ja, dhli, dhyana. Ol)l vasuki­nagaraja, pltavarl)[l)la, saptasI(r)�a, syamavarl)[l)la, ekamukhii, dvibhnja, dahina varada vame de­vyalil)lgital)l, nagapasadharal)l, ka[l)llnya sukravarl)[l)la, raktat(r)isir�a, nirotparakitasir�a vibhavya. a, ya, pli. dhii, oha, dhu, ka(r)pura. Ol)l vasukinagarajaya sviiha. Ol)l saptasi(r)�aya svahii. Ol)l nagakal)l x Ol)l trisi(r)�aya x Ol)l mahiimeghii x pli, ra, bhut[rla. Ol)l vasuki hlil)l [nal. biil)l var�a praya svahii. bhuguti sa�ara, bhut[rla. Ol)l jariidhipati nagarajayebhyal)3 svasvadivyavasthital), sa(t)­tva(r)thiiya sadanitya(l)l) viiSukiya namastu4 teo bari. Ol)l namo samal)ltakaraya. vak[alci(t)tavaj(r)e­bhyal) nagarajebhyal) . idal)l bad x thana hitisa plija. japa, dbiipa, dhyana. Ol)l nand[rlop[rlanan­d[rlo nagaraja. ekamukhal)l, dvibhujal)l, kanya, patra, trisi(r)kha, a(r)ghacandrakrtal)l vicitrama(n)daral)l vibhiivya. a, pa, pu. Ol)l nal)ld[rlop[rlanal)ld[rlo nagarajaya svahii. Ol)l up[rlanan­d[rlona(ga) x Ol)l nand[rlonaga x Ol)l mahameghii.

Sections: nagadigud. prathamiihuti. jiianahuti. devatahuti. sal)lk�ahuti. plifl)ahuti.

The ms. deals with rituals to be performed in connection with the Niigapuja (Nev. pU/flja hiiya).

1 For °gavyaQ• 2 For kalaSiibhiseka. 3 For °riijabhya�. 4 For namo 'stu.

93 Us. or. 4297.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 18, slightly damaged. 19 x 8,4 cm. 16,5 x 5,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarI. Undated.

87

Page 134: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 93-94

Pancara�avidhana1!l paja yaya. Beg.: Ol!l nama(!)) snvaj(r)asa(t)tvaya II paiicarak�avidMnam aha. nakasa sarlra p[r]abit(r)a yaya.

lusi dhenya. mOQa hluya. sasakhina bhiimi pabitra yaya. mal)Qala vilim boya. mal)Qara coya. jathil­marjata thyal!l thilpana yaya. kalasapakarana. nakiri cyapu kvarachi hilka. puvaki pha 1 11 mal)Qa­(la)-prakara tasyal!l nabagraha thilpana yaya. grahabali. digabarahu mata. rahubali. rak�abidhi. caityabhaQilla II paiicarak�aputhi pal!lc[h]alak�adari matikabali. pa(l!l)casali mata. thuti adina l)a bara�uni pary[y]anta thilpana dhunakava sury[y]a(r)gha gurupada(r)gha. paiicag[r]abyasvadhana pu�pabhajanadhisthilna. gurumal)Qara. ral!lkhabali. deguri-kala(sa)puja. kuhmanyasa. mal)Qaladhi­hasana. sal!lkhalal!lkhana hilya.

End (front) ' " varl)[l)]abhal!l. devado�avinasa[l!l]nal!l sarv[v]adevagurunathal!l. vacaspatil!l na­mamy ahal!l II japa II 4 Ol!l bhogaspadaya svahil. iti brhaspatipujavyadhyana. tata!) agnaye dare. raktakamalo( t )pa( t )ti cand[ r Janagandhamal)Qalake. paC d)masanasa( I!l )s!hital!l. suk(\ )avafl)[ I) ]apa­supatavratadhillina. jatamakut[h]inal!l. bhujabhyal!l ak�asutrakamaI)Qaludharal!l. vaj(r)asukra(l!l) vibhilvayat II a. pu. nyasa I Ol!l nama!) sukradhipate asurottamaya. suddhe blla he svaha. s(v)etapu�­pa svetavast(r)a s(v)etagandha. dhiipa ka(r)pura . bhojana k�lrabhakta. lasya stuti. asuranal!l gurul!l sukral!l. svetavafl)[l)]amahiljalal!l. sarv[v]avidyapradaHiral!l vaj(r)asukral!l namamy ahal!l ll japa.

Fol. 1 (front) gives as title paiicarak�abidhilnal!l puja yayegu saphu.

The back-folios are painted black so that accounts may be written on them in a white chalk-like substance called salama in Nevarl. Some leaves in this ms. actually have accounts of this kind scribbled on them. Black-painted leaves of this sort are called hiikusapha in NevarL The text deals with santi, a rite for the pacification of the nine planets (graha) , the so-called grahasanti. When someone falls iII, Nevars believe it is due to the bad effects of grahas. A Vajracarya is therefore consulted and this ritual performed so that the evil effects of the grahas may be averted.

94 Hs. or. 4287.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 23 (first and last fol. half-size). 20,5 x 8,3 cm. 18 x 6 cm. 7-8 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Undated.

Pancarak$avidhiinapaja. Beg.: nama!) srlvajrasa(t)tvaya. paiicarak�avidhilna[l!l]m aha. marako thilpana yaya. thvati dhu­

nariao sury[y]a(r)gha yaya. paiicagavyasodhana. pujabhaQi jopeke. ma(r)jata thyal!l gurumal)Qala. lakhabali. deguli. kalasanyasa. kUl!lbhanyasa. mal)Qaladhivasana. bhiil!l khal!l SUI!l lal!l hiil!l. sal!l­kharal!l�ana hilya. Ol!l vaj(r)a yak�a hUI!l. baj(r)ana thiya.

End: . . . tval!l kha[rJdgarajake bruhi. ria kane. idrsal!l subhadataral!l jajiiasa(l!l)skrta manavaniil!l krtal!l mlna bruhi tval!l nagarajake. balipujayata. pasu(c)chedana. khaQgapuja. lal!l�ana hilya. svana boya. Ol!l khaQgaya svahil. �aranathilya svaM. sil!lghikaraya svaM. puja stuti. �adgaya �aranathilya. sil!lghikarajamal!lpura. pasu(c)chedanathilya khaQganathal!l namas tu' teo pasusodhanapiijiL mok�a biya. sunyam eval!l jagat sarval!l. suneta karunabhava hitva durgati bhadrante su�avatim apnuyat. pasucchedana bila. mantra padape. thana subahugathil parape.

Sections: paiicarak�avidhilna, paiicarak�apiija, ucchi�tabali, subahugathil, pasu(c)chedanamantra.

Marginal titles: pratisarapuja, paiicarak�apiija, cakradak�il)a, vaj(r)aci, ratnacil!l, dhiltupura, pad­macil!l, visvavaj(r)a, masaca, saradak�ina, danapiija, ucchi�tabali, etc.

88

Page 135: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 94-96

This is the end of the chapter called ucch4tabali biya of the Paficara/qiividhtina. The contents of the ms., a manual for officiating Buddhist priests , are listed in the upper half of the last leaf as follows: paficarak�iividhiinapajii, ucch4talacau biyagu, diina kiiyagu pustakaJ?!. The ritual is perform­ed in worship of the five goddesses 1) Arya-Mahiipratisara, 2) Mahiimayiin, 3) Mahiimantranusa­ri!)t, 4) Mahasttavatt, and 5) MahiisahasrapramardanL

1 For namo 'stu.

9S Hs. or. 4312.

Paper. Fols. 32; last leaf somewhat damaged. 12,2 x 5,8 cm. 10,5 x 4,5 cm. 4-5 lines. Nepalak�a­ra. NevarI prase, with hymns in Sanskrit . Dated N.E. 958. Written by BhiinasiI]1ha.

[pajiividhij. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . chusya. baji kola sakasyiita mala. thana siphata mya. baj(r)a rak�a biya. cakalapiija.

digabali biya. jajamana(na) gumma!)Qala danake. svana ki tanakya. gumpiija. dak�ina asi�a btya. paca kusa. bisa(r)jana. sagana toya. sihna mohanina toya. k(a)ras[r]abhi�eka biya. khiija chiiyake. [r]komali choya. bhalicamayajUljl hnasakana silimii jvanakya cva-deba japakala choya. khacu koma­ri syakha samayacakrabhojana. nichiibhiiyake bhalimacayata rava hraya. majUljl tone. riphii hnephii yaya. svastibiikya yaya.

thuti jura. subhaIjl. r�itaIjll bhiinasiIjlju jura.

End: OIjl nama(l)) snvaj(r)asa(t)tvaya. sa pyake bidhi cosyaIjl taya. kalasa, hnasakana, sihnamii, sagaIjldhau, gvagarasa, kaumali, thache, kvache, sihna, mohani, digubali, thiipiIjl, �aja thuti thiipana dhunakava sury[yja(r)gh[rja yaya. gummatargha. piijabhara japake. gumma!)Qara danya. rahasi danya. kalasapiija yaya. thana ajalasiidhana yaya. [rjkomalipiijiL thana mayaju bhiiju baJina pisyaIjl haya. bisa(r)jana. nirajana, mata, pha, talaca. thana samajvalana hneonya tayava biya. cikana kolana buyake. thana cusapanaIjl sa nya bo thayake. thakuti kakicanaIjl sa k�anake. bhaguna tulina sihna phiiyake. !)a gvada sapa pyake. kuhmakanaIjl dathu nisya hinya tu 12. cusapana chuke. saIjl­kha-la[ Ijlkh janaIjl mikhii pi . . .

A manual of various rituals and ceremonies such as, for example, the rituals connected with marriage which are to be performed by the officiating Buddhist priest.

1 For likhitarrz « r4itarrz).

96 Hs. or. 6469.

Two texts: (1) Ratnama!)Qalaracana and (2) Mantradhiira!)tsaIjlgraha. Paper. Fold-book. Fols . 5, partly damaged. Text partly illegible. 26,2 x 10,2 cm. 21,5 x 6,5 cm. Nepalak�ara. (1) Sanskrit with Nevarl paraphrase. Undated. Text 2 written by another scribe than text 1.

(1) Ratnamal!4alaracana. Incomplete. Beg.: (ca)ndraya namal). II kha II sUIjl siiry[yjaya namal). II ja II OIjl iii). srIvajrasa(t)tvagumbhya

namal). II ma II . . . ya II a�lasrIjlgam ayaIjl memIjl caturdvtpap(r)asobhitaIjl I saptaratnasamaklr!)­[!)jaIjl daden uttaradayine II guru . . . buddhadharm[mjebhyal). saIjlghebhyas ca tathaiva ca I niry[yja­tayami bhiivena saIjlpiirl)[!)jaratnama!)QalaIjl II cyagult tvapaJana sahita jusyaIjl suvar!)[!)jaya

89

Page 136: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 96-98

(h)mal)1 juyiio atyanta sobhiiyamiina juyiio cona sumeru parb[b]atasa pyagu dvipana uliio sapta ratnayii kiral)ana barobara khayakiio anuttara dhiiya thiihii thyakanii kiiya ma jyiigu. thathil)1gu ratnamal)gala dayakiio chalapola guru buddha dharm[m]a sal)1ghayiita bhiiba niry[y]iitanii yiisyal)1 sal)1piirl)[l)]a dohalapii II 01)1 iii) hUI)1 srlmadvajrasa(t)tvasadguruvaraca(ra)nakamaliiya samyakjiiiiniivabhiisanakariiya name hiil)1 II srlmiin juyao bijyakahma. he sadguru bhagavan. chaia­polayii caranakamalasa namaskara II

End: (readable last but one folio) karomy a�a svapararthaprasiddhaye II buddha-dharma-sa(I)1)­ghayata saptavidhanuttarapiija yanao bodhicitta utpatti yasyal)1 jagatasal)1saraya kary[y]a siddha yaya II utpiidayami paramal)1 varabodhicittal)1 nimantrayamy e�a ca sarv[v]asa(t)tvan II bodhicitta utpatti yiinao sarb[b]asa(t)tvayata nimantrana yasyal)1 II i�tal)1 cari�ye varabodhicary[y]al)1. buddho bhaveYal)l jagato hitaya II buddhacary[y]a caralapiio sal)1sarayiita hita yiiya II desanal)1 sarvapapaniil)1 pUl)yaniil)l canumodanal)1 II krtopavasal)1 cari�yami ary[y]a$tal)1ga-(u)po�adha(m) II piipiidesaniidi­pUl)yiinumodaniio II ary[y]a�tiil)1ga-upo�adhabrata caralape II II maya biilena miidhena yatkil)1cit papam acital)1 II prakrtyavadyasava . . .

97 Hs. or. 4301.

For a description of the ms. see No. 71.

(2) Si.<;yapravesavidhi (fol. 62, 72, 8, 10, 11 , 12, 15, 19). Incomplete. Beg.: prapya si�yapravesaya mal)galasiddhim abhila�et I mal)gala[ l)1]pradak�il)a I svacaka I iikiiSot­

piidaci[l)1]hnatvat aniidinidhanai) parai) I mahiivajramayasa(t)tvo 'k�obhyai) vajradya si(d)dhya me I sarv[v]ottamamahiisiddhimahesvaryiididaivatal) I sarv[v]avajradharo raja siddhya me paramak�arai) II nirdo$ai) sasvatas casi sarv[v]araganuraginai) I ta(t)tvena siddhya me bhagavan mahiiriigo mahiima­tal) II atyana suddhadharm[m]agra iidimuktas tathiigatai) I samantabhadra sarv[v]atma bodhisa(t)tva prasiddhya me I sarvottamamahasiddhimahaisvaryagramudraya siddhya vajramahotkar�at vajra­garbhiiyater mana II

End: sahasradesananidanatathiigatanidhiniyojanaya sadhvanighal)1tasamayai). svabhiivasuddho hi bhava svabhiivair vibhavlkrtai) I svabhiivasuddhai) satsa(t)tve kriyate paramo bhava. ghal)lthiil)1 viidayan. mudra hi samayai) proktii manomiirt[t]ii) drghiitvatai). sarvamiirt[t]i drgha tena mudra prakaipitii. prajiiopiiyasamayamahasukhatmasal)1buddhasvabhiivasudrghayogyatiidhiinaya mudra­samayai) II iti trisamayai) II madhe samaya. tad uktal)l paramiidyatantre II vajral)1 ta(t)tvena sal)lgra­hya ghal)1ta dharm[ m]el)a vadyate I samaye ca mahamudra adhi . . .

The text describes the ceremony of entering into disciplehood (si.<;yapraveSa) under a Vajracarya.

98 Hs. or. 4326.

Paper. Fois. 28. Fol. 1 damaged with loss of text in left upper corner. 28,8 x 8,8 cm. 15,5 x 5,5 cm. 6-7 lines. 1 punch-hole . Nevarl, interspersed with Sanskrit passages. Undated.

[Utkrdntiyoga]: (1) Utkrdntiyoga, (2) Antye�tikriyd, (3) DurgatipariSodhanasamddhibali. (1) Beg. (fol. 1 back) : 01)1 namai) srl-vajrasa(t)tvaya. namo ratnatrayaya. atha[m] utkranti(yogam)

. . . mi. recakal)1 piirakal)1 yoga sodhayed dehamal)gaial)1. nananimittasal)1priipta sva ' " chijjati

90

Page 137: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 98

chijjati. ao hanalJl mebata balJldhanalJl mrtyu jayelapeyata hnapalJl recaka piiraka yoga yanao japa yaye lakachi 100000. thanalJl li svasa piirl)[I))a juyiio itii da dasyalJl li mrtyu juyao priil)a on10.

End (fol. 5 front): artha. gvahma manu�yenalJl debatiipanisayiigu bhiibanii rna yiita ohma manu�ye abasyenalJl naraka pary[y)anta gati on10. thvateyii kiiral)asa mrtyuyii cihna siyakiio utkriintiyoga yiiye miila. thuguli karm[m)a yiiniinalJl abasyenalJl subhagatisa one dayu jula. iti mrtyunifl)aya utkriintiyo­gapatala. subhalJl.

(2) Beg. (fol. 5 front): atha antyastikriyiim aha. antyest[h)ikriya samyak kartavyalJl vidhina yadi l salJlsar(a)rl)avamagniinalJl nivrtyartha[IJl)ii ca dehiniilJl II thana utkranti yiiye pramana chuya nintilJl1 dhiilasa manu�yalokapani samastalJl salJlsarasamudranalJl para juyao mok�a oneya karal)asa anega bidhi yaye mala.

End (fol. 17 front): thana trp[pa)ti bastranalJl pu�palJl mi tayu hmanalJl piijiibha salJlkalpa yaye. antakriya s[a)masana yajiia homa piijanarthalJl sarvadurgatimocanarthalJl sat[a)gatimiirgaphalapriip­terthalJl·

(3) Beg. (fol. 17 front and back): thanalJl Ii durgatipariso(dha)nasamadhi yaye. samiidhibali. hanalJl kiilJldhii apaca sadya dhaupati gane(sa) mahiikala khaQga dalJlQa thiipilJl mata bidhi thyalJl piija. thanalJlli khayubaisi siyagu catvanalJl bheotayii dathusa adhi�lhana yaye. 01Jl vajrasa(t)tva. ai) svasti luyakalJl kusasthiipanapiija yaya. hanalJl svasi juosalJl khayubaisiya si julasalJl piija yaye. bheotasa taye. ka 32. piija. hanalJl cahoma cyatake. brihl duye. piija. hanalJl silJlta pva cyake. bakya uthyalJl jajiiasa agnisthiipanapiija. prathamahuti. jiiiiniihutLdebatiimal)Qalapiija. debatahuti. tha­nalJl li mrtakaya sirasa baj(r)analJl thiyakalJl taye. japa chaja yaye. mantra. 01Jl jralJl ValJl jalJl jvalJl lalJl nalJl liilJl [k )kvalJl hUIJl hUIJl hUIJl phal 3.

End (fol. 28 front): (anty)astipiija yayegu svahnu atapiija yaye . . . rna phatasii hnasa hnu yalJlkalJl maI)Qala-astipiija. phatasa I)iihma tathiigatayagu dhiiral)l bonake. ak�obhyayagu dhiiral)l bonake. phakva 1000. 10000. 100000 salJlkhya pramananalJl dhiiral)i bonake. fol. 1 (back): atha[m) utkriintiyoga ( . . . ). fol. 5 (front): atha antyastikriyam aha. fol. 17 (front): thanalJl li durgatiparisodhanasamiidhibali.

Marginal titels: fol. 1 (back): utkriintijoga yayegu. fol. 10 (back): palJlcabhi�eka biya. fol. 16 (front): utkriinti yaye . fol. 18 (back) : sniina yatake. fol. 19 (front): pu�pa[IJl)nyasa. fol. 20 (front): jajiiasa krabyagnibhiibana. fol. 20 (back) : a�lasmasana bali biye. fol. 21 (front): sati �unu. sithalJl yaneta. fol. 24 (front): svahnu �unu mal)Qala coye . prasti sileo

There is a custom among Buddhist priests whereby a Vajriiciirya or a Sakyabhik�u who has died is kept at home in a yogi posture for a day or two so that certain rites may be performed before the dead man's funeral procession takes place. This practice is intended to show publicly that he died after having practised utkriintiyoga, the subject of this ms., which is considered to be the state of merging with the Bodhisattva Amitabha. The ms. also deals with the various ceremonies to be performed

91

Page 138: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 98-100

after death, such as the rites to be carried out at the cremation ground when the dead is burnt, the custom of performing Durgatiparimocana to ensure that the dead man attains Sukhtivatlbhuvana, etc.

1 For nimittif!l.

99 Us. or. 4300.

Paper, Fold-book and one separate leaf numbered 8. Fois. 27 112. 20,3 x 11 cm (fold-book), 21,8 x 8,6 cm (sep. leaf). 18 x 9,5 cm (fold-book), 17,6 x 5,2 cm (sep. leaf). ll1ustrations in colour on the separate leaf. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevar!' Undated.

[Vajrasattvamudriisa1f!graha]. Incomplete. Beg.: Ol!l nama!). grlgurnvajrasa(t)tva(ya) . atha mudraprarambha. hasta cosyal!l taya jula. Ol!l

vajraratna tral!l. Ol!l vajradharma hrli). Ol!l vajrakaca al). Ol!l vajrasa(t)tva hiil!l. Ol!l vajraraja jal). Ol!l vajraraga hoI). Ol!l vajratacha dhval!l. Ol!l vajrabhii�a cal!l. Ol!l vajrakarma kal!l. Ol!l vajrasadhu sal). Ol!l vajraratna Ol!l. Ol!l vajrateja a!).. Ol!l vajrahetu mal!l. Ol!l vajrarak�e hiil!l. Ol!l vajrayak�e hiil!l.

.

End: Ol!l sarvatathiigatapu�apiija meghasamudraspharal).esamaya hiil!l. pita. Ol!l sarvatathiigata­dhiipapiija megha(samu)draspha(ra)l).asamaye hiil!l. gila. Ol!l sarvatathagata-alokapiija meghasamu­draspha(ra)l).asamaye hiil!l. rakta. Ol!l sarvatathiigatasa(t)tvapiija meghaspharal).asamaya hiil!l. gila. Ol!l sarvatathiigatabodhyama(1a?)ratnalal!lkarapiija me(gha)spharal).asamaye hiil!l. pita. Ol!l sarva­tathiigatahasyalasya ca tintI-abhyokhiinut(t)arapiija meghaspharal).asamaye hiil!l.

Text on seperate fol. containing 8 illustrations: front: Ol!l sarv[v]avidvajralasya hiil!l. Ol!l sarv[v]avidvajramale tral!l. om sarv[v]avidvajragIte hrll!l. Ol!l sarv[v)avidvajranrtya al). back: Ol!l sarv[v]avidvajrapu�pe hiil!l. Ol!l sarv[v]avidvajradhiipe tral!l. Ol!l sarv[v]avidvajradlpe hrll!l. Ol!l sarv[v]avidvajragandha a.

All fols. except the seperate single leaf have headings as given above with squares under each heading supposed to contain illustrations of the different hand-poses drawn, but left empty. Thus ·the manuscript is incomplete. On the seperate fol. hand-poses are drawn with colour underneath the headings, which are mantras to be uttered by the Vajracarya performing the hand-poses.

100 Us. or. 4309.

Paper. One leaf only. 28,5 x 7 cm. 26 x 4,5 cm. 5 lines . Nepalak�ara. Nevar!' Undated. Cf. No. 196.

(4) Fragment. Beg.: nama(i)) srlgurn-ajiia Ol!l.

End:. thva mal!ltra dha 108 jaki japarapal!l chuvake. dhiipa guguri ku Ihanakeva. Ol!l midyabe saphii dhiira 21 dhiipa gara biya thvatena deba khake jura II Ol!l abesahal!lnyahu phatu sviihii II dhii 21 dilake jura.

Directions for the ritual accompanying a certain mantra.

92

Page 139: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 101-102

101 Us. or. 4284.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 19 1/2. 18 x 6,4 cm. 15 x 5 cm. 4 lines, on leaves with vertical writing 17. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevarl. Undated.

A$tadikkalaiapiljii. 14 12 9 7 5 3 1 2 4 6 8 11

Beg.: baj(r)acand[r]abhairaba. siI!lghi. maha. bhai. ca. biL ko. brahma. ma. bi. i. mahii.ra. k�etra-W M

pa. gal).e. toyu. toyu. hii.ku. hii.ku. hyaliu. hyaliu. hya. iyu. toyu. valiu. iyu. toyu. toyu. byagh(r)ini. 12 9 7 5 3 2 1 4

iva. dharaputaya kal)!tha. ru(d)racand[r]abhairaba. hii.. mahii.m. bhai. ca. ha ko. brahma. mohe. bi. 6 8 11 10 13 14 i. mahii.. kuma. gal).e. kuma. si(l)!)ghini. hii.ku. hyaliu. hyaliu hyaliu. iyu. toyu. valiu. iva. toyu.

15 hyaliu. toyu. byagh(r)ini. hyaliu. toyu. iiva. paQuigalaya kal)!tha 2 (In the ms. the numbers are placed below the respective words they belong to).

End: . . . biya. japa, dhiipa, nirajana. thvaua li debapadhisthii.1 yaya. 1. klesa hlaya katha. gvara 2 guruba. puba, muklesa, guhahii., bailo , toyu. 1. indra, kresa, raja, hyaliu . 1. yama, naQa, haku. 1. baru, toyu, thakarl. 1. kubya, cit(r)akara, hmvasu. 1. agne, agnikul).Qa daliahmayata, hyaliu. 1. nairrtya. paramana, valiu. 1. cayu, kahira, toyu. 1. isa, naya. toyu. 1. candrama, guruhahii.. toyu. 1. siiry[y]a matra, hyaliu. 1. bahma upadhya hmvasu. 1 . prthibl, kumhii.ra, hmvasu. 1. naga, kajhita, toyu. 1. asura, paramana, hii.ku. thuti digakresa hlaya paripatl juro.

Fo!. 1 (front) gives as title: sahasrahuti. yajne. a�ta[u]dikkalasapiijapustakam.

A text dealing with the tantric ritual of the Q$tadikkalaias.·

1 For °prat4!hii.

102 Us. or. 6483.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 34 + 2 half-leaves. 21,7 x 8,5 cm. 17,5 x 6,5 cm. 8 lines. Diagrams at the end. Nepiilak�ara. Sanskrit prose, with directions in Nev3.r1. Dated N.B. 783. Written by Karmacar­ya Bhairava Bhii.ro.

Biilakubjikiircanavidhi. Beg.: Ol)! namal.1 paramasambhavaya II athii.para pravak�(y)ami krama1 piijarcana[l)!]vidhirp I yena

vijnanamatrel).a bhuktimuktyarthasiddhidal)! II adau snatva sucir bhiitva val)!de sal)!dhyam anukra­mat I adau tavat malasnanal)! piirv[v]adisyam (am)rtam anlya II mayabljena bhramanarp krtva II yarp ral)! lal)! val)! prathamena dak�il).avamapadau II dvitlyena gUQalil)!ge II trt1yena katijal)!ghii.ya II urun ca caturthena[l)!] II vagbhavenacamya II mukhanasaputo vamadak�il).akarl).[l).]ada2 sarpspa(r)sya II piirv[v]abhii.ga(l)!) pal)lcakena[m] adaya II ail)! uparimatral)! sal)!sodhya II piirv[v]ad3 arabhya II vamahaste�u bhii.gatrayal)! krtva II hrll)! dak�il).akol).e dik�u II ail)! vamakOJ,le toye II ail)! ayakol).e sarv[v]alige�u II atra jale saptadhii.ral)! japitva II ail)! karel).otthii.payet II ail)! aghore ail)! sirabhi�eka II hrll)! sikhabal)!dha II hiil)! vastrasuddhi II ail)! hrll)! Srll)! ubhau �at II dvariiSinabhimukhabrahma­ral)!dhrantani sprsed iti II gayatrlnyasal,l II

End: tribhuvanajananl rajarajesvarl tval)! eka sanekariipa pral).amati satatal)! naumi devl(rp) ku­marl(m) II yatha vanaprahii.ranal)! kavacal)! bhavati varanal)! I tatra devo vighii.tranal)! santir bhavatu varanal)! II mantrahlnal)! kryahinal)! bhaktahlnal)!4 mahesvarl I yal,l piijital)! maya bhaktya tat astu

93

Page 140: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 102-103

tava pt1janrup II atra grupdhiidi II ailJl yonimudraya pral)amya II pntipretatyiidi II tarp[p]al)a II II jajamana-abhisekha II bhucasa hnasakana te II jajamananivalJlchanadi II hnasakana jajamanakala­sabhisekha II ceta silJldhura sagvana II mohan! II silJldhrammia hlaya II svana biya sakalyana II kumbha hlaya II arathina gaya II prati�iha II hnasakana kene II II tato anukramena bhramana II II kaumarlbisarj[j]ana II sak�i thiiya If kegvac;la biya II sarv[v]amalJlgalama(lJI)galyatyiidi II kuhmara­bhuja choya II blrabhojya II kara[lJI]�apt1ja II karalJlkabhi�[y]eka II

Colophon: iti snpascimamnaya-balakubjikarc[c]anavidhi(h) samapta[lJI](l)) II II subham astu sarv­[v]ada II II sambat 783 karttikasukla 3 II salJlPt1rl)[l)]adina II likhiti karm[m]acarya bhairava bhiiro II srl-3-kubjikapntir astu II

A text describing the ritual of homage paid to Balakubjika, that is to say, a Kumarl. This is a Saivaite ritual practised among Hindu Nevars according to the Kubjikiitantra.

1 For kramiit (1). , For °kar�[�Jau (?). , For parv[vJiid. 4 For bhaktf.

103 Hs. or. 6484.

2 texts: (1) Bhairabaguihaya bidhi and (2) Ragaragil)lmala. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 38. 27,7 x 11,2 cm. 23 x 8 cm. 6-9 lines. Illustrations of ragas and ragil)ls in black ink. Nepalak�ara. NevarI. Undated.

(1) Bhairabaguthayii bidhi. Beg.: srl-3-bhairabaguihaya bidhi II paralaka hnakohmaya hnapana yaya gathii nugaralJl nise II

palJlcabiihapt1ja II akheta, taya, potaya II bari pala 1 palJlcapataka ju 1 di�ii ju 2 II kheja gva 1 II jojamaka pu 3 II dhuma pu 3 II dora 12, nivata 12, misa nivata 12, gva 1 , inaya gvaraja, mera­gva(ra)ja 1 II sogvana dharipata 4 II kata nyana baya nithana II cata-mac;lhi phalJl 1 II sabuna ku 2 II cichasarisa-cekalJl subhara 1 II mvata pataca 1 II sara-na pehma nahma dakva II aji nyana gva 1 thane II bheraca hmalJl 1 II kata nyana chagvapo, aji nyiilJl cha dhara 1 deke yane II thvali htiakohmaya rikohmaya sabulJI kura 2 mvata pata 1, na nehma sohma mac;lhi phalJl 1 , guchesa yane aji nyana gva 1 II ba ji marako nehmasena biya I I a ji nyana dhara 1 yane deke. (On the right hand margin) bhiita gva 10.

End (on the left hand): palJl-la ta 8, pa-na ta 8, byaka ghiisa ta 8, ora ta 8, ghara' sakha, murasura ta 2, dudu daya, hmalJl 1 pata dhan, hmalJl 1 mokasipora II (on the right hand) pt1ja rihii vaya ri dharipa 12 caku cha p(a)ra ta(ya) yane. napa thuri [II] biya. bhalJldari aca nehma[lJI]yata pa-dhari nepa nepa biya mara pararaka nehmasenalJl II pararaka nehma[lJI]sena biyamva-ct1lJ1 ku 1 ku 1 thaha bijya kuhnu II salJlgra(n)ti' satikuhnu biiriidyasa nake rikohmaya II srlmahiibhairabaya bisakatalJl khatasa tako patara tako khuhma nayakayalJl. snmahiibhairabaya tukalJl-chii tukalJl va vaneva sine­hma 2 sora biica nehma ku sva ku 3. snmahiibhairabaya bisaka-jatara deba kvaha bijyai. mt1radeba jone nayaka kiideba jone nuku chahma nuku tava chahma. tvaka jone Mca toralJl cI macakhaca dathu caparasa tahara yaya nayaka khuhmasenrup. amidiimi khuhmasayalJl. mahabari vaya yane. suvara tipva dabudabu bahu bariihi khu pasa hmuya. nayaka pukhahma valle mara. bokalJl-chayata marasa dalJl 4 balJl ( . . . ) .

A handbook dealing with the various activities of the guthl association which is called Bhairaba­gutha by its members. The ms. describes the worship of the deity and the materials to be used for this

94

Page 141: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 103-104

purpose as well as the rules aud regulations to guide the members in observiug the various rituals connected with this gu/hi. The main deity worshipped by the Bhairabagu/ha is the Bhairava housed in Taumiirhitola, Bhaktapur.

1 For ghera. 2 For sm?lkranti.

104 Us. or. 4355.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 23; beginning folio missing. 21 x 8,5 cm. 18 x 6 cm. 7 lines. Diagram on fol. 24 (front). Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit mantras and Neviirl. Dated N .E. 783.

[ DaSamlpujiibidhi]. Beg.: . . . bhyiil)1 namai}.. 01)1 ail)1 hrll)1 Srlc[y]iimul)c)iiyai bicce tarj[j]anibhyiil)1 namai}.. 01)1 aim

hrll)1 Srlciimul)c)iiyai bicce madhyamiibhyiil)1 naruai}.. 01)1 ail)1 hrll)1 srlciimul)c)iiyai bicce aniimikii­bhyiil)l namai}.. 01)1 ail)1 hrll)1 srlciimundiiyai bicce kal)i�thikiibhyiil)1 namai}.. 01)1 ail)1 hrlrp srlcamul)­c)iiyai bicce karatalapr�thiibhyiil)l namai}..

End: goya chiiya. ta(t)tvasodhana. samaya chiiya. thama thamastiil)1 kiiya. sal)lti-kuhnu thava nitya dhunakiiva paramesvarl piijii yiiya. japa 108. stotra. ta(t)tvasodhana. sagona chiiya. dak�il)ii. bisarj[j]ana yiiya. svana ko kiiya. dlpayii mohani kii(ya) . binduyii si(n)dh(a)rana kiiya. kuhmasakti biya. cetasviina biya. ta(t)tvasodhana. ail)1 ca(?)sii sakti porape. birabhojana yaya.

Colophon: iti iiratrikavidhi(i}.). sambat 783 kii.

Title in Nepali, given by the owner (on last. fol. , back), dasaiko piijapaddhati.

This ms. containing Sanskrit mantras with directions in Neviirl deals with the day-to-day rites to be performed in worship of the goddess Durgii (Bhavani) beginning from the 7th day of the bright fortnight of the Month of Asvina onwards up to the 10th day. These four days constitute the most important period of the 10 days starting from the 1st of the month. The most important day is the 9th, when sacrifices, mainly of buffaloes, take place. The nine preceding nights are called Navaratri aud are regarded as holy. They are dedicated solely to the worship of Durga in one of her aspects as Mahi�amardanl. Instruments and arms are worshipped. As Navadurga, this goddess has nine aspects. The followers of the Hindu tantric schools conceive of the eight petals of a lotus as the A�tamiitrkiis. At the centre of the lotus they imagine the position of Durga. All the petals of the lotus signify different aspects of the same deity. Tantric imagery is followed by artists, too, when they have to paint or carve on stone or make bas-reliefs with symbolic representations. There is also a dance called navadurga in Bhaktapur. The dance was instituted by one of the Malia Kings and is performed for several months a year. The masks of the dancers are housed in a building specially designed for the purpose of worshipping the nine Durgas.

The worship as described in the ms. is mainly performed on the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th day. In Nepal even Buddhist householders celebrate this festival. Nepalese government officials observe the last days (from the 7th onwards) as holidays. The Government or Nepal still imprints the word Bhaviinl and a sword on Nepalese coins as a sign of the high respect paid to this goddess. The Malia Kings called the goddess also Tu!ajii(-Bhaviinl) and worshipped her devotedly during this festive occasion. The :festival is called Dasailfl ("tenth day", including the previous three days) by Nepali speaking people, but is called Mahani « mahahna, "great day") by Nevars.

95

Page 142: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 105-106

105 Hs. or. 6487.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 33, somewhat damaged. 21,5 x 7,2cm. 17 x 5 cm. 6 lines. 17 illustrations. Nepiilii�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevarl. Undated.

Durgiipiljiividhi. Incomplete. Beg.: OIll nama!) srldurg[gliiyai nama!) II atha pratipadavidhir Iikhyate kalasasthiipanavidhi(!)) II

aiIll atmata( t )tvaIll sodhayami svahii II kIIIll vidyata( t )tvaIll sodhayami II saUIll sivata( t )tvaIll sodhaya­mi svahii II hraIll hriJll sa!) srisurY[Ylaya idaIll arghaIll svahii. thvate sury[ylargha II nyasa II thana bhUmisthiipana II haIll prthvivyai nama!) II laIllkhana hiiya. astraya phat II dhii.nyavik�apana. dhiinyai nama!) II byadisa kalasa taya II m11lana paftcaratna taya II OIll saIllPufl).[l)lakalesaya nama!) Il laIllkha thiine II OIll varul)aya nama!) II m11lana paftcapallava taya II sasakhi gurato taya II OIll durg[glayai nama!) II srIllgayai nama!) II sa!) a:IlIgu(�thii)ya nama!) II OIll hrdayaya nama!) II jUIll sirase svahii II 5 pujanaIll II saIllPurl)[l)lakaresapatisthiiyai nama!) II m(r)[iltYUIlljayakhaQ3JlIganyasa II OIll astraya phal II jUIll kani�thiiya nama!) II sa!) anamikaya nama!) II OIll madhyamaya nama!) II jUIll tarjanyaya nama!) II sa!) sikhiiyai vau�at II OIll kavacaya hUIll II

End: dhyana II suddhasphatlkasaIllkasaIll trinetraIll candramaulikaIll I varadabhayahastaIll ca mu­driimaliisusobhitaIll II evaIll dhyiitvii mahii.dev3Jll i�lakamarthasiddhaye II tryaIlljali II jUIll sa!) amrtis­varaya mahaIak�misaktisahitaya nama!) II thvanaIll (Ii) bali II OIll indradidasalokapalebhyo nama!) II OIll adityadinavagrahebhyo nama!) /1 Ol!l aSvaltbamadya�lacira(l!I)jlvibhyo nama!) II Ol!l pratipadadi­paIllcadasatithibhyo nama!) II OIll asvinyadya�laviJllsatinak�atrebhyo nama!) II OIll vi­skaIllbhiidisaptaviIllsatiyogebhyo nama!) II OIll babiidisaptakaral)ebhyo nama!) II OIll anantadya�lana­gebhyo nama!) II OIll me�adidvadasariiSibhyo nama!) II avahanadi II SrlIll srlve nama!) II SrlIll SrlIll la�myai nama!) II hnasakana sihnaramUliapuja II tato upacarapuja II gaIlldha siIlldura pu�pa dhUpa dlpa naivedya japa stotra II jUIll sal) sviiha II ratnau�adhltyadi II iti kalesarc[clanaIll II tato kUIllbhapu­ja II adhiirasaktaye nama!) II kUIllbhacatu(!))saIllskara!) II

Subcolophons: iti kalasasthapanavidhi(!)) samapta!) , iti nabaratra svane bidhi samapta[ IlIl .

On the back folios figures of the Durga are drawn with hints for choosing the right colour, for example, toyuva duviira, muladeva hyiinu, eyuva duvlira, hyiinu duviira; deva hyiinu, cakra hyiihu, toyuva, kiito, viinu, hyiihu, eyuva preta; cakra hyiihu, deva rakta sarb[bjiirrtlSa, preta toyuva, etc.

106 Hs. or. 6390.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 29. 22 x 9,5 cm. 19,3 x 8 cm. 7 x 8 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevarl. Dated N.E. 857. Written by Devarama Karmacarya.

Grahabali. Beg.: OIll nama!). srlnavagrahebhyo nama!) I atha balividhi. biya thiisa patabiisana coya. tavadhii­

nakaIll gupati palepati coya. thva palepatiya madhyasa khatkol)a coya. dathvasaIll mala. thvana Ii porona caka yanava asana k�yaya1 3 . peka 2 �a(t)kona 1 svastlka 1 . liya biina 1. trikona 9. thvate puna dayake. poro cha caka kayava adityayata hyanuke, ja kUQa chi 1 thuyava thva jana cyapati palyaIll dayake. makaragarbha yaya. thvaya devane svanavana haya. thvate adityaya. somaya bidhi. poro cha caka yatiava puva ke jima�u yala 16 thva ja thuyava haIllsa dake. oho garbha yaya. thvaya devane bhoyu (ha)mla baya. somaya bidhi. aIllgaraya purona tikol)a. thvaya devane svapharake ja jasa

96

Page 143: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 106--107

si111dharana111 hyaimka111 phasi dayake. kakaQe polagarbha yaya. praka devane hiiya. thvate a111ga­raya.

End: hi tbva patra. rasnodaka thva patra. ghera (thva) patra. dadhi thva patra. caku thva patra. riti thva patra. kastl thva patra. nasakyati thva patra. thvate patra. dhfipaga!)a. jatamasa. srlkha!)Qa. agura. setha hlasa. ghera. ak�ata. kusara-hii. kasturi. khorasima. karp[p lura. dhupasa. thvate dhupa­sa. yutaraga!)a. kusubi-yita pu 16. manya hyaim yuta pu 3. eyu yita pu 4. mavana yIta pu 5. toyu ta pu 6. variu yita pu 7. haku yita pu 8. pa111cala111 yita pu 9. toyi yita pu 10. thvate itaga!)a.

Colophon: sa111[r]b[b]at 857 srabanabadi 6 Sa111pfir!)[!)]a yaM dina ri�iti2 karm[m]aca(r)[j]ya de­baramana coya juro. subham. subham astu sarv[v]ada. subham.

0111 nama!) sury[y]aya. 0111 gurupadukebhyo nama!) . . .

On fol. 28 back: pfija grhna 2 mama santi kuru 2 hfi(111) phal svaha . . . iti vasisthapfijabalividhi(!)) samapta[ 111]!).

On fol. 29 back: 0111 nama!) sivaya . . . ityagniii ca pracod[h]ayat pranahutipradanena. plyante devatan ive savitrl caturapa111diii).

1 For chyaya. 2 For likhita1'(l.

107 lis. or. 6403.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 35. 17,5 x 8,5 cm. 13,5 x 7 cm. 8 lines. On the back of the last 2 fols. the figure of a deity drawn later and dated Vikr. E. 1981. Nep�lak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevarl. Undated.

Kaumtirlytigtircanavidhi. Beg.: srlgurave nama!) / ga!)esadviidasa nama!) / 0111 svastina indra I acamya. pra!)ayamanyasa.

jalasodhana111. murana soya. ai111 k11111 saU111 sau111. astraya phala 4. ai111 kavacaya hfi111. dhenu­mudraya mrt1(111)1 krtya yonimudriilll darsayet. 0111 / . . . ga111ge ca jamune. mfilena jape!. yonimudra. vakya. jajamanasya srl 2 sve�ladevata prltlkamanaya mahii�lamlpa111copacaradevyarca!)a(111) kartu111 srlmahiitripurasu111d[r]arl srl-anand[r]abhairavaya snana111 nama(!)). ukara111 vayublja. dudu. payasa paya pU!)ya111 ca prthivyiilll pfita sarv[ v]ada. kamadhenusraya111 nitya111 snapayami sivajiiaya. dhari. dadhi umapati111 deva111 devana111 priyavallabha111. snapata111 ca sadanitya111 suprlta devata sada. ghera. ghrtapfitapinakinl li111gapiitapinakina111. agnisarp[p ]isvarfipe!)a tratriloka111cana111 siva111. kasti.

End: khecarlmudra111 darsayet. ko kayava bhUmisa adhomukha yariava taya. taQana yaya. dak�i!)a chiiya / ai111 h� Srl111 patalastha yogin! trpyantu. rahiita siya. acamya. kaumarlpfija. asana. triya111ja­Ii 3. �aQa111ga. avahaniidi. mudra. dhUpa dlpa japa stotra. ma!)Qalavisa(r)j[j]ana. kaumarlyake svana ko kayava sakaleta111 biya. nyasa. balivisarj[iJana111. saktina2 patra thiiriava kaya. jajamanayata biya. silava dhupasa pane. kaumarlvisarj[j]ana111. sarv[v]ama111galama111galya sak�i thiiya. vakya. gotraja­janasya srl 2 .sve�ladevata p(r)ltikamanaya mahii�tamlkhaQgasthiipana mahiinavaml bhogapuja ma­hiidasaml kulaku111bhakaumarljagarc[c]a!)a Sa111pfif!)[!)]a krtakarm[m]a!)e sak�i!)e brhadbhiinave agha111 nama(!)).

Colophon: iti kau(ma)rljaga.

1 For °murtirr/ (?). 2 For saka-tina (?).

97

Page 144: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Ny. 108-109

108 Hs. or. 6457.

2 texts: (1) Kubjiklipujlividhi and (2) Plthyavatlirastotra. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 19. 23,5 x 7,3 cm. 19 x 4,3 cm. 5 lines. Neplillik�ara. Sanskrit, in (1) with directions in Nevlir!. Undated.

(1) Kubjikiipujiividhi. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . vylitmakaIll gaIlldhaIll kalpaylimi II kani�thayo(i)) II vaI!1 liplitmakaIll pu�paIll kalpaylimi

II aI!1gu�thayoi) II raI!1 tejlitmakaIll dhiipaIll kalpaylimi II tarj[iJanyoi) II yaIll vlijvatmakaIll dlpaI!1 kalpayami II madhyamayo(i)) II haI!1 liklis[r]litmakaIll naivedya(Ill) kalpaylimi II anlimikayo(i)) II aiIll yonimudrayli tambiilaIll kalpayami II triyaftcali1 II aiIll 5 haIll 9 srlgurunlithas(y)a 9 srlgurupatnl(Ill) parliIll vli srlplidukliIll 3 II �a<;!aIllga II hrli hrdayliyetylidi II livlihanlidi. yonimud(r)li(Ill) darsayet II jlipa. aiIll svlihli II akhal)<;!amal)<;!alli II miillidhlile catu(r)d[d]ale trikol)opari vlil)aliIllgave�titata<;!inko­tikarlirliIll muravidylimayl(Ill) kal)<;!alal)l(Ill) dhylitvli suk�mal)li mlirg[g]el)a �a<;!cakra(Ill) bhedayitvli paramatejasi saIllyojye sahasradale p[a]rasaI!1tukul)<;!elanl samalasi bhli(va)yitvli tadamrtadhlilaYli lolibhiitliIll caitanyamaYl(Ill) punai) miillidhliram liniya hrdayakamalaparameSVarl(Ill) caitanyaIll bhlivaye II

End: dhenumudrliIll drasayat' II aim kubjikliya vidmahe kuladlpliya[d] dhlmahe tan nai). kubunji pracodayat II arghapatrapuja II ai1)l 5 kurm[ni]lisanliya plidukliIll l1 glum slum plum mlum nlum II pa[Ill]ftcaratnaya plidukam 11 0m (?) hrdayliya nama(i)) II hrlIll sirase sviihli II srlsi�aya ba�at ' " arghapatrapiidukiim pujayami II avahanlidi. candanak�atapu�paIll name II yonimudraIll d[rJarsayet II bhutlisuddhi II em hrlffi . . . plidukliIll II aim candanaplidukaIll II hrlm ak�ataplidukliIll II Srlm virabhas­masiIlldura[Ill]padukaIll /1 . . . nanlipu�papadukiiIll II anlimikena plitrodaka(Ill) sirase si1)lcet II ku­sli[Ill]plidukaIll 3 II livahana II srlsamvart[t]limal)<;!allinte kramapadasahitlinandasaktii) subhemlisr�ti1)l nyliyacatu�kaIll akulakulagataIll paftcakaIll cliru�atkaIll /I catvaro paftcako 'nyai). ·punar api ( . . . )

I For tryalfljali. 2 For darfayet.

109 Hs. or. 6477.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 55. 20,5 x 11,1 cm. 16,8 x 8 em. 7 lines. Devanligarl. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevlir!. Undated.

[ Kubjikiipujavidhi] Beg.: srlgal)esaya namai). 11 atha saIllk�apa nityarcanavidhi Il�yate II coya II boya II ac(a)ma(na) 11 3

/1 asmat[a]pascimajye�thlij(y)e�thamlihamliyli-ugracal)<;!a-guhyakliIl-siddhilak�ml-tripurasundarlmur­tebhyo II nityakarmadevarcanapujli(Ill) kartuIll srlsuryaya arghyaIll nama(i)) II bhaskarliya canda­nlik�ata puspaIll nama(i)) II asmat[a]vlikyapurvavat[a] nityakarm[m]adevarcanapujli(Ill) kartuIll abhise�asnanaIll nama(i)) II cal)<;!anaIll nama(i)) II sindhuraIll nama(i)) II ak�ataIll nama(i)) II pu�paIll. nama(i)) II lic(a)ma(na) II 3 II nylisa II hrliIll astrliya phat II hraIll atigu�thlibhyaIll nama(i)) )1 hrliIll ta(r)j[j]anlbhyaIll nama(i)) II hrliIll madhyamlibhyliIll nama(i)) II hrliIll anlimiklibhyaIll nama(i)) II hrliIll kani�thlibhyaIll nama(i)) II hrliIll karatalapr�t(h)aklibhyliIll nama(i)) II hrliIll hrdayliya nama(i)) II hrliIll sirase svahli II hraIll siravliya va�at II hrliIll kavacaya hUIll II hrliIll netratrayaya vau�at II hrliIll astrliya phat II arghaplitrapujli II lidhlirasaktikamalasanliya paduka II arghapatrlisanaya pliduka II

End: trailokyaIllka�arl)l hrlIll klimlingadrlival)l kllIll srlmahlik�obhakliril)l aiIll sauIll sai) srlplidu­kliIll II aiIll 5 namo bhagavati hr phre(Ill) kubjikayai hrliIll hrlIll hriiIll ghore aghore aghorlimukhl

98

Page 145: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 109-111

cchiilJl cchllJl kil)i 2 bicce piidukalJlll ailJl 5 namo bhagavati hr phrelJl kubjikayai sralJl SrllJl srUlJl na fia l)a na my a aghoramukhl cchiilJl cchllJl kil)i 2 bicce piidukalJl ll ai(lJl) 5 namo bhagavati siddhe . . . kubjike sralJl sril)l srulJl khage ai(lJl) ghore aghore aghoramukhl kil)i 2 bicce piidukill)l ll ailJl 5 . . . anandasaktibhairavanandavlriidhipataya . . . padukalJl ll ailJl 5 . . . anandasaktibhairavanandaviriidhi­pataya . . . sripascimamUiasthiinabhaltarakaya padukalJl ll hralJl hrdayaya nama(q) II ityadi . . . �a­Qanga salJlPujya II bali II ai(lJl) 5 samastamantraplthiisil)lhasanaplthapithopaplthak�etropak�atra­salJldohopasalJldohadivyasiddhisamayacakrapadukalJl uktanuktalJl yat kilJlscit tat sarv[v]a(m) ailJl hrdayaya padukalJl II bali grhna 2 svahii II thvanalJl (li) bali II avahanadi II dhenuyonimudra II tarp[p]al)a II iti pascimapuja II

110 Hs. or. 4323.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 43. 19,3 x 8 cm. 16 x 5,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl prose, interspersed with Sanskrit verse. Undated.

Kulapi/Jljiircanavidhi. Beg.: 01Jl namaq sivaya. ratya kuhnu hninasa cakra-uddhara yaya bidhi. basalape bidhi. patabiisa­

na mal)Qala coya. bhote thal)Qiri coyagu. siba sakti taya. mahiipatra taya. thvate agrasa arghapatra teo dvalJldubali taya . no siya. sury[y]argha. kulama(r)tal,1Qapuja. thava agrasa ke bona bo tayava. gurunamaskara. gurus[u]marapuja. gurunamaskara yaya. nyasa. batlsi. jalapatra. gayatr!. arghapa­trapuja. bhutasuddhi. atmapuja. srlsalJlbart[t]ana abiihana. trideba. palJlcabali. bMsa knmbhasa patrasa catu(q )salJlskara. s[ a ]nana yacake. bhosa kumbhasa patrasalJl candana lepana yaya.

End: . . . bali thoyava choya. thana kumarlpuja yaya. thvate dhunakava yajamana pil)Qa coyakava lihii varanava svastika coyava asanasa teo nrbalJlchanadi. bhocasa hnaskana tayava kalasa abhise�a yacake. ukaralJl (i)tyadi. ceta. sindhala. sagona biya. mohan!' ekaneka ku(m)bha hlaya. thal)Qilina tvaya. bamahastena thal,1(Q)ili hmonava silJldharana tecake. arati. purl)[l)]acandra. thana thvate dhunanava blrabhojya yacake. yajamanayata kuhmaya prasada biya. dlk�a lako sakalestalJl biya birabhojyesa. birabhojya dhunanava kalalJlkapuja yacake. kalalJlka choya. kalal)lkabhise�a.

Colophon: iti kulapil)Qarc[c]anavidhi(q) samapta(q).

The first folio contains the title of the ms. in Nevarl as: latyaya kulapil)Qa thayaya puja-sapM.

A manuscript dealing with the rituals regarding oblations to the deceased on the 45th day, that is to say, one and a half month (latyii) after his death.

111 Hs. or. 6415.

Paper. Fold-book with a hard cover attached to each end. Fois. 39. 21,5 x 8 cm. 18 x 6,5 cm. 22 lines written in an upright manner; two fols. with 7 and 5 lines respectively written horizontally. Some fols. blank. Nepaliik�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevar!' Dated N.B. 758.

KuSalJiJlkarmavidhi. Beg.: 01Jl namaq sivaya II srl-3-sphiitikasivalingaprati�thiidina vaisa�asukiapurn[n]imakuhnu [II]

dina. yajfiajolana basape marj[jJata thyalJl ll sivasakti tahiiQa pvalJl 2 kalJlkalasa gva 1. balipata 7.

99

Page 146: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 111-112

gograsa kuhmala bhuja II saguI)a II debastaJjl paJjlciimrtapiija II dhvaja teva ak�ata dvaphala miiQhe II thvate basape II pu�pabhiijanaJjl krtva II vakya II asmatgaI)apatyiidi caturayanasphiitikasivaliilgapra­ti�thii 1 prativar�a ya jfianimit( t )yarthaJjl II ratno�adhl ll suddha saJjltaJjl l1 siddhir astu II sury[y jargha II nyasa II arghapatrapujatmaJjl ca II kusaJjlQlkarm[mjaJjl kury[yjat II yatha 2 bidhi thyaJjl sivasaktipuja II

End: juhiiyat II OJjl taniipa agne II tUJjl medhiime deva savita iidadhiituJjl medhiiJjl devl sarasvatl iidadhiituJjl medhiim asvinau deviiv iidhattiiJjl pu�karasrajau aJjlgiini ca rna iipyayatiiJjl viik priiI)as ca�ul;! srotraJjl yasobalaJjl /1 dasa balaJjl II OJjl iiyu�aJjl bhasmanii tilakaJjl laliite II OJjl yajfia yajfiaJjlga II arghapiitrodakena kUI)Qatribh(r)amanaJjl krtva II OJjl gaccha gacche tri k�amasva II se$ahoman dadyiit II tiimbolaJjl dadyiit II OJjl udvayantaJjl kUI)Qavisarj [ilaI)aJjl II nyiisa Ii (kii)ya II OJjl krtiiya karm[mjaI)e sviihii akrtiiya karm[mjaI)e sviihii II brahmii siJjl Qoya II bali iidina visarHijana yiiya thiiya 2 choya II kalasabhi$eka candaniidi saguI)a iiSlrb[bjiida II piirI)[I)jacaJjldra II kumiirldarsanaJjl l1 siik�i thoya II

Colophon: iti kiityiiyanoktakusaI)Qlkarm[mja samiipta[l;!j(m) II saJjlbat 758 karttikasuddhi$a�thl sanibiira II subham astu Il lekhakapiithakayo(r) 'stu [II] subhaJjl.

A handbook for Hindu priests of the Nevar group of the Riijopiidhyiiya Brahmans which describes theiuites during the kuSalJitikarma.

1 For caturiinanaO•

112 Hs. or. 4322.

Paper. Wooden covers coloured red. Miniature drawings of the Buddha figure in gold on the interior sides of the covers. Fois. 70; 1-50 numbered at the right hand margin, the rest being numbered separately at the left hand margin (variously and sectionwise). 31,8 x 8,7 cm. 24,5 x 5,5 cm. 7 lines. Punch-hole in the middle of the fols. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit and Neviin. Undated.

Mahakarmarcanavidhi. Beg.: OJjl namal;! gurave. atha mabakarm[mjarcaI)avidhi(r) likhyate. iidau kulamiirt[tjaI)Qiirghal;!.

adyiidiviikya. aiJjl hrlJjl snJjl . . . hyuJjl sauJjl kulamiirt[tjaI)Qamababhairaviiya miirt[tjebhyo idam iivahayiimi. atha dhyana. kharv[vjalambodaraJjl rakta[JjljpadmaJjl varadabhii�itaJjl. siilaghaI)tasa­miiyuktaJjl mUI)Qamiilavibhii$itaJjl. evaJjl dhyiitvarghayet pasciit mantreI)a jalapu$pakail) kulamiirt­[tjaI)Qamahiibhairavaya miirt[tjebhyo arghyaJjl namal;! . hlaJjl kulamiirt[tjaI)Qamababhairaviiya pra­kiisasaktisahitaya miirt[tjebhyo pU$paJjl namal;! . iti mantreI)a tr[ajyafijali 3. dhiipa, dlpa, jiipa, stotra. kalikalukhakrtaJjltas caI)Qamiirt[tjaI)Qabhlmo rajasakulakuliinjiianasaukhyab[bjhidata. tridivatala­maniiniiJjl tvaJjl janetarghahart[tja kusumajalaphaloghais tvaJjl kuliirk[kjaJjl namami. iti kulamiirt­[tjaI)Qapiijii.

End: gaI)i\sa cokvasa bali thoya. gurumaI)Qaladebasake cbaya. baJjl puya. sakale bUJjl no siya. tato ugracaI)Qa bali biya. snana, ceta, siJjldhra, yajomaka, sviina. aduviila, dmi, karI)[ I) japataka, pafica­patiikii khele. paficabalina iloyake. ugracaI)Qiidegulisa karm[mja khiiilana yaya mala. dhUpa, dlpa, stotra, salj1bart[tjii, trideba. miitrkiibijaya. ugracaI)Qayii jukva. yajamanasyalj1 tryalj1jali cbaya. 3. pntipretatyiidi, tarp[pjaI)a. cupepiijiL pasuyaga. yajamanadi, prasadasamaya biya. tato komiirljarc­[cjaI)alj1. dak�iI)a. abhi�eka. caJjl[njdaniidi yajamana iiSlrb[bjiida. kumbhu hlaya. arati. komarlbisarj­[jjaI)alj1. sak�l tbaya. blrabhojya. tambiilabhak�aI)am.

100

Page 147: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 112

Colophon: iti srlmachrlsrlpascimajye�!hilnujye�!hamnaya srlbr[r)ddhakrama' srlkubjikadebya ma­hilkarm[m)arc[c)al)avidhi(i).).

Subcolophons: iti kUlamart[t)al)gapiija iti gurupiija iti karanyasai). iti vaktranyasai). iti �agangany1isai). iti jalapatrapiija iti arghapatrapiija iti bhiitasuddhii). iti divyaughai). iti manaughiii). iti k�etrabali(i).) iti yoginlbali(i).) iti ciimul)giibali(i).) iti paiicabali(i).)

. iti ta( t )vasodhanalJ1 iti piitrapiijii iti trisuddhipiijii ity iitmapiijanalJ1 iti r�yiidinyiisai). iti miilinyiii). . . . caturbidhilnyiisai). iti miilinlnyiisasya phalalJ1 iti bhavanyiisai). iti sthitinyiisai). iti sabdariislnyasasya phalalJ1 iti ghorikii�!aka[IJ1)nyiisai). iti divyanyiisai). iti dviidasiinganyiisai). (iti) �agdiitlnyasai). iti miilinyadi�odhiinyasai). iti prathama�aganganyasai)., iti siiry[y)orghyai). iti granthinyiisai). iti ratna[IJ1)nyiisai). iti rudrakhal)ganyiisai). iti miitrkhal)ga(i).) iti ekiik�arlnyiisai). iti bljapaiicaka[IJ1)nyasai).

(fo!. 1 back) (fo!. 2 front) (fo!. 3 front) (fo!. 3 front) (fo!. 3 back) (fo!. 4 front) (fo!. 6 back) (fo!. 6 back) (fo!. 7 front and back) (fo!. 7 back) (fo!. 8 back) (fo!. 9 front) (fo!. 9 front) (fo!. 9 back) (fo!. 10 back) (fo!. 13 back) (fo!. 14 back) (fo!. 15 front) (fo!. 18 back and front) (fo!. 24 front) (fo!. 24 back) (fo!. 26 front) (fo!. 28 front) (fo!. 30 front) (fo!. 33 front) (fo!. 33 back) (fo!. 36 front) (fo!. 36 front) (fo!. 38 front) (fo!. 39 front) (fo!. 39 back) (fo!. 41 front) (fo!. 41 back) (fo!. 42 front) (fo!. 42 back) (fo!. 43 front) , etc.

This is a collection of various rituals of worship for an initiated Saivamargin containing also the periodic worship of the goddess Kubjikiidevl, the so-called pavitriirohaqavidhi. The Saivamiirgins practise these rituals on the bank of holy rivers or in their own inner sanctorium after having taken their ritual bath.

1 For srlbrhatkrama.

101

Page 148: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 113-114

113 Us. or. 6412.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 28, one missing leaf being torn off. 17,7 x 7,7 cm. 14,5 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in NeviirL

Nityakarmadeviircanapujiividhi. Incomplete. Beg.: o!p nama!). snkubjikiiya nama(!).). atha nityapujiividhi(r) Ii�yate. atha Iiilgii(r)canapujii.

iicamya. hn!p iitmata(t)tviiya sViihii. hn!p vidyata(t)tviiya sviihii. hii!p sivata(t)tviiya sviihii. nyiisa. glii!p astraya phal . 3. glu!p kani�lhikaya piidukii. glii!p aniimikiiya piiduka!p. glu!p madhyemaya piidukii!p. gltl!p tarj[jJanyiiya piiduka!p. glu!p a!pgu�lhiiya piidukii!p. glu!p kalatalapi�l(h)aya piidu­kii!p. hrdaya[!p]nyiisa. glu!p hrdayaya nama(!).). glii!p silase sviihii. glu!p sikhiiya bau�al. glu!p kava­ciiya hii!p. glu!p netratayii va�al. glii!p ast(r)iiya phal. arghapatrapujii.

End: japa. stotra. syiimiilaktiityiidi. thvate dhunakiiva debaske sviina kva kaya. [y]ekaneka bha­va!pti sa bhavati purnesvan viisinL bhiitesi gaganopamii bhagavati nityasvari dachine. jiianiiga[n]me kuhesvari kulaganiiciira!p nyadiganiiyaka. srlviima pral)amiinll visvajananl niidesvarl si[r]ddhida!p. si(d)dhya yo piirv[v]akta!p pada!p bhagacaita[!p]nya rupiitamakva. jiiiinak�yiibahalii tathii harlhalii brahmiiyanl ci!ptaya. bhiisiilabhairavapa!pcakatarayuga!p srlyog(i)nipaiicaka!p. candrakvaca �alma­maraya!p mii!p piitu nitya!p kujii. chuya. mal)Qala dayake. la!p�a kegvada kiiya. sak�i thvaya. asmat­nityakarm[m]adevii(r)canapujii sa!ppurnii tha!pkrtakarm[m]asiiksinl srlsury[y]iiya argha nama(!).). argha biya.

Colophon: iii nityakarm[m]adevarc[c]a(na)pujiividhi(!).) samiipta(!).). subha(m). Then follows, by a later hand, in Devaniigan: asmatpachlma j(y)e�lhiij(y)e�lhaniiya miihiimiiyii ku(b)jlkii urgadii siC d)dhilachinll guhekalika!p trlpur( a)murlmutltya asmatnl( tya)karmadeviircanapujii abhlsya�ena nama 'stu'.

1 For namo 'stu.

114 Us. or. 6427.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 15. 13,5 x 5,7 cm. 10,8 x 3,5 cm. 4--5 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit. Undated.

Nityakarmavidhi. Incomplete. Beg.: atha nityakarm[m]avidhir [I]likhyate. sahasradalakamale guru!p gurusakti!p dhyiitvii ' "

gurave gandha!p nama!).. pu�pa!p nama!).. dhiipa!p nama!).. dlpa!p nama!).. naivedya!p nama!).. tiimbii­ia!p nama!).. japya . . . gurusaktyai gandha!p nama!).. pU�pa!p nama!).. dhupa!p nama!).. dlpa!p nama!).. naivedya!p nama!).. tiimbula!p nama!).. iti prata(!).) krtya!p. phu!p hmau. vasantaya saha sviihii. iti da!ptiin sodhya . . . ratisakti kalike dehe suddhi!p praya( c )cha 2 . . . iti gandaka!p. iti dantadhiivana!p. sniinam. jale trikol)e khe phe!p Iikhya. tadvahir a�ladalacatusra!p likhya.

End: ityiisana!p pujya. hu!p phu!p. kiimakaliikallm iiviihayiimi, O!p nama!). sviihii. iiviiham iidimu­drii!p pradarsya. hu!p phu!p kiimakalakalyai piidyiirghiicamanlya!p nama!).. madhupark[k]a svadhii. punar iicamanlyasniinlya!p nama!).. ga!pdharaktaca!pdanasl!pdura!p nama!).. pu�pa!p nama(!).). so­dhya dhiipa!p nama!).. dlpa!p nama!).. hu!p. kiimakalakiilyai madhviidi naivedya!p nama!).. priil)iihutir

102

Page 149: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 114-115

dat(t)vii hUIll nama!) . svadhii jalaIll dadeta. hUIll kiimakaliikiilyai tiiIllbulaIll nama!) . miilena tri!) piijya. tarpya. hUIll kiilimahiikiilibhadrakiilisripiidukiiIll piijayiimi tarp[p]ayiimi nama!). hUIll sr�tyiidi-kiilipaIllca sri . . . purl)[l)]aisvary[y]adi �asaktayai) sri . . . asitaIllgiidya�tabhairavabrahmiil)yiidya�ta-saktaya sri . . . indriididasalokapalii sri . . . vajriidisastriistriil)i sri . . . gal)esabatukak�atrapiilayogini sri . . . srikamakalakiilyiii) jyotivaktiidiva . . .

Titel on front page: nityapiija kamakalii.

115 Hs. or. 6492.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 52. 24,7 x 10,5 cm. 20,5 x 8 cm. 9 lines. Diagrams. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Neviirl prose. Dated N.E. 815. Written by Piirl)asiIllha. Donor: Jayajitii­mitra Malla.

[Piijiipaddhatisa/flgraha ]. Beg.: OIll nama!) srl-3-mahiigal)eSiiya nama!) II srlgurupiidukiibhyiiIll nama!) II srisrisri­

gal)esaciimul)Qayai nama!) II yajamanapu�pabhiijana II OIll a(r)ghyadi II vakye II srlsamvart[t]a II brahmal)l II syama rakta II utphulliiIll II ciimul)Qii varacand(r)amuI)Qadharal)l sa bhl�al)l trManl siird[d]iilarc[c]itakhaQga carm[m]aphalakaIll saktiIll ca mUI)Qa[Ill]dhrtaIll I piiSaIll tomare bhil)Qipiila dhanu�a[Ill]cha(t)triitikusa[u]dhiiril)l(Ill) tiin devlIll satataIll namiimi sirasa bhltiirt[t]ibhayanasanl(Ill) II OIll gauraIll trk�a vibhiiti paiicavadanaJll siIllhasthaIll akar�al)aJll piisaIll mudgaratatikam ak�ava­layaIll nagesvaraIll QambaraIll I patraIll modakapiirita[Ill]m abhayadaJll savyiipasavyaii) karair [v]vibhrachiilamanoharaIll sukhakaraIll herambaniithaJll nama!) II siddhir astu tyiidi1 11 no siye II trita tvane II gurunamaskiira II akhal)Qamal)Qalakaretyadi II nyiisai) II gliiIll astraya phat II 4 II gliiIll kani�thikaya nama!) II gliiIll aniimikaya nama!) II gliiIll madhyamaya vo�al II gliiIll tarj[j]anyiiyai hiiIllI!

End: ekii miirt[tJir al)ekadhiitujagati piirl)[l)]esvari viisave bhiiteSl gagal)opama bhagavatl naises­varl dak�il)e I jiianiigasya kiijesvarl kulagal)e carul)yadiIinayika SrlviimaIll pral)amami visvajananl darsesvarl siddhida II dak�il)a yaya II bacana taya II mohanl kayava debasake chiiya II svana ko kayava kolorasa taya II thamaIll chuya II atma-iiSlrv[v]iida I ambe piirv[v]agataIll padaIll bhagavatl caitanya­riipatmika jiHinechii vahtIla tathii hariharau brahma maricitrayaIll bhiisvadbhairavapaiicakaIll tad anu ca sriyoginlpaiicakaIll candrark[k]au ca marlci�atkama[ma]laIll maIll patu nitYaJll kuja II yajama­na iidina malakosta svana biya II biicana laIllkha kayava taya II mohanl taya II laIllkhana hiiya II iikaraIll II ceta I srikhal)Qa II si(n)dhara II blresvarl ll mohanl ll trailokyemoham ll svane taya I varabhiivetyadi I svana malakosta biya I astramantrana balibisarj[ilana yaya II no siya. bali bhoka luya II sak�i thiiya.

Colophons: (1) iti Srlsrlsrlgal)esacamuI)Qapiijapa[r]ddhiiti(!) samapta[i)] II sambat 815 karttikasu­di 11 11 thva kuhnu II srlsrlsumati-jayajitamitra malladebasana dayaka juroIll l1 themiya inayakvapii­jabidhi II Srlsrlsrlsve�ladevata prll)atu II subham astu II nakadesasa yaya malasa pujana thvaguliIll camul)Qa jukva tolate II (2) iti srl-3-siddhilak�mlpiijapa[r]ddhati(!) samapta[i)] II sambat 815 karttikasudi 15 II thva kuhnu srlsrlsumati-jayajitamitra malladebasana saIlltiaya2 no sikvaya piijabidhi dayaka juroIll l1 Srlsrlsrlsid­dhilak�ml prll)atu II subham astu sarv[v]ada II (by another hand:) srl-3-agaJlljupriti II (3) iti srlsrlsrlmahiilak�mlpiijapa[r]ddhati(i) samapta[!)] II sambat 815 kar(t)tikasudi 1 11 thva kuhnu II srlsrlsumati-jayajitamitra malladebasana dayaka juroIll II bUQeya mahiilaksmlplthapiija II piirl)[l)]asiIlltiana coya II Srlsrlsrlsve�tadevatii Prltiiitu II

103

Page 150: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 115-117

(4) iti snkaumanpithipiijapa[r]ddhati(!) samapta[!)] II sambat 815 kar[tikasudi 6 II thva kuhnu II snsnsumati-jayajitamitra malladebasana dayaka jurOJp. II themiya kvalalilkhupiijabidhi II yiidrsalil pustak81i1 dr�tva tiidrsalil likhit81i1 maya I yadi suddham asuddhalil va mama do�o na dlyate II

1 For astv ityddi. 2 For saftUlhydya.

116 Us. or. 6485.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 63. 19,7 x 5,7 cm. 17 x 4 cm. 5 lines. Illustrations and diagrams. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.E. 729. Written by various hands. Donor: Nugu Bhiiro, probably Bhaktapur.

[pajiividhistotrasarrzgraha] Beg. : sngurubhyo nama!) II prata!) krtyalil II Ir liihiita siyava no siyava suthalilya deba jope II

akhal).<;iamal).<;ialakaram II lalil bhiita(t)tvatmakena calildanalil nama!) II halil vyomata(t)tvatmakena pu�palil 2 II yalil pavanata(t)tvatmakena dhiipalil 2 II ralil dahanata(t)tviitmakena d!palil 2 II calil jalata(t)viitmakena naivedyalil 2 II yonimudra II suddhasphatikasalilkasalil salilkhakulildendusalilni­bh81i1 I varabhayakaralil nityalil gururiipalil namamy ahalil II iidhiiracakrana deb! abahana yaya II aviihayiimy ahatp. devI(tp.) sarv[v]asatp.sarataril).i(lil) I �alcakratp. bhedayitva tu ga(c)cha yatra para!) siva!) II uthelil hilapaya thelil patp.copaciirapiija II yonimudrii II phakva miilana japa yaya II stuti II syama rakta II maya kUlil<;ialinl II jope II thana mala mila vane II tata!) sniinavidhil) II daliltadhavana ll

End: a�tiivitp.Satikarm[m]abhattiirikaya bali grhna 2 svahii II brahma pretasaniiya piidukiilil 3 II tr[i]yatp.jali II aitp. 5 ha 9 sa 932 sa 9 " . pascimayii devyaya piidukiitp. 3 II YOl).i II aitp. klltp. saulil piidukalil 1/ vatp. II II k�atp. II II snlil hr!lil II glulil II hUlil kal).ii akiiS(a)caral).! II sa(r)v[v]ebhyo bhiite­bhyo II YOl).i II gandhapu�pa II dhiipa dlpa II glu(lil) sviihii srllil hnlil II priitp. II . . . akhal).<;ia II srlsalilvart[t]ii II brahmal).! II syiima rakta II maya kUI).<;ialal).l II . . . iidhiiraliilga nabhau sarasi hrdaya tiilamiile laliite dYe patre 2 �odaSiire 16 dvidasa 12 dasadale 10 dviidasa(r)[d]dhe 6 catu�ke 4 / vasiinte biilamadhya daphakathasahite katp.thadese svaral).iitp. hak�ata(t)tviirthayuktatp. sakaladalagatatp. varl).[l).]ariipl namami II II laliite mukhavrt[t]iik�isrughral).esu gal).<;iayo!) 1 01t(h)adantottamatp.gasye dvopatsadhyage�u ca I parsvata!) pr�thato niibhau jathare hrdayatp.sake I kakudy atp.se ca hrnpiirv­[v]apiil).ipiidiiyugatp. tathii II jatharan an[a]yonyasya miitrkiifl).[l).]an yathiikram81i1 II

Colophons: iti nityakarm[m]avidhi!) samapta!) I subhatp.. (fo!. 31 front) thva pustaka sun81i1 kene rna teva. dey! kruddha juyuva. papa loka jurolil II sambat 729 vaisakhasudi 14 riibibiirasa dhu[lil]ila nugu bhiiroyatatp. coya II (fo!. 32 back) iti skandapural).e sltaliidevya!) stotra(lil) samiiptalil (fo!. 42 front) , iti snrudrayamale patravivaral).e saptama(!) patala!) samiipta!) (fo!. 6 back) , iti mahii�tamlvi­dhi(!) samapta!) (fo!. 39 back).

The ms. contains a description of the nityakarmavidhi and mahii#amividhi, furthermore a hymn to S!talii taken from the Skandapurii/la and a portion of the Rudrayiimalatantra.

117 Us. or. 6411.

Paper. Wooden covers. Fois. 238. 29,7 x 8,6 cm. 24,5 x 5,5 cm. S--{) lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Neviir!. Undated. Written during the reign of King Bhiipatlndramalla (1696-1722 A.D.) of Bhaktapur who is mentioned in the beginning.

104

Page 151: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

NT. 117

Siddhiigniyajftavidhi. Beg.: sngal)esaya namal;! / snguruve namal;! / atha sripatraprati�tM siddMgniyajiievidhi(r) likhya­

te / atMdhivasanavidhil;! / yajamanana javodaka yacake / pu�pabMjanal!1 / adyadi / vakya / manava­gotrayajamanasya srlsnjayabhiipatlndramalladeva-varm[ m jal)al;! srIsnsrlsve�tadevata-pntikamanaya sripatraprati�tM abhyildaivata yavodakavrddhisraddhe kartul!1 pu�pabMjanal!1 samarp[pjayami / siddhir astu kriyarambhe. vrddhir astu dhanagame. pu�tir e�u sarlre�u. santir e�u grhe(�u) tava / sarv[vjavighniprasamanal!11 sarv[vjasantikaral!1 subhal!1 / ayu putraii ca kamaii ca lak�mIsal!1tati­var[djdhanal!1 / yatM banapraMranal!12 kavacal!1 bhavantu varil)al!1 / tatvadvaivavidMtral)al!1 santir bhavatu varil)al!1 / pu�pabMjanaJil samarp[pjayami /

End: nyasa likaya / astral)a / kUl)<;Iakalasabisarj[j]ana yaya / acamanlya svaM / yajamana / nival!1-chaniidi / hnasakana tayava abhi�eka / kalasabhi�eka / ukaraJil vayubljal!1 / candana / snkhal)<;Ia / sil!1dharammia boyava tayaguliya taya / viresvari maMmohani traiiokyamohani / sagvana / si[rjd­dMrtha dadhiya / pal!1casiltraka / svana taya utphullambuja / yasantaka / aindrasyaiva / namas te deva devesl / rajyadal!1 dhanadal!1 devi / thvate pa<;lapal!1 svana biya / marakosta svana biya / arati / prati�tM pratisthito 'si / pilrl)[ l) jacandrana yaya / pilrl)[ l) jacandranibhal!1 / sak�i thiiya / thana malako bali / gal)a / gogriisa / kaumari / dukha pikha malako sakatal!1 cMya juro / samaya kaya bhojyadi jathe�t[hJa / kalal!1ka choya / gvala biya /

Colophon: iti siddMgni caturthl karm[mjavidhil;! samapta[l!1j(l;!) / subham astu /

Subcolophons: iti yavodakavidhil;! (fol. 10 back) , iti kara[I!1Jnyasal;! (fol. 13 front) , iti vaktra[I!1J­nyasal;! (fol. 13 front), iti aJilganyasal;! (fol. 13 back) , iti navadvaranyasal;! (fol. 14 front), thvate adhibasanakuhnuya bidhil;! (fol. 21 back) , iti kara[I!1Jnyasal;! (fol. 25 back) , itYaJilganyasal;! (fol. 26 back), thvate atmapilja (fol. 27 back) , iti kala[l!1jnyasal;! (fol. 30 front), iti ailganyiisal;! (fol. 30 back) , iti dhyanapu�pal!1 namal;! (fol. 32 back), iti dhyanal!1 (fol. 38 front), thvatenal!1 balil;! (fol. 39 back, 40 front, 42, 43 front), iti kara[l!1jnyasal;! (fol. 56 front), thvate vaktra[l!1jnyasal;! (fol. 56 back), ity aJilganyasal;! (fol. 56 back) , iti iitmapiljii (fol. 58 front) , thvate dumajuya pata (fol. 60 back) , iti kara[l!1jnyiisal;! (fol. 62 back) , ity al!1ganyasal;! (fol. 63 front), iti dhyiinapu�PaJil namal;! (fol. 67 front), iti miiliimantra(m) (fol. 68 back) , thvate garil<;lalal!1�uyii (fol. 70 back) , thvate jujumiipiita (fol. 75 front) , thvate rajakalal!1kaya (fol. 77 back), iti kara[l!1jnyasal;! (fol. 85 front) , iti vaktra(I!1)­nyasa(l;!), iti al!1ganyasa(l;!) (fol. 85 back), iti atmapilja (fol. 86 back) , thvate homasipilja (fol. 89 back) , iti agnidasakriya (fol. 97 back) , iti jihvahoma(l;!) (fol. 98-99) , iti agnipilja (fol. 101), iti ghrtahuti pilfl)[l)jii (fol. 107 back) , iti tilahuti pilrll[l)ja vidhil;! (fol. 120 back), iti vaktra[l!1jnyasa(l;!) (fol. 122 back) , ity al!1ganyasal;! (fol. 123 front), iti arghapatrapilja (fol. 123 back), iti kara[l!1jnya­sa(l;!) (fol. 142 front) , iti vaktra[I!1Jnyasal;! (fol. 142 back), iti al!1ganyasa(l;!) (fol. 143 front), thvate atmapilja (fol. 144 front), iti kha<;lgapilja (fol. 151 front), iti sivasaktisamarasa(t)tve mahamayasto­tral!1 samapta(m) (fol. 163 back) , iti vaktra[I!1Jnyasal;! (fol. 172 front) , ity al!1ganyasa(l;!) (fol. 172 back) , iti arghapatrapilja (fol. 173 front), iti avahanal!1 (fol. 174 front), iti malamantra(m) (fol. 177 front), Ity adi-kara-ailganyasa(l;!) (fol. 182 front), iii supasujagavidhi samaptal!1 (fol. 184 back) , iti miil!1siihuti (fol. 195 back) , iti siddMgnisripatraprati�tMyajiiavidhil;! samaptal;! (fol. 206 front) , iti catu(l;!)saJilskara(l;!) (fol. 207 back), iti iitmapilja (fol. 211 back), iti trideva (fol. 212 front), iti catu(l;!)sal!1skiira(l;!) (fol. 212 back), iti prathamacakral!1 (fol. 219 front), iti dvitlyacakraJil (fol. 219 back), iti trtlyacakral!1 (fol. 220 front), iti vaktranyasal;! (fol. 224 back) , iti aJilganyasa(l;!) (fol. 225 front).

1 For °vighnao. 2 For bdf'}ao.

105

Page 152: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 118-119

118 Us. or. 6216.

Paper, Fold-book. Fols. 100;;" 18,6 x 8,2 cm. 14,2 x 5 cm. 5 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Neviin. Dated N.E. 963. Written by Miidhavaniiriiyal)a of Galahiti, Patan.

Trailokyamohanacakrtidi. Beg.: viimakarl)[l)je. flP piirl)[l)jagiriplthiiya namal}.. dak�ananiisiipute. fill abbudaplthiiya namal}. .

viimaniisiipute. !UIp iimriitakesvaraplthiiya namal}. dak�anagafl)[l)jel. !UIp ekiimanaplthiiya namal}. . viimagafl)[l)je1• e1)1 tisvataplthiiya namal}. . iiture2• airp kiimakro�taplthiiya namal}. I adho�t(h)e 01)1 kailiisap1thiiya namal}.. iir[djdhvadante. 01)1 bhrgupuraplthiiya namal}.. adhoda1)1te. a1)1 kiidiirapI­thiiya namal}. I jihvii. a1)1 candrapuraplthiiya namal}.. tiilu. ka1)1 srIplthiiya namal}. I dak�an(a)ska1)1-dhe. kha1)1 ekiiraplthiiya namal}. I dak�akurp[pjare ga1)1jiira1)1dh[ajraplthiiya nama(l}.).

End: kurukiinyiisa. rikhichanda. miila julo. sasrI tu liya. priipa riisii. dhiipa. dlpa. jiipa 108. stotra yiiya. gha1)1t[hja baje. Qamaru nii1)1. cupi piijii yiiya. hi1)1siikarm[mja thanii. iidarsado�iinam ati­bh(r)amad va. sva(c)chiikrta1)1 vapi ca drstado�iin. kiiyasya dosa1)1 vacasiipi yad vii tat sarv[vjado�a1)1 tu k�amasva miital}.. subham.

Colophon: saI)1bata 963 miirgasi(ra)sudi 13 roja 5 snsnsn-upiidhyii-srIdayiiniitha-jujuyatii giilahi­tiyii daivajfia madhavaniiriiyal)ana coyao cahrii yailii julo I subhar astu ma1)1galar astu snsva�!adeva­tiisu3 prItir astu. pasacheya chiita meba suyatii1)1 kene rna du thva siiphu.

Subcolophons: iti plthiinyiisal}., iti yogininyasal}. , iti astamiitrkiinyiisal}. , iti vasinyiidinyiisa(l}.), iti lomavilomanyiisa(l}.), iti catu(l}.)p1thanyiisa(l}.), iti arghasthiipana(m), iti pariikhyiidi[rjvyegha(l}.)4, iti apariikhyiisiddhaugha(l}.), iti pariikhyiimiinaugha(l}.), iti gurupakti(l}.)', iti ta(t)tvasodhana(m), iti apriijfiiipriirthal)ii, iti trailokyamohanacakra1)1.

Title on front leaf: trailokyamohanacakriidl.

This is a manual of priestcraft concerning various rituals of worship to be performed by a Hindu priest of the Nevar group of the Riijopiidhyiiyas.

1 For °karne. 2 For uttar�. J For °svesto• 4 For 'vyd�gha(�) . 5 For 'bhakti@.

119 Us. or. 4317.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 46. 19,9 x 6,6 cm. 16 x 5 cm. Number of lines irregular; text on 42 fols. written vertically, with 18-21 lines, on 4 fols. horizontally. On fol. 32 (back) an illustration drawn in pencil depicting Vi�l)u on the back of GaruQa. Diagrams illustrating the position of various piijii equipment and persons involved in the particular ritual. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit and Neviin. Dated N.E. 790 Written by Gal)apati of Cafigu-Niiriiyal)a.

Garu<!aniiriiyal1adhvajiirohal1avidhi. Beg.: 01)1 namo garuQaniiriiyal)iiya. hfiathva kohnu deba iimantral)a yiiya. matapiijii ju 1 dayaka1)1.

mata biyiiva stotra yiiya. yikostaI)1 santi. priital}.sniiniidi nityakarm[mja dhunake. pancabali biya. 01)1 gii1)1 giI)1 gii1)1 gai1)1 gau1)1 gal}. glo1)1 . . . supafl)[l)jadvlpasubhaklrt[tjitii devI cal)Qiniitha k�etrapiila

106

Page 153: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 119-120

balilJl grhna 2 sviilia. 01Jl nalJl nllJl nUIJl nailJl naulJl nal) . . . nayanadvlpa kalikiidevl gopala k�etrapiila balilJl grhna 2 svahii. asitangiidi 8. brahmal)yiidi 8. veda!). 01Jl gal)aniilJl tva. 01Jl ambe ambike. 01Jl Ima rudraya. 01Jl ghrtalJl ghrtapiivana. 01Jl namo varul)aya. dhiipa, dlpa, japa, stotra. 01Jl nirv[v]a­l)alJl nirv[v]ikalp� niru ( . . . ). atra gandhiidibalilJl k�ipet.

End (fol. 18 back) . . . yata mahiibyahrti. beda. thava 2 sa 5. 01Jl glolJl gal)apataye svahii. 01Jl gal)analJl tva. gograsamahabyahrti. om ayalJl gaul). OI!I krauI!I kaumary[y]e sviilia. 01Jl jatavedase sr. balibyiilirti. OI!I namo vatlusaya1. desabali. byahrti. OI!I ghrtaI!I ghrtapavana. sagal)aparibara. maha­byiihrti. samidha saha prati�thii. sruvanatvaya. iti tilahuti biya bidhi. caI!Iguya paripati thva. kesaval) patu val). mangail sarv[v]ada sarv[v]ada sarv[v]ada. madhaval) patu val). subhalJl.

Colophon (fol. 17 back): yatebde khanabiicale sasiyute mase sucau hastabhekiilasyaiva2 tithau dine snragurau vi�l)or dhvajarohal)aI!I. srldolagirivasino gal)apatir [v]vipro 'likhat svarg[g]adalJl ne­pale lalitapure snlalite srlsrlnivase-nrpe salJl' 790 jye�thasukladasame hastabrhaspatibiira thva ku­hnu thva dhvaja-chii-bidhi srlgal)apatina coya dhunaka dina. rajadhiraja-srl-3-nibiisamaIlathiikulasa­na jataladebaske dathupororahl)akhesa IUlJlpari tara. subhalJl.

This ms., written by Ganapati, deals with the rituals concerning the flag-hoisting ceremony in the temple of Cangu Narayal)a. The author might have acted as the officiating priest of the temple on the day he finished writing the ms. - Srlnivasa MaIla, then King of Patan and mentioned in the ms., built the gilded roof of the temple in the village of Harasiddhi as the author records in the colophon.

I For varw}tiya (?). 2 For hastabrhaspatikif (?).

120 Us. or. 4327.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 11. 22,5 x 12 cm. 17,5 x 8 cm. 10 lines. Diagrams on fol. 5, 9 and 10 (front). Nepalak�ara. Nevarl. Dated N.B. 1019. Written by Vajracarya Jujumana of Kvathabiihiila in Thahititola, Kathmandu.

[Bastubidhi]: (1) bastu pene, (2) padasthlipana, (3) nylisa pi kaye mantra, (4) ratnanylisa. (1) Beg. (fol. 3 front): 01Jl namo ratnatrayaye. caitya dayeke sthiinasa biistu pyanegu bidhi cosyalJl

taya. hnapalJl siiryargha. gurumal)Qala. pancaga[r]byasvadhana. sihna taye. mal)Qala thile .

End (fol. 4--5 front): bastu peneyata phosi kathi tvaka 38 kola chi pela hiiko mao. phiiyagu ma jio. kuhmasutra-ka tu 5 hlanagu ku 84 mao.

(2) Beg. (fol. 6 front): atha padasthiipanavidhim aha. hnapiiI!I. prajnaparamitii patha yiiye kalape. piidasthiipaniiyiita padma cosyalJl cii gvaQii apii tasya sthiipanii. apii kha QUlJlgu duna ma gakagu silJlhayii �vala . . . thathilJlgu cihna daogu ma jio.

End (fol. 8 front) : . . . nimi[r]tti kiiyagu. bajradhiitucaitya-iiriidhanarthalJl piidasthiipana. yajna. iiriidhanapiijiinimi(t)tyarthalJl. piijayii nimitta thathya.

(3) Beg. (fol. 12 front) : 01Jl iiI) hoI) . hrllJl sarvatathiigata. (folio 13 front) thana samasta jyii dhusyalJl li nyasa du thaneyiita. hniipiilJl nyiisabali biye (3).

End (fol. 15 front): pancasiili kiiye. mal)Qala thile. sviina tane. piirl)[l)]a yaya. k�amiipana. iisirbii­da. dak�al)ii. samayiicakra. se�iiliuti. gal)acakra. thuti nyasa luyayiita julo. subhalJl (3).

107

Page 154: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 120-121

(4) Beg. (foJ. 13 back): paiicarak�a patha yaya. ratnanyasavidhim aha. yajiiasthiipana yaye. sur­yargha. gurumal)Qala. paiicaga[r]bya. sihna taya mandala thiye. ki tane. samadhi.

End (fo!. 18 back) : snana. pmp.caga[r]bya. paiicagandha. snanmp.. thana mi1lacaryo lihii oyao jatakarma.

Colophon (on foJ. 1 front) : sambat 1019 m(i)ti a�aQhasudi 2 roja somabara-khunu kvathabahiilaya bajracary[y]a jujumanana!p. thaota thva saphii dayaka taya julo. subha!p..

Colophon (on foJ. 1 front): bastu pene: padasthiipana. ratnanyasa yaya saphii julo. subha!p.. nyasa luya.

Marginal titles: caitya dayaketa bastu pyanegu piijabidhi, bastu penegu ka!p.tha thathya julo, padasthiipana yayagu bidhi. pratisthayajiia thakalapegu ka[!p.]l)tha, nyasa luye, ratnanyasaya piijabi­dhi, ratnanyasaya kothiisa bija thanegu pramana julo.

This text concerns the rituals observed in laying the foundation of a caitya and other buildings. 38 sticks, measuring a span and four fingers in length, and 84 cubits of kuhmasiitra, a thread (with five threaded string of cotton) , are used by arranging the sticks on a squared pattern as shown in the diagram in the ms. Many different rites as mentioned in the marginal titles are to be performed in the process.

121 Us. or 6464.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 203.

(2) Grhasthiipaniividhi. Beg.: a�ta[r]yava jye�thii(!p.)gull saptayava madhya!p.guli II pramana iti kathyate II kaIasiitraJp.

gurubhatau pramana!p. tu madapatra II gurupada!p. na pascadau yathii deva tathii guru II vayuvyas­ma!p. vina[r] vesma!p. II tatra grhadhanasa!p.prada!p. II rO!p.ja roga!p. bhave[r]t tasya[!p.] nitya!p. roga bhavi�yati II pascimena vina vesma!p. jalaso�yapajayate II sJtavijyapriya nitya!p. sU[!p.]grahadhana­sa!p.p(r)ada!p. II piirv[v]apralamvavrddhikalamava!p.na!p.(s) t[r]athii varitradhama!p. dadati II artha­k�aya pascime talava mrtyubhaya!p. dak�il)ato pravesa!p. II II daJs:sinahina vesmaii ca namaii ca dval­aka aguhiini kulahiini eka!p. ratra!p. na vasayat II asane kesall vidyat sayane kujani tathii II vr�abhoja­napratre�u dhvajacha(t)tradi karayat II chaJp.sijati Js:setri II debala gobala bahinbahiila ma!p.sadopara capaIa phale tralathi balibahiira thiise rna avayaku namusi culika dika si!p.curika cU!p.. thvate teva II

End (to diagram 38): thvate pole agneyasa juka dava che hutasa nama t[r]ejasvI juyio. krodhii juyio. (to diagram 39): nai(r)rtyasa juko daogu che samasero lupanasa lana payeyiva. papa dayio. rna bhina juyi II (to diagram 40): pak�imasa che chakha mulakha che kha rna duo cakala chi dao. ati du(i) kha II (to diagram 41): pekunasa!p. che dava. pekhesa!p. pona dhanalabha. sukhi. satrunasa II (to diagram 42): piirb[b]asa!p. mi1lasakhii lakanakaka. pascimasa sokha lakanakaka. dak�inasa!p. u(t)t(a)ra[ra]saJp. chakha chakha dhanarabha putrarabha bidyarabha ka[!p.]nyarabha.

A text on laying the foundation stone of a house. The author also indicates future good and evil for the owner of the house which will result from certain arrangements.

108

Page 155: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

122

6.

122-125 Tantra

Us. or. 4305.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols . 17, some of them slightly damaged. 17 x 8,6 cm. 15 x 6 cm. 6 lines. NepiWik�ara. Old Bengali mixed with Nevarl. Undated.

[ Caryagltij. Beg. (front): karuna krlyayi naro ra II marayaja kunduru bajayi Ii Ii matra hi bajayi II tahi bharu

kbajana galjldhyaljl mayanapi baja yayi 2 hale kiili janapala yiiyi i['!llnduru bajana yiiyi II cau sarna kasturi sihla ka�pura rayana yayi 2 marayaiijana sari jana tahi bhabaru khajana yayi II pa�uI.la kbetakara . . . su[rj(d)dhasuddha namunayi 2 niraljlsuha aljlg� candra vayi II

End (back): ya acary[yjajyapadaljl 2 mantrajanadarp[pjana sarak�apa dasabalamati paribhamu­laljl II namami 2 srlcakrasambara guru bake drdhaliya 2 satagurucalanaprasiide anuttarasiddhirno­(k�a)pradaljl II raga gandhabhairabi II pilrb[bja brahmayani haljlsam arildha karI.l[I.ljakabarI.l[I.lja ak�asiltradhiiri 2 u[rjttala moheSvari bikbabahane caljldradhabalati suradhali II hiiljl hiiljl a�usmasane nrrabalasahita a�iabhailaba ganapati.

Beginning words of the songs contained: . . . nabharaljl . . . , trihada, bibihaljlbihanu re, jayaljlba­chari, sarb[bjabnddha, jvaritabajranara, cakrikudra, abauinihita, hUIjl bijasaljlbhaba, abanlnihita, jayaljl jayaljl, paljlcakapa, srlhebajra nairatma, asu catvari tribhubanajvalita, dharadhala, harasila, alapacana, e mahim3I,lQara, sapatinadita, bhasvala, prabisaljltu, purb[b jabrahmayani.

A book containing old Buddhist songs which in Nevarl are called caea (SkI. carya). There is still a tradition of singing carya songs at certain occasions. Generally these songs are sung by Vajracaryas and Sakyabhik�us and are accompanied by particular positions of the fingers (mudra). Some of the songs are only sung in the inner sanctorium, the aga/flChe, of the vihiira so that they can only be heard by those members of the sangha who have been initiated. Kathmandu is considered to have three different styles of singing these songs, i.e., the style of the northern, the middle and the southern part of the city. The people of Patan are not so well-known as singers and the Buddhists of Bhaktapur do not have this tradition at all. The Sanskrit term carya was transformed into Pkt. and Apabhr. cajja w�ich, in Nevarl, was incorrectly pronounced as eaea or caeca.

123 Us. or. 4332.

Paper. Foldlbook. Fols. 59. 19,5 x 8,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Front: Bengali/MaithilL Back: Nevarl. Dated N.B. 985. Copied by Vajracarya Kulamanaju of Nakbacukanani.

109

Page 156: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 123

[ Caryagltij . Beg. (front): Oljl nama!} srlvajrasa(t)tvaya. raga bhairavl. tala jhapa. madhya meru mahilmal}ika­

nakariijite, piirbavideha jarajaljl bodiye I apara gOQiiyani uttara gurubhubane paftcava ratna paftcaji­na vyapiya re II name paftcabuddhaljl 2 bisvasrljita bisvahita bisvabhiita piiiicamiiruti I

End (front): thana bau caca hilre. raga bhairavl. Oljl a hUIjl phat ante sviiha mantra bisya khau carule 2 piijii piijita piija sambhilbya sa(t)tvariipa smara bhava hantu re. kha kha kha hita alibaripii­jale ghagha ghiltaya ghiltaya bighna re paftcamiyii rasa paftcasiiri re pa(ft)cajiiiihana sarb[b]a barinii. sarb[b]a yak�a riik�asa bhiita preta re piSiica apasmaru re 2 diikaQa kinyadi aHasmas[v]ane idaljl bali grhna grhna hantu re. samayii arak�antu mok�a siddhi re sukhasaljlbhabapada bisuddhi re 2 jathaiva jathaiva bhujartha pibartha re. jighral}tha ma tu kamanor artha re danapati sarb[b]a kary[y]a siddhi re manoratha sarb[b]a sukhapada santi re 2 ara saljlsara tathilgatabacane svahilyaljl kara bhava hantu reo

Beg. (back) : thana. svana ki taljlke . gurupiija. dak�al}iL k�aka paftcakusa. k�amapana. sagaljl. mohani kva kiisyaljl deta tanya. miimaki ko kaya kusa-abhi�yaka deta tanya. thana sindhuramal}Qa­rabisarjana . . . baj(r)abhi�yakakusabhi�ya(ka)-kirt[t]ikarasabhisya(ka). ki biya. thana sindhu. iigaljl tanya. sakasyiiljl tiya. gita uditatara. riiga bibhiisa. tara miitha. udita tara yana dutii 2 bara diima riika kii kalita. ghora du�tara bhaya nisii calita 2 akhaya niraljljana mok�a krtii.

End (back) : raga kahii. meghabaisvanaranisitabarl}[l}ja ur(d]dhvapiljlgarakesa srlkiilikiidebi (dhruO). jagatamok�a kiili srlcamii(n)d[r]iidebi (dhruO). siiry[yJasamadehii bindukaparadhara apa­rabhujadvaya�aQgaphetakadharii (dhruO). karacaljldrabhairaba iilimgana sra(d)dhe 2 mahilragabi­su(d)dhi maha(ljl]mayakari (dhruO) . ratnamakiita sila srlmuljlsumarabhalal)e 2 naracarm[m]abya­sthita kaljlkarariipiI)i (dhru°) . pretasiilalipiigana sabbe 2 capayi caral)e pratyiiliQhapadaljl (dhruO) .

Colophon: sreyo 'stu saljlbat 985 m(i)ti maghakr�l)aya naomi brhaspatibiila thva �uhnii thva caca­saphii coya siddhayakii dina jura. likhitaljl nakhucukananiya ba[r]j(r)jacary[y]a srlkulamanajunaljl coya jura. subham.

Marginal titles: (1) madhyameru. (2) adisune. (3) anuttara. (4) khatajogni. (5) dhanakari. (6) kumbhanira. (7) nirabafl)(I)ja. (8) pltabarI)[l)ja. (9) raktabafl)(I)ja. (10) haritabarI)[I)ja. (11) gvaku­dahana. (12) Qakil}i. (13) rama. (14) khandrarohil. (15) rupini. (16) paftcamahiipatra bhanumaI)Qara. (17) baj(r)amayabhumi. (18) baj(r)adhara. (19) ba[ljljmbhababasuljldhara. (20) avanini. (21) Oljl kha baj(r)adhrka. (22) pramodita. (23) piirb[bjadigaljlcana. (24) namaskara kaya. (25) bamakara. (26) tridasaroha. (27) jayaljl bachari. (28) namami baj(r)abarahi. (29) tridarapaljlkaja. (30) jarajara­cakra. (31) dibhuja ekamukha. (32) tridarasaljljara. (33) amaratidara. (34) nirm[mjanaljlbuja. (35) paftcatathiigata. (36) candragrahasmas[vjana. (37) bau cacii. (38) udita tara. (39) hUIjl hUIjl deha. (40) trihaljlda capayi. (41) hada-abharana. (42) cakrikul}Qara. (43) jarajaracakra. (44) raljlbokara. (45) rayamahilmegha. (46) Oljl a hUIjl svabhilba. (47) tridarapaljlkaja. (48) sahasradara. (49) eka­mukhabidyadharl. (50) oljlkiira silasi. (51) tribhubana. (52) piirb[bjadigasthita. (53) piirbadvara. (54) samiraya. (55) thana ta coya taya (which are not actually the beginning words of the song) . (56) maI)Qalasamayacakra. (57) prabisatu. (58) sahaja. (59) korayi. (60) bamadahi. (61) dhara dhara. (62) cakri cakri. (63) supratimal}Qita. (64) harasira. (65) tribhubana. (66) tiniroyana. (67) jolitabajranara. (68) korayibaljlsa. (69) indusilomani. (70) aganita. (71) raghaba. (72) rddhisiddhi. (73) baj(r)i(l}i) ghari. (74) a�takietrapala. (75) namami jinadhiitu. (76) namami dharm[mjadhatu. (77) ganacakraga­thil. (78) dvambisarobara. (79) sopindrabhilsa. (80) sarb[bjatathil(gata).

110

Page 157: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 124

124 Us. or. 4343.

Paper. Wooden book-covers. Fold,book. Fols. 87, including the two leaves attached to the book­covers. Three leaves damaged, many other leaves fallen apart. 15 x 6,5 cm. 11 x 4,5 cm. 5 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Old Bengaii/MaithiII, verse; directions in Nevan. Dated N.E. 924.

[ Caryagltil· Beg.: raga bhailav!' tara jhapa. kumbhanibhiifijana paficajfianasvabhiiba kaljlkarak�ara bije mu­

nyanii 2 nibiisitamahiisvabhiibaljl mamaki surasundan navajauban!. namiimi snbaruni rasibajiindra bhaikhaje samupanabhii 2 alidhase�a binayasanasthita ekamukha trirocani deb!' a�tiidasabhujadhiili kekaradhaka biirasarak�alJa paditi kare 2 pasaljlkusa-�aparadhvaja-gaQiibaj(r)a navame barada p(r)athamasakare. apara uddhaka phetaka dhanu baj(r)abandha �atvaljlga kamarante 2 trisura mu­garabaj(r)a bena galJaya tridanuda kaljlture.

End: . . . santadharm[mlagrasaljlbhiitaljl jiiiinacary[yliivisodhakasamantabhadrakayagraljl bhii�a malJQalam u[rlttamaljl. sarv[vlalak�alJasaljlpiirlJ[lJlaljl sarv[vliUak�anavarjitaljl samantabhadra citta­graljl manomalJQalam u[rlttamaljl. sarv[vlasa(t)tvamahiicitta suddhaprakrt[tjinirm[mlalaljl saman­tabhadra vaciigraljl gho�amalJQalasarathe. diinap[rlati jajamanasya x prav(r)ajyavrata karm[mla­kriyasaljlpfirlJ[lJla niithaljl ratrinisii cakrasaljlpfirl}[lJla nimittathaljll bho si�e urtha bhava 3. mata hirake. e jagata nibasi ya reo malJQalabisarjana yacake. gurupfijii. dak�anii. thana gurusye�a biya. thvanaljl li sagaljl biya maljlgalagatha. subham astu sarv[v]adii[t].

Colophon: sambat 924 maghasukla 3 pfirv[vlabhadranak�etra sivayoge maljlgaravara maka(ra)ra­si(gate) savitra minarasigate candramasi. etat[aldine pu�aka(1l!) siimpurl}[lJlam iti. sri-3-manadeva­saljlskaritacakramahabihariibasthita snbajracarya srlbirada[rlttadebana thavata dayaka juro. thva pustaka sunanaljl robhiini yaya rna duo subhaljl.

Marginal titles: 1) kUljlbhani . 2) nliabarl}[lJla. 3) pitabarlJ[lJla. 4) raktabaljl. 5) haritabarlJ[lJla. 6) gokuda. 7) nliabarl}[lJla. 8) dvibhuja ekamukha. 9) raktabarlJ[lJla ekamukha. 10) namiimi 2 srufipi­lJ!. 11) baj(r)amayabhiimi. 12) pfirb[bladviira. thana kiraljldhya. 13) pramodita. 14) tridarasa. 15) ciiricara. 16) potala. 17) udayagiri. 18) namami 2. 19) nilabarl}[lJla. 20) sakara. 21) kaone. 22) pfirb[bladigasthita. 23) bhlmadeba. 24) jalhadeba. 25) a�tadara. 26) kr�lJabarlJ[lJla. 27) biimakhapa. 28) khatakvati. 29) ekabadana. 30) biyaljlbisamaya. 31) dinamani. 32) pfirb[blbrahmayalJ!. 33) ram­bokara. 34) siddhibhubal)a. 35) namaskara. 36) bhiinumal)Qala. 37) jaya ba(ljl)chaii. 38) nlIarb[bla­kara. 39) malJQalasamaya. 40) dhiipa cacao 41) tricakra. 42) namiimi 2 jogasvara. 43) prabanaftkari. 44) abani ni. 45) atibhi�ana. 46) tidarakama. 47) korayi. 48) jvalitabaj(r)anala. 49) jaya 2 biiljl(chali). 50) bali cacao 51) bibi habi. 52) hUIjl hUIjl deha. 53) cakrikulJQala. 54) gaja jina. 55) dvibhuja. 56) namami 2. 57) baj(r)ilJi ghori. 58) a�taksetrapii. 59) arulJa. 60) kamarabikasita. 61) snkachapagiri. 62) basudhiUalita. 63) jina hiire. 64) udita. 65) medani. 66) namaskiira. 67) biimaka. 68) dharadhara. 69) hiida abhara(lJe). 70) uditii tara. 71) madhyameru. 72) a�tasr(ljl)ga ca. 73) adisfinya. 74) anila. 75) anuttara. 76) kalaSii ca. 77) raktabarlJ[lJla. 78) gokfidaha. 79) tiniroya. 80) tridarasa. 81) ii hUIjl svabhiiba. 82) atighora. 83) grahapati. 84) supratimalJQita. 85) gal)acakragatha. 86) dvaljlbirasaraba­ra2• 87) sopendra. 88) sarb[blatathii(gata). - One incomplete song is written at the end leaf by an unskilled hand.

1 For °nimittiirtham, 2 For °sarobara.

.

111

Page 158: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 125

125 Hs. or. 4324.

2 texts: (1) Siddhilak�mlcakroddhara and, on two back fols. , (2) Hiphala svaneya bidhi. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 12. Slight damage on right side. 21,5 x 10,5 cm. Diagrams and mal)c;lalas

on each fol. except on first and last half-fol. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, with directions in Nevarl. Undated. Written by two scribes.

(1) Siddhilak.'jmlcakroddhiira. Beg.: 01Jl namo bhagavatl barn[ n ]a!l 2 barahl 2 barahamukhe 2 alJldhau alJldhya nina marulJldhai

rulJldhya nina moyalJl bhejyalJl bhai namo moha mohani namos te [ste ste ste] ni mama sarv[v]adu­�tapradu�tiiniilJl sarv[v]e�iilJl sarv[v]aviihal) cital) Sitramukha gati jihva stalJlbhanalJl kuru slghralJl kuru 2 . . . hUIJl phata svahii.

End: srlsiddhilak�mldevyai. candacandana[kii]kiismlra[lJl]karp[p ]iirldravyale(kbi)talJl. sinduralJl rajasalJl chat(t)ralJl likhyete hemasalakaya. madhya trikol)a rtukol)a tribr[r]tiyukta tadvahya dviida­sadale saraca�lapatralJl vr[r]tte dvitlye caturasracaturthadvaralJl srlsiddhilak�mlvaracakra jayapra­datalJl · . .

Colophon: iti srlsiddhilak�mlcakro( d)dhiiral).

Explanatory titles of some diagrams: iti nirv[vliinarnal)c;I[dlala. niimii�ara kiiya. padmaprastara. biilajye�thaya krama. kiilottaraya. ganayojinl. k�etrabetuka. moca buyake. salabidhiina. samasaptaprastara. srlsiddhila�mlj antra. 01Jl namo guhyakiilikayai.

The Goddess Siddhila�ml is worshipped by a section of Hindu Nevars in the inner sanctorium of their temples and homes. She used to be worshipped by the Malia Kings and the Nevar aristocrats as a goddess bestowing victory in warfare. They used to keep her mantras and the way she is worshipped secret and they disclosed the secret only to those who were initiated.

112

Page 159: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

7.

126-142 Mantras, DharaI)ls, VaslkaraI)a, Folk Medicine, Kavacas

Us. or. 6156.

Paper. Wooden covers lined with red linen. Fols. 20, numbered 1, 3-20; fol. 2 missing, last fol. not numbered. 17,5 x 6,7 cm. 13 x 3,5 cm. 5 lines. A fine miniature painting in the middle of fol. 1 (back). Nepiilak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarI. Dated N.E. 969. Scribe: Nakali. Donor: Rajamanasil)1ha of Khusibahili, Kathmandu.

Maiijusrlsamudra Dbarmasviimin Siikyabhik51l: [DhtlralJ�a/?lgrahal. Beg.: 01)1 namal:! ratnatrayaya II 01)1 svasti II 01)1 sal)1bhara 2 vimarasayara mahavaj(r)e hiil)1 II 01)1

sambhara 2 vimanaskandba mahavaj(r)a hiil)1. thva mantra bo dhara 1 bonasa hnapayagu mantra tu bonasa hmakuchi-pramana. 01)1 sal)1bhara 2 vimalasagara mahavaj(r)a sal)1bhavaya svaha. dha 2 . . . yagu dharm[m]a yana da . . . (fol. 3) na akarma akrti adharm[m]a sarbapapa nasa juyio. akani�t(h)a dhaya srIbuddhak�atrasa manikapadmasa jarm[m]a1 juyio II 9 II 01)1 namo sakyamuni-tathagataya II thva bonaya pUJ;tyana kOlisahasra jarm[m]asa2 yana(ya) papa nasa II 10 II 01)1 namo tejasamanta atabasavijitasal)1gral)iyatathagataya II dhaka bonaya pUl)yana cukuri yanaya papa nasa II 11 II

End: thva dasal)1kusala papa phuyuo. kaya vaka citta yanagu sarbapapa mocal)13 yaya dhakao upagaralasal)1 bijyakahma mahaguru paramesvaranal)1 karisa dharm[m]acakrapabart[t]ana yaya dhaka gupta yasyal)1 taya II 89 II thugu pustaka mal)1jusrIsamudra nama dharmasvami srIsakyabhi­k�una bhaktibhabana pi kasya tala II 90 II 01)1 namo bhagavate vairocana prabhakyatu rajaya tathaga­taya 'rhante samyaksal)1buddhaya II 01)1 namo bhagavate samantabhadra-tathagataya bodhisa(t)­tvaya mahasa(t)tvaya tadyatha . . . yaje mukhe sviiha II thuti bonasa hnyagu totra yatasal)1 hma(ku)­chi-pramanal)1 II iti . . . kirahrdaya samaptal)1 II ry[y]a dharm[m]atyadi II sreyo 'stu.

Colophon: sambat 969 m(i)ti baisa�akr�l)a 13 hnusa sal)1piirl)[ I)]a yana dina jula. Iikhital)1 nakalina Iikhapita jula. subhal)1. jajomana khusibahiliya liijamanasll)1yasta jula. subhal)1.

A collection of dhiiralJ� with indications referring to their use, etc., in NevarI.

1 For janma. '2 For janmasa. 3 For mocana.

127 Us. or. 4335.

Paper. Fols. 62. 27 x 11,4 cm. 23,5 x 7,5 cm. 8 to 9 lines, Diagrams on fols. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (front and back). Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarI. Dated N.E. 991. Fol. 2 written by another scribe.

113

Page 160: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 127

Haramekhalii. Incomplete. Beg.: otp. cru:[(;Iamahiiro�aQiiya. tato moharusiidhanatp.. pithagaQasa biihiina dayakatp. catur[ d]dasi

�uhnu riitrisa gahanasatp. teo vatiiiva ma(r)jiita thyatp. deba piijii yiiya. samayahetu chiiya. stotra padape. thvate dhunaniio mohoni phaya. hetusa tamasa khii coliiva sariciiyii duvane nanakatp. yile. gaQaniiva sihnaIana buriiva bija coya. mantra thva. aitp. hritp. sritp. . . . sviihii. mata cyiiya. matasa toka puya. thvayii deone samayahetu chiiya. giiyatrimaQ<;Iala1 piijii yiiya. aitp. 5 kaumiirikiiyai vidmahe kiiry[y]asiddhi(tp.) dhimahe tan no siddhi(tp.) pracodayiit. thvanatp. li hi �uya. debayiike mohonl sake. yitii<;lasa hiithiltp. jva\itp. teva. saublriijatp. teva. duthane miila. dak�iQii chiiya. deba jvape. thvate dhunakiio k�amiipana yiitiiiva mohoni ko kiiya. basa taya rna teva. iigara tine. sviina ko kiiya. samaya. thvate mohonlsadhanabidhi.

End: thva sona phiila bisyatp. teliina besyayii nikatp. jiivasa buyake. chiigachlrarasatp.janapuladag­dhagajendradantamasilipta jiiyante saptariitriit khalviitasyiipi kutp.citiiS cikuriii).. dantaciirn[Q]apula piika yiiniiva raslltp.jana thvate corasa duduna buriiva modasa tele dina 8. thvatena modasa nikatp. jiivasa buyuva. bhrtp.garajarasonmisrita gutp.jiiphala(tp.) ciirQ[Q]asiidhitatp. tailatp. karoti. siroruha­siddha-ku�tiimiiliituti-jatiisahitatp.. kayamuga ciim[Q]a yiiniiva thvayii pidya hiimala-so. soyii pidya bhimariija-ti. thvate �unatp. so bhiiga lenake. thva sona phula bisyatp. te1iina mo<;lasa yako dayake. bhallii!aka-brhatlphala-gutp.jiimiila-phiiliinii[ tp.]m ekaike madhusahiter vilipta surapatiluptatp. samatp. yiiti. biirii<;lasa kaQ!hagirise gutp.jahii gutp.jap\l. thvatesa chatiinatp. giika ciirQ[ Q]a yiinatp. kastina viiriiva mo<;lasa leparapiina. sipiinana ( . . . )

On fol. 1 (front) the owner or some other person has given as the date: sambat 991 mit! baisiikha­badi.

Colophon and subcolophons: iti caQ<;Iamahiiro�aQatantra(tp.) samiipta[i).](m) (fol. 4 front). iti jlbanyiisa pi kiiya bidhi(i).) samiipta\.! (fol. 12 front). iti brahmiiQyiidigaQa thane (fol. 12 back) . iti priiQaprati�!hii (fol. 13 back). (iti) jivanyiisavidhi(i).) samiipta\.! (fol. 14 front). iti miitrkiigaQa thaneyiita bidhi(i).) samiipta\.! (fol. 14 back). iti haramekhaIiiyii dvit!ya(i).) pari(c)chedaniiniikautukacamatkiira(i).) samiiptai). (fol. 27 front) . iti bahuvidhakautiihalahrdahrdayavidagdhakiiminldayitiitra samiipyate halamekhiiHiyiii). pratha­ma(i).) pari(c)chedai). (fol. 41 front). iti halamekhaliiyiii). dvit!ya(i).) pari(c)chedai). samapta\.! (fol. 52 back) . itye�a parisamiipyate vividhavaslkaraQayogasatp.pa[tp.]nnaharamekhaliiyiis tftlya vidagdhadayitai). pari(c)chedai). . . . iti haramekhaliiyiis trtlyai). pari(c)cheda\.! samiiptai). (fol. 61 back).

This is an incomplete ms. of the Haramekhalii comprising only two chapters. The work contains Sanskrit mantras for exercising power, yantras to be used as talismans as well as medicinal prescrip­tions. The ms. begins with the second chapter (pariccheda) and ends with the opening lines of the fourth chapter. The second chapter consists of the following sub-sections: call4amahiiro�al1afantra (fol. 4 front), mohonisiidhana yiiyasa miitrkiigal1astofra (up to fol. 5 back), jlbanyiisa (fol. 11 front to 14 back), riimagu!ikii (fol. 14 back to 15 front), rudragu!ikii (fol. 15 front to 21 front) and deblgu!ikii (fol. 21 front to 26 front) . The third chapter contains no such sections.

1 For "mantral}a.

114

Page 161: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Ny. 128-129

128 Hs. or. 6391.

Paper. Fois. 46. 40,5 x 11,5 cm. 11 lines. Several diagrams in black and red. NepaIak�ara. Nevarl, interspersed with Sanskrit.

Haramekhalii. Beg.: Ol!l na(ma)s caJ}Qamahiiro�aJ}aya / tato mohonlsadhanal!l / PlthagaJ}asa bahana dayakal!l

caturd[d]asi �uhnu ratrlsa. gahanasal!l teo. varia marjata thyal!l debapiija yaya. samayahetu chiiya. stotra padalape. thvate dhunariava mohonl phaya. hetusa tamasa kha colava sarlcaya duvane tiana­kal!l yile. gaJ}atiava slhnalana burava blja coya. mantra thva. aiIp. hrll!l Srll!l . . . sviiha / mata cyaya. matasa toka puya. thvaya deone samayahetu chiiya. gayatrlmantraJ}a puja yaya / ail!l 5 kaumarlkayai vidmahe kary[y]asiddhi(l!l) dhlmahe tan no siddhi(l!l) pracodayat / thvana Ii hi �iiya. debayake mohont. ke yitaQasa hiithiil!l jvalil!l teva. saublrajal!l teva. duthane mala. dak�itia chiiya. deba jvape. thvate dhunakao k�amapana yariao mohoni ko kaya. basa taya rna teva. agara tine. svana ko kaya. samaya. thvate mohonlsadhanabidhi.

End: kisiya dantacurJ}[ J}]a ambarava napa ninao piitapaka yanao dadhana lu. thvayii piQya hama­la-sva. soya piQya bhimaraja-ti. thvate �utiao so bhiiga lenake. thva sona phiita bisyal!l telana besyayo nikal!l javase buyake / chiigachlrarasal!ljanapiitadagdhagajendradantamasilipta jaya[n]te saptaratriit khalvatasyapi kUl!lcitas1 cikuro [I] dantaciirJ}[J}]apiita paka yanao rasal!ljana thvate corasa duduna burao modasa tele dina 8. thvatena modasa nikal!l javasa buyuo / bhr(l!l)garajarasonmisrital!l gU(I!l)­japhalal!l ciirJ}[J}]asadhital!l tailal!l karoti. siroruha-siddha-kumuliituti-jatasahital!l / kayamuga ciirJ}­[J}]a yatiao thvaya piQya hamala-so. soya piQya bhimaraja-ti. thvate �uti� so bhiiga lenake. thva sona phuta bisyal!l telana mOQasa yakol!l dayake / bhallataka-brhatiphala-gu(l!l)jamiilaphalana[l!l]m ekaika madhusahitair vilipta surapatiluptal!l samal!l yati / baradase kaJ}thagirise gUl!ljaha gUl!ljapu. thvatesa chatanal!l gaka ciirJ}[J}]a yatial!l kastina valao mOQasa guI!ljapu leparapana. sipanana ( . . . )

Subcolophons: iti haramekhalaya dvitlya(!) pari(c)cheda[!)] nanakautukacamatkara!) samapta!) (fol. 20 back). iti bahuvidhakautiihalahrdahrdayavidagdhakaminldayltatra samapyate halamekha­laya(!) prathama(!) pari(c)cheda!) (fol. 30 front). itye�a parisamapyate vividhavaslkaraJ}ayoga­sal!lpannaharamekhalayas trtlya vidagdhadayitapari(c)chedah . . . iti haramekhalaya(s) trtiya(!) pa­ri(c)cheda!) samapta!) (fol. 45 back).

Marginal title: harameo.

1 For kWflcitai.

129 Hs. or. 6395.

Paper. Fois. 130, numbered 11-140. First 10 fols. missing, last leaf damaged. 26 x 10 cm. 20,5 x 6 cm. 7 lines. Nepiilak�ara. Nevarl, interspersed with Sanskrit. Dated N.B. 933. Written by Vajracarya ( . . . ) devaju of Yasodhariimahiivihiira, Patan. Donor: ( . . . ) sabhidevaju of Thahititola, Kathmandu.

Haramekhalii. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . du thatiiio lico lal!lkhana hii ha yatial!l sviina tUp. til!l noo khe. svana tUp. til!l noyake.

koyagiri-svanaya pu ciirJ}[J}]a yiiti� geruva variio lal!lkhana phosyal!l tayana lal!lkha khvasyal!l khvao hi thel!l conio. athaba sudarsana-sviinayii hara tayiio lal!lkhasa tasyal!l khoogu hi thyal!l conio.

115

Page 162: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 129-130

laJ]1khana hi yaya. bhiIlIgu jhaga jhaga dhiio kaIJlsakhora nibhiira curina tayava kapapirlna tha jure. gaIJlgu sa�i bii godana tha juraIJl. me cyacakaIJl he jio khe. kaIJlsakhorilna mi cyilke. lusi thurana teva. saru kapatanaIJl teva. saru siunaIJl teva. kUIJl-durunaIJl teo. saIJlkha siya seranaIJl teva. narinaIJl teva. dokhalanaIJl teva. ru dayakaIJl nil byana deva-bi chabl garuQa hmosakhii bhaula iidipaIJl yaya 2 gu riipa dayakao laIJlgana pasyaIJl dayakaIJl tayao sikhara-duduna lelilkhvalasa tayava nayake keQa­peta punakaIJl tayava nilyakaIJl choyao lokapani ilScary[y]a kene.

End: thvanaIJl li khayarasi cuplna hmoya mantra. OIJl kal)Qesu cunuru malini iti cal)Qika jagada­vart[t]ini staIJlbhani mohani namo 'stu te svahii II thvaya li o�adhl lyeya mantra II OIJl jayottare svahii II japa mantra II OIJl blrariipe svilhii II thvate hlilkva s[i]roka . . . syaIJl . . . jdii khe. o�adhl . . . yasanapathana[IJl]na mantra padape milro. baiSalokasena mOQa hlusyaI)l upa . . . naIJl suci yilnao o�adhl prasasta juraIJl khe. sraval)a asvinl hasta pu�pa thuli nak�atrasa lyaya teva. o�adhl chyayaya mantra . . . gavilm api tapasil tejasa caiva prasiddheti sivaya I oIJl . . . vidhi I . . . mahiimayahara pil)Qas taQintaral)akara rudhire chiiya . . . dadati japya ma . . . hila . . . du anusviira mahiimaya ikaral).. thva netilna rakillana cesyaIJl tahakara . . . ar[d]dhacandrana tane II hrlIJl II thva mantrana gvahmana japa yiltaIJl 0 puru�ayilk[y]e va samasta strl dakva ragalapaIJl cittana sarlral)aIJl hlaca bUIJl[ii]ca khe II pratipiiditahrdayamohako . . . manmathakamakilnilIJl diirasthitanil[IJl]m api te II thva mantra jap(a)-rapilna thavake . . . ragarapeke moharape jlva khe. iti bljamantraprabhiival). ityii . . . divamuktilmal)i-kanakanivahapramukhadhana[l).] . . . dagdhananada e�a haramekhalaya sapta . . . iti haramekha-\ilyilIJl yogamalayaIJl nepalabhiisa . . . parisamaptaIJl.

Colophon: saIJlbat 933 kiirttivakr�l)apaIJlcamil hastiinaksatra sukrabiha thva kuhnu saIJlpii(rl).a) dhunaka dina juro. lekhaka lalitapattanamahiinagary[y]aIJl yasodharamahavihii(riiva)sthitavajriicil­ry[y]asrl . . . devena likhitam idaIJl pustakaIJl. subhaIJl. diinapati srl-3-kiintipuramahiinagare thahiti­torasa dika . . . sabhidebajusana dayakii tayii juro. subhaIJl. srl-3-girviil)a yuddha bikrama saha . . . juya berasa thva saphiira cokii juro.

1 For kiirttikaO.

130 Us. or. 6454.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 30 112. 12 x 6,4 cm. 10 x 4 cm. 6-7 lines. Devaniigarl. Sanskrit, verse . Undated.

[Kavacasal?lgraha]. Incomplete. Beg.: srlgaI).esiiya nama(l) II OIJl namas cal)Qikiiyai II miirk[k]al)Qe(ya) uviica II jad[u] guhyaIJl

(p?)aramaIJl loke sarv[v]arak�akaran nmiiIJl II yatna(IJl) kasyacid iikhyiitaI)l tan me briihi pitilm[m]a­ha[I)l] II 1 II brahmovaca II asti guhyatamaI)l vipra sarv[v]abhiitop[r]akilrakaIJl devyas tu kavacaIJl punya ta . . . [u]l)U1 • • • mahiimunya II 2 II prathama(IJl) sairaputrl ca dvitlyaIJl brahmacilril)l II trtlyaIJl candraghaIJlteti ku�mill)Qeti catu(r)thakaIJl II 3 II paIJlcamaIJl skaIJldamiltetl �a�tha(maIJl) kiltyilyaniti ca II OIJl hrlIJl kIlIJl sr\IJl phat svilha iti m11lamantra II saptamaIJl kiiralatrl ca mahiigauriti cil�lamaIJl II 4 II navamaIJl siddhidata ca navadurgil praki(r)t[t]itil II uktiin(y) etiini nilmani brahmal)aiva mahiitma­nil II 5 II agninil dahyamanas tu satrumadhyagato ral)e I vi�ame durg[g]ame caiva bhayart[t]a saranaIJl gata II 6 II

End: 11 76 II nirahaIJlkara nirgunl nirm[m]a(la)jdiinadilyaka(l).) nltye�varo mahiidevaZ nlrakaIJltha3 niramaya(l) II 71 niraIJlja[IJl]no nirillaIJlko ni(l).)se�aprill)iniipahrt II . . . pa pad[ma]masana(l).) para-

116

Page 163: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 130-132

para(l)) II padmayoni(l)) paral)! brahma padmapatradarajyuti(l)) II pural).apuru�o II 78 II ( . . . ) juya puru�o gananayaka II 79 II paral)! dhama paral)! brahma pavitral)! paramal)! (ma)hat II parananda­rasorasalocana(I))4 smerabha�al).a(l)) II 80 II paraparamalokesa(l)) paramesthi(r) varap(r)ada(l)) II paraka(l)) paval).adhisa(l)) pavacana paravara(l)) 11 81 II paiagul).a(l)) paral)!deva(l)) pas paramarii­padhrk II parv[v]ati-premapriti(s) ca parv[v]ativallabhesvara(l)) II 82 II pasapal).i(s) cakrapal).i(l)) parajyoti(l)) paresvara(l)) I puresvara(l)) purapati(l)) padmapatranibhanana(l)) II 83 II padmakara . . .

Colophons: iti snhariharabrahmaviracital)! devya kavacal)! samaptal)! II subha(m) II iti snmal)!(?)­galastuti samapta[l)!] II subha(m) II iti snbhagavatya(l)) kllakal)! samaptal)! II subham astu II iti snbrahmapural).e narada-agastya-sal)!vade ramaproktal)! hanumatkavacal)! samaptal)! II subham astu II iti sruamakavacal)! sampOrl).[l).]am iti II subham astu II iti snmahagal).esakavacal)! samaptal)! II subhal)! II

I tacchmu (?). 2 For °devo. 3 For °ka1?llho. 4 For °solltisao, 5 For patu (?).

131

For a description of the ms. see No. 96.

Us. or. 6469.

(2) Mantradhiiral1lsa/V8raha. Incomplete. Beg. : II atha pujamantra(l)!) bhavati II ol)! kr�nacale pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hiil)! phat II ol)! �utacare

pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hOI)! phat II Ol)! pitacale pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hUI)! phat II Ol)! raktacara pu�pa(l)!) prati(c)cha hOI)! phat II Ol)! syamacala pu�pa(l)!) prati(c)cha hOI)! phat II Ol)! dve�ava(r)ji pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hUI)! phat II Ol)! mohava(r)ji pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hiil)! phat II Ol)! pisunava(r)ji pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hOI)! phat (11) Ol)! ragava(r)ji pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hiil)! phat II Ol)! i(r)�yava(r)ji pu�pal)! prati(c)cha hOI)! phat II 2 II ma(n)tradharani II

End: Ol)! aci nici namo bhagavati hOI)! hOI)! he svaha II Ol)! hral)! hril)! hril)! hril)! Ol)! candrarupe cara 2 pracara . . . kaha 2 prasphOtaya 2 prasphataya 2 hana 2 graha 2 va[l)!]dhaya 2 jambhaya 2 stambhaya 2 mohaya 2 sarvasatrOniil)! mO�ava[n]dhana kuru 2 sarv[v]aQakininal)! grahabhiitapretapi­sacavyaghravyadhijak�al).a[l)!]n trasaya 2 mara 2 maraya 2 ru 2 cal).QarOka rak�a 2 . . vadatu candra­maha(ro)s[y]anal) sarv[v]al)! ajnapayati II Ol)! candramaharo(�ana) . . . malamal)!tra Ii sarv[v]asa parivOnake . . .

132 Us. or. 6220.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 26 + 1/2 + 112. 22 x 9 cm. 20 x 7,5 cm. 8-9 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan and Hindi prose, mantras in Sanskrit. Undated.

[Mantropacara]. Beg. : Ol)! na.mo guru ke adesa. va[rJira ka danta. mayana ka kita. kilorahi ka kill. masvaka

mahelo. kila. nakilal)! tova. hna vi�l).u maheSvara ki duhiiya. Ol)! hi k1i srldatakiliya svaha. va-syakaya mant(r)a thva. Ol)! kala kala ma sva soga du dUI)! badhe. patale vasukhi badhe. snbagha ut(ta)ra

117

Page 164: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 132-134

dakvi1 badhe. kapurb[bla pakvi biidhe. satra brahma badhe. astarkvalava badhe. navaniilasilJl ba­dhe. ut(ta)ra da�ina badhe. badhe ghariri mahiiyiita sval). 01Jl halJl mahiidevi kamuk�akiimuvya devi siidhl guk�a sri gyal).

End (last but one folio back): OIJl daralJl ca 2 bajrabiiriihi hnu pha! svaha. dhiira 7 pyatasii yama. 01Jl adho bidho Paljlto svahii. parata cekana japarapalJl peta soya. moca boya rna phuya. 01Jl tare tu tare ture svahii. gucini lalJlkha japalapalJl tonake nayu. 01Jl trai hra hnulJl. bhu(r)japatrasa coya. vasara alirakan!ha pilJlQa takaraya hii. sanikaljl!ha yaguQijala hii. sita�iirasa buca cahnana parb[b la­ta. alaIJlQa2-hii. thvate sararak�ii bhiljlgo. siiniscarabara. brhaspatibiira. adityabaro lu�tis cavadasa3• thvate lacakalJl cecake ranja bhilJlgva. balakho suyatalJl bhilJlgva.

The handbook of a quack who uses mantras and sometimes also herbal medicines in treating his patients.

1 For da/qiQa (?) 2 For era1'}4a-. 3 For likhitai caturdaie (= Nev. cavarhae, cavarhaya).

133 Us. or. 6418.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 22. 19,2 x 8,6 cm. 15,5 x 6 cm. 5-6 lines. Illustrations and diagrams. Nepalak�ara. Neviir!. Written by several scribes, partly bad writing.

[MantraWjadhisarttgraha l · Beg.: 01Jl nama(l) kumalaya II sa(r)v[vlagahanasa(r)v[vlakrodhanasiiya sviihii II thva mantrana

dhiira 9 teo bhiiriyiiha japarapaljl dhiira cesyalJl kva khiiyake. biiraka-mociito adhinl cavaya rakhii II 01Jl biri mahiibiri. 01Jl rana ca mahiiranii ca. 01Jl dhaniyiila sviihii II thva ma(n)t(ra)na dhiira 7 lalJlkha jap(a)rapava tonake cekana jap(a)rapava pyata suya. p[hlyata kyo dava neva kha II 01Jl namal) sarv[vlas[rliihaya II niinii krodharadananiisaya bolakiinala sviihii II thva mantrana dhiira 7 tu basiyiihii japarapalJl dhiira clsya khrase basye barakamiiciito khvasii ciivaya rna ciiyake jura II

End: sainyamadhyagato va. cauramadhyagato va. silJlha[ IJllmadhyagato vii. mafi.jumadhyagato va. sarp[ylamadhyagato vii. hastimadhyagato va. samudramadhyagato va. kiirapiisamadhyagato va. kii­�!hamadhyagato va. naramadhyagato vii. ete sarv[vladevya�!a rak�a 2 myalJll sarv[vlasa(t)tviiniifi. ca. iiyu arogya. sn-iiry[ylavalokitesvarasya hataharita hara vihar[rla. sarv[vlapratisthitiinalJl si[rlddhi bijani nama(l) svahii II iti ary[ylavalokitesvarasya abhayakali niima dhiirani samiipta I (followed by) bhiitlnipuja . . . (in bad handwriting).

A collection of mantras to be used for averting various troubles such as, for example, the incessant weeping of children, snakebite, accidents caused by elephants, lions, etc. The practices constitute a sort of folk medicine current among Ojhiis.

1 For ma'1' (?).

134 Us. or. 6419.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 24. 22 x 9 cm. 19,5 x 7 cm. 8 lines. Illustrations and diagrams. Nepiilii­k�ara. Neviirl. Undated.

118

Page 165: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 134-136

[Mantrauradhisal1lgraha]. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . 10 II 6 II Oljl namo slddhl. gulu-iijftii Il oljl kii . . . amuyalii hU(Ijl) phat[a] svaha II dhiila 7

thva mantrana laljlkha . . . vavayii julo II Oljl namo sl(d)dhl gu(lu-iijftii). Oljl tyala tela kalate amukl tlkii ke . . . mohana hahu brahmiiyam yI kupocaH sl kupociiH sl te II sl slddhl gulu-[II]iigyii II dhiila 21 thva mantrana cekana jap(a)rapava pyat[h]a suya. pViit(h)asyiikayii julo II Oljl namo slddhl gulu-iigya /1 Oljl nl si ni pate svahii II dhiila 7 thva mantrana cekana jap(a)rapava pyat[h]a suya. pvathasyiikaya mantra julo II Oljl namo gulu-iigya II H Ii mi Iii H te hii(ljl) phata II dhaIa 7 thva mantrana puya. kimina pvathasyakaya julo II

End: thvasa mantraya . . . thva mantra . . . miira . . . roganiisa . . . jhiire yiiya dava. saraljl phiiya Iiaya kaila rna. Oljl . . . che . . . na Oljl iijfta. 11 hyiinu kapo hmosu kapo patiiparba yakii dasaya siljldhalana noya. khiiyisi mala. dayakiiva . . . ya mala. pe . . . juko cona Iiayake mala II

The ms. contains medicinal prescriptions and mantras for curing diseases such as stomach pains caused by worms, etc.

135 Hs. or. 4354.

Palm-leaf. Wooden covers. Fois. 12. 15 x 5 cm. 13 x 3,5 cm. 5 to 8 lines. 1 punch-hole on left side. Nepiilak�ara. Neviiri, with mantras in Sanskrit. Undated.

[Mantrauradhyupaciira]. . Beg.: haQaya lala eka manaljl . . . liljlgasa . . . Iii ti saljlsarga yaliiiva misana kamadeba sarha dhayi

. . . thvate nayava liljlgasa lepalapaljl saljlsarga . . . nOIjl moharape jlva kha . . . sa juye su su . . . Oljl nama!) kamadeviiya. amuka vasa sabhasya hUIjl phat[a] sviihii.

End: . . . rata jutu juse syiikvayii kothe o�adhi. sukamyaIa lavaliatvaca pipari diiribi bedaci sama­bhiiga diga-phalatisa phose tone jhviijhviina syiikvayii. sarirana kasa rna bhi(ljl)gvaya. duraraljlbha micikisi pvaro dava ti cipa �ayara laIjlkha myiira 7 macha myiira dvayake sakarata samabhiiga. heQaroyayii o�adhi. baljlsi guri ak�ata 7 thva netii kapaQasa pOQa ciya. kuhnarakiipu 9 na ciya. garasa ko �ayake. subhaljl.

The text gives prescriptions of ayurvedic medicinal herbs and describes the use of certain amulets and mantras to be uttered during the treatment of the patient.

136 Hs. or. 4293.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 80.

(2) [Mantraviikya]. Beg. (fol. 6 front) : Oljl namo buddhiiya. namo dha(r)miiya. namo saljlghiiya. Oljl anyonyanugatii

bhavadh(v)a. Oljl abhyaljlt(ar)iinugata sarvadharm[mJa devyapramiisamayapramanaljl tad uta vaca p[r]aramaljl pramanaljl. etena satena bhaveyur etaljl devyiim anugra(ha)hetu bhiitii. hUIjl bhava sukra jihii vibhiive. Oljl vajraralitaja!) hUlll.

End (fol. 10 front): Oljl ekavik�a smasiine vii papate khaQare su he kriimapase yathii k�etre sunyiigiire visesata bhiijanastho thuragate bhiimau mata gii tu visya�ata kf�I).a rudra maharudraljl

119

Page 166: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 136-138

devadiital)l samiisatal)l Iq�l).akariiriri samanal)l dviitita viniiyaka ciimu(n)d[r]a ghore vivasi u kumii­(rI)devi tu sa bhavii jaya caiva ajaya caiva ajita aparajita bhadrakarI mahiikarI thurakari tu joglni ghorariipa mahiirupa damatarupa kaparinl.

The text seems to contain prayers to be recited for prosperity. The ms. is full of mistakes and written by another hand than (1).

137 Us. or. 6383.

For a description of the ms. see No. 66.

(2) Maiijusrlbhallaraka: Pratijfiii-niima-dhiira1JI. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . khe amitabha ak�obhyahrdayajatal)l I ratnanabhau amoghapiidal). II 4 II laliitasya vailoca­

na dahina ratnasambhaval). I pascima amrtabha vamasya amoghasi(d)dhil). II 5 II vailocana mahiijyoti sukravarl).[l).la maho(j)jvalal)l I svetapltaraktasyama(s) catu(r)vakt(r)a bhavatu ahal)l II 6 II parama­guru vajracar[j]yal). vajraghal).t[h]adhara subhal). I prajfiajiiiino samalil)lgal). sarvatathiigatodbhaval). II 7 II

End: Ol)l namo bhagavatya ma(l)l)jusrI-kumalabhutaya. bodhisa(t)tvaya mahiisa(t)tvaya mahiika­rul).ikaya. tadyathii. suddhe visuddhe jayavahini ru ru ca re 2 hiil)l pha!. yal). imam dharani(l)l) dhiirayat vacayat sal)lprakasayat samedhii bhavati susuro bhavati sa krtasiitasastr9l)l parigrhnati. ekavara(m) uccaritamatrena kalpakolisal)lcito 'pi papal)l k�ayal)l gacchati. ekarak�ajiipena mahii­pal).Qito bhavati. dvitiyarak�ajapena vidyadharo bhavati. trtlyarak�ajapena mal)ljusrIriipal)l pasyati paficamrtakarinyo 'pi siddhi(l).) syiit jadi si( d)dhyati.

Colophon: iiry[ylamafijusrIbhattarakasya pratijfia nama dhiirani samapta[l)ll. je dharm[l)llatyiidi . . . ri�it9l)l thahititola-kvathabiihiilayii sriba[r]j(r)acary[y]a kulabajranal)1 likhiipita dina jula. subhal)l.

138 Us. or. 6465.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 8. 23 x 11,5 cm. Varying size of writing area and varying number oflines. Illustrations and diagrams. Nepiilak�ara. Neviirl. Undated.

[Ralqiiyantra] . Beg.: thva ja(l)1)tra kUkhl dhaya. thva jal)ltra phoylva matra udo sviinavii kapiisila goloca[l)lln[drla

gahiilasi badyiico kustapurI bhemariijayii hii cal)lbyaJisvanaya hii. thote marm[mlabhiiga cu(r)na yiinava bhu(r)japat(r)asa coya. th[vlava hmasa taya. cal)ld[rlag(a)lahaya lak�a julo. d[hllnadasaya lak�a. 01)1 bhailavalak�a 1. thvana deodu�ana julasiil)l thva la�ya biya dava. dakinlbhayasa mataya bhaya ma du. lak�a thvaya biilagvalaca[l)lln[dr]ana kUl)lku[l)llma apamaghaya hii s9l)l�aphuli c9l)lda­phola. thvate thvaya vasala bhu(r)japatrasa coya. lak�a niima julii. devava bhailavayake thiinya. samasta haku mala.

End: nagalakia. thva jal)lt[alla bhu(r)japatrasa coya. ka(r)pula badyacolaya pu galacal)l[dr]a kas[a]tulava maI)lsila sulapu. sihiikayiihii kUl)lku[l)llma manasikahlaya slhnliaya hii svabilajaya hii nakaphetvlya hii. thvatl samabhiigana cu(r)na yai1iiva nagajal)lt[a]la coya. th[v]ava hmasal)l taya.

120

Page 167: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 138-140

samud[a]lasa cone jlva. nagala�a julo. thva ja(111)t[a]la bhu(r)japatrasa coya. biilakaya adhinlcavaya lak�a julo. thvaya vasaia phasI-na kamasaya na kas[a]tuli �lgvadakila. thvati samabhiigana cu(r)na yanava coya. adhinacavaya lak�a julo.

The text describes various yantras, i. e., magical amulets, to be carried on the body to avert evils as, for example, children's diseases, snakebite, etc.

139 Us. or. 6221.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 26 112, partly damaged. 19 x 7,8 cm. 17 x 6 cm. 6-9 lines. Diagrams. Nepalak�ara. Nevar!' Undated.

[Va.§lkaralJa ]. Beg. (fols 2 and 3): hmyaca 2 buvaya (below that a circular diagram). thva ja(n)tra kU111kurnana

cosya111 rahiitasa hnyaya jayatiti-sva(na)gu phora kiiyava gherasa varava nake moca hymaca 2 buvaya kaya buyake duo thva vamara jura.

(fols. 4 and 5) below 2 diagrams: 0111 amuk! vasa111 kulu svaha. thva mantra si(n)dhura ak�ara japarapava horyamito basya yaya jio. 0111 hn111 arnuki vasa kuru svahii. thva rn�tra mohani jap(a)­ralapa111 ticakya rak�a vaya. a(111)garabara-kuhnu jura. sn�a[111]I)Qa agura kU111kuma kutha kuta sahii debadalu rupa kesara. yati s(a)mabhiigani basya dhilpa jura.

End (on last 2 fols. back) , left: satruyake sabada daya (below that a circular diagram) gvatl cand[r]ana kU111ku(ma) bhu(r)ja[va]patrasa coyao debaya thiinasa dhara kosa tayava taya. satruya cha(n)ke sabda vayake jura.

right: loka vasya (below that a circular diagram). ka(r)pura kU111kuma va ci svatana coya. bhu(r)ja­patrasa coya. sa(ma)staroka basya. thathe royao ra�ya biya jura.

140 Us. or. 6222.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 27. 19,2 x 8,2. 16,5 x 6,5. 6-7 lines. Illustrations on fols. 26 (back) and 27 (back); diagrams on fols. 8 (back) and 25 (back) . Nepaliik�ara. Nevan and Hindi prose, mantras in Sanskrit. Undated.

[VaslkaralJa ]. Beg.: 0111 siddhi gulu-ajda. siddhi natha. siddhi gal)esa. siddhi bajrajogini. sid(dhi a)kasabhabani.

siddhi guru-ajM. dhii 14. gugusi srlkhal)Qa gU[111]gu karp[p]ilr(a) . thva mantrana dhupa thanao mantra siddha yaya. mantrabala biya. siddhi guru-ajda. asimasi sunasasi gadhl luti dhamapati pata nilaparta jiryo khiirya piryo. guluk�a bhati melosasi phula ma111tra isvala ki biica. dhii 3 lakha tham� japarapava tone mebana rna khu. yaya rna phu. mebana rna khu. yako kva thayu jiyiva. tiloyaya111 jio. siddhi guru-ajM. 0111 iidadite saphukotha phuke. bhiltani badha dahini palime laha. isvaia gvalii melo bhagati guru sakati pal[a]bati ko biicii. hi hU111 phat svahii. dhii 9 thao ji ja hna[r]pu bakhi aguraya hi kalaya khiti. thull bhaga yanao ma111trana jape. nake rnisa vasya juyi.

End: pa111cahli naomi kha�thi ca[n]tu(r)dasi a�tami thva tithisa salapana natasa rnvaya rna phu. ma(111)g(a)rabala sanisca(ra)biila grahana kuhnu. thvatya bana hllava h1ana bva-chetrasa mvaya rna

121

Page 168: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 140-142

phu. vasala rna du. lohinl mrgasila asalya�a bisa�a dhasu krtika. thvati nak�a[sya]trasa toya julasa logl mvaya rna phu. indrl maha bodha maha c1uda maha galasyala maha jalllga maha peta maha rahatasa kala sallldhisa mibhisa hnasapanasa byakosa thvati thayasa bna sadhya rna jii asadhya. thvati thayasa dalllsalapuya mvaya rna duo

141 Us. or. 4291.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 62, first two leaves damaged. 14,6 x 7,5 cm. 12 x 5 cm (stotra section). 5-6 lines. Illustrations, diagrams. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl prose, with mantras in Sanskrit. One section contains stotras in NevarL Undated.

[Yantramantrasaf!lgraha ] . Beg.: helll pha!a kalikadevi hUIll. taranaya hUIll. guru guhyakali hUIll. nama(i)) svaha. dhara 2

thva malllstanal bhaupithya bibhiiti debiya sindhara ak�ata vana chayake de . . . bhiita ja(k)�e pisaca dakinl samatu dako yaya thi bhaya(lll]nasa. mina pukaya thva. susucalll vayalll svaha. mi puna vaya. Olll nama be(n)dra dnna bendra masa palllca bendra pu[nd]rari cara bendra siddhi gura-ajiia. dhara 9 sura bau yadana vavaya puya thva.

End: (with diagrams) thva ja(n)tra bhajapatrasa2 coya. catusa mana coya. abicaraya lak�a. thva ya(n)tra gvaco ko �asyalll dhana munya phayu. putra rna duya dayake rak�a.

Thereafter follows a list of materials like pii 3 ru agu. piit(r)a mara kathoha agu. ju 10 paiicaratana. ju 10 ru-pare oha-pare. ju 10 diti dasa ko�a paiicasari gva 4. bharubhara gva 2. samaya karotaka. bisamaya karotaka. sagam �(Ill) mata hnaka. sinamii, pamcapat(r)a, karasa, bhasma, palllca, kiisa.

To fo!. 1 (front) a slip of paper has been attached with glue saying: thva saphii aneka jantramantra coya ta(: )gu duo tamke ma jiii. la(: )pinta kyane nalll rna jiii.

Yantras and mantras with directions in NevarL

1 For mantrana. 2 For bhurjao.

142 Us. or. 4292.

Two texts: (1) Yantramantrasalllgraha and (2) Au�adhisalllgraha. Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 24, slightly damaged by insects. 18,3 x 6,4 cm. 15 x 5 cm. Number of lines varies. Illustrations and diagrams in text (1). Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit mantras and Nevarl. Undated. Written by several hands.

(1) [Yantramantrasaf!lgraha]. Beg.: java rahatasa coya candrama1)Qala. thutina juvarayata biya. tyayuva (with illus.). (2) kUIll­

kumava gorocanava bhu(r)japatrasa thva cakra coyao saniscarabara-kuhnu cavadasa jure srlga1)es­varasake bidhi thyalll piija yaya. maca rna duya dayake. sika hilyaya rithyam mvayu (with illus.).

End: kamasastra seva caturalllga jaubhanaberasa thamava uti hilyava jatihmalll mara. aheta da­vahmalll tlri. thamava heti. thathilllgva tiriva kamakrlQa yaya. kamasastrasa seyake mara. thutina gvacchinolll ryacamo [r]yasyabelasa bicitra toyu vasatana tiya mara. dhupiisa ku thane mara. nana

122

Page 169: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 142

abharal)a tisana tiyake mara. nasaka svana hiiilava chuya mara. snkhal)<ja cetana teyava gvara nayava kUlllkuma iidina[naJ nasaka kvara dayake mara. tiriva kamakn<ja yaya sava mijana chiiya bhinakal)1 joya mara.

On fo!. 1 (front) the owner marks as titles Plthapujii and mohanajantramantra. Only the 4th mantra, however, deals with va.§lkaralJa. The ms. gives information on talismans, for example, how to draw a certain diagram that will ensure that a gambler wins, how to draw a diagram that will ensure that a woman becomes pregnant, etc. It also contains mantras to be spoken on special occasions.

123

Page 170: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

8.

143-155 Astrology and Fortune-telling

143 Hs. or. 4294.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 8, slightly damaged by insects. 21 x 8,8 cm. 17 x 5,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepaliik�ara. NevarL One section in Sanskrit verse with Nevarl paraphrase. Undated.

[ Gamanaphalaviciira). Incomplete. Beg.: dvitlya dhanumlne tu caturthi vf�akumbhayol) me�akilfk[k)atayo(l)) �a�thl kanyayaI!1 mithu­

no 'stamL dasami vfscike siI!1he makare dvadasl tule yatastu tIthayo dagdha varjanlya prayatnata(l)). dhanurasi mlnarasisa dura�a rare, bf�arasi kumbharasisa cothiika rare, mesarasi kark[k)atarasisa �a�t(h)aml rale, kanyarasi mithuI!1rasisa asti rale, bicharasi siI!1harasisa dasaml rale , makalarasi

. tulalasisa dvadasl rrue, thavate rrue dagdhatithi dhiiya. dina rna bhiila.

End: bhukhii-hoya svaya. mine kurlle makare ca kiirma siI!1haI!1 tulayaI!1 mithune phaI,lis ca. ku(m)bhe dhanuka[I!1)nyakayoI!11 dharatrlI!1 mekhe bfsalyal) digabhii caranti. mina ka(r)kkatamaka­la thvate ragnasa bhiimikaI!1pa jurasa kapaleyakena bova. siI!1ha tulasa rnithunasa thvatesa bO[I!1)ra­sa nagayakena bola. kUI!1bha dhanu kanya thvatesa borasa bhiimi vona. mesa bfsa bircha thvatesa bhusa borasa kisiyakena bola. ka[r)chape carita mrtyu durbhiksam atha pannage kusai3J:!1 sarvajan­tunaI!1. prthibyaI!1 carite gaje kapaleyake[I!1)na borasa kataka siyio. nagayake[I!1)na bolasa du(r)­bhik�a oyi.

There are 3 sections: (1) with 2 subsections (a) and (b), (a) beginning with kruadisa and ending with iti ja[r)nmadisa samapta and (b) ending with bhayadisa and siddhidisa, (2) ending with sastapa­riksasubhiisubhaphala(I!1) samapta(m), (3) ciilakadasa soya bidhi.

A handbook for professional astrologers dealing with the good and bad effects of leaving home in a certain direction, depending on which of the ruling planets in a man's horoscope is in the ascendant.

1 For °yor.

144 Hs. or. 6488.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 61. 24 x 9,8 cm. 20 x 7,5 cm. 8 to 9 or more lines. Many colour illustrations, diagrams and tables. Nepalaksara. Nevarl. Dated N .E. 836.

124

Page 171: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 144--145

[ Grahadaiiisiintividhil· Beg.: pav[vla sose bu ro 10, 11, 13, 20 II dhvaja ildi II va pika khusi . . . sl piirb[bla do. k�a phyaila

dava. sIho dayuva. badhaila vaila bii co cola. khailgaka mi�a bikani svayI. nugala rna chiniva. O!p. sn-3-brahmayaI)Idevlmu(r)t[tlaya nama!) I dhvajena roga sirasi prild�la . . sya pIQa nrpate§ ca danda I siilasana!p. triiSanakampanas ca ripuprasa!p.ge ka . . . gyaka. tama cayuva, va hilele yayIva. kha hliiya lisala rna biyuva. O!p. sngal)esaya nama!) II Srlsugrlva uvaca II dhvajasthiine dhvaja!p. dr�lva roga . . . I siira, mikhasa pIQa, pitta, sle�ma, daha, jvara, thara thara nuyuva, heyayu, mora-pida juyu. debaya dukhana1 II santi piirb[bladisa desana pi sivapiija, pa!p.camrta II grhadebiita jathiibidhi piija II indra­piija II va!p.-bina desana pi sima kosa rak$asayata khiira pata 1 II kaumariyata bhuja ke petana chiiya. amayana chiiyava coye II mora hluya thiiya-piija puei 9 II

End: pildarisa conasa I)ana ba(n)dhana seyu. rokana pIda biyI. putrahiini juyiva II navagrahaya salirasa coila phaladasa samapta II 9 II a$aQha 7 pasuvrddhi, sraval)a dhe 2 dhananasa, bhiidrapa[!p.l­dana 3 sa[!p.lntiinaviddhi2 , asviru 4 br[rltanasa, ka(rt)tikana 5 putrarabha, ma(r)gasir(�)a 6 kanyiira­bha, pau�ana 7 yuddhinasa, maghana 8 agnIbhaya, phiilgul)ana 9 dhanarabha. thvate grhiira(m)bha. macaca!p.debana si(d)dhideba mahiideba semata3 836 cait(r)amasasuklapak�a. muhu(r)ta jyaya. thva ryakhana 11, guna 39, thva tithI biirana tane, bhiiga 19, mrt(y)ubhaya 9, se�a 1, ayudhana dayu 10, k�aya 2, sn 11, jaya 19, risubha 3, bijaya 13, dhanarabha 4, ananda 7, pusti 5, dhana[!p.lnda 7 pramana. roga juyu 6, sat(r)ubhaya 7, karabhaya 8, roga dhiitu, ildite pit(t)a, a!p.gara sle�ma, svamaba(ra) sukrabii(ra) samadhiitu, budha brha(s)patiya phara dhiitu, sanisca(ra) rabha[ya] , ketu­ya agnima!p.da, atisara. saptabi(!p.)sa nak�atra II saptabi(!p.)sati jogaya!p. thva the!p. bhoga yayu. grahana [Ill saniscara colia nak�atra nrya. hliathva negoda koli!p. vava syaya II dvibar�a sorolasa masa!p. sa!p.khya II ekena san[iltyadi.

The ms. describes different means of alleviating the evil effects of various planets, which cause headaches, fever, eye-troubles and other ailments.

1 For dokhana. 2 For 9vrddhi. 3 For sambat(a).

145 Us. or. 4289.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols 31. 20 x 6,8 cm. 17 x 4,5 cm. 6 lines. Several diagrams. Nepalak$ara. Sanskrit verse and Nevarl prose. Dated N.E. 873. Written by Vajracarya Sndhanaju1•

[Jyauti:;apha/abhogaviciira l. Beg.: o!p. nama!) sarv[vlajnaya. ragne suklo budho yasya yasya k[rlendro brhaspati(r) dasame

ca!p.garakakhetrasajatakuradIpaka!) I 1 I ragne dhanyo sukra bhauma mIna jIveture budha. n1cacan­drasamayuktarajajogo vidh1yate I 2 I ragnasthiine yada saurl aristhiine�u candrama kujo saptama­(s)thiine$u pitamrtyu na sa!p.saya!) I 3 I rabhaj1varipuk�atre ragnasthiine caturthake marati suta jatasya tada var�a trayodasa I 4 I m1name$avr�acandrakark[klaj1vanasa(!p.)sthita dhaya nama bhaved yogarajyarabho na sa!p.saya!) I 5 I

End: (With diagram) thva kothiisa sugraha conasa bhi[!p.lila. kugraha conasa rna bhilia. kugraha dhiiya a, a!p., sa, rii, ke. sugraha dhiiya thuti: bu, br, su, ca!p.. sukra budha juko dhiiya rna du, gvahma graha conasano!p. vaya phala juro. thvathya kothiiya anuriipana sihune. (With diagrams) kena vaya kuhnuya nak$atra nisya!p. rogiya nak�atra to niya juro. [kena vaya kuhnuya nak�tra nisya!p. rogiya nak�atra to niya juro l .

125

Page 172: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 145-146

Colophon: iti navagrahacaradasasubhiisubha samapta. baj(r)acary[y]a §rldhal!ljuna likhita sal!l­piirt).[!))am. sal!lbat 873 asu 14 subhal!l.

Sections: [nak�atraphalavicara). navagrahacaradasasubhMubha. [grahadasa soye]. grahado�jnana. kothiisa graha cotiaya phala. jatacakra. candrahtiyakasamaya. lagnaphala. sanica[k)ra boye kantha.

A small guidebook of astrology based on popular Buddhist practices.

SrldhaJ)lju.

146 Us. or. 4316.

Fold-book. Fois. 35; last leaf torn off at the left side. 20,8 x 8,4 cm. 18 x 6,5 cm. 8-9 lines. Diagrams. Nepatak�ara. Nevarl, occasionally interspersed with Sanskrit. Undated.

[Jyau/4apha/abhogavicara]. Beg.: barahnasa. sanicala. al!lgata, brhaspati. adityabalakuhnu. javarahnasa. jatra va!)e berasa

hnasaya sa bara laka tina svaya juro. java khava sarna jurasa rna bhitia. so 2 sukla 5 bu 4 khava bara liitasa labha. sanicala 7 ral!l 3 br 5 a 1 thvati javaya sa bala ratasa labha. tithi balafi ca nak�atral!l amrsasahasratalaka saptabhir bhagasya. k�ena. bata!)al!l ut(t)amadhamal!l. bhiinu bhaumya bha­v[y)ed dui)khal!l. soma saumya sukhal!l bhavet. guru sukla bhave( d) rabha[n). roga dul)kha sanisca­ral!l. sal!lgantikuhnuya1 dina nisyal!l udayatitlll to niya. ryakha kaya. bala chu rata ona tanya. thava naksetra to nisYal!l tanya. thvati lyakha motiava hnasa hnasa hmuya. rekona chu bata rata oguri baraya phala hlaya. hnihniya subha hil!)i svaya.

End: u. siva sa satya rna hmal!l 34 trl, da 14 phasal!l, syaka sikaya bhaya, da 1 ja sa(l!I)grilma­bhaya, da 21. nil 2 jora, da 28 cOI!I bil!l kutiniya bhaya, mrtyu, da 32 coya satrubhaya, mrt[t)(y)u da 50 sa(l!I)gramabhaya. sra. era. makrasa. de hmal!l 3 trl hnu 4 ra 4 da 4 kathUl)1 syal!l, kachubhaya, da 12 nil 2 rogagrahapida, da 20 trlya nimi(t)t[r)ina satruju(d)dhu juye, da 25 COI!I kutini vatia dupini bhayana mrt[t)(y)u, da 30 peta jora, da 40 khiiyil siya bhaya, da 50 atisara, da 70 ra 2, dha va a sil!lghasa ra hrnal!l 3 trl hnu 2 ra 2, da 2 khvamani, peta, da 8 khara syayu, khoya bhaya, da 14 cau �uya bhaya, da 30 gumabhaya, da 58 pra bhayana mrt[t)(y)u khal!l, da 80 nil 2 roga mrt[t)(y)u, sa thvasa sarasatra ra hmal!l tri hnu 8 ra 8, da 8 kukhirogabhaya, da 16 a[s)tisiira, da 20 khoyii khuya bhaya, da 2 sa anega bhogana mrt[t](y)u khal!l, da 30 pra bhaya, da 35 sat[t]rubhaya, da 50 sanipil, da 55 nil bhaya m(r)[i)t[t)(y)u.

On last fol. (back) : tantrokta[:) jalavr�!istal!lbha. raktapilta. mma.

A simple handbook of astrology and prognostication.

1 For salflkrantr,".

126

Page 173: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 147-148

147 Hs. or. 6438.

Paper, Fols. 24, stitched together into the form of a copy-book. The front of fo!. 1 and the last 4 fols. are blank. 12,3 x 17 cm. 12 x 10 cm. 9--11 lines. Tables and diagrams. Devanagari. Nevarl and Nepali. Undated.

[Jyauti�aphalabhogaviciira]. Beg.: srlgaJ).esaya nama(Q) II lagna a�tama dvadasasa siiry[y]e conasa k�atrapalaya dosa. lagna

kha�t(h)ama a�tama dvadasasa candrama conasa akasacarl joginIya dosa. dvadasa dasamasa malJlga­la conasa <;la[lJI]kinlya dosa. pviithasa syiiyii. saptama dviidasasa bu[d]dha conasii banadevl banakii­liyii dosa. jhakarii day!. piijii phyiinii tagu dayi. caturtha a�tama dvadasasa brhaspati conasii debayii dosa. a�tama dViidasasa sukra conasii jalapisiicaya dosa. khusisa sidha bali taya. duviitasalJl jyii. janma caturtha. a�lama dViidasasa sanlcara conasii biila pi(t)ta iimasftJa juyi. biihmalJlko syiiyi. dviidasa dasamasa riihu conasii diiju kija niipu jUyi. dviidasa palJlcama kha�t(h)amasa ketu conasa dhana phuy! II

End: sapaniiko prasna vicara garl heme. - avi<;lya asubha hune. - sahara pauna aucha. - vikala bhojana paucha. - namariipa kohi marega. - �a<;lal bhalo chao - bedana mitralabha. - trlsana1 golhako bastubigiira. - bhavana kohi kalaha garcha. - jatika iiphana pauna aucha. - asaprasna subha hUlJlcha. - upadana kohi mare giL -

jaramarana kehi samacara aucha. vikala 2, �a<;laI 12, sahakiira 3, namariipa 1 , asaprasna 11 , avidya 4, bedana 10, jaramarana 5, bhavana 7, trlsana1 9, jiitika 6, upadana 8.

biila�a janmeko prasnavicara - avidya, janmadina 9 maihna 3 bar�a 1 rna sama�la sukhl ho. catur ho bhalma kalaha game vidyavan.

A simple handbook of astrology and prognostication. The latter part shows the impact of Buddhism (pratltyasamutpiida).

1 For tr�'Jtl.

148 Hs. or. 6451.

Paper . Fold-book. Fols 17. 28,8 x 10 cm. 26 x 9 cm. Mostly 13-14 lines. Diagrams and tables. Nepalak�ara. Nevari.

[Jyauti�aphalabhogaviciira ]. Beg.: (mva)yuo. dalJl 60 thvate pheya phatasa bar�a 77 mvayu. bharaninak�atraya jataya ditara

palJlca dayasa srnta santi kanya ni sonta jamadebatii bharaba bi�a adhidebatii preta biihana lii�yasa jiita garjasato agariibiira na�etal me�ariisi ut(ta)raduviira. atha mr . . . jiita pintarbana ugasabhao adhira mana khiivii juyu. baya libi balakhasa dU(Q)khi lithyalJl sukhi juy!o. dhana riiy!o. ciinaIJI hninalJl juyuo riijasebaka juyuo. paradesasa sukhi juyuo. dhana moyu. ariiphela khalJl hliiyuo. tejabo[lJI]nta bhaglmiini juyu. debapiijii hitiiyu. atithigurubhakti. mikhii toyu. riihiitasa dhana rna cona. paradesa byarobha boriiha. iilalJlbhasa samasta kiirja si(d)dhi juyuo. jyii saya bitiiyuo. myeba soya rna phu. jiili juyu. karatahmalJl 3 kiiyuo. moca rna dayuo. nayalJlsa ceta bhiitii. mebayiike iisii tayu. mesa khinasa rasa tayuo. sviinasa laya juyu. thvate samiio iihiira samastalJl yayuo: jii dudu dhali paru piiitu khiiy! miiku phaku ghela kasti ra itii. roga dhatu atisiira molasyiika hmiisyiika aji(r)n[n]a kachu niinii byiidhi jola. thvate rogana akalamrtyu. dalJl 1 jola. a[n]tisala dalJl 5.

127

Page 174: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 148--149

End: ca[lJl]ndra bhoga Mina soya. trisurasa ratasa mrtyu juyu. pinya cyagvalasa ratasa madhya­rna. ca[lJl]ndra garbhasa ratasa rabha. jaya-dhana-dhiinedi2-rabha. bisyakhana trisumadhyasa ratasa ati rna bhina. thvateya ca[lJl]ndraphala svaya. 10 jhinu, jhira (10), jhida 10 asvadebana roga. khiika kana robhe cayu. bahni juyu. peta kva dayu. hilele yayu. bata pita jola meba dayu. khetinao svayu. khiiila 2 gu phoni. mikha manayu. yaya nake rna phayu. dudu ghela kasti ra na thva gugu aIJlguli sihla kusa-hiiva kulikula pe pahalasa pe dukasalJl kala�esa pulake pra 2 niyao oya thiisa mahMebapuja.

1 For nalqatra. 2 For �dhiinyiidi�.

149 Hs. or. 4299.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 22. 20,8 x 6 cm. 17,5 x 5 cm. Number of lines irregular; partly horizontal, partly vertical. Diagrams. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Written by various hands. Undated.

[Jyau/4apus/aka]. Incomplete. Beg.: nak�atraya niima. das[r]a - asuni. jama - phal(g)uni. agni - krt(t)[r]ika. brahma - rohin!'

saumya - mrgasila. raudra - (bh)adra. aditi - puna(r)basu. guru - pu�ya. sarp[p]a - asasle�a. pitri ­maghii. bhaga - purbaphii(\)gun!. apasi - uttaraphiirgun!' kara - hasta. tvasr - citrii. biiyu - svati. indragni - bisa�a. maitra - anurMhii . sakra -jye�thii. nitratl- mula. tvaye -purbii�adha. bisvedeba­uttara�aQha. bldhl - abhlclt. bi�l)u - srabal)a. basu - dhane�thii. baru - satabhl�a. ajapat -purbabha­dra. ahirbudhana - uttarabhadra. pausna - rebati.

Beginning of the text proper: (fol. 11 f) 01Jl nama\:t snsury[y]aya. samasaptama �ataka�tama dvi­dvMasa. thvatesa amabasikuhnu salJlkrantiya lagna tina. lagna gosyalJl Mitya tayava rahu ghana soya. lagna[na]sa Mitya cole rahu vanasa amasi ghati 30. thvatesa ghati 1. thva prapati1 sarb[b]agrasa juyakalJl jvaniva II 1 II lagnasa aditya dvitlyasa rahu vanasa amabiisl ghati 2 du belasa anguli 1 kenakalJl jvanlva II 2 Il lagnasa Mitya �a�t(h)amasa rahu vanasa amabiiSi ghati 6 du belasa bacaka alJlguli 1 rna jvana 11 6 11

End: 01Jl namai} sngal)esaya. mekha sapta eka netra 217. brkha navasagarambu 249. mithu(na) trisunyaloka 303. kark[k]ata triyugas ca vahni 343. silpha nabav[a]edaloka 349. kanya grahabhuvana­vahni 339. tul[y]a grahabhuvanavahni 339. bicha navavedaloka 349. dhanu triyugas ca vahni 343. mak(a)ra trisunyalokii 303. kumbha navasagarambu 249. mlna sapta eka netra 217.

(by another hand): guragilJl atapa rasa mayachi chuna nayao lyakha. sokotl o nlyape sura dana thuti dava. thva atapa phuka juro. subha.

Sections: tanaya svaya. iti bhumikampari samapta, iti candragrahal)a(lJl) samapta(m), iti sur­y[y]agrahana(lJl) samapta(m). [janmavaraphala(m)], iti amrtasiddhil), etc.

Text on front leaf: 15 tithi 27 nak�atra 7 varaphala gamanalJl ca bodhaka slkegu nepalabhii�a salJlskrita.

A handbook for practising astrologers.

1 For paripiiti.

128

Page 175: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 150-151

150 Hs. or. 4304.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 17, last leaf damaged. 17,5 x 8,5 cm. 14 x 5,5 cm. 5-6 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Nevan. Dated N .E. 702. Written by various hands.

KeliSiistra. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . no ma si(d)dhara kha (14). ya va a. bho prcchakasa. tho kiirj[j]a khacinaJ:p. cikut! mana

khacinaJp. iiSrayana dava thel)l ati subidhiina ma juva. thva kiirja cintarape mumiira. ma si(d)dhu kha (15). ya a a. bho prcchakasa. kiirj[j]a akiisasa coilagva sviina thel)l bhiirapusane. athe jurasanol)l jatna yiihune. i�tadebatiisa barana si[r]ddhi va kha (16). iti yakiiliidi�oQasa. da da da. bho pfccha­kasa.

End: . . . ya dava. bho pr(c)chakasa. china cint[t]arapii kiirj [j]a lokasa bacal)l ma ilene ma te Ie. thava bu[r](d)dhina tu si[r]ddhina va kha . . . (9). ya va ya. bho prcchakasa. tho kiirj[j]a dona riigarapahune. paralokasal)l dayu kha. tiikiirena thama the thamal)l si[r](d)dhi va kha (10). ya ya. a. bho prcc(h)akasa. thva kiirj[j]a naniina ma siC d)dhu dra[r]bya-kha cinta(ra)pahune. at!ka�ta yiiiliil)l takiilana si[r]ddhi va kha (11).

On fo!. 17 (front) the owner states: caturdiga. bar�iiphala. biiraphala slkegu jot1�siira nepiilabhii­�ii. gamanaphalasahital)l - 702 sal)lbat baisakha. 4 chapters: akiiradi�odasa, vakiiriidi�odasa, yakiirii­di�odasa, dakariidi�odasa.

3 sections: gaJnanayii bhak�a, ba�aphala, biilagamanayii piida. Marginal titles: dakiiladi, gaJnanayii bhak�a, vakiiliidi, yakiiliidi.

A handbook of fortune-telling. The client asks the astrologer some question by touching one of the ak$aras (ya, va, a, etc.) in a diagram. The fortune-teller then consults this handbook, which provides him with the answer to the client's question.

151 Hs. or. 4313.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols 41; beginning and ending fols. missing. 16,1 x 8 cm. 12 x 5 cm. 6 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Nevarl. Undated.

[Nak$atraphalabhogavicara] . Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ila. gati bhiila. buddhi cidhal)l. drabya dayake nirni[r]ttina dhana muni. biilakasa bitiinii­

sal. diiridra. stribiyoga. k�aJnii ma duo tiriya nirnit(t)ina paradesa oni 0 thyal)l sukhi. soka ek02 balaonta. teja riika. mitra thila. paradesasa oni. raja-syava yagu. bal)ijala. citta cal)lcala. papa atma. hepacana cola citta. prasiidika. sakalasal)l khyari Ol)l. alambha yako, kary[y]asiddhi. thiiya rubya. santana thira juyn. thuti svabhiiba II tila-ci[l)l]hna khvarasa, yakosa, jal)ldhusa, jabasa, chechesa, �arasa, lahiitasa. ci[l)l]hna thuti II svapnasa nana bidhi II ahara sarnasta yao II pakiila. rayanagulpa ­byadhi. dal)l 9 jvalatisiila-roya. dal)l 16 br�aya bhaya. dal)l 26 jvalaku�i-roga. dal)l 32 col)lcina kutina oy! bhaya, �uya bhaya. da(l)l) 50 atisara II thuti phiya phatasa dal)l 95 mvayno. karttikasukla dhane­�tanak�atra bur d]dhabara-ratri mrtyn. akalamrtyn mumvarakeyata sibapftja, t1rthasa jalajajiie, ho­rna choyake, balya(r)c[c]ana, santisvastikana, annadana yaya. thutina akalarnrtynnasa II (2).

End (fo!. 39: back) rebat1nak�atraya II tritala. cakra biihiina. deba jata. gaja sa(t)tva. pa[l)l]l)Qita. akharasa prlti. sl1ajiia. kuturpbabrddhi. dharm[m]asila. debata-iiradhana prabaracinta. bighna rna

129

Page 176: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 151-153

dayakrup. kanyarabha. li thyaljl sukhi. dhana dao thyaljl bhao JUYI saraya. colabala atma. samasta prakarana bastrana pUl).ya dhayu. (k)�iprak(r)odhi nirftpama mikha. mitra aneka. niti-kha. parijana yako dao. hl).ela misa thyaljl nayu mikhagvara. thuti svabhaba. tila-ci[Ijl)hna baha ni�yaljl nugarasa, pvat(h)asa, guhyesa, hastasa, mukhe, gribya. ci(h)na thuti II svapnasa nana alaljlkala II dhatu, bat[t]apittaroga II ahara samasta eo. akalamrtyu. daljl 8 mukhapata. ku�iroga, hnasapana-syaka, ajim[l).)a, va-syaka, kamajola, mikha-syaka, samesaya bhaya. daljl 21 niya ehahnuya bhaya. kutina oYlya bhaya. daljl 32 sa(ljl)gramasa bhaya. da(ljl) 50 apacalabhaya. hrdayabyatha, satrubhaya daljl 77.

A handbook of astrology dealing with the effects of the constellations (na�atra) under the ascen­dancy of which a man or woman is born. The author describes the temperament (svabhiiva), the special signs (cihna) on the limbs, the diseases in various periods of life , the rituals averting premat­ure death (akiilamrtyu) and, finally, the span of life as determined by the respective horoscope.

1 For bittaO (Skt. vitta!:» . , For yiiko (?).

152 Us. or. 6489.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 19. 16 x 17 cm. 14 x 5,5 em. 6 lines. NepaJak�ara. Nevari. Undated.

[Na�atraphalabhogaviciira). Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ya bhaya bar�a 32 atisara. sanipata juyu bar�a 61. parama ayu bar�a 80 thana mrtu II 1 II

kr[r)ttika. agni biiha(na). rak�a(sa). carasa. putrarabha. buddhibanta juyu. satyabadi. tvaca dayu. dharm[m)abata juyu. debapuja hnayu. srup.gramasa bira juyu. tira kaparasa. natarasa. hnatikasaljl. guthlsa. pvat(h)asa. kharasa. nasa naya phayu. dudu dhari caku ra Iiii thvate yayu. roga dhatukona puyu. peta syayu. toda syayu. akaramrtyu. dachi 1 beta juyu. var�a 26. byadhi. debadu(i) khana. bar�a 28 moda-syaka. khuya bhaya. mahabhaya. nana byadhiroga. svasaroya. mikha-syaka.

End: 11 24 II revati. cakra biiha(na). deva jati. kisi sa(t)tva. a(r)thabhagi. nana vidya sayu. rajase­baka juyu. dharm[ m)acit(t)a juyu. ahaljlkara. raya juyu. svanana chuya raya. byaharasa coniva. dhana dayu. baraka du(i) kh1. rithe sukhl juyu. jva sayu. dhako bacana nistara juya. papakarm[m)a juyu. k�amadhari. karata hmrup. 3 kaya. moca dayu. nahera-lahera juyu. tira kathusa. kaparasa. bahasa. pvat(h)asa. kharasa. dina 7 bar�a 7 kona puyu. peta-syaka. bar�a 3 mikha-syaka. bar�a 21 samudraya bhaya. samesaya bhaya. bar�a 27 modachu. bar�a 30 saljlgramaya bhaya. bar�a 32 ghara juyu. bar�a 21 atisara. nugara-kvasa-syaka. bar�a 91 thana mrtyu II 25 II

153 Us. or. 4314.

Pape�. One wooden cover. Fols. 59, numbered 1-40, 50-58, 61-68, 79; one fo!. without pagina­tion. On fols. 53, 55, 56 and 58 no text. 20,8 x 7,5 cm. 16,5 x 5,5 cm. 7 to 8 lines. Punch- holes. An illustration representing a serpent on fo!' 68 front, diagrams on fols. 35 and 40. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevari, verse and prose. Undated.

130

Page 177: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 153-154

Siirapaftjikii. Beg.: OJjl namal:J siiryaya II divakalaJjl prana[Jjl]myadau (j)yoti�aJjl jiiiinadipakaJjl nanasastrama­

taJjl drstva krteyaJjl salapa[m]iijika II varo niha[Jjl]nti du(l:J)svapnaJjl naksatraJjl papanasanaJjl tithi(r) vivar[d]dhayad ayul:J kalanaJjl sriyam avahet II yoge bu[r]ddhikara khyata ca[Jjl]ndra saubhiigyakiila­kal:J aJjlsa balapraQa te�aJjl sriiyante ye dine dine II hastyasvayane rathamargaka�thapa�ananaukave­sane�u saktel:J u( c )chi�tariikho nisi va dinake I srnva[ Jjl]n avapnoti sivasa mrt(y) [r ]u( Jjl) II iirdhvabhii­ge bhave[t]d rag! adhobhiige daridrata madhyabhiige bhave(d) mrt(y)[r]u(l:J) kathaJjl dhalayati patn­ka II urdhvabhiige trayaJjl tyajya adhobhiige tejed (d)vayaJjl dhiilaye(d) vi�l)ubhiigaii ca dhanaputra­pravar[d]dhanaJjl II adityal:J savita sahasrakilal)ai) pradyotano bhiiskarai) t(r)i[Jjl]mal)Qatalanis tathii dinapal)ibhiinvaJjl vivasvaJjl haril).

End (fol. 79): vastucakraJjl pravak�(y)ami vrkhabhakaJari�ete I yasmin(n) rk�alikhed bhiinus tatra­dau tril)! mastake II dvikaJjl dv!kaJjl cagrapade pascat pade dvikaJjl dvikam I trlni vr�te ca datavyaJjl catvara vamakuk�ike II catvaro dak�il)e kuk�au tril)! pucchaJjl vise�atal:J nasikagre tathii dvau ca vastucakralJ1 praki(r)t[t]itaJjl II silasthite bhavet lak�m! udvasam agrapadayo pascat padasthilaJjl mok�aJjl pr�!halak�m! tathaiva ca II vamakuk�a ca daridraJjl lak�m!van dak�akuk�ike pucchantu jayate hiil)i svamrt[r](y)uii ca nasike. bhii(rja)patragre pathet patra prata(i))kare visekhata iirdhva­bhiige bhave[n]d rag! adhobhiige dhanak�ayaJjl I madhyabhiige bhavet mrt[r](y)u(i)) kathaJjl dhii­raye(t) patrika I adha-urdhvadvayaJjl tyajyaJjl madhyabhiige dvayaJjl tyajet I dhiireyed vi�l)ubhiigaii ca tatra dharaye(t) patrika sriiyate jayavrddhi syat pathyate papanasal)am I srota vakt[r]a ce ye te�aJjl dhanasantanavard[d]dhanaJjl II

Colophons: iti salapa[Jjl]iijikayaJjl prathama (fol. 10 back) . iti salapa[Jjl]iijikayaJjl dasakriyavidhikaral)o naJjla dvitlya (fol. 20 back). iti jyoti�asalapaiij!kayan nanakriyavidhiino (nama) trt!ya (fol. 27 front). iti salapaiijikayiilJ1 jyotikasastrakabhiim!ka[Jjl]mpa(l:J) samapta(l:J) (fol. 32 back) . iti �aQaJjlgarahukaranaracakra(Jjl) samapta(m) (fol. 35 back) . iti salapaiijikayaJjl saJjlgramadikarodaya(l:J) samapta(l:J) (fol. 39 back). iti saptaniiQicakra(Jjl) samapta(m) (fol. 7 back) .

Title on front folio: mahiipratyaJjlgiratantraktakalacakraJjl ciipi srlpavanajalahimabhiikaJjlpa[ma]­vicara(I:J).

154 Us. or. 4290.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 33. Right side, especially right upper corner, damaged by rats and insects. 21 x 8,8 cm. 17 x 5-7 cm. 6-9 lines. Diagrams. Nepalak�ara. NevarL Undated.

Var�asaf!lkhyiividhiina. Beg. : candra svadasa. rohil)! hasta sraval)a. bar�a 1 masa 8 catamayaJjlca. bar�a 2 masa 3 kuk�asii­

ra. bar�a 3 masa 4 br�agnibhaya. bar�a 4 masa 6 bastrabharal)arabha. bar�a 5 masa 7 thva karyahiini. bar�a 6 masa 8 aneka karyalabha. bar�a 7 masa 9 joratisara. bar�a 8 masa 7 gobhumilabha. bar�a 9 madhyama. bar�a 10 jora netrap!Qa. bar�a 11 masa 9 br�agnibhaya. bar�a 12 masa 4 strilabha. bar�a 13 masa 3 nanabhayasoka. bar�a 14 baJjldhubiyoga. bar�a 15 strllabha. bar�a 16 rajabhaya. bar�a 17 du(1:J )khi stnlabha. bar�a 18 satrubhaya.

End: siddhl. 212 thvate d[r]asa1 dul:Jkha ka�ta juyu. 211 thuti d[r]asa1 rabha du, ka(r)jasiddhi. 221 thvate d[r]asa1 manasa dul:Jkha, ka(r)ja ma si(d)dhii. 223 mana(Jjl)bhapa ka(r)jasiddhi. 213 thvate

131

Page 178: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 154--155

d[r]asa1 mana(l!1)bhi"ipa ka(r)jasiddhi, rabha duo 231 thvate d[r]asa1 upad(r)a(va) juyu, kO�ia juyu. 223 thvate d[r]asa1 rabha duo 311 thvate d[ar]asa1 dhanarabha, rajamane. 312 thvate d[r]asa1 ka(r)ja.

Sections: candranukiila soya, taranukiila soya bidhi, rogamukti, nak�atraphara soya, bhumi­kal!1pa, etc.

An astrological manual for laymen or popular astrologers. Too simple for use by professionals.

1 Or for datasii (1).

155 Hs. or. 4306.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 11 , first fo!' damaged. 24,5 x 11,2 cm. 20 x 8 cm. 9-10 lines. Devanagan. NepalI. Undated.

Vi�l}udasiivatiirakrama. Beg.: pra�na ka bi�aya. prathama prasna. (1) . . hUlllcha ki hU(I!1)daina. (2) karya siddha hUl!1cha

ki hUl!1daina. (3) pardesa bilta pharkal!1(cha) ki pharkal!1daina. (4) chora hola ki chon hola. (5) thuniyako phukcha ki phukdaina. (6) harayako dhana kaso holi"i. (7) jhagara ma jitil!1cha ki hi"irilll­chao (8) pardesa janu parla ki pardaina. (9) ajako dina kasto chao (10) de�eko sapna kasto chao 1) ka kha ga gha ria ca cha ja jha fia[ 1!1] - matsya. 2) kha ga gha ria ca cha ja jha fia ka - kacha. 3) ga gha ria ca cha ja jha fia ka kha - varaha. 4) gha ria ca cha ja jha fia ka kha ga - nrsil!lha. 5) ria ca cha ja jha yal!1 ka kha ga gha - viimana. 6) ca cha ja jha fia ka kha ga gha ria - pa(ra)surama. 7) cha ja jha fia ka kha ga gha ria ca - rama. 8) ja jha fia ka kha ga gha ria ca cha - knl)a. 9) jha fia ka kha ga gha ria ca cha ja - buddha. 10) fia ka kha ga gha ria ca cha ja jha - kal(al!1)ki.

End: . . . tesko prIti tal!1 mathi chaina. byartha asa nagara. tesale garda tero byaljat hunecha 2. byaparma dhana �arca gares[a]. tero yai kam asala hunecha 3. tera sathi asala chao tara kyai matalabi hunan, bicara gara - 4. taile eka chora paulas. dhanda na mana - 5. tero svabhi"iva kapaii jasto cha . . . 6. tal!1liii jagir bilta sukha hunya . . . -7 . choro bihi"i ta hola. tara te(ro) stn . . . - 8. yo birami sarhai thaliyeko rahecha. tesko bhi"i�ala chao so samajhlkana sraddha purbaka puja gari de. teslai caQai niko hola - 9. tero marane ba�ata bahutai asala chao sukha paula. so jani aile dekhi nidhukka1 bhai rahanu 10.

A text dealing with fortune telling. Cf. Nr. 150.

1 For ni(r)dhakka.

132

Page 179: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

9.

156-159 Prognostics

156 Hs. or. 4309.

Paper. One leaf only. 46,5 x 11,2 cm. 38 x 10 cm. Text only on front. 47 lines. Devanii.garl. Sanskrit. Undated, but evidently modern.

Kiikaparllqii. Incomplete. Beg.: mistii.nubhojana1 tatha iSiine yadii. ramate kiika riijaviir(tt)ii(ljl) kathayate 8 brahmasthiine

yadii ramate kiika manasiddhim eva ca 9 cokamadhya. iti snprathamaprahara(!) samiipta(!) .

End: agnedlsisa2 catha mahi�apr�theyate buddhidarsana(ft) jiiyate 2. yamyiiyanyasya asvasya pr�tha yadii miin[y]aliibha jasiidhiina 3. nai(r)rtyiidi kupiitate yadii ramate manasiddhi(r) jiiyate 4. asvavrk�asaumyii yadii svabhagyaka 6. bayalvrk�a yadii arthaliibhaljl ca 7. bodhivrk�a yadii baljldhu­darsana(ft) jiiyate 8. siirivane pachimadite yadii catu�ta�tavrhi(Ijl)3 rabhate 9. smphalasa4 mastake yadii rathii sarvapiipa vinasyati. iti snkiikaparik�ii samiipta.

Neviirl titel on the back: ko hallgu slkegu, "how to interpret the croaking of a crow". Cf. No. 157.

J For mistiinnao. 2 For ag�eyaQ. 3 For catu���!ivrlhi('tl). 4 For °phalasya.

157 Hs. or. 6478.

Two texts : (1) Kiikarudra, (2) Stotrasaljlgraha. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 28, damaged by rats. 16,2 x 5,9 cm. 13,5 x 4,5 cm. Nepiiliik�ara. (1) Sanskrit verse with Neviirl prose paraphrase. (2) Sanskrit. Undated.

(1) Kiikarudra. Incomplete. Beg.: sva�ti. ganesiiya nama(!) II prathame kiigarudra(ljl) pra[r]v[v]ak�(y)iiml II na(n)dikesara­

bha�ite pratha[m]maljl pahare purv[v]a ramate kiiga subhaviitriiljll kathate II agni lamate kiiga agni­bhaya(ljl) ka[ljl]thate I da�ina la[ljl]mete kiiga namrte2 Ia[ljl]mete kiiga pathaga(ma)na(ljl) kathate I pachima ramate kiiga a�tiviitrii(ljl)l kathate. viiyuve lamate kiiga ad(bhu)taviitrii(ljl)l kathate II ut­(t)a1a ramate: kiiga karahaviitrii(ljl)l kathate II isiine ramate kiiga miihiihiine3 kathite . brahma[Ijl]­(s)thane ramate kiiga atha riibha(ljl) kathate II *Jti4 pratha(ma!) p(r)ahara(!) II

133

Page 180: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 157-158

End: nanasatrupiga dayuva II mikhiisa [In candra cona(sa) . . . dhana- [In bastra labha dayuva II g(h)ranasa soma conasa [In mahiibandhana II . . . la phala II bastrasa [In candrama conasa [In nana bhojana [II) mahiibhiigi juyuva II kathusa [II) svama conasa [II) dhana- [II) bastra [II) lasta ubbha mahiipuja yayuva II hmuthusa [II) candrama conasa [II) sarb[b)akarya [In siddhi dayuva II petasa [In soma conasa [II) nana bhaya [II) piga dayuva II guhyasa [II) condrama conasa [II) dhana [II) a[r)nna [II) bastrana [In purq[q)a juyuva III piidaresa [II) condrama conasa [II) nana bhaya dayuva II miihiidui)kha dayuva II candramaya [II) phala [II) al)!galabhogiidi II padarsa [II) al)!gala [II] conasa [II) mahiidhana [II) a[r)nna II bastra [In du(r)labhagama juyuva II pursas al)!gala conasa [II) alogya [II) dhana [II] subastra ( . . . )

The cries made by a crow at different times of the day (prahara) and coming from different directions, are believed to indicate some good or evil for a person hearing the cry. The ms. deals with this kind of auspicious and inauspicious portents.

1 For °Viirttam. 2 For nairrte

'

3 For mahiihani(trl). 4 For iri. S For pulisa.

158 Hs. or. 6404.

Paper. Fois. 25, first 5 leaves slightly damaged. 24,4 x 5,7 cm. 20,8 x 3,3 cm. 4 lines. Nepiilak�ara. Nevan prose, in the beginning three Sanskrit verses with paraphrase in Nevar!' Dated N.E. 98l. Written by Vajracarya Viramuni of Catu(r)brahmamahiivihiira, Bhaktapur (?).

Utpiitalak�al'Ja. Beg.: Ol)! nama(i)) sn-ary[y)avalokitesvaraya I srlmatpotalake ramyalokanathal)! prayacchati I

manavanal)! hitarthaya taradevi mahakrpa I utpatalak�aqasyapi subhiisubhaparlk�al)am 11 1 II potala­kaparb[b)atasa snlokesvara bijyata. potalokaparb[b]ata gathil)!gu dhiilasa. atimanohara atel)!tasu­khaya thiina. thva parb[b)a(ta)sa snloke§vara bijyata. thva belasa sntariidebina lokesvarayake binati yatal)! II desaya svakrpa siras te . . . dahasal)! prabho II 2 II he lokanatha dayana samudra the(l)!) bijyakahma chalapola manu�yaya utpata julasa santinal)! bidhinal)! bhil)!gunal)! rna bhil)!gunal)! ajda dayeka bijyaye mala II srllokesvara aha I Sf1)U tare. pravak�(y)ami cotpatasantikal)! kramal)! pascima­kala yo lokai) papacari bhavanti hi II 3 II lokesvarana he tariidebi utpata jUYlgu gathe dhiiHlsa. manu�yana papasa laya juy! niscayanal)! II

End: sambat 712 baisa�asudi 10. subha. thvate pulal)! saphuli hleya tayii.. subha. snsnsntribhu­banamalladeba-maharajaya palasa thathe jula II 65 II hanal)! jagatprakasamalladeba-mahiirajaya belasa candrasekhala upiidhya. thvaya belasal)! thva thel)! sika tola phila. thugu sa(s)trasal)! soyao santi yata. subhal)! II 66 II hanal)! thvanal)! 11 sn-3-ral)ajitamalla-mahiirajaya belasa bhatabarahUl)! sithiil)! yal)!bhale tibokochesa sika tola phlla. sva belasa upiidhyayake thugu sastra rna luyao sn-3-lokesvala-piijaban baj(r)acary[y)a sndhanaraja bande boIiao Iienao thvagu sastrasal)! soyao santibi­dhiina yacaka jula. samb(a)t 876 marg[g]asilabadi 11 thu kuhnu jula. subhal)! II 67 II adbhuta utpata cosya taya �apadesaya srlmahiibhairaba-debataya bisvaya trasa yosil)!dyo thiiriiibhale yosil)!dyo sotva dayakal)! tva dhula. thuli jusyal)!1i hanal)! pulal)!gu yosil)!dyo hayao puja yiiIiao [s)thiina. thuli jatra dhunakal)! Ii �apadesaya suba snbalabhadrasahi nama raj ana thugu bighna jugu samacara joIiao srlral)abahiidura-rajaya h(Ii)aone ajiia jula. thugu samacara srlral)abahiidura-mahiirajana thugu ba-

134

Page 181: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 158

cana nenao ugu gharisalj1 upadhya brahmar;ta bhairabanayaka ary[yja-josi thuli adinalj1 meba jiiiini gur;tika bonao nenao sastrasa svayao santi yakaguli cosya taya. srl-3-mahiibhairaba-debataya hnaone homajajiia yata. bali 3 diila bali adilj1 anyaka bali blla. aneka santi japa patha piija yaka. dana naograha adilj1 hirar;tya dana bio. desaya 10kapilj1ta sahmayabhojana bio. thvati santi yaka II sa(m)­bat 914 caitrasndi II subhalj1 II 68 II salj1bat 981 m(i)ti sravana sudi 14 sa caturbrahmamahiibihiiraba­sthita baj(r)acary[yJa biramunina coya jula II 69 II subhalj1 II

The text describes evil or inauspicious omens foreboding calamities and also ways and means of averting them. To illustrate this the author cites some incidents from the history of the country. In N .E. 712, during the reign of King Tribhuvana Malia, a dead body which was being carried to the cremation-ground dropped on the way. Vajracaryas were consulted as to how one should avert the evil results of such an incident. During King Jagatprakasa Malia's reign the same kind of incident occured, and during the time of King Rar;tajit MalIa in the year N .E. 876 a similar incident happened. According to the instructions received from the Vajracaryas, people performed some kind of atone­ment in the form of charity, etc. In N.E. 914, the wooden pole of the Indradhvaja in Bhaktapur fell down and broke into three pieces. This time, too, the same sort of atonement was performed.

135

Page 182: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

159

to.

159-165 Ayurveda Medicine 159-163

Herbs and Oils 164-165

Us. or. 8197.

Paper. Fols. 69. h14, 16, 65, 66 and final fols. missing. 22,3 x 7,3 cm. 18,5 x 5,5 cm. 8 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan, interspersed with Sanskrit quotations. Dated N .E. 708. Written by Raghurama Vaidya.

Miidhavanidiinaparikramacikitsii. Incomplete. Beg. (on fol. 15 front) : thva pyal!1ta-roya trido�ana jayarapo II 7 II tais tai(r) bbavail) socatalpo

satasya ba�po�matvaivahnima visvajantol) kO�lhal!1 gatva k�bhayan tasya raktal!1 tac cadhantra tvakananti prakiiSal!1 II nirgacusvaivivimiprakvavilva nigandh� va gandhavavatisaral) I soko(t)pan­nos cikitsyati 'matr� rogo vaidyail) kal).lha evapadi�tal) . ba�bandhana sanroya ka�la jule kho yaya manasyal!1 jole lvamo khobi dUI!1 vecakiiSa agni koparapava pyal!1tasa va[l!1]nava k�ik�obha yatal!1 ka dayu. gul!1ja thyal!1 baku hyanu pil!1lu vava. mikasavo napal!1 byela ma vaIasyal!1 gUl!1ja thel!1 tu vava. talahm� ma vonal!1 ma do bUI!1 davana daval!1 dava. sokana jayarapa neyake tbaku. thva sotbatisara dbaya II 5 II

End: parepu maraca nesy� tona thana vavaya bhil!1gva II II tava sarakana bama vaca tonao kiI!1li vavaya bhil!1gva II hmosakbapa diiharapal!1 kastina varanakal!1 hikuche bhil!1gva II pipall kvalha dasyal!1 tona sle�maya bhil!1gva II . . . kara vasa mal!1sa 6, pi[l!1]palimiila mal!1sa 6, sipi 6, trikatu 6, lavana 6, laval).atvaca 6, halaQa 6, jiliphala mal!1(sa) 6, hakajiri jiri mal!1(sa) 6, riipakesara 3, pataka 3, sukamyara 3, cetaka 3, kusaraba 3, QokuQa 1, lakhal!1ku 1 , cikuta dbare ma nesya cO(I!1)gvaya bhil!1gva II pipali mal!1(sa) 6, kUla mal!1(sa) 8 . . . kokhatuba 6 . . .

(On fol. 97 front) iti nepalabha�-vaidyasastra(l!1) samaptal!1. raghuramavaidyana li�ital!1. bbadra­padalq�nacatu(r)thi. sambata 708.

160 Us. or. 4303.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 25, somewhat damaged by rats. 25,7 x 10,2 cm. 22 x 9 cm. 12 lines. NepaIak�ara. Nevari. Undated.

136

Page 183: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 160--161

Rogacikitsii. Beg.: 01)1 nama!) sivaya. sngalJesaya nama(!) . dhyatva sival)l paramata(t)tva(l)I) vicaravaidyapalJ­

gi(ta)m abhi�lapharada(l)I) saganal)l ganesal)l dhanol)ltari-munivaral)l munilJgasutadinatreyam jaga­t[a)prasii( ) manasa prana[I)I)me. kasu, khukana, kusarahil, snkhand[r)a, bara, suthi, s(a)mabhilga, kvatha dasya. khvanakal)l, tonakal)l sarb[b)a joranasa. era khvakanal)l, gvadasoho, snkhalJga, ista­min, s(a)mabhiiga nesye, sakhara chunal)l, tonake, batapi[r)tta, sle�ma, nicava, sarb[b)a jora, thvate jvaranasa. jiri, pip[p)aramiira, SUlJlhi, pip[r)ari, gUI)Igasu, haraga, kasura, metme, s(a)mabhilga ciirlJ[IJ)a , kastina varanakal)l, yatebhobhadhilva, hmutu rna saka, ajirlJ[IJ)a, hmatukam, carati hilo, batajvara thvate loyanasa. raona, gvagasoho, kiila, jiri, s(a)mabhilga cii(r)na, kvake rakhasa pho­syam tonakal)l batajvaranasa.

End: . . . moho, kiila, gvacapara�aha, jirisvana hara, jitaphorasvana hara, kanyahosvanaya hara, mayurasi�a, �atamara, dhval)lpin, khrkhilnasval)l, nihara, dududasa, caphuri, badeyara, nipaharadJ, hladral)ltara, rupakes(a)ra, sorayapu, harada, iripu, manathi, ajaphun, thuthuca-ghilcha, k�abu, habaru hal)lsapara-ghilca. kastu(ri), ka(r)pura, snkhand[r)a, comehil, kusahil, santakachunasa. hiim(a)la-cekana �une gharaya.

Chapters: - rogiya mata biya, chayabaJi, sasahilnibrddhi soya, balikhaya kala svaya, iti a�lavarg­[g)a(!) samapta!) .

The title given on the front folio is: rogacikitsabaidyasaphii tantroktakhalJgasastra.

When somebody suffered from a disease, the age-old custom among Nevars was to present offerings (bali) to deities, bhittas and pretas (spirits), nagas, the catulUl1$tiyoginis, etc., and also to consult an astrologer, who would advise his client as to where ,to send pitjii offerings, etc. Only later would the patient consult an ayurvedic doctor, i .e., a vaidya. Nowadays, many Nevars have lost their belief in such practices, but the custom of sending offerings or gifts to the above-mentioned deities, spirits, etc. , still prevails among uneducated Nevars . The method is called santi, "pacification" . Our text describes the remedies for various ailments such as fever, loss of appetite, etc., and indicates some of the methods of "pacifying" them.

161 Hs. or. 6406.

2 texts: (1) Rogacikitsa, (2) Bajanabol (= BiijalP Bol) . Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 67. 22,5 x 9 cm. 20,5 x 7,5 cm. Nepalak�ara. Nevan, NepaJl and Hindi mixed; prose. Undated.

(1) Rogacikitsa. Beg.: sn-3-si[r)d(d)higanapate nama!) II sarasuti1 nama!) II ci �aya hna tose hlaya svatoniva chato.

hi cheya nasa. kavara kotuya ha. karn[n)asn(Ja)ya vasa. curava pa. samudraphara kuclra thva neta curava pa. nata mana va. hathalPpu kayaharalP dhu syanya hil svota niya paya. barg[g)a mahlama nama sarb[b)a okhadhi kara thosa niyava pa. hajila kara nibnsi bhukha-pu che dahil dhu svati kayahara yara dudha haryati thvarina pa ruya paya. aracekal)l pratya hilmara cikalP prachi du cikalP prachi yara dudha ti pra nase 2 sii cha tora pipi cha (to)ra marya cha tora hara cha tora behara to 1.

End: pelhakrimi ri mare I haraga samudraphala gaika diidha salPga �ai to puna!) kUlPji kiiri lepana kije to kU�li ja. maha salPga lagai to ghilya bhalo ho. ni(m)bu sa(lP)ga �aya to pethasula ja. bela ka pata salPga dije to pitta vayu jii. javani salPga �aya to ajiflJ[IJ)a jii. ekavarlJ[IJ)i gai ka diidha salPga �ya to thal)lbaua hoi. sivalika-rasa salPga dije to idri-jvala ja. higa salPga �aya to kalJlha kokila ja. karlJ[IJ)asiila ja. maha salPga dije to tapa ja. bakri ke miitra sal)lga dije to al)ljatirimiri ja. ni(m)bu ke

137

Page 184: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 161-162

rasa sal)lga dije to iidhiisisi jii. ekabarl).[l).li gill kii miitra sal)lga tilake kije to mohana hoi. siviilikii-rasa sal)lga tilaka kare k02 riijii pradhiina-basya hoi. ghrta sal)lga lepa kare to pasinii jii. ni(m)bu ke rasa sal)lga �iiya to siinyaviiyu jii. mubu<jiso dije to tal)lbhana hoi II

The ms. deals with the preparation and application of iiyurvedic medicines. It also gives directions as to the right proportion of the various herbs prescribed for a particular disease.

1 For sarasvatyai. 2 For to.

162 Us. or. 4349.

Paper. Fois. 49 (5-54). 4 leaves missing in the beginning. 24,5 x 9,3 cm. 19,5 x 6 cm. S lines. Nepiilak�ara. Sanskrit and Neviin. Undated.

[RoganidanaJ. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ke vii puriina nil)lgva naka rna nil)lgvii. kapha pi[rlttiimra jinmursai). kakbiiya madhu 10

laghu. mUl)lsa-ke sltara pyantasa nil)lgva biita pi[rjtta sle�ma hi mocaku. raktapittajvara(l)l) hanti kalayas ciitivatara. kalasu-ke sitara raktapitta jvarasa teva. raktapi[rlttajvaronmathl sltogriihi muku­�lakal)l. bhutika sItara raktapi[rlttajvarasa nil)lgo. masuro maahural) sItasal)lgriihi kaphapittahiL musura-ke sltara pi[rlttasle�masa teva. avrk�a sle�mapittaghno raja makhaniliikakrt. pundu masa-ke sltara pittasle�masa teva. biitasa rna teva. kulanchasvasahikkiisai). kaphasukranilapahal)l. [kaphasu­kranilapahal)lj. korata-ke khara moska hikusa biitasle�masa teva.

End: moca buvahmayii lugva<ja mvanda casa syayu. thva mark[klalasura dbiiya. prthivyiil)l patite vatse jonau pidanam i�yate, apamesya jethiibiiyo 'Ipalpa sal)lrak�ate kriya. bal)lsa Iva<ja biise varanii­va mvacii vovatunul)l joni kapayonaka rna tayiisa. dandi de ta[l)llna rna tayiisa phasa du [blphviiyu. thva phasa du rna biiyakeyii upiiya ca�uti tu�a dviita. dandi te ta[l)ljna tarasa phasa du biiya rna photo. hrtkuk�isuramiidhyiinapravi�la tatra jiiyate al)lgamard[ djo jvalakampa-pipasii-gurugii<jatii. IUl)lgvada casa syiiyu. pViit(h)a tyama 2 dhiiyu. phasa payisrapiiva thathe jiiyaraparal)l. hmal)l chya 2 yiiM the syayu. kvadvayu. hmatvayu. pyiisa ciiyu. vahmal)l I).yiitayu. sothasurotisaro ca sutikiirogalak�al).a. mithopaciiriit sal)lkIesiivi�amiijlfl).[l).labha . . .

The first six sections are: khara sltara naya nil)lgva rna nil)lgva. sle�mapittajvarayii lak�al).a. sannipiitajvarayii lak�al).a. jvaranidana. amatisara. pittatisara.

The last six sections are: mukharoga dbiiya hmuthuya roya juko. nasaroga dbiiya hniisayii roya. cak�uroga dhaya mi�iiya roya juro. siraroga dbiiya mo[nldasyaka. asrgdara dhaya rakta-atisiira. joniskanda.

A text on nosology indicating the symptoms (nidana) of various diseases such as eye-troubles, nasal diseases and after-effects of child-birth.

13S

Page 185: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 163-164

163 Hs. or. 4315.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 29, somewhat damaged by insects. 21,5 x 8 cm. 18,5 x 6,5 cm. 6-7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verses and Nevan prose. Written by more than one hand. Undated.

[ Rogopacaravidhi]. Beg.: sedho maI)l to(la) 1, yumuni to(la) 2, cetakaha to(la) 3, pipari to(la) 4, suthi to(la) 5, harada

to(la) 6, gaI)lji to(la) 1, naranama curn[n]a dhaya gulmanasa agni dayu barabanta juyu. bandhana. maraca 3 maI)lSu, pipari 3, suthi 3, jitaphora 3, akrakala 3, hinpi yana kadava ni, sidakhara bhasma . . . svasa, kasa, k�aya, gulma . . . , pnhe, ajirn[nlanasa.

End: raktani�thlvanaI)l1 mii(r)cha joro mohas tatha bhramal) I vanti hikvatisarafi ca sa(I)l)jiiiinaso vyatlsvamanii II ma1).c.lalaI)l syavarak�afi ca dehal) syal lak�a1).ail) samail) I jiiiitavyaI)l sa[rlnnipato 'yaI)l rakta�thlvyatighatakal) II hi hloyu, nugara rna chinayu, jvara tava, sarehena phava, pyasa cava, yiku, okili dava, hlrku vava, chvasahana vailgva, saI)lgya rna do, sa thaI)l thaI)l paila, vaI)lcasyaI)l, jyailasyaI)l hmaI)lsa caka caka vava. thvate lak�1).ana raktatibisa[rlnnipata saya, asMhya juro 11 10 II pralapakampas cittartil) prajfianaso 'titapavan I padbhyiiI)l sotho '(il)gaplc.lafi ca.

Subcolophons: iti sa[rlnnipatavr(d)dhi(l)) samaptal), iti nac.libhedaya �aI)l2 samapta[l)l.

Chapters: brha(t)saI)lkhMirasa, kamesvaramodaka �une bidhi, atisara-amasiilanasal), siitikaya 1).iisa, kiilajfiiina, mikharoyayii paiciira, royayii a[r]nnapa[r]nnabidhibiciira3, siitikiiya hi cheya bidhi, etc.

A practical handbook serving as a manual for ayurvedic physicians.

1 For "'viimanal!l. 2 For °hhedaya kharrz. :3 For annapiinao.

164 Hs. or. 4292.

For a description of the ms. see No. 142.

(2) AWiadhisalflgraha. Beg. (fol. 3 back) : ra gvaya chuyava cipa khayara va s(a)mabhagana niyava phota yailiiva phoya.

misa(I)l) havaya vasra. rakama, siva, saI)lgu, nirathuti, abiinputi, gesa thvati samabhaga yailava gura Inisa chuyava cikanasa chuilava paya duo phuta phoya duo thvati payava kusatanasa. misa havaya vasra.

End (fol. 22 back) : pipari, maraca, supithi, harada, byaharada, aI)lbara thvate s(a)mabhaga yaila­va chuya. sutha chagvada, barahni chagvada, ghera1).a vala nel. biita siiraya rayu juro dava.

A text giving prescriptions for certain ayurvedic medicinal herbs for various diseases such as loss of hair (misalfl haya), rheumatism (Mta), colic (sOJa), etc.

1 For naya.

139

Page 186: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 165

165 lis. or. 6385.

Paper. Fois. 39, numbered 1 (right upper comer with pagination tom off) , 5, 6, 8-43. 21,5 x 8 cm. 16,5 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan. Undated.

Ayurvedlyataila. Incomplete. Beg.: OIJ1 nama narayal).aya II acyutana[IJ1)ndagovindanamoccaraIJ1 sa bhai�ajo . . nti sakala roga

satyasatya vadame 'haIJ1 II . . . rogaya osala l).akesa1 pa<;lape thvate. svati ichya bhogadiina. anura<;lha vastradana . . . rba bhadrakemasa pharadal).a II 7 II 12 me<;la miihame<;la gucuryii guriibhii mirjii migarala gumu gumasa tora nase 2. thvare samabhiiga IaIJ1kha phaIJ1 2, kvatha diiyarena kepu kura 1 , cekaIJ1 kura chi 1 , siidudu phaIJ1 1, dharati ku 2 , svadhe kura 2, siighera pia 2, mesyii sera pIa 2, bhiiroyii daka pia 2, thvate dayake. syadhu maIJ1 6, istim(i)ri 6, viira 6, svaraposva 6, kiikajaIJ1ghii 6, kiiya harru 6, chativaIJ1 6, kr�l).aj[jJira 6, manyathi 6, kuta 6, biiIii<;la 6, (a)svagaIJ1[r)dha 6, preyasii 6, badyacaura 6, devadara krera 6. thvare2 samabhiiga niipa khune. pa�a vanakava dayakava na�asal dhvara khane. ona Ii kathicane iyava kaya. ona II thva cekanal).a phoya. kachda samasta kacheIJ1 rana. kacheyii guna II 8 II

End: yaladva dharya-ti pra 1 ya dvarya hara kaya. nebhii maruva kaya mala. nebhii runaIJ1 rna jlva. saghera asta 2 du cekaIJ1 asta chi 1 thvare khuriava paya. nebhiiresa chataIJ1 mumare. Iathamariaya tutimariaya thva netiiyiiIJ1 raria juro. chipihaia t03 1 , mikisl to 1 , beho to 1, jira to 1, plpi to 1 , sutha to 1, ajamuIJ1sa to 1, istlmi(ri) to 1, sedhuci to 1, chativaIJ1 to 1, dhanejhiisraya Iii to 1, hmu(sa)khiiyii java tuti to 1, ya�abetariya hnipu rna dasa la to 1, bhoduruyii papu to 1. thvate chiina yariiiva du cika[IJ1)na kura chi 1. thva dka[IJ1)nasa khune. baresa nebhiiresa paya boya. thva ceka[IJ1)naya gUl).a thun. totesyiikaya4 kacheIJ1 hlakaya chechesyakayii hmaIJ1 tapaIJ1 syakaya phasaIJ1thiikayiiIJ1 samasta syakayaIJ1 lal).a julo I salasaIJ1khura cukuIJ1dhiiIJ1gura kicha gvahmo taya. kicha gva<;la pra tayayaIJ1 thyake rna du hakajila. thva neta rii . . .

Marginal titles: simdhuriiditaira (fo!. 1), kavucekaIJ1 (fo!. 2), bataya cekana (fo!. 2), sustikaya' cekaIJ1 (fo!. 6), dvadhatlceka[IJ1)na (fo!. 6), sitaIJ1gataira (fo!. 7), kustayacekaIJ1 bhiinubrajataira (fo!. 8), biitaya ceka[IJ1]na (fo! . 9), todava kachuya vas(a)racekaIJ1 (fo!. 9), kam[n)asulaya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 10), hnasakachiya cekana (fo!. 10) , pihrtasaya viis(a)raceka[IJ1)na (fo!. 11), rnikhahicuya ceka[IJ1)na (fo!. 11), hnasakechecekaIJ1 (fo!. 11), syiikasikaya ceka (fo!. 11), IiIJ1galo(ya)ya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 12), ku�ta­lo(ya)ya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 12), ghagha(Ia)ka(chi)cekaIJ1 (fo!. 13), ghoryakache (fo!. 13), casukachecekaIJ1 (fo!. 13), biita(na)syakaya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 14), ghiilaya kache cekaIJ1 (fo!. 14), siilaya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 14), syakasika hnas(a)taya raria cekaIJ1 (fo!. 14), ghiilaya kacheyii cekaIJ1 (fo\' 15), kapakacheyii cekaIJ1 (fo!. 15), ghalaya rao cekaIJ1 (fo!. 15), siilaya ceka[IJ1)na (fo\' 16), barl).[l).jasiilaya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 16), siIJ1dhiiriiditaila (fo!. 16), pa�abetaliceka[IJ1)na phasaIJ1thiikaya (fo!. 17), gaIJ1dhaprasiiritaila (fo\' 17), mimpukaya ghelakhuria (fol. 18), ghiilaya lavo cekaIJ1 (fol. 18), ravo cekaIJ1 (fo!. 18), piyisesya­ka(ya) cekaIJ1 (fo!. 18), dhanaIJ1jayataila (fol. 19), misahiivaya cekaIJ1 (fol. 19), sndhanaIJ1jayataila (fo!. 19), (mar)matataila (fol. 21), maIJ1bhu[IJ1)riaya cekaIJ1 (fol. 21), ghiilaya cekaIJ1 thva (fo!. 23), tuhiiyakeyata (fol. 23), ghiila mahniyake (fol. 23), gharayii cekaIJ1 (fo\' 23), hnahnujorya cekaIJ1 (fol. 24), biitya cekaIJ1 (fol. 24), toyu ceka[IJ1)na (fo!. 25), ghiila ga(na)ke (fo!. 25), com[n)avas(a)ra (fo\' 25), todayii cekaIJ1 (fol. 26), kavacekana katharasa (fo!. 27), hnipatamuke vas(a)racekaIJ1 (fol. 28), kastiisiilaya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 28), veka hinyaka hiya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 29), mabhiIJ1kachiyii ceka[IJ1)na (fo\' 30), photapho(ta)kachu (fo!. 30), capacapakachu (fo!. 31), barn[n)asuraghiila (fo!. 31), kapakac(h)eya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 32), palatya cekaIJ1 (fol. 34), hivaphasaya cekaIJ1 (fo\' 34), ciiSukacheyii (fol. 35), petaka­c(h)e raria (fol. 39), kachiya cekaIJ1 (fol. 40), biityii cekaIJ1 (fo!. 40), apacaryaghii(la) riike cekaIJ1 (fol. 42), tutilahamanaya cekaIJ1 (fo!. 43), rahakacheIJ1 hlakaya (fo!. 43), sutikaya bhi(IJ1)gu cekaIJ1 thva (fol. 43).

140

Page 187: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 165

The manuscript gives directions as to how to prepare medicated oils for the treatment of various ailments according to Ayurveda. Among the various oils described we find, for example, mikhiihicu­yii cekana, "oil for eye-troubles", kWita!oyayii cekana, "oil for leprosy", ciisukachecekana, "oil for eczema".

1 For nakesa. 2 For tkvale. 3 Here and elsewhere for tola. 4 For tun'O, 5 For sutikiiyii..

141

Page 188: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

166

11.

166-169 Music

Us. or. 6406.

For a description of the ms. see No. 161.

(2) Biijanabol (= Biijatpbol) . Beg.: (fol. 14 back) : orp nama(l) snnatesvaraya. narpdicandividhiirinin ete si[rpr]ddhi(rp) pradiHe

ca saubhage dehi mehi I iti srlnateSvaraya (s)totra(rp) samaptam I tahiika deba hlaya. asatara. parimana. kharjati p(r)a[ra]tara. e. dha CD ghe tirp narp CD narp CD na de �a tirp narp de �a tirp niirp na de �a tirp niirp nii de �a tirp narp. �a CD ghe tirp niirp CD niirp CD nii de �a tirp niirp de �a tirp narp nii de �a tirp niirp nii de �a tirp niirp. �a CD ghe tirp niirp CD niirp CD nii de �a tirp niirp de �a tirp niirp nii de �a tirp niirp nii de �a tirp niirp. kharjati: �a CD �a CD �a �a CD. �a �a CD �a CD �a CD �a �a CD �a �a CD �a CD�a �a � CD�a�a CD. pralatiil: �a �a 0 �a �a 0 �a �a 0 �a. etiira: �a tii ghe de tii ghe de ta �a te re ta ghe nii . . . �a CD � CD ghe tirp niirp CD �a CD �a CD ghe tirp niim.

End (fol. 40-41 back): te re tirp niirp tia nii te re tirp niirp tia ni dii tirp dii dhe dhe na dhe. CD dhe na dhe da te re �a tirp narp tirp da tirp dhe ka ta de ta tirp dhe ka ta. karesa rihii vaya. dhirp dhirp dha re �a ta �a te re ta ghe. narp de narp de niirp de narp de narp de narp de narp de narp de. dhirp dhirp dha re �a ta �a te re ta ghe tirp niirp. �a ta dhirp dha re �a ta �a te re ta ghe tirp narp. �a te re ta ghe. �a te re ta ghe. �a te re ta ghe . ghe gra ghe de ta ghe de ta ghirp tirp ta ghe tirp narp. ka re sa cova. dhirp dhirp dhare�a ta (i) ghetirpniirp. �a tadhirp dhare �a ta (i) ghetirp narp. (i) ghe (i) ghe EBghe. ghe graghe de ta ghe de ta ghrirp tirp ta ghe tirp narp dhirp dhirp dha re �a ta (i) ghe tirp narp. �a ta dhirp dha re �a ta (i) ghe tirp narp (i) ghe. (i) ghe. (i) ghe. ghe gra ghe de ta ghe de ta ghrirp tirp ta ghe narp. rarpga ciidamaniya jaka. 2 dhiirp niirp niirp dhiirp narp narp dhiirp niirp narp dhiirp narp narp. rarpga ciidama­niya cova. ta re ka tirp narp. ta re ka tirp narp. ta re ka tirp narp. ta re ka tlrp narp. 2 tirp ta re ka to ghe. murchii juro. te re narp de te te teo ta re niirp de te te teo ta re niirp de te tarp tirp. 0 dhiirp CD dhiirp CD dharp CD dharp CD dhiirp. ghe ta tirp ghe na tirp ghe narp. ta re ka tirp niirp. �a ta ghe. de te �a ta. ghe ghe CD na ra niirp. de tii ghe. de te �a ta ghe ghe CD na ra narp. tirp ghe CD narp tirp ghe CD narp. tirp ghe de te ka ta ghe. na dhirp �a dhirp (i) ghe II 7 II

A handbook for drummers. The text gives notations with syllabic sound-symbols (bol) for playing the khilp, the two-headed Nevar drum. Drums in general are called biijaY[l in Nevarl. The circular signs mark rests of various lengths ; ct. No. 167.

1 For pratiila.

142

Page 189: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 167-168

167 Hs. or. 6470.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 40. 25 x 9,5 cm. 17 x 7 cm. 6-9 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan. Undated.

[Bajanaboq (= Biijarrlhol) Beg.: ( . . . ) kbata dita kba dita k�a dita khata tilJl diya gheya naya una 1111 dita ta kba . . . ta kha tilJl

11 11 dhan tiri kbata rita kha tilJl nalJl na dita kba tilJl nan titi rikba tiri ta 2 kba tii ghye 11 11 kbata diri tilJl CDtiri kha tilJl CD tilJl 2 diya gheya naya una 1111 rahata chuya juro 11 4 jati gvara II ghe CD ghe na dita kha tilJl 2 ghe na tari na ghe ti na ghe tilJl ® tilJl ti naria ghe II gvara marakva II ghe tilJl nara ghe tilJl na dipi kba ta ghe na tari na ghe ti na ghe tari na ghe na 2 tari na 4 kha tiIJl nana dhare kba ti tilJl dari na dari na ghe na 0 ghe na dita ghe na ghe tidi kha ta diti kha ta ghe na tari na tari ta tilJl dhiiil 1111 khara dita kbati na di kha ta ghe ghe na ghe ® na khati na didi talJl kba tilJl na dita kba ta ghe ghe na ghe ® na ghe tilJl na tari na ghe tari kba ta kba tilJl na ® dhare khati ti tilJl dari na dari na ghe daka ghe dita ghe na ghe diti kha ta ghe na tari na ghe ti nii gha tilJl ® tini nana ghe II

End: II jurdha cokha II tare ta na ghe na re ta ghe na diti kha ta ghe dilJl na ghe ti na 2 ghe tilJl Oti nana ghe 1111 niilJl nil nalJl nalJl na niilJl nalJl 2 ghe di na 0 2 ghe na di tilJl ghe na ghe na 2 nalJl na nalJl nalJl na nalJl nillJl ghe 0 ghe na diti kba ta kbata reta ghe 0 ghe dita ghe tare tiIJl 'P khara dita kbati na diti kba ta kba tilJl na 66 ti na na na khatilJl n� llhe dita ghe na na ghe dita ghe didi ghe dita ghe nil na kba dira dita kba ti na diti kba ta kbati na 00 ti na na na kba ti na ghe ta ghe na na ghe dita ghe didi ghe dita ghe nil na khal1 ghe <:lila ghe na nil 66 nil ghe di ghe na na 66 di ghe dita ghe na na ghe dita ghe didi ghe 0 ghe dita ghe tare tilJl llll ghe dita ghe 0 ghe na II tilJl pa 11 4 tati tita kha tiri 2 kba ti na dita kba ti ghe na ghe tilJl na ni 2 ta thalJl thalJl II

A text giving musical notations (bol) for drummers. The circular signs mark rests of various lengths such as 0 breve rest, CD semibreve rest, ® minim rests and 6 crotchet rest.

168 Hs. or. 4288.

For a description of the ms. see No. 176.

(2) Pancatalagltaviidya. Beg. (fo!. 1, back) : dha tya rialJl dhrka dyakbra dhidhra dhita taka tata kata dyadha dhiiga

dha(ka) . dhadha ta . . . dha (S) dha 3 dalJl dha 0 dha dha. thana tara! durj [j]amana. jiga jig! . . . yalJl nalJl. jinalJl jig! . . jiYalJl nalJl. jinalJl jigl . . . dha ra jinalJl ji . . . jigl - dha ra jirialJl dha jig! jigl dha dha. ca ca ca. ca ca ca. dalJl " . katha jiyalJl tadhr. (S) dagl jidhya na nalJl dha 3. ca ca. dhii (S) da . . . thoga jiYalJl ta. 0 dha 0 da 0 dhyaka thoga jiyalJl dhl (S) tyanalJl dhita . . .

End (fo!. 4, back): aM hii ca ca ca. (S) dha dhiiga dha 0 jiyalJl 0 dhii (S) taka tha dika thii dhr dhii te na nalJl dya dhii dha tiki diilJl dha (2). thva svapnya cakiira. a ha ha ca ca ca. (S) te ga nalJl dya tadhya kalJl dha dhii jhelJl jigl -. dhugu. thana gacho penya nadi parapya. thana 2 kha ja ruya.

The pancatiila(vadya) is a long trumpet-like musical instrument blown to the beating of a three­headed drum. It is usually played by Buddhists when singing caryagitas2• The rhythm as indicated herein is called bol by modern singers, both Nepalese and Indian. It is expressed by words snch as dhii rii jinarrz gala saka jinarrz, etc.

1 For tiila. l Cf. ms. No. 122.

143

Page 190: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 169

169 Hs. or. 4288.

For a description of the ms. see No. 176.

(3) Pitch indications. Beg. (fol. 6, back): orp amiyamayukhavirajitamauli (1). kva (= low pitch).

surasaridavanakesaprabarpdha (2). ja (= high pitch). ravisasipavakamal)Qalaneta (3). kva. savavibhilsitakul)Qalina(t)ha (4). ja. bhiltivibhilsitadhavarItadeharp (5). kva. mrgapatipaI!yacarm[mjanivasarp (6). ja.

End (fol. 20-21, back) : . . . yal)! deb! candrabadanamukha atisvabhita 2 siddhibinayaka tribhubanabyapita big(h)nibinayaka jagatapiljita raga . . . tara! durj [jjamana. arunasarp mabamukha bisaranayana jagata-u( d)dhiilana nirm[ m jaradehii 2 khatagatitarana2 bhayadu(l))khahiilana karul)ya­manasa srIbugamyasvara 2 tairok[kj(y)anatha. raga madhumat. tara! jhapa. amarabatisama srIralita­puri atimanoharabhubane 2 manima[rpjl)dapamanikunmalabidite subarl)l)ap(r)anali srIbhimasyana­bira-2-nibiisita debagana sagana sahita rokanatha. srIyoganalendra-malla bhilpati.

The beginning of the text lists nine versions of a certain song by indicating their high pitch (ja) and low pitch (kva) in order to guide a would-be musician. The song given at the end is addressed to Matsyendranatha-Lokanatha, Lord of Bugama. The text is undated; it mentions Lalitapura (Patan) and, in the last line, King Yoganarendra Malia (1684-1705 A.D.) of Patan to whom the song is ascribed.

1 For tiila. 2 SkI. �a4gatl".

144

Page 191: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

170

12.

170-208 Hymns and Songs Buddhist 170-183

Hindu,(or mixed) 184-193 Saiva 194-197 Vai�l)ava 198--207a

Us. or. 4346.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 49.

(2) [LokeSvarastotra]. Beg.: jyaka karasa-chegulina tiyava bijyaka. gathilJlgva kala$a-cheguli dhilrasa. luya thilJlgva teja

thvara thathiIpgva padmapaQi namaskala II 3 II [tvalJl] lokanatha(h)ma chalaporasa nama avalokites­vara dhakalJl samast[r]asyana dhasya tara. charapola juyiva gathiIpgva (dhilrasa) . nagaya raja basuki tvalJl. jvara jura cintamaQi dhilya nama thama yaya yaya bastu phone dava. thathiIpgva cintamaQi chalaporaya kUQQ[ d]ala juralJl. thathilJlgva padmapaQi namaskala II 4 II

End: (ghu)nu ghunu hilrava thva sabda Iietiava samasta praQi dako rak�a yaliava mok�a chor�. thathilJlgva lokesvara namaskala II 15 II durbhik�ama x II he paramesvara. purb[b ]akarasa ji mane [da] va ma giitiava tava durbhiJs:sa juyava colia belasa thva belasa chalapolasyalJl samasta praQilJl pu�thi yaliava va brhibaha actina anna va gacakava pu�thi yaka. thathilJlgva karuQa thvara namaskala 11 16 /1 baliiha asva x II bho paramesvara. samasta riik�asini hastasa pararapu. chimadunasra banijara moya tana. pabanabega thvara sara yatiava samudra para yacak� rak�a yaka thathilJlgva padmapa­Qi namaskala 11 17 II traidhilt1ika x II bho paramesvara. salJlsara ( . . . ).

A stotra (with paraphrase) addressed to Lokesvara-Avalokitesvara. Stanza 17 alludes to the legend of SiIphalasarthaviiha (Sirrz/lalasiirthaviihiivadiina). Cf. No. 13.

171 Us. or. 6491.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 20. 21x 9,2 cm. 17 x 6 cm. 6 lines. Devanagan. Nevarl, verse. Dated N.E. 1051 (see verse 77).

[Mahiilaktjmlkumiirlvasu1fU/hariistotra ]. Beg.: sarana mahalak�mi-kumari-basulJldhara-prabhuya carane dana sira taya I javaya khvala

kUlJlkumabarana khavaya khvala hiIpgulibarana dathuyagu khvala hmasugu barana surjasamana

145

Page 192: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 171-172

tyaja thina cohma II 1 II ratnaya matuka slrasa puyava prathamagu hlati(ljl) japamala jona dutiyagu hlatlljl jola hnyekaljl jona tritiyagu hlatiljl abhayabara biya II 2 II khavaya prathamaljl pustaka jona I dutiyagu hlatiljl vaguji jonava tritiyagu hlat1m kalasa jona dul}.khiya upare karuna tayava II 3 II ratnaya mala tisa jula vasaya kalasaya dyonya asana yana I dul}.khijanaprani u( d)dhiira yayata svaguli riipa kayava bijyata II 4 II thava maca sanka prani lahina aljlna dhana ratna paripurI).a blya I khatgatiyoni guli du praI).i thava maca bhiilapa mok�apada biya II 5 II sarana mahiilak�mi-kumari­basuljldhara-prabhuya caraI).e dana sira taya II dhruo II

End: barta daneyata sarajama magu tayara yanava raniyata bila II 73 II tana mana boliyakaci(t)ta! yana deblyagu miirti nugalasa taya I sachi cyahma raja rani napaljl tiJa barta dana syana guru yana II 74 II vai rna khu niipam tho dhanasaljlpat(t)i vana thake mani chahnuyagu dine I anityamohasal)! guli su�a yaya debiya barta yana tare juyava vane II 75 II mata basuljldhara prasaljlna juya bhaktajana­pil)!ta darsana biya I tu�itahhubanaya thata bona yana pukhe bimane sakasyataljl taya II 76 II snsu­bhasambata dochiva nyachi bhiidavakr�I).aya tritiya dina II du(l}.)khi anathaljl cina jula gral)!tha praI).i u(d)dhiira yaya kiimananaljl II 77 II sarana mahiilak�mi-kumari-basuljldhara-prabhuya caraI).e dana sira taya II dhru' II

A stotra to the merciful three-faced goddess Mahalak�ml-Kumarl-Vasuljldhara.

1 For ekac".

172 Hs. or. 4331.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 67; first leaf missing, leaf 42 damaged being torn off at the right hand. 23 x 10 cm. 18 x 6 cm. 6-8 lines. Devanagan. Sanskrit verses with paraphrase in Nevar!' Dated N.E. 1064. Written by Sakyavaljlsa Ratnajyoti Dasasthavira of K�akvatola, Sikuk�anani, Patan. Donor: Sirimana Siidra of Mikhabiihala, Patan.

Niimasarrzglti. Incomplete. Beg.: atha athanamtara piirbakatha nene dhakal)! bajradhara bajrapal)i juhiljl snbhagabiinya

thiisa bijyiita. thana srlbhagabanal)! ajfia jula. akaraI).aljl prajfiiipiiramita udaya jula. thakaraI).aljl bajrasa(t)tva udaya jula. thvasapola nihmasyanal)! samasta debaloka manu�yaloka �atgatisaljlsara utpatti yakagu khaljl nyanava. snsobhiinaljl saljljukta juya cval)!hma. aneka durdanta maragaI).apiljl jite yana bijyiikahma. hanam durjanayata damaka biya bijyakahma. indriyagaI).a adiljl mardana yakahma. trailokya dhiiya svarga madhya! patala dakvaljl thava tapaya balanaljl parakramaljl dakva jite yana cvaljlhma. thathil)lhma guhyaya adhipati juya k(r)iyakarmaya raja juya bajraya iSvara juya bajra dhare yanii bijyakahma bajrapiiI).i julaljl srlbhagabiinya thasa bijyaka jula II 1 II

End: sthiivaral)aljl ca miirtaye. tiras camohariipiiya riipiiyas cary[y]amiirtaye II 8 II he bhagaban hiinaljl chalapola julaljl gathil)lhma paramesvara dhiilasa. jal)!gama dhiiya. deba daitya manu�ya pasu pa[ljl]k�i id patal)!ga iidiljl j!ba daya cvaka dakoya riipa dhiiraI).a yana bijjyakahmaljl chalapola, hanal)! thiibara dhayagu. parbata Ivahaljl sima lata gukhi phalama SVal)![m]a varna choma dakva jataya ghasa ityadiyaljl dakva miirti dhiiraI).a yana bijyakahmal)! chalapola jula. hiina tiry[y]aka joniljl janma juya cval)!pil)! sarpa adiljl kim! kltiidi dakva praI).ipiljlta moha [ . . . ]

Colophon (fol. 9-10 back) ye dharma hetuprabhavii hetu[s](Ijl) tesal)! tathagatal}. hy avadat [te­�iiljl] yo nirodha evaljlviidi mahiiSramaI).al}. . yo 'sau dharmal}. sugatagadital}. pathate . . . sarve ca kary[y]al}.. saphalii bhavaljltu manoval)!chii(l}.) sarvasiddhir astu. sada[ljl] kalyal)am astu. subhaljl.

146

Page 193: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 172-173

salj1bata 1064 miti a�ii<ihamase suklapak�adasamyalj1 tithau svati nak�tre . siddhiyoge saniscarava­[ra ]sare mithulj1rasigate bhiiskare tularasicandramasi. tasmilj1 dine. srlnamasalj1gltipustakasloka bhii�asamyatalj1 salj1purI)a sir d)dhayaka jula. thva pustaka coyaguli akhai) dOlj1gu tuta phuta juvagu artha jyfr rna jyfr dakvalj1. srl-3-mahiimalj1(ju)srl-guruyake kotI 2 k�ama ajnaniya manaya bhiibana­nalj1 cvaya biyagu lekhaka k�akvatola sikuk�ananiya srlsakyabalj1sa 81 bar�a duhma sriratnaj(y)oti dasathablra ajulj1 cvaya biya jula. subhalj1. thva pustakaya danapati mikhabiihiitolaya sirimana sudra jula. nityalj1 2 patha yayagu gva belasalj1 ghalj1taya bvanegu i( c )chii juya cvaka biya. thva namasalj1glti tadhalj1gu pustaka juya nitilj1 ji chelj1 dana yiinagu sanaguthikhalaka guthihiirayata. ji rna daya vani bale tota biyagu jula. thva saphu bholj1 alaga 3 taka dak�ina biya cvaka kayagu saphu. guthiharakha­lakalj1 bicara yana taya mala. sakva phakva thva namasalj1gIti bone miila. thugu dharmanalj1 jagata­salj1sara uddhara juya mala. Olj1 nama(i)) srlsvayalj1bhu-buddhaya. namas te buddharfrpaya dharma­rfrpaya te namai).

1 For martya(loka).

173 Hs. or. 4302.

Paper. Fols. 44. In the pagination fo!. 26 is marked twice . Beginning leaves damaged; fo!. 5 is torn off, only the right half being preserved. 38,5 x 9 cm. 33 x 6 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with paraphrase in NevarL Undated.

Paramarthanamasan:tg1ti. Beg.: nama ma(fr)junathiiya. atha vaj(r)adhara(i)) srlman durd[d]a(n)tadamaka(i)) parai) trailo­

kyavijaya vila! guhyara(t) kuilsesvara(i)) (1) II atha athiinantaralj1 pfrrb[b]akathii ilatia bijyailao akasana prajiiaparamita-udayasa thakarana baj(r)asa(t)tva-udaya tho nehmasana sa(ma)stalj1 deba­loka manu�yaloka �atgati sa(lj1)sara utpa[r]tti juva kha ileiliiva srlsobhiina salj1jukta juo aneka dur­d[d]anta jayarape rna jio indriyagaI)a adina [r]damana yake trailokyalj1 thava tapa[lj1]dharm[m]a­balana jitarapalj1 bijyaka. guhyantara mahiiyaniidi kriyaraja tvalj1 baj(r)aya Isvara thathi(lj1)gva baj(r)adhara tvalj1 juyao bijyaka II 1 II vibu[r]ddhapuI)<)arlkalj1ta(i)) prophulla[lj1]kamalanana(i)) p(r)ollalaya(n) vaj(r)adhara(lj1) svakalena muhurm[m]uhui) 11 2 II

End: jagata(s) capy anathasya vimu(k)tipharakii(il)k�inai) . sreyo[r]marga visuddho 'yalj1 mayaja­ranajadditalj12. thva khalj1 gathilj1gu dhiirasa. jagatasalj1sarayalj1 mok�ekamana yakahmaya mok�e rata karyana [r]marg[gJasa du bikakugurl thva �a gana hliiIia dhiirasiL maya[lj1]jalana yoddita dhiiya miiya[lj1]jaratalj1t[t]rasa hlasya taya kha thva kha je galj1bhiladarabipfrrn[n]a maha thva jagata krtalj1 buddhiinalj1 vi�ayo hy a�a3 sa[lj1]myaksalj1buddhabhii�italj1 othilj1gu nama salj1gItiya �a atiga[lj1]m­bhlra, thiihii siya rna jio, thiihii rna duo u(t)tamagyana-kha mahagup[a]ta, tao artha kha, rokayata hita yaka, upakara yaka, thva kha mebata rna khu. samastalj1 tathiigataya dhanasalj1patti juva, sa[lj1]myaksalj1buddhagyanaya ha, sakemunisena iidesa dayaka kha. thuti upasalj1baragathii ilapu sloka.

- Colophon: thuti namasalj1gIti hlaila prasalj1sa. ary[y]amaya[lj1]jarakhvadasa'-s[r]ahasrlka[t]­m�hiiyogatantrapatisamiidhiraja[ra]patalya(d)5 bhagavan[a]sakemunibhii�ita bhagavato malj1ju­sri[yalj1]jiianasa(t)tvasya paramarthanamasalj1gIti(i)) parlsamapta. thuti u(t)tamamaya[ lj1]jaratalj1t­[t]rasa hlailii jhimakhudora ghalj1�tasa mahiiyogatalj1t[t]rasa coilagu thva mfrraparamayogasa coila

147

Page 194: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 173-174

samadhijarasa6 coila pi kaya kha sakemunisyana hlaila maljljusr!na sarira [d]dharalapa bijyaka thva parama(r)thanamasaljlglti thutina samapta jura. subha(m).

An anthology of Mahayana hymns. The title (MaiijuSrI)niimasa/flglti is perhaps more current.

1 For viro. 2 For °nayoditaJ:. 3 For esa. 4 For <);odaSa�. s For opa/alad. 6 For °dhiriijasa.

174 Us. or. 6157.

Paper. Fols. 24. Wooden covers, with lining of red velvet-like cloth. 18 x 6,8 cm. 14 x 4 cm. 5 lines. A miniature on fol. 1 (back) . Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse. Undated.

Paramiirthaniimasa/flglti. Beg.: Oljl namai). srlmaljljunathiiya. atha vaj(r)adhara(i).) sr!man durdantadamakai). parai), I trailo­

kevijaya Vlro guhyariiljl kulisesvarai). II 1 II vibuddha(i).) pUl)qalikak�a(i).) pra[s]phiilakamalananai). I prol(l)araya(n) vaj(r)abala(ljl) sokareI).a muhurm[m]uhui). II 2 II bhrkutltaraljlgapramukhair a[t]na(n)t[r]air vaj(r)apiil)ibhii). I durdantadamako vlro vlrabibhatsariipibhii). II 3 II ullarayabhi(i).) svakaraii). pra[s]phiilavaj(r)akotibhii). I prajnopaya-mahiikarul)ii-jagadarthakaraii). paraii). II 4 II hr�ta­tu�tasvayaljll muditaii). kroqhavigrahariipibhii). I buddhakrtyakarai(r) niithaii). sardha(ljl) praI).atavi­grahaii). 11 5 II pra!).amya niitha(ljl) saljlbuddh02 bhagavanta(ljl) tathiigata[i).](m) I krtaljljalipiito bhii­tva ida[ljl]m aha sthito 'gratai). 11 6 11

End: dharm[m]agaga!).amarasuparisuddhai). dharm[m]adhiitujnanagarbha ai).. mantravi[ljl]nyiisai), II 1 II atha vaj(r)adharai). sr!miin hr�!atu�takrtiiljljalii). I pral)amya niitha(ljl) saljlbuddh02 bhagavan­ta[i).](Ijl) tathiigata[i).](m) 11 2 11 anyais ca bahuvidhai[i).](r) nathai[i).](r) guhyendrair vaj(r)apiil)ibhii). I sa sar[d]dha(ljl) kroqharajan03 provacoc(c)airidaljl vacai). I anumodiimahe niitha siidhu siidhu subhii­�italjl II 3 II krto 'smiikaljl mahan ii(r)tha(i).) samyaksaljlbuddhap(r)iipakai).' I jagatas ciipy aniithasya vimuktiphalakal)lk�inai). 11 4 II sreyomiirga visuddho 'yaljl miiyiijiilenayoditai). I galjlbhlrodiiravaipulya mahiirtho jagadarthakrt II 5 II buddhiiniiljl vi�ayo hy esai). sarvasaljlbuddhabhii�itai),.

Colophon: iti upasal)lhiiragiithii(i).) paljlca[ma] . iiry[y]amiiyiijala�odasasiihasrikamahiiyogataljl­triintai), p[r]atisamiidhijiilapatalii(d) bhagavantas tathiigatai). srisiikyamunibhii�ito bhagava[n]to maljl­jnsrl[i).]jnanasa(t)tvasya paramiirthoS niimasaljlglti(i).) parisamiipta. ye dharm[m]iityiidi. subhaljl bhiiyat.

Title in the margin: srlnii(masaljlgiti) or niima(saljlglti).

1 For °tu:!!ii8ayair. 2 For °ddham. 3 For °dhariijanyai�. 4 For °sambodhio. 5 For Cartha.

148

Page 195: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 175-176

175 Hs. or. 6443.

Paper. Fols. 18. 26,5x 11,2 cm. 21,2 x 7,5 cm. 7 to 8 lines. Devaniigan. Sanskrit verse with Neviirl prose paraphrase. Dated N.E. 1014. Written by Vajriiciirya Sugatariijamuni of Thathubiihiila in Dhvatplii!ola, Sakodesa (Satikhu).

Bhik� Sarvajiia Mitra: Sragdhariistuti.

Beg.: biiliirkiilokatiimrapravarasurasirasciiruciiqiimaJ)isrlsarppatsarpparkariigiinaticiraracitala[rk]k­takavyaktabhaktl II bhaktyii piidau taviirye karapu!amuku!a!opabhugnottamii(rp)gas tiiril).y iipa(c)­charal).ye nava(s)tutikusumasragbhir abhyarcayiimi II 1 II orp nama!) sn-iiry[y]etiiriiyai II he iiry[y]e. he iipa( c )charal).ye. he taral).i. jipani saral).a oye yogya juyiio bijyiikahma. bhaktibhiibana chaJapolayii piidapadma nipiisarp hnula dayakii stotrasvariipasvana[mana]miiliina jina pujii yiiye dhakarp ba(n)­dhaniigiirasa cotiahma sarbajftamitraya ati dul}kha juyiio binati yiitarp . chalapolayii. tu!ipiili nipa gathitia dhiilasa. biilaka snsurye svaya thyerp raktabarl).a tavadhatia debalokapani sirasa tayiio bijya­ta ati surpdara ratnayii svabhiibasvariipa sarppattina milaya rna juo bafl).a sthira juo alaya barl).asamii­ha thyarp juyiio cotiagu. he janan!. ji gathirphma dhiilasii. liihiita nipiirp goga munakiiva sirasa tasyarp ko chuniiva cotiahma II 1 II

End.: he janani. chalapolayii gUl).ajftiinasarpkhyiidanarp dayiikiihma sebakayii pu[rp]nyana madhu­ra bacana biirpchiiphala liiniiva srl-iiry[y]iibalokiteSvarayii caral).ayii galasa dayiiva conagu svasti sva­stiya cihnasa dayakava conagu bhiimi svakhiibatibhubal).asa thva siloka popalapinista biisa liiya da(ya) mii dhakarp siira julo. thuti dhakarp II iti srl-iiry[y]atiiriibhattiilikiiyii sragdhariistuti(l}) sarp­piirl).a[rp] samapta II II subham II srl-ugratiiriiyai namal} II,naumi sn-ugratiirarp satatapataruchp svadganiliibjadhiirirp II pretiikriirptii(rp) trinetriirp suralitavadanarp mUI).Qamiilarp vibhaktirp II visvii­narpdaikariipii(rp) trigul).agul).anidhirp sarvasa(t)tvaikadhiitrlrp pral).llokoddhariirthhp pratidinam anisarp dehi mok�a(rp) tvam ekii II 1 II sn-sarasvatyai namal} II sukliirp bra[rp]hmaviciirasiiraparamiirp iidyiirp jagat[ a ]vyapinl(rp) [vl]vll).iipu�takadhiiril).lm (abh)ayavaradiirp jiiQyiirpdhakiiriipahiirp ha­ste sphiitikamiilika(rp) vidadhathp padmiisane sarpsthitarp varpde tarp paramesvarIrp bhagavatlrp buddhipradiirp siiradiirp II 1 II subha(rp) . sarpbata 1014 siila miti jye�!habadi parpcamlroja sanicarabiirakhuhnu sakodesa dhvarpliitola thathubiihiirasa conahma snbajriiciiry[y]a sugatariijamu­ninarp thva pustaka coyii tayii jula. subharp bhuyiit sarvadiikiile . marpgalarp. subham II

Marginal title: sra(g)dh(ar)ii.

The text contains the Aryatiiriibhattiirikiisragdhariistuti in both Sanskrit and a prose paraphrase in Neviir!. The stotra is followed by a Sanskrit verse in praise of Ugratiirii and another Sanskrit verse addressed to Sarasvat!'

176 Hs. or. 4288.

Three texts: (1) Stotrasarpgraha, (2) Paftcatiilagltaviidya and (3) Pitch indications. Fold-book. Fols 23. First leaves damaged, parts being broken off. 16,5 x 6,5 cm. 13 x 4,5 em. 5 to

6 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit. Undated.

(1) [Stotrasal?lgraha]. Beg.: sama'rapiijitii (15). siinyiidisiinya mahiiSiinya sarv[v]asiinya niraftjana 2 . . . rambaniriikiira

vaciibu(d)dhimanomaya (16). srlsvayambhii sndharm[m]adhiitii jo . . . prakiisita 2 deva[n]tideva1

149

Page 196: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 176-177

malilideva sarv[v]adeva p(r)apiijitiiIp. (17). locane . . . lake paiica te 'nekaja(n)masu 2 piirvajarm­[m]akrtepapalJl2 buddhaka jarmapapita3 • • . a�ta (r)rddhi(i) sarv[v]asiddhir bhavatu bhavabhaya­

;muktidalJl. caityarabhaktamahiisarasi . . . bhi(i) p(r)adak�ine (19). saptasya bukajatmakhal).cjita ra­jakanya surabha te 2 . . .

End: galJldha dhUpa pu�pa dipa piijanaya p(r)amoditalJl. cha(t)tra-dhvaja-patakiidilahanaya4 namo 'stu te (24). muniganasatena bochitalJlsa pharapharalJl, jinaganasu ca asya mok�emaflia sa p(r)apada (25). iti buddhagltalJl samapta(m). OlJl namo buddhii(ya) . astasi kusuma-salJlkiiSad[y]eha piirv[ v ]amukhaditadhiiral).a du( r )dantara�yane bighanabala jita. namiimi sn-ak�bhe-ra jaka( lJI) . snsugatasumaranam ahorat(r)a(m). varadakrtanaralokasalJl mok�ava(lJI)chita miihanasalJl svlimica­rana[ ra Jratnasnsugatasumaranam[ a] ahorat( r )alJl (1).

1 For devddt>. 2 For 0janmakrtapdQ. 3 For janmao. 4 For iidyiirohalJiiya (?).

177 Hs. or. 4307.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 59. 24 x 9 cm. 18 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verses, some in Nevliri or with Nevarl paraphrase. Dated N.B. 1023. Written by SakyavalJlsa Sribhiijumana from Yetabiihala.

[Stotrasaltlgraha ]. Beg.: (front) OlJl namai) snsakyasi!Jlhaya. name srlghanalJl tvalJl sada bhiivabhakto bhavalJlbho­

dhisetulJl lasatmok�ahetulJl tridhatulJl vidhiitulJl surak�alJl virak�alJl sudak�alJl sukak�at sujatalJl su­dantalJl II name danasliak�amo dhyana-vlry[y]a-mahiijiiiinaparalJlgata saugata(lJI) tvalJl caturbrahmabaihiiralokoddhavalJl talJl catui)satyadharmopadesalJl suvegalJl II

End: (front) �atcakrapadma tava bhedita malJltraraja sarvarthasiidhakajana sugatilJl tvam eva. tvalJl jiianagamyabhavadui)khavinasakliri te sarada sakalasiddhi sada namami. iti saradastakasto­trllI)J samliptalJl.

Beg.: (back) OlJl namo lokanathiiya. kamarii(pa)parvata suvarl).ayak�akiqmaranagasamiirt(t)i I dUlJlduma chandana sagaranalJldi birilJlciniirayal).adeba namas te II camara u�yava sagaramak�a­nllI)Jdi kaplta surayatamane siiry[y]asumalJlcjala siir[r](ya) suteja birilJlci(narayal).adeva namas tel II

End.: (back) yat pathanti karunastava(lJI) nityaklilalJl santiii ca postiiil ca dhanavrddhi surat[h]a­kama ayuvibhUti varasvakhya visarabhiigl niskara praptam api tasya trailokyanatha II 24 (I guhma manu�yana thva karul).amaya-(s)totra nitya 2 parapuhmaya santi pustika juyuo dhanaonia juyuo. yakva kary[yJa siddha juyuo. ayubala brddhi juyio . bala layio. saubhiigya juyuo. paralokasa srl-3-ary[y]abalokitesvarao napa cone dayio II 24 II salJlk1rt[t]ayanti tava vlry[y]amahiinubhiiva(lJI) ratrau diva ca tava namam anusmaranti du(i) svapnavighnabhayapapa vinasayanti tu�yanti deva satatalJl tava rak�isibhi(i) 11 25 II thva karul).a(s)taba nitya 2 totra yakahmaya rajao uti parakrami juyio. hanalJl cahnllI)JsalJl hninasalJl sri-ary[y]abalokitesvara ekacittana sumaral).ii yakahma rna bhina­hmaya kuphala rna laka. samasta papa phuka. samasta devaloka salJltokha juyuo. lak�ayatalJl tha-thilJlhma srl-3-karul).amaya janmajarmma2 namaskara II 25 II

.

Colophon (after 23): ary[y ]amayajala�odasasahasrikayan mahiiyogatantrotai)patisamiidhi jalapata­la(d) bhagava[n]ta tathiigata-srlsakyamunina bhii�ita maiijusnjiianasa(t)tvasya paramarthii nama-

150

Page 197: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 177

saIJ1glti(l).) parisamiipta. ye dharmii hetuprabhiiva hetu(IJ1) te�iiIJ1 tathiigata[l).] hy evadat te�iiIJ1 yo nirodha[y] evaIJ1viidI mahiiSramal)al). . sambata 1023 miti jyesthabadi 5 sa yetabiihiilaya sakyabaIJ1sa srIbhiijumiinayii sucitta juyao totra yiiyata thva totrapustaka dayakava tayii jula. suniinaIJ1 lobha yilya rna du jula. subhaIJ1.

Beginning of the stotras as indicated in the margins: (1) kiimarfipa. (2) piirl)[ I) ]akalil. (3) thira rna �u (NevilrI). (4) madhya vailo(cana). (5) namas te buddha(riipiiya) . (6) devamanu�ya. (7) stutva pral)am(ya). (8) stutam api. (9) sarvabhiitaIJ1.

(10) stutvil praJ).amya (with paraphrase in Nevilri). (11) maiijusrI lo(kaniltho). (12) snigdhaniia. (13) bhuvanatraya. (14) dilridra. (15) indriidide( va). No marginal titles for the rest of the stotras.

Colophons: (1) iti srImadilry[y]ilvalokiteSvarabhattilra(ka)sya anantaniigariljiistavastotra(IJ1) samaptaIJ1. (2) iti srIdharm[m]adhiituviiglsvarastotra(IJ1) samilpta(m). (3) iti srIbuddhadharm[m]asaIJ1gha(s)totraIJ1 samilpta[I).](IJ1). (4) iti srIdharmadhiitupaiicabuddhastotra(IJ1) samilptaIJ1. (5) iti srIsvilyaIJ1bhupurill)oddhrtaIJ1 maiijusrIkrtam iidibuddhabhattilrakasya dvildasanilmastotraIJ1

samiiptaIJ1. (6) iti srImadilry[y]avalokitesvarabhattilrakasya carapatistavastotraIJ1 samilptaIJ1. (7) iti srImadiiry[y]ilvalokitesvarabhatiilrakasya bandhudattil(cil)ryakrtaIJ1 karul)ilstavastotraIJ1 sa­

maptaIJ1. (8) iti srIbuddhabhattarakasya har�adevarajakrtaIJ1 stotraIJ1 samilptaIJ1. (9) iti srImadiiry[y]ilvalokiteSvarabhattilrakasya rfipastava(s)totraIJ1 samilptaIJ1.

(10) As 7. (11) iti srIbhadrakalpiivadilne visvaIJ1bharakrtaIJ1 srIsilkyamuni(s)totraIJ1 samilptaIJ1. (12) adhyapaniijiiilnagilthii(I).)3 �odasa. (13) prativacanagilthil(l).) �at. (14) miiyiijiiliibhisaIJ1bodhikramagiithii(s) tisral). . (15) vajradhiitumaI)Qalagathii(s) caturdasa. (16) suvisuddhadharm[ m ]adhiitu jiiilnagiithii(l).) paiicaviIJ1sati(I).). (17) iidarsajiiiinajiiilnagiithii(l).) piidonasar[d]dhaIJ1 dasa. (18) pratyavental)iijiiilnagiithii dviicatvilriIJ1sat. (19) samatii[IJ1]jiiiinagiithii(s) caturviIJ1satil).. (20) krtyiinusthiinagiithiil). paiicadasa[I).]. (21) iti paiicatathilgatastutigiithii(l).) paiica. (22) iti upasaIJ1hiiragathii(l).) paiica.

151

Page 198: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 177-1 79

(23) iti snsakyamunimahabuddhabhattarakasya a�tamalJlgalastotralJl samaptalJl. (24) iti srImadary[y )iivalokitesvarabhattarakasya candrakantabhik�ul)istavastotralJl samaptalJl. (25) iti srlmadary[y)avalokitesvarabhaHiirakasya narakoddharastotralJl samaptalJl. (26) iti saradastavastotralJl samaptalJl.

A collection of Sanskrit stotras accompanied by a prose paraphrase in Nevar!' The collection includes the (MaiijuSfi)niimasar(lglti (see colophons 12 to 23).

I For pur/in. 2 For janmajanma. 3 For adhy�af)at.

178 Us. or. 4309.

Paper. 2 leaves. 22 x 17,5 cm. 22 x 27,2 cm. 23 and 31 lines. Text only on the front of each leaf. Fo!. 1 written in Piicumola, fo!. 2 in Golamola. Sanskrit. Dated. N.E. 1051 and 1061.

(3) [Stotrasaf/lgraha). Beg. of fo!. 1: 01Jl kr�na(r)canacaI)Qamaharo�aQaya namo namal).

Co!. to fo!' 1: idalJl stotralJl sardiiraviknditalJl vrttalJl[m). sambat 1051 sala.

Beg. of fo!. 2: 01Jl snkr�l)a(r)canacaQQamaharo�al)aya namo namal) .

Co!. to fo!. 2: sambat 1061 sala.

179 Hs. or. 4310.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 17. 3 leaves badly damaged by rats. 16,5 x 6 cm. 15 x 4,4 cm. 5-9 lines. Nepalak�ara. Old MaithiIi / Bengali, verse. Undated. Written by two scribes.

[Stotrasar(lgraha). Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ta caQQa (3). pachimadigata bijayasn. amitabha-jina barada maira biihatayt taratabana

(4). u(t)taradigata bijayasrl amoghasiddhijina bara (5). garuQ[an)asana thiba syiimabarn[t)a. jiiheri­hara brahma cakra niigujaju suriisura dava. hubidvi upahiira pujacocanalJl. - iti pa(lJl)cabudd(h)a­s(t)akalJl samiipta(m). (This is the end of the Paiicabuddhii.1taka the earlier part of which is missing) .

End: budhva salagariija bicita jiQa guniisa basabanukalJlpii (3). pragya calJldra bagiira tajanuja bhuguti phana salJlbhara bhiiIa mali bimiira mara sakara bhaya hara. pitaba(r)na nlhata maryari mamaki bak�apitali puga napiidalarobanaya (4). gadhari jagurica bhiijagana kata kara khagapasa kusaga biirahi bajahati asiphala sudhara Qhamadhatesvari ca keryalagyana suriidhaja miri na hitaka­ra khagapas[r)adhali catu tva baira mara gita prathila jinabare savali dhiipa baj(r)a betari gaQha baj(r)a prahasitabadana sugratQibaryatalii rahni badhase rOQhi sakalajanayita sarathi dipabaj(r)a tu tva. dasii jhyadhama cakrl prathita jinatala prabate grlQhakate siivan prariibini ca k�iidgi carali hita kokane bodhi ca tvii srlmata debiitiiralJl surag[r)ananamitalJl mraphara sa(lJl)kha cakram ramate svasta pvasrasta dadhiphara jasumo pavako dipamiiriittu tva chao

152

Page 199: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 179-181

An anthology of Buddhist hymns. After the Paiicabuddhii$taka follows the Daiabala(s)tavastotra, the Srlbugamaioke§varastuti by Bandhudatta Acarya, the Srl-Aryavaiokite§varastotra (on two leaves which are damaged) and, lastly, the Dharmadhiitu-'atasi-kusuma'-stotra. The copy is very poorly written. Only the last 3 leavps, written by another scribe, are in good handwriting.

180 Us. or. 4318.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 68. 23x 8,5 cm. 18 x 4,5 em. 6 lines. Miniatures of figures of the Vajrayana pantheon on 4, 14, 16, 58 (front) and 19, 23 , 33 , 39 , 47 (back) . Neplliak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan, the Aryavalokitesvarastotra by Carapati being paraphrased in Nevari. Undated. Written by Vajracarya Dharmadhara of Makhanabahllia.

[Stotrasa'1lgraha]. Incomplete. Beg. (front): . , . Ie mahatant(r)ayacasmin sa praglyate I mahabaj(r)adhara hr�tarameya[r]mantra­

dharibhi I aharcana dharayi�yamy iiniyanal)1 ca drdhasaye I yatha bhavamy ahal)1 natha saval)1sal)1 buddhaguhyadrn I prakasayi�ya sa(t)tvanal)1 yathasaya vise�ata(i)) I asekhaklesanasaya[i)] trasa�a­jfianahanaya I eval)1 madhya�ya guhyando vaj(r)apani tathagatal)1 I krtal)1jalipu\o bhiltva pradva kayast(h)ito 'grata II adhya�al)a gatha �odasa 11 16 1/ atha sakyamul)i bhagavan sal)1buddho dvipadot­toma I ninay[y]acetasthital)1 svajikasv amukhadhrtal)1 I smita sadarsya 10kana[l)1]m apayatra yaso­dhane I trailokyabhasakaral)ai) catumararisasana I trilokam[ a] piirayantya brahma madhuraya gira I pratyabha�ata guhyan dal)1bapal)i1 mahavara I

End (back): . . . kalisarpakiipitana nepalabhujalathala 2 dharmamana mal)1jusnna chedit3l)1 bhil­mi thapita II 10 II gho�irayana agribuvasitatal)1 sugatesvaral)1 2 buddhadharmahiiSubha sarv[v]adui)­khavinasanal)1 II 11 II kim ite asthahakasa dalidradui)khakatanal)1 2 dharmaramalaharaya utsital)1 pradeyakal)1ja II 2 II sucandra acitavata kil)1 puna(i)) ki(l)1) pharaphalal)1 2 a[d]dharcaityesubhakani sarv[v]a1ak�mlsal)1prapadal)1 II 13 II me ajani cittabh(r)anti sarv[vladui)khakak�amital)1 2 tva(l)1) bhaktana phalaprapta sarv[vlakaryasi(d)dhip(r)adal)1 II 14 II tval)1 saral)ya jayakali ragadvakhavina­san3l)1 2 jena jena sumaranya subhakrt[tlisal)1prapada.

Colophon (fol. 63 front): danapati tal)1racheya sionamana2 dharm[mladhatuya tutraga[*hii. coko phala raya nimi[rlttina onao cocakal)1 dayaka juro. samba[slta 817 maghasuddhi 6 sast(am)ikuhnu namasal)1gltipramukhana sakala tutraga[�l!ha sal)1piifl)[llla coya dhunakal)1 biya sioniimajuyata2 juIo likhita[yall)1 makhanabiihalaya dharm[mladhatusyavita santipulival)1sabhava sribajracary[yla dharm[m]adharana likhita . . . subha(m) .

This is an incomplete ms. written in very corrupt Sanskrit. It also contains some caryagltis.

I For datJt!ai'. 2 For sivao.

181 Us. or. 4321.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 50; last fol. slightly damaged; beginning fols. missing. 22 x 9 cm. 16,5 x 5 cm. 5 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Undated.

153

Page 200: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 181-182

[Stotrasa/flgrahaj. Incomplete. Beg. (front folio): . . . sal)!khedam ayal)!t[rji putre krodhal)! dhatte pitapi pratidivasam asatprar­

thanasu prayukta(i).). tyatra[ l)!j t( r )ailokyaba(l)! )chii vipulapha1amahiikalpavrk�agravalli sarv[ v je­bhyo tlrthyata(r)thiil visrjasi na ca te vikrlya jatu kecit II 5 II he janan1. gvahma sal)!sarasa mama thil)! taodhana SUl)! rna duo athil)!hma mamanal)! chul)! rna sio balakhasa khvayuo. chiina dhiilasa. dudu tvaneya karal)a oyake julasana mamayal)! karul)a rna dao. hanal)! hnihnichiya phonaona kala mnao taiasal)! athil)lhma kayaya uparasa babuna kroQhana nvayuo. he mama. chalapola svargamadhye patiHaya icchii yanao tayahma. gathe dhiilasa. bistaral)a phala biyao kalpabrk�asimaya thyal)! oya­nal)! miilakaca chalapola. hanal)! suyata julasanal)! guguli bastuka phona uguli bastuka biyao bi­jyakahma. hanal)! rna du biya rna khu dhaka dhayagu bacana chalapolaya gva belasal)! rna du II 5 II

End (back folio 24--25): tapasi tirthika pratyakabuddha j(y)otika pal)Qita nrpati mantri mahiijana guhasthi2 gramabiiSi nagarabiisi parb[b jatabasi nana loka dakvasiyal)! thao 2 suddha bhiiba tayao pal)!copacarapuja kvanao sumeruparb[bjat(a)sa jusal)! srlsakyasil)!ha bhagabanaya sabhiimal)Qalasa dharm[mjayagu kha-ajfiii dayakugu ilane ka dhaka icchya yanao jhigu disanal)! samastal)! dasadig[aj­lokapala pramukhal)! svargamadhyapatalasa coila debalokanal)! manu�yalokanal)! saka(la)lokapani­sena lata hiijalapao prthvimal)Qalasa mahiidullabha juya COl)!gu athil)!gu mahiiyanasutrayagu kha jusal)! dr�ta(n)tal)! ilane ka dhaka bhiilapao srlsakyasiIpha bhagabanaya �vara svayao lokanal)! na­maskala yatal)!.

An anthology of Buddhist songs with a prose paraphrase in Nevarl.

1 For 'bhyarthitarthd. 2 For grhasthi (Skt. grhastha).

182 Us. or. 6480.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 22. 15,7 x 7,8 cm. 12,5 x 5,5 cm. 6 to 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit, verse. Undated.

[Stotrasa/flgraha j. Incomplete. Beg.: Ol)! nama(i).) srlSiddhilak�ml namai). II ol)!kararupal)! himasubhradehiil)! pal)!cananal)! pal)!­

cadasayatak�il)! II virajamanal)! dasabhil) karabjaii). srlsiddhilak�mil)! pral)amami nityal)! II 1 II hrll)! bijariipai(r) janahrtsusal)!sthiim anandarupais ca nivasayanti(l)!) vicitraratnabharal)abhiramal)! II 2 II hUl)!karanad ahatadaityadarp[pjal)! brahmendracuQamal)ighr�taviidi(l)!) II rudral)!gasal)!sthii(l)!) ra­mal)Iyave§al)! II 11 II 3 II hii visvadhiitrl(l)!) trigu[l)!jnatmariipal)! sr�tisthitipratyavaradhahetul)! II jyotirmayIn dinadayardracittal)! 11 II 4 II phel)!kararavaii). samare surarln vidarayal)!tim atibhlmarii­pal)! II sahasrabalark[kjasamaprakasal)! II 11 11 5 II k�ol)! k�obhayal)!ti(l)!) suradaityamartyan nagen­drakanyal)! navayauvanii[djdhyal)! II khaQgiidisastrair atidlpyamaniil)! 11 11 6 11

End: joganandakari ripuk�ayakarl dharm[mjakani�t(h)akarl candriirk[kjonalabhiinanakall trailo­kye rak�iikarl saC r )v[ v jaisvary[y jakarl tapai).phalakall kiiSipuriidhisvarl bhik�al)! II 3 II kailasoparakan­d[rjarl lavanakan gaurl umasal)!karl kaumarl nigamarthe gocalakall ol)!karavldyak�all mok�al)! dva­rakapatapananakarl kasipuliidhisvarl bhik�a(m) II 4 II drsyiidrsyavibhiitapavanakarl brahmal)Qa­bhiil)Qodarl ll1anatakasatatranakarl vijfianadlpal)!karl srlvisvasamanaprabodhitakarl kiiSipuliidhisva­rl bhik�am II 5 II gurv[vjasarv[vjajane . . .

Colophons: iti naviik�anstotral)! samiiptal)! II iti srljyotisiinandastava(i).) samapta[l)!j(i).) II subhal)! II

154

Page 201: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 182-183

iti snbhagavatipadya[q1]pu�paiijali(l)) samapta[q1](I)) II subham astu sarv[v]ada II nama!) sn-3-anna­pfirI)[I)]adevyai namal,! (thereafter an incomplete stotra to AnnapfifI)a).

Remarks: An anthology of hymns containing stotras addressed to Siddhilak�mi, Tripurasundan, Bhagavati and AnnapfifI)a.

183 Hs. or. 8188.

Paper. Fold-book in a paper-case coated with cloth. Fols. 58. 17,5 x 8,5 cm. 14 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines . Devanagan. Sanskrit verse. Undated.

[Stotrasaf!1l?raha]. Incomplete. Beg. : . . . namo namal,! II buddhavaca namas te '(s)tu buddhabhiiva namo nama!) II 3 II abhavad­

bhava1 namas te '(s)tu namas te buddhasaq1bhava II gagaI)odbhava namas tubhyaq1 namas te jiiiina­saq1bhava II 4 II mayajiila namas tubhyaq1 namas te buddhanataka II namas te sarvasa(t)tvebhya jiiiinakaya namo 'stu te II 5 II iti paq1catathagatajiianastutigathii(l,!) paq1ca II 5 II Oq1 sarvadharm­[m]abhavasvabhiivavisuddhavajra a a aq1 a II prakrtiparisuddhiil,! sarvadharmiil) II ya4utasarvata­thiigatajiiiinakaya maq1jusnparisuddhi tam upadayeti II a a sarvatathiigatahrdaya hara hara Oq1 hfiq1 hnq1 bhagavan jiiiinamfirt[t]i vagisvara mahiivaca sarvadharmagaganamalasupari [II] suddha­dharmadhiitfi(jiiiina)garbha al,!. mantravinyasal,! II atha vajradhara(l,!) snman hr�tatu�takrtaiijalil,! II praI)amya nathaq1 saq1buddhaq1 bhagavaq1taq1 tathiigataq1 II .J. II anyais ca bahuvidhair nathai(r) guhyaq1drai(r) vajrapanibhil,i II sa sar[d]dhaq1 krodharajaI)ai(l,!) provacoccair idaq1 vacal,! 11 2 11

End: bodhisa(t)tvo mahasa(t)tvo lokatlto maharddhikal,! II prajiiiiparamitani�thal,! prajiiata(t)­tvatvam agata!) II 2 II atmavit paravit sarval,! sarvadyo hy agrapudgalal,! II sarvopamam atikranto jiieyo jiiiinadhipa!) para!) II 13 II dharmadanapatisre�tha(s) caturmudrarthadesakal,! II pary[y]upasya­tamo jagataq1 niryaI)atrayayayinaq1 II 14 II paramarthavisuddhasn(s) trailokyasubhago mahiin II sarvasaq1patkaral,! snman maq1jusrll,i snmataq1 varal,! II 15 II krtyanusthiinajiiiinagathii(l)) paq1cada­sa[l,!] II 15 II

Subcolophons: iti paq1catathiigatajiiiinastutigathii(l,!) paq1ca. iti upasaq1hiiragathii(l,!) paq1ca. iti srlmadary[y]avalokitesvarabhaHarakasya snbaq1dhudattacary[y]akrtaq1 karuI)astavaq1 samaptaq1. iti snpaq1cabuddhabhaHarakasya vaglsvarastavastotraq1 samaptam. iti �atpadlyastotraq1 samaptaq1. iti snbuddhabhattarakasya vilidhanakrtaq1 buddhadharmasaq1ghastotraq1 samaptam. iti srlmadary[y]avalokitesvarabhaHarakasya katikarastavastotraq1 samaptam. iti sn-aryavalokitesvarabhattarakasya carapatipadaviracitaq1 stotraq1 samaptam. iti snmadaryavalokitesvarabhattarakasya caq1drakaQ1tabhik�uI)IstavastotraQ1 samaptaQ1. iti srlmadary[y]avalokitesvarabhaHarakasya naradharastotraq1 samaptam. iti snsvayambhupuraI)o( d)dhrtaguhyakilllstotraQ1 samilptaQ1. iti snmadilrY[Y]ilvalokitesvarabhattarakasya narendradeva-bhfipatikrtaq1 rfipastavastotraq1 samap­tam. iti snbuddhabhattarakasya har�adeva-bhfipativiracitaq1 suprabhiitastotraq1 samaptam. adhye�aI)ajiian�. gathii(l)) �odasa[l,!]. prativacana. gathii(l,!) �at.

155

Page 202: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 183-185

�a!kuUivalokana. glUhii dye. mayajalabhisal)1bodhikrama. gathii(s) tisra!}. vajradhiitumahiimat:tgala. gathii(s) caturd[d]asa[!}]. suvisuddhadharmadhiitu jfianastuti. gathii(!}) piidonapal)1cavil)1sati(!}). iidarsanajfiana. gathii(!}) piidonasar[d]dhal)1 dasa. pratyavek$at:tiijfiiina. giithii dviicatviiril)1sat[a]. samatiijfiana. gathii(s) caturvil)1sati(!}). krtyanu$!hiinajfiana. gathii(!}) pal)lcadasa.

A collection of various Buddhist stotras beginning with the Paficatathiigatajfiiinastutigiithiis, the Upasa1t!hiiragiithiis and the KrtyiinWithiinajfiiinagiithiis of the (Mafijuirl)niimasa/flglti.

1 For abhavocf.

184 Hs. or. 6475.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 58, partly damaged at the borders or corners. 22 x 18 cm. 17,2 x 14cm. 12 to 13 lines . Nepaliik�ara. Old Hindi and NevarL Undated.

[Bhajanamiilii] . Beg. (fol. 2 front) : ahnara raga II pratiila II dolata gal)1giitaral)1gii sumari bhiio II dhruo II ura gaura­

sa para tilaka candrakalii II bhasamalepana saba al)1gii 11 1 II chiraki chakita chabi nira$i hota saba II nrpati bhiiba saba ral)1gii 11 2 1/ 1 II ahnara raga II cautala II mahadeba mahesvara ja!iiyukta sira dhare gal)1ga II dhruo II kara trisura dam[b]aru gale mundamiila piirabati a[0]r[a]dhal)1ga1 II 1 11 2 11 ahnarii raga II bal)1dhitala II deba mahesa sesabesa gal)1gamaku!a ja!ii dhiire ar[d]dhacandra siba II dhruo II pal)lcamukha pal)1ca tina nayanana liile lale II gauri biraje Mme ardhanari nace II 1 Ilbhujal)1gabhii�a­na bhiibe mut:tgamala nilakal)1!ha II baghachiila ohre bhiil)1ga dhatura capaoya II 2 II gam[b]arii trisula sari khatviil)1ga kharp[p]arabara II

End: kamalanayana bisala sUl)1dara snpati garugasanal)1 II 1 II molamakuta sira makarakut:tgala al)1ga sobhita bhii�at:tal)1 II 2 II carat:tapal)1kaja karata seoka mohi anatha niral)ljanal)1 II 3 II 9 II raga lalita II pra II dekho bidura jori prabhu tero bani II lala java java chiitiyii me darada aoti nabi haya prabhu tero badi II 1 II raga [raga] II balali II ca II he mana pasupati bhaja tripurari II dhruo II pal)1cabadana chabi netragni sasirabi bhabyasarupa hitakiiri II 1 II ja!a makuta sira ca[m]ndra ja[l)1]hnabidhara raktal)1bara jina dhari II 2 II br�abhapretasana mu(n)d[r]abhibhii�ana trisura al)1ku­sa juddhakari 11 3 II marja!i harihara deba munisvara jagaji ana bhaba tari II 4 II bhajati hi satvara dehi pada . . . sarat:ta . . . pala uddhiirl II 5 II

1 For ardhiinga (?).

185 Hs. or. 6409.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 49, partly damaged by long handling. 28,5 x 13 cm. 23 x 9 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl and Old Hindi, verse. Undated.

156

Page 203: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 185-186

[Bhajaniivali]. Incomplete. Beg. : raga gauri II vantha II chi guna hlaya rna phaya. khvala una mahesvala. silasa candrama taya

molamala galasa kva khaya 2 kvati 2 . . . la osahmaya bhayalj1kala riipa thvala oya II helamani manikaya . . . kesa thusa taya. hnasasa kU1:l<;lala jula biya 2. mutiya harana tiya kesa . . . tiilaya rupa jabhitana jasabi II hatatana hnelaya sabadana . . . bise jula pak�a bariya 2 deo muni svargaya bhagati­na . . . jananiya . . . II jana si . . II . . salj1sala . . . thva sarira kocarayamaya yana guni hnasa chi siina . . . robha maya mohasa rukuni phise kilata ciMo tara rana II . . . yana papana puna thugu du(1;t )kha dayibana bharape rna phuta. thva dhalj1dhana 2 . . . chi dhaka coM cherikvasa biisa pholia. thva jiona chu su�a rna khalia II . " gana cone gal)a ji a[rd]dha(r)mi mvana colia taya rna te china jita valia II

End: syao! kara 2 para utara gayi muru�amagake2 khevare bande II 1 II name re bhagatana na gurupiija alj1takara ja paritare bande II 2 II raga II cau II japa gal)anayaka maligala gaya 2 II bhakta­bhaktijana karata ba�ana II dhruo II jagamaga jotika puraki biiti sa(lj1ha dhunikara cavala dolaya 11 1 II brahma bi�l)u siba to he gal)apati agya janike karata badhanuhi II 2 II tala tambora mrdaliga bajaya tumali arati hamane kare II 3 II he nrpa sngirbana yuddhabikrama saha. jagabharirajatirak[h]a bara de II 4 II

A text-book for bhajan-singers. The ms. contains songs usually sung in groups in front of a temple in the morning or evening. Most of the songs are praises or hymns (bhajan) to deities. The last song mentions Girvana Yuddha Vikrama Saha (1799-1816 A.D.).

1 For sebd. 2 For mtlrkhamiirga" (?).

186 Hs. or. 6417.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 19. 30 x 11,5 cm. 24,5 x 8 cm. 7-10 lines. Nepalak�ara. Old HindI and Nevan. Undated.

[Bhajaniivali]. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ekasara sural)ara sabaka-adharell 1 Il hemapa!j1kajatulabadana tuhmaya mal)imaya gala

para hare 11 2 11 bedab[e]yapini agamaba�ane keo nahi tuo bidhi jane II 3 II surapati digapati karata dh[e]yane ral)ajita gUl)a bhane II 4 II me pu 27 II bhairava padayugama II laiitabhairabi II co II murati kirati deba !banana sahayana II dhruo II hiIaoyahma biitiidebi haral)a juyana lokapai'icasamiihana sahuti yaliana 11 1 II dhatuna thalia balunasila sobhamana sarikasundari yana kiseta biina II 2 II java la saphuli du lasikala dhyana kolataka jose colia karal)a suji'iiina II 3 II thvahmaya prati�tha yata bidhina bidhana ahuti biyava yaji'ia yaka balidana II 4 II aneka karm[m]ayata ihi iidipana ral)ajita nrpatina pitala bakhana II 5 II me pu 27 II 28 II

End: saralj1g1 palj1cama II co II jaya 2 bhabiini jaya karo ral)i arati gaya maya jani ajani II dhruo II i bhava athira salj1sara mayamoha teji jaya kaise para tohara bhaba bhagati nahi jani u( d)dhara hoyi kaise hamara rani I jibana cala ati hoyi kaise gati saral)a ra�i maya he bhabiini II 1 II suta nita dhana k�al)a kama krodha robha mohakaya base saba narajana yaha maya teji maya aja avaya kaise dharama kiya nahi mae dhana tribhubanamata sabasukhadata tohe janani tohe bhabiini II 2 II caral)a saral)a deha jag�tamata tohe kahe ral)abahadura biraraja apana biika jani kusalakaya aja ra�i haya ra mora baQe kaja I tohe nirai'ijana debi tohe nira[lj1Jkara rani tohe svastesvari sakalabhabiini II 3 II

157

Page 204: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 186-188

dhruO II amarakha mo II bhupali II pra II jaya jaga(t)tariuI 2 k�amaha bhabiinl manoratha pura karo maya brahmayal.li II dhruo II snjanani tannl 2 salllkastatanni II dhruo II ala . . .

An anthology of religious hymns. The first song mentions King Ral.lajita Malia (1722-1769) of Bhaktapur, the last song King RaI.la Bahiidura Saha (1777-1799).

187 Hs. or. 6421.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 31. 21,2 x 10,2 em. 15,5 x 5,5 em. Nepalak�ara. Old Bengali I Maithill and Nevan, verse. Dated N.E. 933.

[Gltasarrzgraha ]. Beg.: kihelone rna II balliidi rage II co II kimati bolaya balllse II dhruo II suni re akulamane gela

nidadare gurujana jagite na parabati pure II 1 II dibasa dekhila ami patha upabane saghana jarada ehabi kamalanayane II 2 II raj ani rna kiya mana bhaya atibhale bikala holo nere II 3 II nrpiila pati bhiipatindramalla bhane gamana kariya tu milava ekhane II 4 II me pu 51 II gora II godagiri II ekatari gvala II moheta mani magama upajata rasa geyalia kiral.lera bikala parakase II 1 II sumeru bhramane jora ahani sribhiige earal.lakamalatala mana mora lage II 2 II bu(d)dhajana jana japanatikara eti klla karul.lanidhiina tumi kara pratipiile II 3 II nrpa jaga(j)joti kaha ehi mayajale raga godagiri na� gabe ekatale II 4 II me pu 52 II

End: nana bhichya biyao manuk�ana pujita I bhulll tiIp tilll data he ta ke ta kya ta bhayirabel 11211 hlalu bhiipatimaraya jagata jio natha iidiya atarate bhuban(a)ya natha natha natha bhumiraba II II raga baradi II jagananatha je gal.lapati pasati yaya hnapa mane e jepani seoka sise china ara II 1 II nathe soli bihune nanana si(d)dhi phonya II siba he II hliira r<lnajitasana e i(n)drajatra io pada laya iide II 2 II binodana suya desa hira thiiya thaya siba he II basalllta II na II dhaliku jona vana java nakta ju khana suna u khunu khaila rasana danasa khiea na bona 00 the khaM II II piili tahiika souaya tvaka kokha nasvaka masira raka raehina rake 2 ova jio jaka ama ji thiika soya rna gaka II 1 II manikamala hmasa apara lupa nihiira asti te jala gopio khyiira ya hiiku supayana daya kaya I gathina ehiiya hiiya 2 jina I nvatake ehii atina biila gvapara 11 2 11 kesali gaya ba(lll)sa dulaya onio �a ehu hlaya II 3 II 00 samana savaravana hmosakhiipana osaya sviina I ba(lll)sa paya . . .

On the front leaf: sambat 933 eaitrasudi 8 roja 5. subha(m).

A handbook for singers containing songs and hymns in Old BengaliIMaithill and Nevan.

1 For bhairabe.

188 Hs. or. 6437.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 66. 27,5 x 11 em. 22,5 x 6,5 em. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan, Old HindI I Maithill I Bengali. Dated N.E. 942. Written by Dhanavanta. Owner: Dhanta Narayal.la1•

[Gltasal"{lgraha ]. Beg.: Olll nama(l) sngal.lesaya nama(l) II ramakali II jaya debadebl jogani[n]dra jotirupa jora­

makhl sakala a[t]isurasal!lhara salllkara debagal.la saba kiya sukhl II dhruo II jaya jagadalllba asvike

158

Page 205: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 188-189

nija bhakta abhimatadayani kalika karakharg[g]a kha[r]para danuja svanitapayani 11 1 II sura sasidha­ra srabanandala sihajani trisuril)i mundamala [sa]kamtha sobhita adikarana sidhani II 2 II ta(t)tvata nrpasimha jhapayo jnanariipaharahani tohe deta kauna bilambha dhanajana paramapada parames­van II 3 II gora II korava rage II ganapati mana gUl)i bhajilo caral)e II sura muni jatajana tohare saral)e 11 1 II kapolajagalamadhe bhamala susohe gajanana prabhu tva he tribhubanamohe II 2 II mod[r]aka amkusa pasa japamala kare bighiniharal)e umi deho moke bane II 3 II nrpa jaga(j)joti [til kaha ehi anumane raga korama gabe ehi jati mane II 4 II korava II cali II pra II

End: saramga raga II co II ananda rakha mohi tohe biilakumari II dhruo II tohara krpa mohe abhima[mJntapura bala deha bhayamkara diira II 1 II sutari khemiya aparadha jahi thame hama sao janu tohe biime II 2 II tohara bhajana bidhi kichuo na janihe anugata rakha bhabiini II 3 II dhana ragva saba bidhi kara tuva bhabe ranajita tuva guna gabe II 4 II kaphi raga II kha II jaya jaya biighamati lokaya gati atina sati sund[r]ara ati II dhruo II tithasa miira sr1samkhamiila parabata bura sibaya kula la(m)khaya hUla rna du ja thura 0 tu jiiimia ananda julo II 1 II begana hnyaka gana rna thaka parabista yaka . . nana laka 0 chahma jaka bhagati 0 jaka satura chaka suna rna jnaka II 3 II osaya dhyana yao nanana nama kayana ati svahana osa siona layo ja gyiinaprada cinana dhijaya bana II 3 II mugutiya una thiya ja col)a oya ti guna meba rna du[na] daitya nayana daha the thuna sr1kr�l)ajuna chi\na prabhuna II 4 II me pu 124 II

Colophon: sal)lbata 942 nastasuklaya ekadasi khuhnu thva saphu si(d)dhuka julo II likhiti dhana­vanta II dhanta naral)lya saphu julo II su(d)dhal)l va [a]su(d)dhal)l va mama dokha na diyate II subham astu II

A collection of 124 hymns. The first song mentions King Jagajjyotir Malia (1614-1637) of Bhak­tapur. The serial number and the beginnings (or ragas) of the songs are indicated in the left margin.

1 = Naraqt.

189 Hs. or. 6476.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 22, damaged. 26,7 x 12 cm. 20,5 x S cm. 7-S lines. Devanagari. Nevan and Sanskrit, verse. Undated.

[Gltasal?lgraha]. Incomplete. Beg.: dhanasa mana tasya dharama rna dhi\sya dharalapu papasariranal)l II 2 II vane talo jhijhi onio

jamapura oyao buya siya malanal)l II juyao cona �ana jamaya sasana jarmal)a1 du�a sila ohmanal)l II 3 II kalisa janama kapata papamana kathina gati laya lokanal)l II thUliya hunina thuguli janamasa thunaka harinama kaona II 4 II manu�ejanama rna date sadana manana gathe rna silanal)l II sujana subaca sumati manena sukhasa papa bhoga yalana II 5 II kusal)lgasal)lgana kubu( d)dhi papamana kugati kulanasa julanal)l II dayao dhana chaya dasyana dana rna du daridra juyi Iithu janamasa II 6 II rna �ate thva sarira rna khate tiri dhana rna khate putra parijananal)l II thamana yaM juko thavata dayio thamana danapunya malana II 7 II bala tha dao dhaka bala rna duhma jana balana du�a bisya sananal)l II parayata du(l))kha biya parama papa laka paraloka narakasa onina II S II

End (4th line) II nal)lqi miilava II tha pra qha pra II pralayapayodhijare dhrtavan asi vedal)l vihitabahitracaritram akhedam II kesava dl)rtaminasanlal)l jaya jagadisa hare II dhruo II k�itirativipu­ratale tava ti�that\ pr�the dharal)idharanakil)acakragari�lhe II kesava dhrtaka( c )chapariipal)l jaya jagadisa hare II 2 II vasati dasanasi(kha)re dharal)i tava lagna sasini kalal)lkakaleva Iimagna2 II kesava

159

Page 206: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 189-191

dhrtasiikararfipa[!p.] jaya jagad!sa hare II 3 II tava kalakamalevale na�am adbhuta(sr!p.)ga!p. dalitahi­ranyakasiputanubhr!p.ga!p. II kesava dhrtanara(haririipa) jaya jagad!sa hare II 4 II chalayasi vikrama­ne bali . . . padana�anIrajanitajanapavana II kesava dhrtavama(nariipa) jaya jagad!sa hare II 5 II k�atriyarudhiramaya jagadapagatapapa!p. . . . payasi samitabhavatapa!p. II kesava dhrtabhrgupati-(rfipa) (jaya jagad!sa hare) II 6 II vitalesi . . .

A collection of religious songs and hymns, the last stotra being the famous a�!apadl from Jayade­va's G!tagovinda: pralayapayodhijale, etc.

1 For janmana. 2 For nt.

190 Hs. or. 6472.

For a description of the ms. see No. 199.

(2) [Stotrasal(lgraha]. Incomplete. Beg. : I asavari II pra II avadhii so jog! guru mera aisil pada k! karaya nibera II dhruo II taru de . . . ka

mura binu thiidhe binu phiile phala raga, sakhyapatra kachu nahi biiko astagana khagaja II taruvara ekapa!p.�i dunu baithe eka guru eka cera, cela cuni cuni saba juga khayo baithe guru akera II paga binu nacata te binu tU!p.bii binu jihva binu gavaya gilva n!hiira Jiipa na dekhii, sata guru hoya sva dekha II gagaI.1amaI.14aramahe amrtakiiva tahii nila!p.janabasa, sagula hoya to bhan bharl p!vaya, nigu rajayapi asa II basti me sii[!p.]nya siinyama basti agama agocara aisa, gaganamaI.14aramaya biira�a kheraya rfipa vafl.l[I.1]a kaha kaisa II dharati guphii akilsa mekhari asana sU[!p.]nya biraje, kanakadatta manikamudra anahada sitpgi bajavaya II . . . kahata kav!ra vicaU aparamapara parama­piilu�ottamamiiratl ki ka balihiiri II 25 II

End: tau nad! basa gyara jamunat!ra II tare lekha jada kr�I.1a snana biihara jasoda taruna . . II raga vasanta II kha II lakha kara vana thama bidhalapa svase cona nana maudha kanhii ke nama II he pasa sil jara vavo khana syama II dhruo II hmukhiipaya svanana hnasasa kUI.14araluna su day!va osathlna khvara1 II niravanahmasa eyava dhvavati osa athena re ko khii vanamara II rasikalana purabiisa kadu!p.basimaya kosa dhaylraja yay!va sunana II thugurlya dhuka sana thaniya cahnasa hmana osava rasala!p.gabhiiba II 0 bhiibana p!da bira nugara hitu hiye ruma!p. luma!p. kama at! java II srlnivas(a)ya sivakana hlara sapanaya khaja . . .

A collection of religious songs in Old Hindi, MaithilI and Nevarl. The first song is ascribed to Kab!r, the last mentions King Snnivasa Malla (1661-84) of Patan.

1 For khviila.

191 IJs. or. 6474.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 41; partly damaged. 28,7 x 12,5 cm. 23 x 8 cm. Nepalak�ara. Old Hind! and Neviln. Undated.

[Stotrasal(lgraha] . Incomplete. Beg. (fol. 1 back): rama binu haribhakti mukti kehu kaise jl dhiga jibana haya syama kahata II 1 II

bedapaddhi pa . . . tathii . . ji kahe narapati sva li jhiiya sabara rikara kara paraba bhulava jit! . .

160

Page 207: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 191-192

mrda(m)ga bajaya II 2 II yatana bacana suni harina(m) kusa kvapa ji badhe khambala giiy! kadhe kharga siraii para tM dhe ji aba kahu rama kaM II 3 II andharayita sujhana hito kaji ghate ghate byapita rama mohi me tohi me kharg[gla khamba rna ji aba kaune samMra II 4 II narasi(m)hariipa . . . hari taba hi ji nikase �amba pMre harina(m) kusa nakha odra viraje surako svami saMya II 5 II raga kaphi II �a II ganapati saral)a chi pall re II dhru' II khvala kisiya the hnasapata sana uthe sogola mi�a palepati the galasa kvakhase tala naga jona vana the II 1 II matuka 100 ali thunao taya koti siiry[yla tva joti the raka chi candrama sarna teja jula uti the II 2 II p(a)rasu modaka patramiila dha(ra)lapu peka laMtina re tuyiva damna uti madu bana oti II 3 II hiakahmaya gati gal)esa siddhipati nehune sahasra binati re phutakiva papamati bihune chi sarana II 4 II

End: raga bhiprasa II co II gvabindasiromani sakhi he sundarasironidana II dhru' II karunamaya ka(m)sasurakhandini kesipak�a sira sva(b)ha karja lalitamukha kamakotichabi dekhata trlbhiibana mohe II 1 II nilapitakalasyama kalyabala sankhacakra giridMri II dasarathananadana daityavikhanda­na badana jagatanidana II 2 II se uyi se sarahata kamaJasanapati gIrlrajakumari II diM cala dul.tkha­mocani mona kathaka kahata pukale II 3 II abudha eka re riipa brahma dina unake si beMri II pamkajacaranana unaka basa paii nabhe uparari II 4 II bhrgu sibi sani nisakare thva . . gaota subhaya bicari II panatipa . . calacala . . . kathaka kahata pukare II 6 II II raga jajati II co II nda II nandadvara yaka joga ayu sigi . . . ta sasibadana sva(b )Mya arunana chabicMya 11 1 II . . . manate nahi hara laya II Iiya ho utM go . . . samkara nama bataya II . . jaya jaya samkara jaya tripurari jaya . . .

192 Hs. or. 6478.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 157.

(2) [Stotrasaltlgrahal. Beg.: Om namo sarasvati namal;l II prathamam bharati nama dvitlyafi ca sarasvati I trtlyam sarada­

devi caturtham hamsagamini II paficamam yugavi�yata �a�tha vagesvad tatM I kaumad saptamam prokta a�tamam brahmal)asuta II navamam vindu�mal mata dasamam brahmacarini I ekiidasam bhaved vani dviidasam varadaya2 ca II eta dviidasa namani pratar u(t)tMya yat pathet bhave[rlt tasya subham. bhuyat[al tasyam devya prasiidata II . . . saradadevi dvadasanama[mlstotram samaptam II

End: durj [jlodhana uvaca II nit yam srlvijayo nit yam nit yam kalyanamamgalam ye�am hrdistho bhagavan mamgalayatano hari II 20 II gamdMryovaca3 II labhas te�am kulas te�am parajaya(l.t) I ye�a[mlm ind[rlivalasyame hrdayastho janard(dlana(l.t) 11 21 II sdknl)a uvaca II knl)a kr�l)ati4 kr�l)a­ti4 yo mam smarati nityasal;l I jalam bhi . . . tM padme narakiid u( d)dharamy aham II 22 II idam pavitram ayu . . . l)yam papaprasasanam5 dul.tsvapnanasanastotram pal)Qavai(l.t) parikilpitam6 II 23 II yat pathet p(r)atar uttMya[ml sucita[rlgatamanasa I gavam satasahasrasya sampadatusyar yat pha­lam II 24 II tat phalam samavapnoti yat pathed iti samtatam II sarv[vlapape pramucyate vi�I.1ulokam sa gacchati II 25 II iti srlpal)Qavagltastotra(m) samapta(m) II 7 II subha(m) II

A collection of stotras ending with the PiilJ4avagltiistotra .

1 For vindhyaviisinl. 2 For varadiiyinl. 3 For °rya uviica, 4 For krsneti. s For °p;�l}�ao. 6 For parikirtita1fl..

161

Page 208: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 193-194

193 Us. or. 6479.

For a description of the ms. see No. 57.

(2) Stotrasalflgraha. Incomplete. Beg.: gnrubhyo nama!). II gal)apataya nama!). II sns!taliidevataya nama!). II sltalaya japa II yelll hrllll

shale visphotakan nasaya nasaya vi�adiihalll samaya samaya krta krta chedaya chedaya s!tale hnlll sviiba II sUhh(a)m II sra!). astraya phat 12 II Olll 12 hnlll 10 srilll 16 II sra!). astraya phat 4 sralll �gu�tbabhyalll nama!). II snlll tarja'. sriilll madhya' II srailll ana' II sraulll kani' II sra!). kara' il sralll hrdayaya nama!). II sri sira' II sriilll slkha' II srailll kava' II sraulll netra' il sra!). astraya phat II srlgurugal,lesaya nama!). II sris!taliidevyai nama!). II skanda uvaca II bhagavana devadevesa s!taHiya(!).) stavalll. subhalll II vaktum arhasy ase�ena visphotakabhayapahalll II sri-lsvara uvaca II Olll asya srlsitaliidevya!). stotramallltrasya srl-lsvara r�i anu�tub(ha) chanda srl-s!taliidevata s!talopasallltyarthe jape vinijoga!). II dhyayahalll sltaliidevilll rasabhastha(lll) digalllbaralll II marjanikalasopetalll siirya­lalllkrtamastakalll II vande 'halll sitaliil!l dev11ll sarv[v]arogabhayapaballl II yam asiidya nivarta[lll]te visphotakabhayalll mahat II s!tale sltale ceti yo bruya( d) dahapiqita!). II visphotakabhavodiiha!).' chipralll2 tasya vinasyati II

End: ravi mitro budha jiva candra mitro tu bbaskara bhauma mitra guru siiry[y]a budha mitra sani bhrgu jiva mitra kujo iiditya sukra mitra sani budha sani mitra budha sukra mitra graha vicarayata 11 1 II ravi satru sita sauri eandra satruvivarjita bhaumasya budha satruvidhasya eandrama ripu jiva satru sita sauri sukra satru ravi tatba. sani satru ravi bhauma iti graha bhaveta ripu II 1 II me�ali bhaume vr�a tauri sukre kame juvatya budha indra karke silllghe ca bbanu guru ea . . . mina tula kramata iiditigraba uea nicoya yadi saptama ( . . . ).

Colophons: iti snskandapural,le sltaliidevya(!).) stotralll Salllpiifl,lalll. subh(a)m. iti srlkarpavrk�a­stotra(lll) samapta[!).](m). subh(a)m. iti snvaravrk�astotra(lll) samapta[!).](m). (On cover leaf) svasti. snsakesalllbat 1782 srlvikramasambat 1917 snnepalisalllbat 980 miti adhika-asunasudi 15 roja 7 coyagu julo. subh(a)m.

A collection of stotras beginning with the Sltaliidevlstotra(mantra) from the Skandapuriifla.

1 For Qbhavad". 2 For /qt.

194

For a description of the ms. see No. 86.

(2) Kumiirlmahiimiiyiistaviidi.

Us. or. 6388.

Beg.: Olll narno 'stu te mabamaye debatite nirallljane pratyalllgiramabadevi rajalak�ml namo 'stu teo aiJp. Olll srlkaumandevyai nama!). I srlbhairavo (u)vaea. ailll hrilll Srl Olll namo 'stu te mahagaun raktangl raktavasinl I pratar [b]baliniriipa ca madhyahne yauvanl smrta 11 1 II sallldhyayalll vr[r]ddha­riipa ca jagadvyapi namo 'stu te I kalaratn tvam evasl vi�l)umiiya tvam eva hi II 2 II tvam eva devlprakrti(r) visvalll vyiipya vimohita I sarv[v]atra vyapinl devl paraparaniviisinl II 3 II jaganmiites­van devl sr�tisthityantakaril,ll I �aqamnayesvarl tvalll hi namas te paramesvan II 4 II

162

Page 209: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

End: OlJl kmtaya namal) II narada uvaca II vi�l)ave vi�l)ave nityalJl vi�l)ave vi�l)ave namal) I namami vi�l)ulJl cittastham ahalJlkaragatalJl harilJl ll l ll cittastham Isam avyaktam anantalJl aparajitalJl l vi�l)um ltyamase�al)am aniidinidhanalJl vibhulJl ll 2 II vi�l)u(s) cittagato yan me vi�l)u buddhi satas svapan I yathiihalJlkarago vi�l)ur yo virmayi salJlsthital) 11 3 II hr�lkesa hr�lkeSa hr�lkesa namo 'stu te I nrsilJlhiinanda govinda bhiitabhiivana kesava II 4 II jaganniitha jagaddhiimal) papalJl samaya me 'cyuta brahmal)yadeva govinda paramiirthaparayal)a II 5 II sanralJl me hr�lkeSa pUI)<;larlkak�amanasalJl l kayena yatkrtalJl papalJl tat sarv[v]alJl mama miidhava 11 6 11 papaprasamanalJl stotralJl yal) palhec chrnuyan naral) I Siinrair [m]manasair vacail) krtail:t papail) pramucyate II

Colophon: iti papaprasamanalJl vi�l)o(l)) stotralJl samaptalJl ll ll snvi�l)ave namal) II

Nr. 194-195

The text contains the Kumiirlmahiimiiyiistava and other stotras such as the Piipaprasamanarr Vi�rJo" Stotram.

195 Us. or. 6457.

For a description of the ms. see No. 108.

(2) Plthyavatiirastotra. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . bhya narayal)l namo 'stu te II varahl ghoraraktalJlgl raktakesamahodan l dalJl�lrakarala­

galJlbhIra barark[k ]atejalocanl II kaparamalika miilavicitrapu�pasobhita I mahamahl�asamarii<;lhii jvalitagnisamaprabhii I mInalJlkusakarttikiidyiihariiharal)abhii�itii I trinetrajvalita dehii du�ladarp­[p ]avinasinl l jayantik�etrasalJlsthiine nimbavrk�iinuvasinll nagapilhisthitii nityalJl kiilariipl namo 'stu te II

End: yogasalJldehas tatha vIran tat sarv[v]aft ca namo 'stu te II ekakiiralJl dvikaralJl va trikaralJl yal) (pa)lhet naral) I satam ava(r)t[t]ayed yas tu p(r)apnoti subham uttamalJl I nasayet sogacinUinil nasayed vighnadevata I nasayet sakala(lJl) rogiin nasayed dul)khabhiigina(lJI) II nasayed bhayada­ridr(y)alJl nasayed ripusa[r]ttamalJl ll nasayet savi�alJl ghoralJl nasayed abhicarakalJl ll nasayel loka­dve[khani nasayet sarv[v]apatakalJl II ayur arogyam aisvary[y]alJl dhanadhiinyavivar[d]dhal)alJl ll dharm[m]arthakamamok�ani jasasaubhiigyam u[r]ttamalJl II rddhisiddhi sriyalJl lak�ml vi, dyajftanaS(r)utanvitalJl ll buddhiprajfta sumitralJl ca var[d]dhante ca dine dine nakale maranalJl tasya cotpiit[r]alJl nasa(ye)t sarv[v]ada II sarv[v]aloga2 prasasyanti dlrgham ayu(s) ca labhyate I

Colophon: iti plthyavataral) samapta(l)) II

The ms. contains a hymn to Durga. The beginning of it is missing.

1 For soka0, 2 For Q/okiil]..

163

Page 210: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 196-197

196 Us. or. 4309.

8 texts: (1) Stotra, (2) Inscription in the Uanuman Qhoka, (3) Stotra, (4) Fragment, (5) Kakapa­rik�a, (6) Avalokitesvaradhyana, (7) Bo ghasa tayagu pramana, (8) Karul}amayasiidhana. (1) Paper. Bound like a copy-book. 16,5 x 23,5 cm. 18 x 11 cm. 19-20 lines. DevanagarI. Sanskrit, verse.

(1) [Stotra]. Beg. : . . . tr�yantalll kulakache himasakalasilasltale haima(va)tya II ratnadvipaprotolya vipulama­

I}iguhiigehagarbhe daridralll I nathi krntyapy anathalll bhagavati bhavatilll sarvalokaikadhatrilll II 4 II matapi stanyaheto viruvati bahusal1 khedam ayati putre kroghalll dhatte pitapi . . . vasatprarthana sutrayuktal1 I tvalll tu trailokyavalllcha vipula . . . mahakalpavrk�agra(va)lli I sarvebhyo 'bhyarthitar­tha visrjasi na ca te vikriya jatu kacit II 5 II

End: siirvajftajftiinadipaprakatitasakalajfteyata(t)tvekasak�i sak�iid vetti tvadIyalll gUl}agal}a . . . sarvavit tatsuto va I yat tu vyiidapavakralll balibhujaratitalll miidrsoraratiti vyapat sa tivradul1kha­jvarajanitarujasvetamohasya hetu II 4 II yat me vijftakyamanalll prathamataramadas tvalll vise�el}a vettri tadvyaharatir ekasramavidhir abudhas tvalll na salllto�ahetu I killltu snigdhamyavallldhb vi�am iva purato dul1kham udgirya vaca jftatarthamyiipi dul1khi hrdayalaghutaya svasthatalll . . . II 35 II

A stotra to Haimavatl, i.e., Parvati (Uma).

197 Us. or. 6466.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 20. 20,6 x 9 em. 16,5 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with paraphrase in Nevari prose. Undated.

[StotrasaJ?lgraha]. Incomplete. Beg.: II 1 II lvadanlgadha yaya ma[lll]ntrana tulasi noya belasalll palape. tulasi chaya belasalll

polape. thva palapava ehalasa lak�akoti gena upala pUl}ya Iaiva II patrarajalll harer [n]nitya priya­priyataralll subh3l1l I munayo si[r]ddhaga(n)[rd]dharv[v]al1 paUile pannagesvaral1 1/12 II paramesva­raya priyabastu tulasIpatra thelll mebata ma duo thvatena mUl}isvara siddhigal}a gal lll]ndharb[b]a nagalokasenalll tuti yatalll II stuvanti sarv[v]adevas ca ki[r]nnaral1 surasa[lllr]ttamal1 I kr�l}a[r]ngas vedasalllbhutalll samudramathane pura 11 13 II purapurb[b]asa samudramathana yatanasyalll srikr�­I}ayii calatina jayalapu tulasI deba ki[r]nnara daityapanisyalll stuti yatalll II II tvam u[r]ttama(lll)[r]ga tulasi vidhrta vi�l)una svaya(lll) gokulasya ca vrddhyartha(lll) kalllsasya nidhanaya ca II 14 II tulasi u[r]ttamiilllga juva vi�l}una dharalaparalll. thva pUl}yana gokula vrddhi yatalll kalllsasura mocakara II 15 II

End: kapilakesI krsodari I krs(l})alllgi bhi�a[lll]l)i raudri jihvalalanabhi�al}i II 2 II mahapretasama­riigha bhuja-a�tii susobhita I asicarmavrta hasta gamarukhatvalllgadharil}i 11 3 II kati kapala hasta ca varadabhayabhii�ita I nara[r]earm[m]avrta devi dvIpacarmakatisthita' II 4 II mUllldamaIiidhari raudri call1giibharal}ai:lhii�ita I haralalllkara pu�pa ca aliphalgu sada priya II 5 II sahasrasiiry[y]asalllkasalll romakiipe pratiprata I jvalamalakuliideha tagitkotisamaprabha II 6 II bhiitavetaladakinya pariviiralll ca rak�asi I ekamrake mahak�etre asvatthavrk�avasini II 7 II Pltha-u(t)tarasa(lll)sthane camu(l)ga)yai namo 'stu te II iti srikalikalak�mimahiidevIsaubhagyasurasu[lll]ndari I vaidu(r)y[y]epiidukaru<;lha silll­hiisanasthi judhi II 1 II catu ( . . . )

1 For dvipao.

164

Page 211: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Ny. 198-199

198 Hs. or. 6393.

Two texts: (1) Gitagovinda and (2) StotrasaI]1graha. Paper. Fols. 36, numbered in (1) 8-42, first fo!' unnumbered. Fo!. 33 damaged, a part of the right side being torn off. 25,2 x 9,8 cm. 21 x 7 cm. 8-9 lines in (1), 7-8 lines in (2). Nepiiliik�ara. (1) Sanskrit; (2) Sanskrit and Hindi. (1) Dated N.E. 802. (1) Written by Daivajiia Sivahari, (2) written by several hands.

(1) Jayadeva: Gltagovinda. Incomplete . Beg.: (sikha)I;IqisikhaI;lqakaqiimare II 6 II sarasaghane jaghane mama saI]1baradiiral)abiiraI;lakaI]1-

dare maI;lirasanabasanabharal)ani subba[l)alsaya viisaya sundare II 7 II snjayadevavacasi jayade[val sadayaI]1 hrdayaI]1 kuru maI;lqane haricaral)asmaral)iimrtakrtakaru�ajvalasajvalakhaI;lqane II 8 II 24 II racaya kucayo(l)) patraI]1 citraI]1 kuru�va kapolayor ghataya jaghane kiiI]1c1m aiica sraja kavanbha­raI]1 kalaya valayasrel)i(I]1) pal)au pMe kuru niipurav iti nigadita(l)) pnta(l)) pltambaro 'pi tatbakarot (/) yadgandharv[vlakalasu kausalam anundhyanaI]1 ca (ya)dvai�l)avaI]1 yac chrtigaravivekata(t)tvam api yat kavya�u IiIayitaI]1 tat sarv[vlaI]1 jayadevapa[I;I]<:litakave(l)) kr�I;Iaikatanatmana(l)) sananda(l)) parisodhaya[I]1lntu sudhiya(l)) srlgltagovindatal) (

End: gltarthaI]1 saI]1k�ipyaha I tvaii cittena ciraI]1 vahann ayam atisranto bhrsan tapital) kandarp­[plena tu patum icchati sudbasambiidhabimbiidharaI]1 I asyarigan tad ara(I]1)kuru k�al)am iva bhrii­k�epalak�mlIavakrlte da8a ivopasevitapadambhoje ku(ta)l) sambhramal) II uttaragitasya prasarigam aha I sa sasadhvas[amlanandari govinda lolalocanii siiicana[mlmaiijumaiijiraI]1 pravivesa niveS(an)aI]1 II vallarirage I yatitale I rMba vadanavilokanavikasitavividhavi(ka)ravibhariga II jalanidhim iva vi­dhumal)qaladarsanatarayitataratarariga(m) II 1 II hanm ekarasaI]1 ciram abhira�itavilasaI]1 I sa dadar­sa guruhar�avasavadavadanam anarigavikasaI]1 II dhruo II hiiram amalatarataram urasi dadhatam parilambya vidiiraI]1 sphutataraphenakadambakarambitam iva yamunajalapiiram II 2 II syamalamrdulakalevalamaI;lqalam adhigatagauradukiilaI]1 nilanalinam iva pitaparagapatalabharava­layitamiilaI]1 II 3 II taraladrgaiicalacalanamanoha(ravadanajanitaratiragam) . . .

Colophon: iti srijayadevakrta[I]1lgltagovinde siinandagovindo nama dvadasal) sarg[glal) . sambat 802 marg[glasir(�)asuklapratipada miilanaksatra brhaspativara likhiti daivajiia(l)) sivahari.

The ms. starts with verse XII, 24, 6ff., but ends with verse XI, 6ff.

199 Hs. or. 6472.

2 texts: (1) Gltagovinda and (2) StotrasaI]1graha. Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 22, damaged. Loss of text, many ak�aras illegible . 28 x 10,5 cm. 25 x 8

cm. 8 lines. 1 colour illustration on fo!. 1 back. Nepiilak�ara. (1) Sanskrit, (2) Old Hindi, Maithili and Nevan.

Jayadeva: Gltagovinda. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . rMhe grhaI]1 pra(pa)ya I itthaI]1 nandanidesatas calitayol) pratyadhvakuI]1jadrumaI]1 . . .

nti yamunakiile rahal)kelayal) II vagdevatiicaritacitritacittasadma . . . (ca)kravart[tli I srlvasudevarati­kelikathasametam etaI]1 kaloti jayadevakavil) . . . Ii yadi harismarane sarasaI]1 mana yadi vilasakalasu kutiihalaI]1 I madhurakomalakantapadavaliI]1 smu tada jayadevasarasvatiI]1 II vacal) pa[rlllavayaty umapatidharal) saI]1darbhasuddhiI]1 . . . jamite1 jayadeva eva saral)al) sJaghyo duriihadrute(l)) I srrigarottarasatprameyacaraI;la . , . (go )var[ dldhanaspar[ dldhi ko 'pi na viSrutal) srutidharo dhoyi kavil) k�mapatil) II

165

Page 212: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 199-200

End: II 4 II sphuratu kucakumbhayor upari mal)imal]1jarl rafijayatu tava hrdayadesal]1 I ( . . . ) rasanapi tava ghanajaghanamal)c;1ale gho�ayatu manmathanidesal]1 II 5 II sthalakamalagafijanal]1 ma­ma hrdayarafijanal]1 janitaratiraIigaparabhagal]1 I bhal)a masul)aval)i2 karaval)i pada(paIika)jal]1 sa­rasalasadalaktakaragam II 6 II smaragaralakhal)c;1anal]1 mama sirasi mal)c;1anal]1 dehi padapallavam udaral]1 II jvalati mayi darul)o (madanakadananalo) haratu tad upihitavikaral]13 II 7 II iti caturacatupa­tuciiru muravairil)o radhikam adhi vacanajatal]1 I jayati padmavatiramanajayadevakavibharatibhal)i­tam itl gltal]1 II

Colophon: iti srlgltagovinde maninlvafl)[l)]ane caturacaturbhujo hari[n]nayako nama dasamai). sarg[g]ai). II 10 II

1 For janlte. 2 For masrna". :3 For upiihitao.

200 Hs. or. 4325.

Paper, with ornamental designs around the text in red, blue, black and green. Wooden covers with painted designs in red (inner side) and green (outer side). 23 X 5 cm. 19,5 X 3 cm. 5 lines. 1 punch­hole in the middle part of the ms. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Old Bengali, with notes in Nevar!' Undated.

.

Cavll1dasa: Nrtyapaiicamaveda. Beg.: namai). srlgal)esaya. adau devlvandana. tatra gltai).. raga korava. ekatara. prathame bal]1dlro

arne. nldra ulimati. mora kal]1!he baradebadebi sarasvati II sara bihune maya. na ayise gil. siidi�!hane barade bara huka kirati (dhruO) II debl basarim aya go. bhubane khelai boje II dubaje bal]1de ahme basali maya. mahisabahana debi malatalal]1bila II satabahani ahme. ekani�!a bhayi ahinisi bamde. ahme basali ayi II uttare masane deb!' miiri acche gal]1c;1a. Mme hathe kartti khapra. dahine hathe khal]1c;1a II gal]1c;1a mariya deb!. ge lokabilase basari sire bal]1diya. gayila cal]1didase II

End: nana gal]1dhe al]1ge parimare . heki prane ro riidhika roo hena sabahai ro nisphare . tuhme kai ro khai kUl]1thagamane. eki prane ro radhika roo tora ana re maitya jiro jibane II thana paramesvara yiyatana Iiasya bac;1ayina upaya yacakava amrtabi�!i yaIiava riidhika mvacakava II thana riidhika mvaIiava kr�l)ayanal]1 badayi yanal]1 paramanal]1da juva II bac;1ayiya sloka II vina candrena raj anI vina siiry[y]ena padmiru vina kr�l)ena riidhapi na bibhatlti me mati!) (II) thana bac;1ayina radhika knl)aya1 hastasa samarpana yaIiiiva rava hliika. bac;1ayi pi hava II thvate anarakhal]1c;1a samapta II sril]1gara II dhaniiSri II ekatari II sil]1ghajiriya riidhe tora majha �ni. badana bimala sasisalojanayani II siselo sil]1dhura radhe mohi re sal]1sare ura guru base tora pinayobhare2 II rama kadari jlni tora urudese matal]1gagamani dhani manoharabese. Colophon: samapta[m] . iti nrtyapal]1camaveda(i).). srlvaiku(mha)devasya sarv[v]ada SrlC!) bhavatu.

The ms. was written during the time of Queen GaIigadevl and King Trailokya Malia of Bhaktapur (1561-1613 A. D.) as is expressedly stated on fols. 2 and 33• The names of Arjuna Malla and Tribhuvana Malla are also given in the eulogy. Another titel of the work is Riidhiimiidhavaniitaka. It was introduced by Kr�l)adeva, who was then a distinguished courtier in the royal palace of Bhak­tapur.

1 For Oya'. 2 For plnapayodharabhiire (?). 3 Fol. 2, last line: riijaratniibhyiilfl saha viriijamdnd srlsrlgaJ?lgiidevl jayafi, fol. 3 front, lines 4-5: . . . trailokyamallo nrpa/J.,

yudhivijayarjunama/lalIJJs tribhuvanamallilS cirarrt jlyat.

166

Page 213: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 201-202

201 Us. or. 6387.

Fols. 37, numbered. 18,1 x 6,8 em. 15 x 4,5 em. Nepinak�ara. Sanskrit verse with paraphrase in Nevarl prose. Dated N.E. 934. Written by Sivanarayal)a of IlaIlltola, Bhaktapur.

PiilJl!avagltii. Beg. : OIll nama!) srlgal)esaya nama!) I sripaIllQava uvaea I OIll nama(!) srlnarayal)aya nama!) I OIll

asya srlpal)QavagitayaIll vyadavyasa-r�ir anu�tu(p )ehanda srlpara-atmiidevata aIllrtabijaIll sarv[v]a­devataprityarthaIll japaviniyoga 11 1 1/ sukla(Ill)ba(ra)dharaIll vi�I)U(Ill) sasivarl)[l)]a(Ill) eaturbhujaIll pum[n]avaranodhyayo sarv[v]avighnaprasantaya 11 2 II he bi�tiu suklapak�aya purl)[l)]acandramaya teja thuyao cotia eaturbahuya sahasrabalabalaIll chalapolaya(ta) namaskala. he srlkr�l)a[ya]. jimi thasa daya prasa[r]nna juya mala . sarb[b]a bighna moeakao daya-krpa prasa[rjnna juyao bijyiiya mala. thathe dhakaIll dako lokana dako mUl)ijanana srlkr�l)aya sabhasa srlkr�l)ayii stotra p(r)a(r)­thana yatiiiva namaskara yatiava binati yataIll l1 1 11

End: sivaya pathane nityaIll slokar[d]dha(Ill) slokam eva ea I mueyate sarv[v]apapebhyo vi�l)u1o­kaIll sa gaeehati 11 84 11 gvahmasena phatasa sakalyaIll rna phatasa bachi baehi khaIll kaIll1 rna phatasa ehapu I)ipu �anaIll oli rna phatasa ehatva batva khanaIll dinapatiIll patha yayuva thvahma[Ill]yata aghola papi julasaIll papa sakalyaIll phutiava bi�!)uloka vaniva II II gita gaIllga ea giiyatri govindo garuQadhvaja!) I eatuga[Ill]kalasaIllyukta2 puna(r)janma na vidyate II gvahmana gita gaIllga gayatrl mantrana gobindayiike bhakta3 yiiyu . . . thvahmaIj1 manu�ayiita puna(r)ja[r]nma mu milIa.

Colophon: iti srlpa!)Qavagitii samapta. sal Ill]mbat 934 srava!)asuklaya eaturdasi pra piirl)[ I) lama u[r]t(ta)raphillgul)inak�atra ayu�yamiin[a]yoga iidityabara thva kuhnu piirl)[l)]a yatia dina jurii. likhi­fa daiba[riJifia sivanaraIll[m]' ilaIlltolaya.

1 For kane, 2 For caturgakiirao. , For bhakti. 4 = sivaniirtlyafJa.

202 Us. or. 6392.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 29. 27,5 x 11 em. 22,5 x 8 em. 8 to 9 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit verse with paraphrase in Nevarl prose. ' Dated N.E. 959 and Vikr. E. 1896.

Piirjl!avagltii. Beg. (fol. 12 front) : OIll nama!) srlga!)esaya nama(!) II srlgurubhyo nama(!) II pal)Qava uvaea I

sUkliiIllbaradharaIll vi�!)UIll sasivarl)[l)jaIll eaturbhujaIll prasanno(va)lanadhyiiya sarvavighnaprasan­taye II he bi�l)u suklapak�aya pur!)[l)jaeandramiiyii teja thulava eotia eatu(r)biihuya s[rjahasrabaraIll­bara ehalapolaya(ta) namaskara. he kr�l)a. jimigu thasa dayii prasanna juya miila. sarb[bja bighna moeakava dayii-krpii prasanna juyava bijyaya mala thathe dhakaIll dako 10kanaIll dako munijana srlkr�l)ayii sabhiisa srlkr�l)ayiike stutisa pra(r)thanii namaskiira yatiiiva binati yiitaIll l1 pandava uviiea 11 1 1/ prahladanaradapurasara1 • • • paramabhiigavatiinami 11 2 11 thvate bhyara dhunakiina Ii kuruk�e­trasa prahlada narada dasar(a)tha pundarika byiisa saunaka bhi�makiidya ru�maIllgadarjuna basi�tha thvate sakala rimtiao eotia thasa bhiiratasa sikosena dako sakalasenaIll stuti yaya dhunakiio namaska­ra yatia binati yataIll.

167

Page 214: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 202-203

End (folio 5 f. back): gvahma gvahma manu�yana sutha tevala suci yanao pal)J}avagita patha yayu gVahmasya[rp]narp patha yanagu nenio gvahmasyanarp coya tayagu saphu sesa taya tayiva ohma[rp]­seta bidhisaganaJp dolachi sadana yanagu pUl.lya dava. papa dako phuna vaniva. bi�l.luloka vaniva II 86 II tatphalarp mam avapnoti ya pathed iti saptamarp sarv[v]apapa pramucyate vi�l.lulokarp sa gacchati II gvahmasanarp tho pal.ldavagita patha yanava bhakta2 yayiva ohmasyata tatkaral.larp punya layuva. papa dako phunao mukta juyao bi�l.lulokasarp vani II 87 II gita(rp) ya[nna] pathe(n) nityarp slokiirdha(rp) slokam eva ca mucyate sarv[v]apapyabhya vi�l.lulokarp sa ga(c)chati II gohmasya[rp]na phatasa sakalyarp rna phatasa chapu nepu�inarp uli rna phatasa chatva batva�inarp dinapratirp patha yayio thvahma[rp]yata aghora papa julasarp papa sakalyarp phunao bi�l.luloka vania 1/ .88 II glta garpga ca gayatn govi(nda) garudadhvaja catur(g)iikarasarpyukta puna(r)janma na vidyate II gva­hma[rp]na gita garpga gayatnmarptra gobindayake bhakta2 yayu tho p(y)ata bhakta2 yayu thvahma[rp]saya puna(r)janma mu mala II 89 II

iti srlpal.ldavagita sampurl.l[l.l]a samapta II jadi�li pu�lakarp dr(�)tva tiidr�li lisita maya. yadi sud­dharp va [m]asu(d)dharp va mama do�o na diyate II sa[rp]mbata 1896 sake. nepalasambata 959 miti bhiidrabadi 10 roja 4 siddha jula II

This is followed by a Kiilabhairaviil!!aka attributed to Sankaracarya.

1 For °pariiSara. 2 For bhakti.

203 Us. or. 6464.

2 Texts: (1) pal.ldavaglta and (2) Grhasthapanavidhi. Paper. Wooden book-covers. Fold-book. Fois. 40. 28 x 11 cm. 23 x 7,5 cm. 8-9 lines. Illustrations

and diagrams. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. (1) Dated N.E. 928. (1) Written by Sivanarayal.la Daivajiia.

(1) Piil'Jt!avagltii. Beg. : om namal). srlgal.lesaya namal). II srlpal.ldava uvaca II orp na(mal).) srlnarayanaya namal). Il orp

asya srlpal.ldavagitayarp vyadavyasa-r�ir anu�lu(p)cha[rp]nda snpara-atmiideva amrtabljarp sarvade­vataprltyartharp japaviniyoga II 1 II sukla(rp)baradhararp vi�l.lu(rp) sasivarl.l[l.l]arp catu(r)bhujarp pra­(sa)nnavaranadhyayarp sarvavighnaprasantaya II 2 II he bi�l.lu suklapak�aya piirl.l[l.l]acandramaya teja thuyao cona caturbiihuya sahasrabiilabala(rp) chalapolaya namaskiila. he snkr�l.la. jimi thasa daya prasa[rpr]nna juya mala. sarb[b]a bighna mocakao daya-krsl.laya' prasa[r]nna juyao bijyaya mala. thathe dhakarp dako lokanarp dako munijananarp srlknl.laya sabhasa srlkr�l.laya stotra pra(r)thana­[na] yanava namaskara yanava binati yatarp II 1 II II paca2 uvaca II prahliida narada parasara pUl.lda­nka vyasarpvani�eka (su)kasaunaka bhi�makiidya lukma(rp)gada(r)j[j]una vasi�lha vibhl�al.liidya etan aharp p[r]aramabhagavatarp namami II II thvate bharata dhunakana II kuruk�atrasa prahliida narada (para)sara pu[rp]ndarika vyasa suka saunaka bhl�makiidya rukma(rp)giidarj[iluna basi�lha thvate sakalena munao cona thasa bharatasa siko sena dakorp sakalasya[rp]narp stuti yaya dhunakao namaskiila yanava binati yatarp 11 2 11

End: gvahmasena thva pal.ldavagita palha yanava bhakta' yayuva ohmasayata takalanarp plll.lya rayuva. papa dako phuiliina mukta juyava bi�l.luroka val.liva. II gita(rp) yal). pathate nityarp sva­k[r]ar[d]dha(rp)' slokam eva ca I mucyata sarv[v]apapebhyo vi�l.luroka(rp) sa gacchati II 87 II gva­hmasena phatasa sakalyarp rna phatasa bachi bachl rna phatasa chapu l.lepu �a narp oli rna phatasa

168

Page 215: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 203-204

chatva batva kha nal)l dinap(r)ati palha yayuva thvahma[l)l]yata a[l)l]ghola papi julasal)l papa saka­Iyal)l (phu)rrao bi�l)uloka vaniva II gita gal)lga ca gayatri govi(n)qa garuqadhvajah I catu(r)gakala­sa(l)l)yuktal)l' puna(r)janma na vidyate II 88 II gvahma[l)l]nal)l gltii ga(l)l)ga giiyatrlmantrana gobin­dayake bhakta3 yiiyu thva petana bhakta3 yiiyu thvahmal)l manuk�ayiita puna(r)ja[r]nma mumiila II

Colophon: iti srlpal)qavagita samiipta II sambat 928 bhiidrakf�l)aya puhnisl ti�yanak�atra sukra­biira-kuhnu purl)[l)]a yarra dina II subha(m) II Iikhi(tal)l) daivajna sibaniira(I)l)6. sarvada kalyiinam astu. mal)lgala(m) II jiidf�lvii Iikhital)l df�lva tadf�!al)l likhital)l mama. jadi su[r]ddhal)l asu[r]ddha(1)l va) mama do�a na dlyate II subha(m) II

1 For �krpa. 2 For pii1J.4ava. , For bhakti. 4 For i!okii,-o. 5 For catu(r)gakiiraO, 6 = sivaniirilyal'}a.

204 Hs. or. 4308.

Paper. Fols. 10; first 3 leaves missing, all fols. slightly damaged on one or several corners. 26,5 x 16,4 cm. 19,5 x 11,5 cm. 9-12 lines. Devaniigarl. Sanskrit verse with paraphrase in Nepali prose. Two dates are given: Saka E. 1759 and Vikr. E. 1895. Written by Bir Bahiidura SiJpha.

Piir,4avagZtiistotra. Incomplete. Beg. (on leaf 4 front) . . . abhimanyiile binti garya. he gobinda. he hare. he murare . he mukunda.

he cakradhara. tapruko nama dinaka dina samujhana1 sakanya gari dinu havas. tamro bhakti namas­kara garnu sakos II 14 II dhf�!adyuman2 uvaca II dhr�ladyuml)ale binti garya. he rama. he narayaJ).a. ha vasudeva. he govinda. he vaiku[I)l]J).lha. he mukunda. he knJ).a. he kesava. he anal)lta II abhiman­yu uvaca II govinda 2 hare murare govinda 2 mukunda kr�J).a govinda 2 rathiirrgapane govinda 2 namami tubhye II 14 II dhn!adyuman2 uviica II srlrama J).ariiyana vasudeva govinda vaiku!).!ha mu­kUJ).qa kri�J).a srlkesaviinanta nrsil)lha vi�l)o miil)l triihi sal)lsarabhujal)lgadi�!al)l II 15 II

End: savai na sakyii ek siloka bhayiipani iilha siloka bhayiipani dinakii dina piilha garchan tesko sabai piipa sakikana bi�J).uloka janchan II 83 II jasle gitii gal)lgii giiyatri gObinda yeti 4 ciirthoka garnyii punarbiira janma linu pardaina II 84 II

Colophon: iti paJ).qavagltiistotral)l samiiptal)l. sampiirnal)l. subham. gital)l ya(l) palhate nityal)l slokiirdha(l)l) slokam eva ca mucyete sarvapiipo(bh)yo vi�J).ulokaI)l3 sal)lga(c)chate II 83 II glta gal)lgii

. ca gayatri govindo garuqadhvajal) caturgakarasal)ljuktal)l puna(r)janma na vidyate II 84 II iti srlpaJ).­qavagltastotral)l samiipta(I)l) . sampiirJ).a(I)l) . subham. svasti. srlsakesambat 1759 srlvikramiiditye­sambat 1895 siila miti phalguJ).abadi 7 roja 3 rna si(d)dhyako ho. yiidr[i]�lal)l pustakal)l [df�la] tadf�!al)l Ii�ital)l maya. yati suddho va [mama] (a)suddho vii mama do�o na diyate. Iikhital)l bir bahiidura sil)lho. subham. subham.

1 For samd'. 2 For "dyumna. J For sarvapdpebhyo v4'luo.

169

Page 216: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 205-206

205 Hs. or. 6471.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 17, somewhat damaged and partly illegible. 26,7 x 12 cm. 21 x 8,5 cm. 8 lines. Devanagan. Sanskrit, Old Hindi and Nevan, verse. Undated.

[StotrasaJ?lgraha]. Incomplete. Beg.: . . . ja lamita vanamalina II dhruo II vikasitasarasijalalitamukhena II sphutati na sa manasija­

visikhena II 2 II amrta(ma)dhurataramrduvacanenal II jvalati na sa malayajapavanena II 3 II sthalaja­larnharucikaracaranena II ruthati na sa himakaraklranena II 4 II sajalajaladasamudayarucirena II dalati (na) sa hrdi ciravlranena2 II 5 II kanakanicayarucisucivasanena II svasiti na sa parijanahasitena II 6 II sakalabhuvanajanavaratarunena II vahati na sa rujam atikarunena II 7 II srljayadevabhanitami­lanena II pravisatu harir api hrdayam anena II 8 II 11 16 II II bhairavaraga II kha II rajanijanitagurujaga­raragaka�ayltam[a] alasanlvesa(m) II vahati nayanam anuragam iva sphutam uditarasabhinlvesalfl 11 1 II (hari had) yahi miidhava yahi kesava ma vada kaitavaviidalfl I tam anusara sarasiruhaloeana ya tava harati vi�adalfl II II ka[r]jalamalinavilocanaeumbanavilacitanlrimariipalfl II dasanavasanam arunalfl tava kr�l}a tanoti tanor anuriipalfl II 2 II

End: byahiigara(ga) II kha II he debi sutalika banablciUa II dhruo II uthiya jagiya kharaga dhiiriya kariya saturisalflhiira II bheda vada bhaya sakala jagalflmaya alflba hukar uparakara II 1 II nayana nahi ghara divasa nirabhari udaya jhagara jhamara II de�i eahuvara k�ahita pahuca rasamukha kayala tayiira II 2 II ra�ya amara�a ra�iya .narapati ra�ya aihi nepala II vi.vatarini visvavyapinl ra�iya yahi salflsara II 3 II bhanaya ranajita jananl tva he hita sU[lfl]nlya binati hamara II samara jaya jaya deha nlrabhaya sadahi tva he adhiira II 4 II II 35 II II dhanasnraga II kha II akhiya haridarasana ko meya bhiikhiya II II dhruo II palflthaeala sa desa darasana pau II aba to carana bhai jhuthl II 1 II madhubana phulaphuler biisana avaya II binu jala purayana sukhi II 2 II apuna livaya eithi na li�avaya II 0 kagata me jhuthi II

An anthology of Hindu stotras beginning with verses taken from Jayadeva's Gltagovinda (VII, 16, Iff.).

1 For amrtamadhuramrdutaravaco. 2 0virahe1'}a.

206 Hs. or. 6416.

Paper. Fols. 5, numbered. 25,5 x 11 em. 19,5 x 7 em. 7 lines. Devanagan. Sanskrit verse with Nevan prose paraphrase. Dated Vikr. E. 1997. Written by Bhaktamana Bhaku Manandhara.

V4fJupalijarastotra. Beg.: Olfl namo srlbhagavatya vasudevaya nama!) II srlbrahma uvaca II vi�l}upalfljalakalfl divelfl

sarvadustanivaranalfl I ugrateja(lfl) mahavlra(lfl) sarvasatrunikr(n)tanalfl II 1 II srlbrahma isvaranalfl ajM dayakalalfl. srlbi�l}upalfljala gohma manu�yana patha yayiva athaba neniva uhma manu�yaya satruya bhaya daiva ma khu. gOhma srlparamesvara mahii-ugrateja mahiiblra sarbasatru phutakava bijyakahma II tripUralfl dahemane tu brahmana svarakrtalfl tad ahalfl salflpravak�(y)ami atmarak�a sada bhavet II 2 II tnpurasura da(i)t(y)a phutakeyata snbrahma isvaranalfl dayaka tayagu hnapalfl prabak�(y)ami nityalfl atmarak�a jaya mala II

170

Page 217: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 206-207

End: sury[y]a durga bi�l)u bhairava mahesvara tho nahmaya nama kayava baidyana vasala nakeva laniva. go-sahasra phalal)l punya vajapiyasatani ca asomyadhasahasrani phalaJ)1 bhavantu manava II 22 11 thotya patha yanana satachi sa dana yana phala vajapeyajajfia satachl asvamedhajajfia dolachi yatiaya phalal)l punya laka II jale vi�l)u(l)) sthale vi�l)u(r) vi�l)u(l)) parvatamastake I jvalamalakule vi�l)u(l)) sarva(l)l) vi�l)umayal)l jagat II 23 II jalasa bi�l)unal)l rak�a yaya mala. thalasa prthibisa snnarayal)anal)l rak�a yaya mala. parbatasa sarba thiiyasal)l prthiblsa bi�l)unal)l rak�a yaya mala. tho bi�l)upal)ljala thathinagu.

Colophon: iti srlbraluna-isvarapurane srlvi�l)upal)ljala(s)totra(l)l) samaptal)l ll subhaJ)1 11 sal)lbat 1997 phiirguna 23 gate 5 roja si( d)dhayaka julo. lekhaka bhaktamana bhaku manal)ldhara.

207 Hs. or. 6452.

2 texts: (1) Vi�l)upafijarastotra and (2) Dharmalak�mlsaJ)1viida. Paper, Fold-book. Fois. 28 112. 13,7 x 9,8 cm. 12,5 x 6 cm. Devanagan. Sanskrit verse with

Nevarl prose paraphrase. (1) Undated, (2) dated 1866 A.D.

(1) Vi:lI1upaiijarastotra. Beg. (fo!. 4): snguruga(n)esaya namo I brahmovaca II vi�nuya pal)ljalakall divyal)l ll sarvadustani­

varanal)l ll ugratejo mahiibljo . . . srlbrahmal)a ajM dayakasya bijyataJ)1. hnapal)l paramesvara basu­devayata namaskara yal)ava hana thva vi�Qupal)ljara julva. gathina dhiilasa. rna bhlna dusta dakva sal)lhala yanava mahatejaba(n)ta juya conahma thathinahma siltru sal)lhala yanava bijyakahmayata namaskara dhakal)l srlbra(hmana) ajfia dayakasya bijyatal)l ll l ll tripuraJ)1 dahemanel)a II brahmana Isvarikrtal)l tad aha( 1)1) sa( 1)1 )p( r )avak�(y )ami II at[ a ]marak�[y]a sada bhaveta 11 2 II asyartha II hanal)l papi�t(h)a [s]tripurasura daityana jurasa(l)l) svarga madhya! patara jite yanava dakva debalokapani­sta du�a biyava thvagull du�a saha yaya rna phayava indradi debaloka dakva brahma bi�l)u miihesora [Qi] adi munava sahuti yanava mahiidebana jurasal)l ajM (da)yakaral)l.

End (fo!. 29): asyartha II hanal)l asvamedhajajfie dolak�i salachi briihmanayata bhojana yatakagu kvati tirthasa snana yatakagu thvata punya vi�Qupal)ljala bonahmana lalva II 45 II acyutananda­gobinda-namosvarana(l)l]Z bhe�ajaJ)1. nasyal)lti sakala . . . II satyal)l satya(l)l) vadamehal)l3 II 46 II asyartha II gohma manu�(y)ana (a)cyutananda gobil)lda dhaka nama kala vahmaya satyasatyana papa dako nasa mocakava baiku(n)thabiisa UUva 11 47 II iidiU]tya dropati bi�l)u dal)Qapani mahesvare tu paJ)1caitya smare(n) nitya(l)l) II byiihril)l pyubiva jayatu II 48 II asyartha II hanal)l gvahmasena aditya dropati bi�l)u dal)Qapani mahesvara dhakal)l thva nata gvahmasena nitye nityal)l nama kala vahmaya akaramrtyumocana juyu 11 49 11 jale vi�l)u(s) thare vi�l)u(r) vi�l)u(l)) par[a]vatamastake II jvalamalakule vi�l)u(l)) II sarva(l)l) vi�l)u[m]maheja4 jagot[u]' 1150 II asyartha II he manu�eloka. bimu dhiiyiihma jalasa bijyaka bhumisal)l bijyaka akasasal) bijyaka chese bijyaka par[a]batasal)l bijyaka sakabhinasal)l bijyaka. thathll)ahma snbi�l)uya nama kayanaJ)1 mik�agati6 layu dhakal)l sribrahmana

. ajfia dayakasya bljyata II 51 11

Colophon: I(ti) srlvi�l)upaJ)1jalastotra(l)l) samap[a]tal)l. sal)lbata ( . . . ).

1 For martya(loka). 2 For �niimoccaranam. 3 For vadiimy aham.

·

4 For v�1JumaY(,l1fl. 5 For jagat. 6 For moJqa"'.

171

Page 218: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 207a

207a Hs. or. 6393.

For a description of the ms. see No. 198.

(2) [Stotrasal?!graha.] Beg.: . . . janmakrtat papan mucyate natra sal)1sayal) I iti paramesvaratantre caturaslti . . . mrtYUI)1-

jayastotral)1 samaptal)1 I 01)1 namal) bhagavate vasudevaya I vi�l)upal)1jalakal)1 divyal)1 sarv[v]adu�ta­nivaranal)1 ugratejo mahaviry[y]a(l)1) sarv[v]asatrul)ikrntana(m) II 1 II tripural)1 dahyamanan tu brah­mal)a itirokrtal)1 I tad ahal)1 sal)1pravak�yami atmarak�a sada bhavet 11 2 II piidau rak�as tu govinda­jal)1ghayo 'stu trivikramal)1 I iirubhyal)1 kesava rak�a katyas caiva janard[d]anal) 11 3 11

End (foJ. 28ft.) bhathyari I pra I tumari kathii bujhite na pali II dhruo II navanali bahatarl kothii dasamaduvari kauna pal)1thii I gerora cora rakhite na pali tumari II 1 II ape gavaya ape bajavaya ape dete tali vrndavanamaya gauva caravaya ape purukha apa nali tumari II 2 II tumi brahma tumi vi�l)u tumi svayal)1b(h)udeva hami papi ki janivo tumari puja seva tumarl II 3 II sayi ya daramitu jo gavaya jagatabhi�ari prabhu ka mahima na janivo kya gati hoyita hamari tumari 11 4 11 natal)1 II kha II hari madhurasvarani gavaya I bisari priti nanda jasvada hamari kauna caravaya II natal)1 II kha II hari binu murari ka(u)na bajavaya abara bajavaya II dhruo II syamasundara aru kamaranayana binuko madhu­rasvarani gavaya I bisari priti nanda jasvada hamari kauna caravaya 11 2 11 suradasa p(r)abhu hari ke calana binuko madhure bane hi basavaya II 3 II (Then follows bad handwriting).

The text begins with the Mrtyufljayastotra, after which follows the Vi.PJupafljarastotra (cf. Nos. 206-7).

172

Page 219: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

208

13.

208--255 Legal documents Donations 208-215

Sales 216-255

Us. or. 6217.

Paper, mounted on cardboard. 21,3 x 26,7 cm. 18,5 x 19 cm. 19 lines. Devanagari. Nepali. Dated Vikr. E. 1881.

Beg.: svasti srljanarala' bhlmasena thiipa srlkafl).aila2 ral)avlrasil)1ha tbapa kasya patram age --­devldasa �atrike srlnatha kampuma haridasa �atriko �ayala al)1baldarl �anagl �eta 3 1/4 jaglra bakasa bhayo. savari sikari laqaiii bhiqaiii urdi kabayata biila hukumuata birata atbaul)1 prahara ruju rahi tapaslla bamojlmaka �eta jaglra janl bhogyagara kula rpa tapasila 3.

End: halesl kalupadhya subeqlko mabadeu byasi 4/40 madhye �olo 20 biiki 4/20 mae dhye) candra­sil)1 �aqaka kalu basnyata dala�amba rana kisnya rana --- 1 60 ru.3 26.8 a" 1 p.5 ae(jan) trpa camu jaislko biitit!ara bajho abiidi 2 114 madhye gobaradhana nevara --- 1 20 ru.3 3.8 a" bhirkot cukadi jai mal)1gala bala bhadrapaqeko nibuva bogbii 110 ma(dhye) 1 20.

Colophon: iti sambat 1881 sala miti. subham.

Deed of authorization by General Bhlmasena Thapa (1806-1837 A.D.) and his brother Ral)avlrasil)1ha granting some plots of land as a jiigir to one Devldasa Khatri. Two seals bear the words srlvisvesva(ra) and srl-3-t.<;tadevatiicarana rar;ablrasirrlha . . . sarar;a respectively . A jiigir is a grant of land made to a soldier at the time of his appointment.

j = General. 2 Colonel.

rupiyii1n (rupee). 4 = ana (one sixteenth of a rupee). 5 = paisa (one fourth of an ana).

209 Us. or. 4373.

Copperplate, cut in the left hand lower corner. Oval shaped, 23-17,3 cm in diameter. 14 lines. Devanagarl. Nepali. Dated Saka E. 1317, Vikr. E. 1452. Written by Arjuna Jaisi.

svasti. srisak6 1317 sal)1vat 1452 margasir(�)amase sanibasare . rayabhilta bhaira udarpadharaya hallakalolaraya manamatbanatharaya pratapanarayal)a caca hlnarayako bhan[ n jdara asabiiraraya

173

Page 220: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 209-21O

siiralp.biidhara sntribhubanamallas ciralp. jaYaIp.tu raika jyulai palapa saki aka[lp.]ni. sagala paneharu lisa phula hiiraplilaplii palli 2 baJa lagiib kapa bii jajftalp. salp.kalpa ghali pabiihila plil)i aghulasahu liya bii ijara sahit. atra slik�1 jaisi ghabhalp.dari ratanaplila rliula kesabhalp.dari rau dubhalp.<jliri parbhu joisl hana sigha palp.<jita jai naplila deu biija gatuvakoii sahnapaneharu caitamahara saku nyahiisa kaihiiitamadha boharli canyli biihii<)i arjuna joisi li�itaIp. . . . (sva)datn' paradatrF va yo herac ca' vasulp.dha no �a�!ivalp.4 . . sahasrlil)i vi�i(h)ayli(lp.) jayate krmii) II sudu palp.<jita madhunos05 yara6.

In the left hand margin: jarlhi carruiapratlhiira. In the right hand lower corner a square carved with a IrMula surrounded by the letters tribhubana­

malla.

The text probably refers to a land grant bestowed by King Tribhuvana Malla in lieu of a loan previously given by the king.

1 For (sva)dattarp. 2 For °dattii1'(l. 3 For harec ca. 4 For °var�a. , For madhusudana (?). 6 For raya (?).

210 Us. or. 6218,1.

Copperplate . 26 x 14,5 cm. 25 x 11,7 cm. 16 lines. Devanagarl. Sanskrit, NepiHI and Hindi mixed. Dated Vikr. E. 1838. Written by Tejanarayal)a Jaisi.

olp. adye brahmal)o dvitryap[r]arar[d]dhe prathamadivase svetabarahakalpe vaivasvatamanvanta­re kaliyuge prathamapiide jambud(v)lpe himavatadak�il)apiide nepalamandala1 srlpasupatisannidha­ne vlisukik�atra2 vligamatya(i)) piirv[v]ak[a]ule kausikyliylilp. pachimakiile srlbhagatapaiananagare aihiva' punyatithau. svasti. srlsambata 1838 slila mlirgasir(�)amase dinagatli4 26 sukravasare. aivalp.' vise�ena visi�Hantat]liylilp. punyatithau. atrasya gotra dlvalp.gata srlgosal sabalaglrl sapatnl sahagami cukudhika mliyi sivalokapraptiklimanliya var�aprati mlirgasir(�)asuklapiirl)amli6 bhalp.dliraka(ra)­I)lirthalp. dasanlimasaIp.nyasi bhojanarthalp. sn-5-dattatre(i)) pritertha palp.casayam aka7 slkka 501 dravyaka salp.pradadeta ihatra ayur arogya8 putra" vaikunthapraptl so 'stu. puna(r) desabhiikhii. srlmahanta manirlimaglri goslilp.lne srlsuphalaglri goslilko dUI janane isa dlimakli jagli ropanl 4 blisi­�u�eta ropanl 3 taudhi-ko ropanl l vlitli�ela j(a)mli ropani 8 �etakli var�aprati biili liyliko biiline var�aprati mlirgasir(�)asudi 15 kli dina bhiidagliu saharabharakli dasanlima atithalO abhyligata salp.­nyasiko dalabhiita bhiiji dahi ghlu sameta �illivanli aisa gutha salp.tatisalp.tanane karl)li bakl se�e rahyaka salp.tanane �linli jo le�a so kare to mahiipiinya niihi kare to papa lagatai haya. isa �etame kohine lobhamoha kare to palp.camlihiipataka. hindu musalamana duyikli lina svadattapradattalp. vli yaH harati vasulp.dhara �a�t[h]ivar�asahasrani vi�iliya(lp.) jayate kr[r]mi(i)). dr�!asak�i iiditya canda­vanijau nalo ca dyo bhiimir lipo hrdayalp. yamas ca ahas ca ratrl udayalp. ca salp.dhe12 dharmas ca nliyati13 narasya vrtta. srlmahanta biillikr�l)aglrl gosai I srlgosalna sivaglri srlgosai lliladharagiri sngo­sal prata(pa)glri sngoslil bhavanlpurl srlgosal dayalapuri srlgajadhara !hiikura srlhirananda batasa srlharilala upadhya sngoslil kinnavana srltejanlira(lp.)14 vaidya samvat 1872 sala miti jye�ihabadi 3 roja 6 li$italp. sntejanarlilp.'4 jaisi. subham.

A document attesting the donation of land purchased for Rs. 501 for the purpose of feeding the SaIp.nylisins of the Dasanliml Sect. The feeding took place every year on the Full-Moon Day of the

174

Page 221: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 210-211

Month of Miirgaslr�a in honour of the deceased Gosiil Savalagiri and his wife Cukudhika Mayl. The feast or bhandiira, as it is called here, is restricted to members of the Dasaniiml Sect of Bhaktapur only. The expenses for it are to be defrayed from the annual income of the land purchased with that sum of money.

1 For "mandate. 2 For °kseir�. 3 For ihaivo. 4 For °gate. S For evam. 6 For °pU;1'}i". 7 For pOlflCaSatam eka. 8 For iiro, 9 For paratra.

10 For atithi. 11 For yo. 12 For sa1fldhya. 13 For jandti. 14 = 0tejaniiriiyof)o.

211 Hs. or. 6218,2.

Copperplate. 28,5 x 17,3 cm. 27 x 12,5 cm. 16 lines. Devanagan. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated Saka 1747, N.E. 945, Vikr. E. 1882. Written by Daivajiia Mal.linarayal.la, Bhaktapur.

srl-3-gurudattii. srl-3-gurudattiitra(ya) srl-3-gurudattii. OI)1. adya asya snbhagavato mahapuru�asya srlmiihii(vi)�l).o(l).) koti brahmiil.lQiina(me e)katame lavanasamudramadhya1 jambudvlpe himavata­dak�il.ladigvibhiige harivar�a2 kiI)lpuru�ayo dak�il)e karmabhumau malayacariid uttare bhiiglrathyiiI)1 utradesa3 kasyiiI)1 utradigvibhiige4 bharatakhal)Qe bhiiratavar�e prajapatik�etre nepiilamal)Qale vasu­kik�etre viigmatyiiI)1 purvakule kausikyiiI)1 pascimakule srl-3-pasupatisannidhiine bhagavatpatta­(na)nagare iiry[y]iivart[t]adese mahamuktipadak�etre p[r]a[ha]rar[d]dhadvayajlvino brahmana dvi­tiyap[r]arii(r)[d]dhe prathamadivase ahani trayodasa-ghalikiiyiiI)1 svetabaliihakalpe vaivasvataman­no(n)tare a�tiivi(I)1)sati dviitriI)1satu' sasiiI)1nite ciitu(r)lak�iidve va(r)t[t]amiine kaliyuge bauddhiiva­tare saIlviihanasake lhiva6 punyabhumau durmukha nama sambatsare srlsury[y]adak�iniiyane ihiva6 pun(y)abhumau. adya sravanamiise sukrapak�e purl)iimiisyaI)1 tithau satabhi�anrk�a7 sukarmayoge yathiikar(a)l)amuhiirt[t]ake adityavasare siI)1harasigate savitari kUI)1bharasigate candramasi. evaI)1 vise�ena visi�tayaI)18 punyatithau --- sthiine brahmanabhojanani[r]mit(t)iirtha9 srlramadattilaya-sago­tra-utpannabhava-snsuphalaglrl nama tasya si�ya sriguru bakasgiri niimna ihatra ayur arogya paratra vaikuI)1thapraptikamanarthaI)1 --- sthane brahmanabhojananimit(t)yartha9 kahlii niima k�atralO savii ropani 1 1/4 bhumi saI)1pradattaI)l kiihlii-bu ro 1 kar�a 1 thva buya balasanana vaisa�aknl)ayii amaba­sikuhnu --- yiike pha 1 dudunaI)1 abhiseka yake mala. ab(h)iseka yahma brahmanayata suka 114 dak�ina biya mala. hmaI)1 5 brahmanabhojana yake mala. dak�ina yathiisakta biya --- yii pujajolana malako daI)1 8 dak�ina thuli coya tako va�rapati" yaya mala. gva 1 lila luta briihmanabhojana yaketa duta julo. brahmanabhoja yaketa samagri jika bivahma cakarayata nake mala. thva patraya drsta­sak�i aditya candravanijau nalas ca dyu(r) bhumir apo hrdaya(I)1) yamas ca ahas ca ratrau ubhaya ca saI)1dhya dharm[m]a(s) ca janati narasya vartti12• svadattaI)l13 paradattaI)113 vii jau14 ha(ra)ti vasuI)1-dhara(I)1) �a�tivar�asahasriini vi�t(h)iiyaI)1 jiiyate krmi(l).). thva patrayii dr�tasiik�i srlmahanta deva­naraI)1giri gusiii §rlgal)esabhatta hita mohiniiyaka. samvata 1882 sala siikesamvata 1747. svasti. srl[ll] nepalasamvat 945 siila sriival)asudi 15 li�iti daivajiia maniniiriiyana. subham astu sarvadii.

175

Page 222: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 211-212

A deed of land donation for the purpose of a briihmalJabhojana, i.e., the feeding of brahmins, which in this particular case is to be performed in the Dattatreya temple of Bhaktapur by Suphalagiri in honour of his guru Bakasgiri. This feeding should take place annually on the New-Moon Day of the Month of Vaisakha. It is to be preceded by a ceremony during which the image of Dattatreya is annointed and milk is poured over it. The donation was also made to cover the expenses of worship (pujii), giving of dak$ilJii, etc.

1 For °madhye. 2 For °varse. 3 For utta;adese. 4 For uttarao. 5 For °sati. 6 For ihaiva. 7 For satabhifagna/qatre. 8 For Diiyiil!!. 9 For °rthe.

10 For Jqetra. 11 For var�aprati. 12 For vrttim. 13 For Ddm. 14 For yo:

212 Us. or. 6218,3.

Copperplate. 27,5 x 19 cm. 25 x 13 cm. 19 lines. Devanagan. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated Saka E. 1764, Vikr. E. 1899, N.E. 963. Written by Daivajiia MaJ.linarayaJ.la, Bhaktapur.

sn-3-bhimasena. 01Jl namai) snbhimasenaya nama(i)). bhimarfipalJl mahiikrodhalJl raktavarJ.la(lJl) sutejasalJl. vayu­

putraya pavi(t)raya bhimabhairava namas te. OIJl tatsat[a] . adya asya snbhagavato miihapuru�asya sdmahiivi�J.loi) koti brahmaJ.lQanam ekatame lavanasamudramadhye jambudvip[y]e himavata dak�i­J.ladigvibhiiga1 harivar�a2 kilJlPuru�ayor dak�ine karm[m]abhumau malayacalM uttare bhiigirathya uttaradese kasyillJl utt(ar)ldigrvibhiige3 bharata�aJ.lQe bhiiratavar�e prajapatik�etre nepalamaJ.lQale vasukik�etre vagmatya(i)) pfirvakfile kausikya(i)) pascimakfile sn-3-pasupatisannidhiine bhagatapat­ta(na)nagare ary[y]avart[t]adese mahiimuktipradak�atre pa[ha]rar[ d]dhadvayajivino brahmano dvi­tiyaparar[d]dhe prathamadivase ahani trayodasa-ghatikayalJl svetavarahakalpe vaivasvatamanvo(n)­tare a�tavilJlsatidvatnlJlsatasahasrani te caturlak�ande vart[t]amane kaliyuge bau(d)dhiivatare [kha­livahanasake snsfiry[y]adak�inayane pramathi nama sambat[a]sara4 1hiva5 pUJ.lyabhumau. adya kart­tikamase suk1apak�e pfimamasYalJl tithau krt[t]ikanak�etra6 parighayoge jathiikar(a)J.larnfihUrt(t]ake sukravasare vidurasigate savitari vr�arasigate candrarnasi. evalJl gUJ.lavise�ana7 visi�tayalJl pUJ.lyati­thau anena pUllyena Ihatra ayur arogya paratra sivalokapraptikamanartha8 II laya�tagotro(t)panna snmahanta krpalagiri tasya si�ya snmaniramagiri snsuphalagiri tasya si�ya srldevanarayanagiri nam­na --- prltyartha8 prativar�ika(lJl) jathiilabhopacara(lJl) pujanimit(t)yartha8 Iaukikasar[d]dharopani­kalJl k�atra(lJl) salJlpradattalJl. puna(r) nepalabhiikha mathasa conahmalJl --- debatayake var�aprati a�aQhakr�J.laya caturdasi kuhnu pfija yayata vaya bi bu-rova 1 1/2 buya valasananalJl kayava glUhii­maga-care-kuhnu hmalJl 1 dugu dayakava ju 1 puja dayakava mohinayakana pfija yaya mala. thuli hiinana parase�a dako mathasa conahmalJl paribilrapani mohinayakapani sakalYalJl dava the bhik�a­bhojana yaya mala. thva danapatraya dr�tasak�i Mitya candra vanijo naras ca dyau(r) bhfimir apo hrdaya(lJl) yamas ca ahas ca ratrau ubhaya ca salJldhya dharm[m]a(s) ca jiinati narasya vr[r]tti(m) . svadatta(lJl) paradattillJl va jo harati vasulJldhara(lJl) �a�tiva(r)�asahasrani vi�t(h)ayalJl jayate

176

Page 223: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 212-214

krmi(l) . thva danapatraya dr�tasak�i thava kija gaurigiri gvasai si�ya lokanathagiri gusai casakhe1a­!olaya srlJ.ak�minarayana thiikiira. mohinayaka je1a!olaya hita majhi snsakesamvat 1764 sala srlvi­kramasamvat 1899 sala srlnipalasamvat 963 ka(r)ttikasukla 15 roja 6. li�iti devajna maninarayana. subham astu sarv[v]ada. subha(m).

A deed of land donation from Bhaktapur made by Devanarayal)agiri, the disciple of Suphalagiri (and Mal)iramagiri), who in his turn was the disciple of Mahanta Krpalagiri. The donation was made in dedication of Bhimasena. The land measured 1 1/2 ropanis, a ropani being equal to 23 x 23 m, i.e., 529 m2•

1 For °vibhdge. 2 For °varse. J For utta;adigvt. 4 For °sare. 5 For ihaiva. 6 For °tre. 7 For °sena. 8 For O�rthe.

213 Hs. or. 6218,4.

Copperplate. 34,3 x 19 cm. 30,5 x 11,5 em. 11 lines. Devauagarl. Sanskrit and Nepali. Dated N.B. 869.

svasta!. srlsake 1671 nepalasamvat 869 vaisa�asuklaprup.camyarp tithau somavasare srlmahiiraja­dhiraja srljyotijagatprakasamallasya rajyabhidhiina srlhemantasirpha bhavarako!aka umarau megha­raja karki anaiko!aka mu�iya srlharihara upiidhya sarpnyasi ramadatti baliramagirale2 srlramesvara­mahiidevasthiipana garya. anaikotako takya�eta muri 100 sivaprlti garya. devadhideva srisadiiSiva­traiJokyanathaya digambaraya mahesvaraya namo nama(l) II vaisa�asnklaparpcamyan tithau riiSiva­sare3 nrpa jagaj(j)yotimalladeva sahita sa(rp)nyasi baliramagira4 nama mok�abhi1a�a sada trelokya­dhipate sivamya akarot. li(rp)gapratisthii kiyako sivalirpgabharpga gare to tasakana parpcamahapata­ka garyako papa. svadatta(rp) paradatta(rp) va yo harat[t]i vasundhara(rp) [II] �a�!ivar�asahasrani visthiiya(rp) jayata krimi(l) II sthapana bhayaka dina mahiibrahmal)a sa(rp)nyiiSi atita abhyagata var�aprati bhojana garaiinu nityanemapiijako' ak�ata candana dhnpa dipa naivedya piija garnya brahmal)aial. muri 6 dhiina dinu. subham astu sarv[v]ada.

A deed of land donation in dedication to the Ramesvaramahadevaliilga which was set up by Hemantasirpha, a high official of King JagajjyotiprakiiSa Malia, Megharaj Karki, Harihara Upiidhya­ya and Baliramagiri . The measure of land was 100 muri which is equivalent to 25 ropanis.

1 For svasti. 2 For °girile, 3 For ravt. 4 For °giri. s For nityanaimim'kapo.

214 Hs. or. 6218,5.

Copperplate� 37,5 x 21 cm. 34 x 18,5 cm. 20 lines. On the left the seal of King Rajendra Vikrama. Devanagarl. Nepiili. Dated Vikr. E. 1886.

177

Page 224: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 214-215

srldurga. srldattatraya. svasti. srlgiriraja cakracii<jamal).i naranarayal).etyadi vividhavirudavaliviriijamana manonnata Srl­

manmaharajadhiraja srIsrlsrlmaharaja rajendravikrama saha bahadura sarp.sera jati devanarp. sada samaravijayinarp. -------- age mahanta devanarayal).agirike samvata 1885 sala miti vaisa�ii.Sudi 8 roja 3 ka dina __ I ka pujanimitta hamra bi.lhulibaia samkalpa bhayako pa�o ropani caubisa 24 guihi ra�i baksyako mohara tambapatra garibaksyaurp.. bhadagau jitapuraka ambalamadhye chalirp.jyamira bodyatiira pa�o bi.ljho ropani 24 tasko sadha purva raikara bajho sarp.dha luhakil dachil).a raikara-�eta ra bhIra�olsI<jil siidha luhakil pascima sanu thiido bato ra raikara ali sadha luhakil uttara krpalagiri mahamtako birt[t]a-�eta ko ali sadha luhakil yeti carakila bhitrako jaga aviida gulajara gari paidaviira bhayakale pujako kama caliii hamro jaya manaunu. yo guthi sarp.kalpa huda sarp.kalpa vakya pah­rilnya purohita yadunatha parp.<jita arjyal pani halanya kajI ral).agarp.bhIra pa<je siidha launya sa­dhiyara varp.saraja parp.tha modanatha arjyal varp.savira rava vavahatolako dagola naikya matyarp. kilagalatolako dhamadeu dagol jitapuraka amali havaldara suratagiri thari dhanapati kaphalya para­ta karki dharmasirp. bharp.dari vajavarna adhikari bageSvarika tulasirama lamichanya chalirp.ka am­baldara kahara �adaka kalu thapa kalu kiirki vrhaspati lamichanya madhu piidhya vrhaspati piidhya devidat(t)a thapa mijhari pagarima basnyat balavira basnyat tanasirp. mijhara asiirama mijhara ajitya lama dhanapati motali ajitya lama hatibhotya sarp.�arya mahajya baijya dulal gokulananda kavirasiIp basnyat tulasirama lamichanya sirapati lamichiinya jaisirp. raul ramakr�na raul ajitan kirtirama &a­daka jmadara varnasirp. �adaka jmadara ajita ihapa ambaldara varp.saraja �atr subedara har�asirp. bhadari bu(d)dhimanasirp. �atr p(a)rasurama �adaka mohinaikya kasinanda mahesvara piidhya gal)esabhaHa maharp.ta balakr�nagiri gosatii HHadharagiri gosatii kisanavan gosatii sam[a]seragiri gosatii dayalapuri gosatii pratapagiri gosatii narottama[van] maharp.ta gyanagiri gosatii lachumanapu­ri gosatii ba�atapuri gosatii ambaragiri tejanarayena �aniva1 jabarasirp. nevara maninaraena jaisi manikr�l).a aval salami dhanaratan mastarama bahula viranarayena majhi guthivata ki!1a bhanda arghyalo na capanu. svatattarp.2 paradattarp. va yo hared vai vasundharam �a�tivar�asahasral).i vi­st(h)ayarp. jaete krimi(l:t) . iti samvat 1886 sala miti bhiidrabadi 7 roja 6. subham.

A deed of land donation by King Rajendra Vikrama (1816-1847 A.D.) which amounts to 24 ropanis for the purpose of expenditure in the daily worship of Dattatreya to be defrayed from the annual revenue of this plot of land entrusted to the gu!hl association of the Dattatreya temple in Bhaktapur. The head of the association was then Mahanta Devanarayal).a.

1 Replaces srldattiitraya. 2 For svadaf.

215 Hs. or. 6218,6.

Copperplate . 43,5 x 21 cm. 37,5 x 15,5 cm. 13 lines. Devanagarl. Dated Vikr. E. 1892. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Written by Daivajfia Mal).inarayal).a, Bhaktapur.

sd-3-gurudattatreya. orp. adya varahakalpetyadi. adya pau�amase sukrapak�e piirl).amasya(rp.) tithau puna(rva)sunrk�el

vaidhatiyoge yathakar(a)l).amiihiirtake saniscaravasare dhanuriiSigate savitari mithunariiSigate ca(n)­dramasi. evarp. vise�ena visi�t[h]aya(rp.) punatithau2 layasagotro(t)panna srlsupha(la)giri parama-hamsa susi�ya guru bakasagiri nama Ihatra ayur arogya paratra vaikul).thapraptlkamaniirtharp. _____ 3 prItyartha4 pratimiiSika(rp.) piifl).yama[�a]si pramiga rudrab(h)ise�animi(t)tyartha4 k�atratika catu ro­panika �akitarp. bhiimi sarp.p(ra)datta. punar nepalabhakha bidola bu-ro 1 gurathau bu kar�a 3

178

Page 225: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 215-216

tapyalJl cala bu-ro 2 kar�a 2 jama bu-ro 4 1/4 tipate bu nyana kayagu tanagu busala-bu-ro 1 kar�a 2 jama bu-ro 5 kar�a 3 thuti bu duta julo. thuti buya valasanana kayava masaprati puhni 2 kuhnu ---' ab(h)ise�a yaketa palJlca[lJl]mrta dayakava ju 1 puja ku 1 kapo dudu malako deba dak�ina dalJl 8 ab(h)ise�a yahma brahmanata suka chi 1/4 dheha bhora dak�ina ana 4 juchi 1 sidha biya mala. thva coya tako masa 2 prati ak�idra rna yasy� yaya mala. thuti hanana parase�a dako mathe conapani bhoga yaya. thvate danapatraya dr�tasak�i srimahalJlt[t]a devanarayanagiri gosai kija gaurigiri gosai binarayana majhi. aditya calJldra vanijo nalas ca dyo(r) bhumir apo hrdaya(lJl) yamas ca ahas ca ratrau ubhaya ca salJldhya dharm[m]as ca janati narasya vr[r]tti(m) . svadattalJl paradattalJl va jo harati vasu(lJl)dhara(lJl) �a�tivar�asahasrani vi�thaya(lJl) jaya5 krmi(lJ) II samvat 1886 sala pau�asudi 15 roja 7. samvat 1892 sala sraval)asudi 15 sala-bu tanagu ti�ita daivage maninara(yar.ta). subham astu. ma(lJl)garam[ab] a[lJl]stu[m].

A deed of land donation by one Guru Bakasagiri in honour of Dattatreya, housed in the temple of Dattatreya in Bhaktapur. 3 pieces of land of which the total measure is 5 1/3 ropanis are donated for the purpose of anointing the image every Full Moon Day. The expenses for this activity are to be defrayed from the annual revenue of the land.

1 For °naksatre. 2 For pUlJyal'� 3 Replaces sri�3�gurudattiitreyao. 4 For °arthe. 5 For jiiyate.

216 Hs. or. 6493.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.E. 874. Written by Kayastha DhanasalJldhala.

siddhalJll. sreyo 'stu. samvat 874 phalgul)a-kr[ahl)a-dutiyaya tithva srlmadheputithane srlkhapva­desaya kvathalJldutola[ya]kadhivasyaua grahaka bu(d)dhaca(r)[j]ya puuilaja valJldekasya namua sa­kasat[a] . pukhusitolaya [kra]va(s)tavya dhiirl)[l)]aka jayasalJlkhala bubha[lJl]udri silJllika�l)a bhiiro nihma phukija samu(c)cayanakasya namena sukraya svabujyamanika thanasya napiditadisaprade­sya, jibanand[r]asamikasya k�atrana pak�imata, hnuchekasya k�atrana ut(t)alata(s) , chanadatakasya k�atrana purv[v]ata, manapunasiIJ1hakasya k�atrana dak�inatas ca. eta(n)madhe phikhadolak�atra nama salJljiiakalJl. tasya k�atranka ca(tu)lapanika rova pi 4. tatra k�atra[r] yathiidesakaIap(r)ava(r)­ta[na]manasalJl tatha salJlcara(r)ghe[rl)]l)a suva(r)l)amuryam adaya krya-vikryasvadhinyana krayana-vikrayatvalJl bhavati . jadesya(IJl)2 daivika-rajika-vyaghataparyana tatra dharl)[l)]akena svaya(lJl) palisvadhaniya. atra patra(r)the dr�tasak�i mahesvala jagavanta' dhanavi(la)silJlha sivo­naud[r]a ramacandra thiipa bubhalJl(dri) jagavanta bubha[lJl]ndri si(d)dhahali bubha[lJl]ndri padma­silJl bubha[lJl]ndri dhamanadasilJl4 bubha[lJl]ndri lavinand[r]asilJl bubha[lJl]ndri nalavilasilJl bu­bha[lJl]ndri jagavatasilJl bubha[lJl]ndri atala ra(ma)candrasilJl bhiiro. li�ita kaya�tha dhanasalJldhala. subha(m).

A deed of s'ale concerning a piece of land named Phikildola measuring 4 ropanis in Tbimi. The buyer's name is Pftrl)araja Vande5 Buddhacarya of KvathalJldutola, Kbopadesa (Bhaktapur), while

179

Page 226: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 216-218

the names of the sellers are Jayasankara Bhiibhandri and Srlkr�l).a Bhiiro of Pukhusitola, Khopade­sa6• The back of the roll gives themi phikhiido bu rava 4 for the convenience of the owner.

1 In the text indicated by the symbol � . For this interpretation of the symbol see D. C. Sircar. Indian Epigraphy, Delhi 1965, p. 95.

2 For yady asyii1?l. 3 Though v in words derived from Sanskrit has become b in Nevarl, the spelling v is retained in this and the following

documents, which all show a peculiar mixture of Sanskrit and Nevari. 4 For dharmiinandao• $ PuniHija Bande. 6 The buyer is called grdhaka, while the technical tenn used for the present owner, the "holder", is dhtlry)aka.

217 Hs. or. 6494.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 3,5 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.B. 805. Written by Kayastha Tulaslrama.

siddhaIl1. svasti. snsnsumatijayajitamitramalladebaprabhu-thiikulasana prasadalapa. grhama1)1da­lasmln[al marg[glel).a pascimatai)., sncand(r)ase�(a)rakasya grhel).a uttaratai)., ramacandrakasya grhe­I).a piirv[vlatai)., miirgel).a dak�il).atas ca. etanmadhye baderajakulache khe kha1)1na niyahnasa ku 27, katha jimacha ku 11, khe khii1)1na khu ku 6, katha hnasa ku 7 rakaca. tat(r)a grhamarg[gladhiira piirv[vla svasima panbhoga1)1. tat[al yathiidesakaJaprava(r)t[tlamanas tathii sa1)1cararghel).a suvarl).­[I).lapu�pamarargha pra<jhokitam adaya [krayalkrayavikrayasvadhinena[1)1l krayena vikriyata1)1 bha­vatL srlkhapva1)1bhiimya1)1 srlcandigalasthiine tavacapalatolagrhiidhivasi visvarama devarama ne­hma1)1 phukija namna prasadikrta1)1. atra patrarthe dr�lasak�I mata snsnpadmavatidevi bhiigirama bhiiro. likhiti kiiyastha tulasirama. samvat 805 vaisakhabadi 4. subha1)1.

A deed of sale concerning a house belonging to the royal family (riijaku/a) called Bade. The seller is King Jayajitamitra Malla of Bhaktapur (1673-1696 A.D.), the buyers are the two brothers Visvara­rna and Devarama (Bhiiro) of Tavacapiilalola, Cal).<jigala, Bhaktapur. The back of the roll gives biideriijakuche1 for the convenience of the owner.

1 For baderiijakulache.

218 Hs. or. 6495.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepaliik�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Dated N.B. 763. Written by Asrameru Kayastha.

siddha1)1. sreyo 'stu. samvat 763 phiilgul).a-sukla-a�lamyan tithau srikhapvaJ]1bhiimya1)1 srlsivaga­lasthiine ya1)1chel)llolakadhivasina grahaka pandya bhiirokasya namna sakasiit sOlolakai vastavya1)1 dharl).[l).laka kiiSi bhiirokasya namnena suk(r)iya1)1 svabhujyamiinika1)1 sthiinasya uttaradIsapradese, marg[glen,a pascirnatai)., madhava lIiakalakasya k�etrel).a uttaratai)., bali bhiiro jayarama bhiirokasya k�etrel).a piirv[vlatai)., sal).camerukasya k�etrel).a dak�il)atas ca. etanmadhye kvathutale-buk�etra na­ma sa1)1jiiaka1)1. tasya k�etranka dvlropanlka1)1 rova nase 2 kar�a nase 2 ya1)1ta [blbvakana ta[1)1lnana juro1)1. tat[alk�etra yathadesakalaprava(r)t[tlamanas tathii sa1)1cariirghel).a suvarl).[l) lamiilyam adaya

180

Page 227: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 218--220

krayavikrayasvadhinena krayena vikrltaqJ bhavati . yady asyiiqJ devika-riijika-vyiighiitiiparel).a tadii dhiirl)[ l).jakena parisvadhanlyaqJ. atriirthe dr�tasrutasiik�l taramaqJQetola kusa bhiiro khanlmaqJyii endra bhiiro. (Iikhiti) ii�rameru kii(ya)st(h)a. subhaqJ.

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Kvathutale which is located in the northern part of the town and measures 2 112 ropanis (including the plot which runs in the northern direction). The buyer's name is Pandyii Bhiiro of YaqJcheqJtola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur, that of the seller KiiSi Bhiiro of the same tala, Bhaktapur. The back of the roll gives, for the convenience of the owner, the name of the field, viz. tepagiibu.

219 Hs. or. 6496.

Palm-leaf roll , damaged by insects. Width ca. 2,2 cm. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit and Neviirl. Date illegible on account of damage. Written by Daivajiia Jayaniiriiyal).a.

siddhaqJ. svasti. srlsrljayaral).ajitmalladebaprabhu-thiikulasana prasiidiilapii. sthiinasya pascima­dlsa . . . srl-2-riijiik�atriit pascimatai), marg[gjena uttaratai), jayabiilakr�l)ak�atriit purv[v[atai), hiiku­siqJkasya k�atrii( d) dak�il).atas ca. etanmadhya dvakok�etra niima saqJjiiakaqJ. tatk�atriitika siir[ d]­dha paqJcaropanikaqJ rova tia 5 kar�a nasya 2 1sana purv[v]a bv;;kana sahita. lal[ai)lk�atra yatbade­sakiilapravart[t]amiinas tathii saqJciiriirghal).a suvafl).[l).japu�pam [iiriirghel).aj . . . tam adiiya krayavi­krayasvadhinena krayana vikriyataqJ bhavati. srlmadhyapuristhiine kviithandutolagrbadhiviisi bu( d)­dhiiciiry[yja punasiIphii niimne prasiidikrtaqJ. atra patriirthe' . . siik�i pradhiiniitiga jajfia . . . likhiti daivajfia jayaniiriiyana . . . 4. subha(m).

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Dvako measuring 5 112 ropanis and including the piece of land running north-east in Thimi. The name of the seller is King Jayaral).ajit Malia (1722-1769 A.D.) of Bhaktapur, that of the buyer purl).asiqJha Buddhiiciirya of KViithandutola, Bhaktapur. The back of the roll gives, for the convenience of the owner, the buyer's name, i.e., PunesiqJ (= Piirl).asiqJha).

220 Hs. or. 6497.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,5 cm. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit and Neviirl. Dated N.E. 801. Written by Kiiyastha Tulaslriima.

siddhaqJ. sreyo 'stu. samvat 801 caitrakr�l).acaturdasyiin tithau srikhapvaqJbhumyiiqJ srlsivagala­sthiine biriichatolakiidhiviisin griihaka daibajfia cakrasiIp bhiirokasya niimnii sakiisiit. atr(a)iva sthii­ne cochetolakai viistavyaqJ dhiirl).[l).laka ramaknl)a sivana(riiya)na ramesvala svahmaqJ phukija niimnena sukrlyaqJ svabhujyamiinikaqJ sthiinasya uttaradisapradesa, biinarasikasya k�etrel).a pasci­matai), tiraqJbakasya uttaratai) , nalaharikasya k�etrel).a purv[vlatai), bhiirokasya k�etrel).a dak�ll).a­ta(s) ca. etanmadhye gamadvabu k�etra nama saqJjfiakaqJ. tasya k�etriitika dVlropanikaqJ rova nasya 2. tat[iiJk�etra yathiidesakalaprava(r)t[tJamanas tathii saqJcariirghel)a suvarl).[l).jamiilyam Miiya krayavikrayasvadhinenaqJ krayena vikriyataqJ bhavati. yady asyiiqJ daivika-rajika-vyaghiitaparena tada dhiirl)[l).jakena svayaqJ parisvadhanlyaqJ. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�l pradhiiniitiga bhiigirama bhiiro meru bhiiro purl).[l).jasiqJ bhiiro biitasiqJ. likhiti kayastha tulasirama. subhaqJ.

181

Page 228: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 220-222

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Gamadva and measuring 2 ropanis. The buyer's name is Daivajfta Cakrasiql(ha) Bharo ofBirachatola in Sivagala, Bhaktapur, while the names of the sellers are Ramakr�I).a. Sivana(raya)I).a and Ramesvara, three brothers of Cochetola, Bhaktapur.

221 Hs. or. 6498.

Palm-leaf roll. Seal Attached. Width ca. 2,7 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Neviin. Dated N.E. 813. Written by Daivajfta Dhanasiqlha.

siddhaIjl. sreyo 'stu. samvat 813 sriivaI).akr�I).advadasyiil)l tithau snk(h)apval)lbhiimyal)l snviindimasthane tavacapiitolakadhivasin griihaka visvarama bharokasya namna s[ylakasat. sa eva sthiine kviithandutolakai viistavyal)l dharI).[ I).laka buddhiiciiry[y la devamuni dhanakasya dvayo nam­na svaIdyal)l [svaklyal)ll svabhujyamiinikal)l sthanasya uttaradisapradese, bhiigiramakasya k�etriit pascimatai), hakukasya k�atrad uttaratai), snsrlriijak�atrat piirv[vlatai) , bhagiramakasya k�atrad dak�iI).atas ca. etanmadhye yathiibi-k�atra nama sal)ljfta(kal)l) . tat[alk�atrailka triropanikal)l rova sva. tat[alk�atra yathadesakiilapravart[tlamiinas ta(tha) sal)lcararghena suvarI). [I).lamiilyam adaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayaI).a vikrlyatal)l bhavati II yady asyal)l daivika-rajika-vyaghatapareI).a tadii dharI).[I).lakena svayal)l parisodhanlYaIjI. atrarthe dr�tasiik�I haku bhiiro meru bharo hakudeba [debal . likhati kiiyastha dhanasil)lha. subhal)l.

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Yathabi measuring 3 ropanis. The plot was sold by Buddhiiciirya Devamuni and Dhana of Kvathandutola, Bhaktapur, to Visvarama Bharo of Tavacapii\a (mod. Tacapii:), Bhaktapur.

222 Hs. or. 6499.

Palm-leaf roll. Damaged, broken into three pieces. Seal attached. Width ca 2,5 cm. Nepiilak�ara. Sanskrit and Neviin. Dated N.E. 885. Written by Kayastha GUI).asal)lkhala (= GUI).asailkara).

siddhaIjl. sreyo 'stu. samvat 885 ma . . . dasam[ilyiil)l ti(thau) srlkhapval)l . . . desaya kvathu(n)du­tola[yiilkiidhivasinai) grahiikai) bu(d)dhadi(r)[j]yo panilaya val)ldekase namnii sakasat[tai)l . biibhi­netolayii . . . dhiirI).[I).laka dhamanadasil)ll bhalo bubha[l)llndrikase niimnena[l)ll . . . simiiyiil)l dak�i­I).a . . . etanmadhya duyirtha-k�etra niima sal)ljfta(kal)l). tase k�atriiilka duyi balikalaka leo nase 2 bachi bviika cha bvaka purb[bla bviika cha bViika ne bviika sahitana julo. tat[alk�atra [rlyathadesakii­laprao(r)tamiinasal)l tathii sal)lciilii(r)ghena suva(r)[l)llna[l)llmiilem iidiiya kryanavikryanasviidha­niyal)l kryana vikryatal)l bhavati. yady asyiil)l devika-liijika-vyiighiita(pa)len(a) tadii dhiirI).[I).lakena svayal)l prasvadhaniyal)l. atra patriirthe dr�tasii(k�i) vaj(r)iicii(r)[j]ya dhal)lju val)lde dhamanasil)lha vaj(r)acii(r)[j]ye dhvahmii val)lde mahiideo jagasal)lkha bubha[l)llndri mii . . sil)l bubha[l)llndri ja­gao(n)ta bubha[l)llndri bhiigi bubha[l)l]ndri dhanadat(t)a bubha[l)llndri . . sivonal)lda[rlsil)l bhiilo iitalo liil)lca(n)d(r)asiql bhiilo. li�i[*a kaestha gunasal)lkhala. subha(m).

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Duyirthii. It was sold by Dharmanandasil)lha Bhiiro BubhandrLto Buddhaciirya PiirI).ariija2 Val)lde, Kviithandutola, Bhaktapur.

1 For dharmanandasitfl(ha}, , = Puniriija (Panilliya).

182

Page 229: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 223-225

223 Hs. or. 6500.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N.E. 791. Written by Kayastha Gamgarama.

siddham. sreyo 'stu. samvat 791 maghasuklatrtlyayan tithau srlkhapvambhiimyam snsivagalastha­ne yamchemtolakadhivasin grahaka bhiigikasya namnas sakiiSat sncanigalasthane1 talamar.IIJetolakai vastavyam dharl)[l)jaka kiiSikasya namna svaklyam svabhujyamanikam sthiinasyauttarapradese, lali­takasya k�etrat pa(s)cimatai) , hiikukasya k�etrad uttaratai), grahakasya �etrat piirv[v]atai) dak�il)a­tas ca. etanmadhye yamthiibik�etra nama dviropal)ikam rova nasya 2. tatk�etra yathiidesakalapra­vart[t]amanas tatha samcararghel)a suvan:t[l)]amiilyam iidaya krayavikrayasvadhinena krayel)a vi­krlyatam bhavati. yady asyam daivika-rajika-vyaghataparel)a tada dhiirl) [ l) jakena svayam parisodha­nlyam. atrarthe dr�tasak�l meru bharo harirama bhiiro narahari bhiiro. likhiti kayastha gamgaramai). subham·

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Yamthiibi, the buyer being Bhiigi and the seller KiiSi (Bhiiro), both from Yamche(m)tola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur. The size of the plot is 2 ropanis.

I For (older) (sri)ca�4igalao.

224 Hs. or. 6501.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,7 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N.E. 876. Written by Kayastha Mohanasimha.

siddham. sreyo 'stu. samvat 876 marg[gjasil(�)asuklacatu�thyaya(n) tithau srlkhapvambhumyam srlsivagalasthiine kvathandutolakadhivasina grahaka bu( d)dhiicary[y]a tavadhikakasya namna saka­sat. atraiva sthiine ragumadutolakai vastavyam dhiin:t[l)]aka jayadeva bharokasya namnena sva­klyam svabhu[r]jyamanikam sthiinasya piirv[v]adisapradesya, gva�thik�etrena pascimatai) u[r]ttara­tai) , srlsrirajak�etrena piirv[v]atai) , dhanaramakasya k�etrena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhe dahakok�a­tra nama samjiiakam. tasya k�atra(ri)ka trrovapanikam rova sva 3. k�atra yathiidesakalapravart[t]a­manas tathii samcararghena suvan:t[ l) ]amiilyam iidaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayana vikrlyatam bhavati. yady asyal)1 daivika-rajlka-vyaghataparena tada dhiirl)[l)jakena svayam parisvadhanlyam. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�l jagasi(m) jayamalasim. likhiti kayastha mohanasimhai). subha(m).

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Dahako. The buyer's name is Buddhiicarya Tavadhika of Kvathandutola, Bhaktapur, and that of the seller Jayadeva Bhiiro of Ragumadutola, Bhaktapur.

225 Hs. or. 6502.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N.E. 699. Written by Kayastha Kastabhiisa.

siddham. svasti. sreyo 'stu. samvat 699 marg[g]asil(�)akr�l)a-ekiidasyan tithau srlkhapvambhii­myam srlcanig(a)lasthiinekii[rd]dhivasinl grahaka yita�arachato(lakiidhivasin) jakeraja bhiirosa nam-

183

Page 230: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 225-227

na sakasat. atraiva srlvandimasthiinekai vastavyal)l dhiirl)[l)laka yilal)l\ola vijayaraja kastabhiisa namnena svakiyal)l svabhujyamanikal)l thiinasya pfirv[vladisapravese, vijyapanik�etra brahmabhoja nihmal)lsal)l bhiimena pascimata, miidhavakasya k�etrena uttarata, manikaraja bhiirokasya k�etrena pfirv[vlata, mfiramajiiena2 dak�inat[m]a(l) . etanmadhya yethiik�etra nama sal)ldhyayal)l3. tasya k�etraIikal)l jima�u pikarisisa sval)l bosa chi bo rova 5 kar�a 1 kalechiya sval)l bosa chi bo dhiirl)­[I) lakas(y)a adhikiila dako tat[ a lk�etra jathiidesakalapravart[ t ]amana( s) tathii sal)lcararghena suvarl)[l)l(a)mfir(y)am iidaya krayavikrayasvadhinena krayana vikrlya[s]ta(l)l) bhavati. jadesyal)l4 devika-rajika-vyaghiitaparena tada dharl)[l)lakena svayal)l parisvadhaniyal)l. atrarthe d,�\asa�i tava­capaQa bhiirasil)lha bharo. li�itl kayastha ujotasil)lha. subha(m) .

A document attesting the sale of a plot of land called Yethii(bi). The buyer's name is Jakeraja Bhiiro of Canigalalola, Bhaktapur, and that of the seller Vijayaraja Kastabhiisa of Yilal)ltola, Bhak­tapur.

1 Also °caniglaO « °CQ1J4Iga/aO) is possible. 2 For °miirgelJa. 3 For sartljfiakarp. 4 For yady asyiilfl.

226 Us. or. 6503.

Palm-leaf roll. Seal attached. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepaliik�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N.E. 855. Written by Kayastha Mohanasil)lha.

siddhal)l. sreyo 'stu. 855 pau�ak,�l)asaptamyan tithau srlkhapval)lbhumyal)l srlvandimasthiine kva­thandutolakiidhivasin grahaka bu(d)dhacary[yla pfirl)[l)larajakasya namna sakasat. sotolakai vasta­vyal)l dhiirl)[ I) laka bucheya manidhara bharo harisal)lkara bhiiro nehmal)l boba-kayakasya namnena svakiyal)l svabhujyamanikal)l grhavatikamal)Qalesmin, ja(ya)ratnasil)lkasya grhena uttaratal), mal)l­gu�thyayam pfirv[vlatal), jayaratnasil)lkasya vatikayal)l dak�inatas ca_ etanmadhya kvathandu-kebii val)l piyagu ku 49 al)lguli cya 8, yal)l jimaso ku 13 al)lguli gu 9, pfirb[bla athaka val)l ku chi 1, yal)l hnasa ku tya 7 1/2 al)lguli nase 2, dak�ina athaka jimahnasa ku tya 17 1/2 al)lguli khu 6, yal)l cya ku tya al)lguli hnasa 7, dak�ina athaka val)l jimaIia ku tya 15 1/2 al)lguli khu 6, yal)l Iia ku 5 x lana chiine mala. tat(r)a g,hamarg[gladhiira purv[vla sosima paribhogal)l. tat [a] yathiideSakalapavart[t]amanas tathii sal)lcararghena suva(r)I)[I)]amiilyam iidaya krayavikra(ya)sviidhina krayena vikriyatal)l bhava­ti. yady asyal)l daivika-rajika-vyaghataparena ta( da) dhiirl)[ I) ]akena soyal)l parisodhanlyal)l. atra patrarthe dr�lasak�i pradhiiniitiga jajiianarayana bharo jayarama padmasil)l padmaraya teka na­karm[mli. likhiti kayastha mohanasil)lha. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a garden (keba) called Kvathandukeba. The garden was sold by Mal)idhara Bhiiro and UarisaIikara Bhiiro, i.e. father and son, of Buchetola, Bhaktapur, to Pfirl)ara­ja Buddhacarya (Vande) of Kvathandulola, Bhaktapur.

227 Us. or. 6504.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,5 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N_E. 878. Written by Kayastha Bhiijudeva.

184

Page 231: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 227-229

siddhal)!. sreyo 'stu. samvat 878 asvil)asukladvitiya(n) tithau srl�apvaljlbhumyal)! srlsivagarasthiine gvalamaljlgetolakadhivasina grahaka si[rlddhirama bhiirokasya namna sakasat. atraiva sthiine co­dvara!olakai vastavyal)! dhiirl)[l)laka dati bhiirokasya namnena svakiyal)! svabhu[rJiyamanikal)! stha­nasya . . rgvedisapradesye, srlsrlyajuk�etrel)a pascimatai)., dhanasevikasya k�etrel)a uttaratai)., . . . kasya k�etrel)a piirv[vlatai)., dhiirl)[l)laka[kalsya k�atrel)a dak�inatas ca. etanmadhe bhiirodvak�atra nama sal)!jftakal)!. asya k�atrarika s[rliir[dldharovapanikal)! rova cha peka tya 1 1/2. tat[alk�etra yathiidesakiirapravart[tlamanas tathii sal)!cararghena suvarl)[l)lamiilyam adaya krayavikrayasvadhi­nena krayana vikriyatal)! bhavati. yady asyal)! daivika-rajika-vyaghiitaparel)a tada dhiirl)[l)lakena svayal)! parisvadhaniyam. atra patrarthe dr�!asak�I pradhiinariga bhiiglrama bhiiro jayamalasil)! jaya­manda. likhiti kayastha bhiijudeva. subha(m).

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Bharodva and measuring 1 112 ropanis. The buyer's name is Siddhirama Bhiiro of Golamal)!ge!ola (mod. Golamaghitola), Sivagala (now Sugala) , Bhak­tapur, that of the seller Dati Bhiiro of Codvaratola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur.

228 Hs. or. 6505.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached, Width 3,2 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N.B. 859.

siddhal)!. sreyo 'stu. samvat 859 asvinasuklacatu(r)dasyal)! tithau srlmadhyapuristhiine srlkhapo­desaya kvathal)ldutorakadhivasinal)! grahiika bu(d)dhiica(r)[j]ye puneraya val)!dekasya namna saka­sa[l)!tlt[al. naka!orakai va(s)t[rlavyal)! dhiirl)[l)laka dhanava[l)!lnta danaeka[kalsya namnena[l)!l su­kriyal)! svabhujyamanika(l)!) sthanasya vayivyadisapradesel, nadebuk�atrana pascima[tlta(i).), khu­cabhiimena u(t)tala[tlta, miiramiirg[glena piirv[vla[tlta dakhinatas ca. eta(n)madhya inayakvak�a­tral)! nama sal)!jftakal)!. tasya[l)!l k�atrarika cya pirisyal)! astabhiigana bachi cari ropanika rova pi 4 khucana yita dakhina bvaka chabva ranathii ut(ta)ra bvaka piirb[bla bvaka chabva svabvana sahi �u pi carasa pascimadisa ne pi carasa val)!thu k�edisa juro. tat[al k�atra jathiidesakaraprava(r)[sltama­nas tatha sal)!cara(r)ghena suva(r)namiirem Maya krayavikrayasvadhinena kryana vikriya[l)!lta(l)!) bhavati. yady asyal)! daivika-rajika-vyaghataparena tada dhii(r)nakena svayal)! parisvadhaniyal)!. ata patrarthe dr�tasakhi jayasil)!ha vaj(r)acar[j]ye mahantasil)!ha bubhandri gunamanasil)lha sal)!­khalasil)!ha vaj(r)acar(j)ye nalal)ljaya duvala bubhandri manapiirl)[l)lasil)! duva(la) bubhandri ma­nidhara bubhandri dhanamanasil)! bubhandri maheSvara duvala bubhandri bhimasyal)l danaeka bu­bhandri darita sadhava[l)!lnta duva(la) vaj(r)aca(r)[j]ye amarasiljl val)!de ramacal)!drasil)l ta . . kha­taka . . . vamisil)lha. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Inayakva in Madhyapuri (mod. Thimi). The buyer's name is Buddhiicarya Piirl)araja Vande from Kvathandu!ola, Bhaktapur, that of the seller Dhanavanta Danayaka from Nakatola, Bhaktapur (or Thimi).

1 For vayavyao.

229 Hs. or. 6506.

Paim-leaf rdll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,4 cm. 2 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.E. 728. Written by Kayastha Jayarama.

185

Page 232: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 229-231

siddhaI)1. svasti. snsrljayatrailokyamalladebaprabhu-thakurasana prasMarapa. grhamal).galasmin sn-3-devakasya bhUmel).a pascimatal) , grahakasya grhel).a uttaratal) piirv[v]atalj, lathyaI)1 dak�il).atas ca. etanmadhye bilachatola vijalahari kvacheI)1-naniya Iibiche yaI)1 0 yeona jima�u ku 16 thaI)1na kva thvana kyaI)1kva matananaI)1 sahita Iibicana chena vaI)1thva. thva cheya adhikara dako sakaleI)1 juroI)1. tat[a]grha marg[g]adhara piirv[v]a sosima paribhogaI)1. tat[a] yathadesakalapravart[t]amanas tatha saI)1cararghel).a suvarl).[l).]apu�pamalargha praghaukltam Maya krayavikrayasvMhinena kraye­na vikrltaI)1 bhavati. snkhapvaI)1bhiimyaI)1 srlsivagalasthane bilachatolakadhivasina vi�l).usiI)1ha dai­vajda namne prasadikrtaI)1. atra patrarthe dr�lasrutasak�i dravyasiI)1ha bharo. Iikhiti kayastha jaya­rama. samvat 7213 pau�abadi 9. subhaI)1.

A document attesting the sale of a house called Libiche ("backyard house ") and measuring 16 cubits from north to west including the small backyard (Ubica) attached to it. The house was sold by King Jayatrailokya Malia of Bhaktapur (1561-1613 A.D.) to Vi�l).usiI)1ha Daivajda of Bilachatola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur.

230 Us. or. 6507.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width 3 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.E. 783. Written by Kayastha Devarama.

siddhaI)1. sreyo 'stu. samvat 783 phalgu[l).]nasuldacaturd[d]asyan tithau sr1khapvaI)1bhUmyaI)1 snsi­vagalasthane yaI)lche!olakadhivasin grahaka bhagi bharokasya namnal) sakasat. svatolakai vasta­vyaI)1 dhafl).[l).]aka bhlma bharokasya namna svaklyaI)1 svabhujyamanikaI)1 sthanasya uttarapradese, sivaramasya k�etrat pascimatal) , nirjharM uttaratalj, k�etrat piirv[v]atal), tur(a)slramasya k�etrad dak�il).atas ca. etanmadhye mesagiilak�etra nama saI)1jdakaI)l. tatk�etrailka dviropanikaI)1 rova nasya 2. tat[ aIj ]k�etra yathadesakalapravart[ t]amanas tatha saI)1cararghel).a suvarl).[ l).]amiilyam Maya krayavikrayasvMhinena krayana vikriyataI)1 bhavati. yady asyaI)1 daivika-rajika-vyaghataparel).a ta­da dhafl).[l).]akena svayaI)1 palisodhanlyaI)1. (p)atrarthe sak�1 dathubahara datehmaI)1 bhiiju harirama narahari bharo. likhati kayastha devarama. subhaI)1.

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Mesagala and measuring 2 ropanis. The seller is Bhlma Bharo foYaI)1chetola, Sivagala (mod. Sugala) , Bhaktapur, the buyer Bhagi Bhiiro of the same locality. For the convenience of the owner the buyer's name, i.e., bhagi, is noted on the back of the roll.

231 Us. or. 6508.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,8 em. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.E. 700. Written by Kayastha Narayal).asiI)lha.

siddhaI)1. sreyo 'stu. samvat 700 caitrasukladvitiyayaI)1 tithau srikhapvaI)1bhUmyaI)1 srlsivagala­sthiine y�I)1cheI)1tolakadhivasina grahaka tapa bharokasya namna sakasat. atraivasthane svatolake nivasi dhiirl).[l).]aka janaraja bhiiro jakharaja bharo vijaya bharo svahmaI)1sa namnena svaklyaI)1 svabhujyamanikaI)1 grhapatalabhuI)1 jasirama bhiiro melahmaI)1kasya libibhumena pascimata(s) ja­kasiI)l bharo atraja bharokasya grhena uttarata, ramasiI)1ha bharokasya grhel)a piirv[v]ata, grahaka-

186

Page 233: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 231-233

sya libibhiimena dak�il)atas ca. etanmadhye yaqtcheqttola lache yotacheqt yevo yaqtvona k�a kha[qt]­Iia jimasva ku 13 tya 1/2 vaqtvo yovona du jimacha ku 11 1/2 thvate juro. tasya patalamiirg[g]adhara piirv[v]a sva sima paribhogaqt. tat[a]yathadesakalapravart[t]amiinas tatha saqtcararghel)a suvafl)­[I)]amiilyam Maya krayavikrayasvMhinena krayel)a viknyataqt bhavati. yadesya' devlka-rajlka­vyaghataparel)a tada dharl)[l)]akena svayaqt parisvadhanlyaqt. atra patrarthe dr�tasrutasak�i sva lola kr�l)a bharo ujhanathaqtcheqt kr�l)a bharo sva lola tapa bharo. likhiti kayastha nilrayal)asiqtha. thva cheqtya laqtco ko pusyaqt che dar qt]Iiana du kaya dava juroqt. subhaqt.

A document concerning the sale of a building-site (grhapiitiila) measuring 13 1/2 cubits (north­south) and 11 1/2 cubits (east-west). The sellers are Janaraja Bharo, Yak�araja2 Bharo and Vijaya Bharo of Yaqtche(qt)tola, Bhaktapur; the buyer is Tapa Bhiiro of the same tala.

1 For yady asyaf?l. 2 Jakhad'tja,

232 Hs. or. 6509.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Damaged. Width 2,8 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Dated N .E. 851". Written by Kayastha MohanasiIpha.

siddhaqt. sreyo 'stu. samvat 851 asvinakr�l)advadasyan lithau snkhapvaqtbhumyaqt srlsl(va)gara­sthane yachetolakadhiva(si)n griihaka napita devisiqtkasya nanma sakasat. srlvandigarasthane sala­kvaliimatolakai vastavyaqt dharl)[l)]aka manandhala bhayisiIpkasya namna svakiyaqt svabhujyama­nikaqt sthanasya piirv[v]adisapradese, manisiqtkasya k�etrena pascimatal,i, saqtkaradevakasya k�e­trena uttaratal,i, snsrlrajak�etrena purv[v]atal,i, sukhudevakasya k�etrena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhya svadhalabuk�etra nama saqtjfiakaqt. tasya k�atranka srMdha' tr( . . ) rovapanikaqt rova sva 3 karkha nasya 2. tat[a]k�etra yathadesakalapravart[t]amanas tatha sa(qt)cararghena suvarl)[l)]amiilyam Maya krayavikrayasvMhinena krayena vikriyataqt bhavati. jady asyiiql daivika-rajika-vyiighiitapare­na tada dhiirl)[l)lakena soyaqt parisodhaniyaqt. atra patrarthe dr�lasak�i pradhaniiIiga yajfianarayana bhiiro jagatsiqt ramesvara. likhiti kayastha mohanasiIpha. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Svadhala and measuring 3 112 ropanis. It was sold to Devlsiqtha Napita of Yache(qt)tola, Bhaktapur, by Bhalsiqtha Manandhara of Salakvalii­matola, Bhaktapur.

, For sar[dJdha.

233 Hs. or. 6510.

Palm-leaf roll. Width ca. 2,5 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.E. 833.

siddhaqt. sreyo 'stu. samvat 883 phiilgul)akr�l)adasam[ya]yiiqt tithau srl�apvaqtbhumyaqt snvandi­vagarasthane saranatolakMhivasina grahaka ramadatti maqtgaragiri gusayikasya namna sakasat. atraiva sthane'magukvatolakai vastavyaqt dharl)[ I) ]aka mani bharokasya niimnena svakiyaqt sva­bhu[rljyamanikaqt grhamal)Qalesmin cakradhakasya grhel)a pascimatal,i, pvaqtsiqt dhalakasya grhe-

187

Page 234: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 233-235

I)a u[r]ttaratal) , varpsa . . . kharia jimasva ku 13 arpguri pi 4 katha ji ku 10 arpgu pi 4 dak�irp khe kharia niyasva ku 23 katha jimacha ku 11 dak�i libibarp jimasva ku 13 yarp ne ku 2 dak�i libibarp ji ku 10 yasva ku tya 3 112 u[r]tta(ra) khe kharia jimape ku 14 arpguri khu 6 katha ria ku tya 5 112 pachirp khe kharia jimacha ku 11 arp(guri) 10 katha sva ku 3 arp(guri) 5 libibarp gu ku 9 arp(guri) 6 yarp jimacha ku 11 arp(guri) 10. tat[a]grhamarg[g]adhara piirv[v]a sosima . . . rgheI)a suvarI)[I)]amiilyam adaya krayavikrayasvadhinena krayana vikrlyatarp bhavati. yady asyarp daivika-rajika-vyaghatapa­reI)a tada dharI)[I)]akena svayarp parisvadhaniyarp. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�l pradhanariga bhirp­khvaradhana bharo jagadeva kalmi namasirp kalmi sivadeva kalmi yamasirp kalmi da[r]ttasirp kalmi. likhiti . . . (su)bha(m).

A deed of sale concerning the sale of a house by MaI)i Bharo of Magukvatola, Bhaktapur, to Ramadatti Marigalagiri Gosairp of Sarariatola, Bhaktapur.

234 Hs. or. 6511.

Palm-leaf roll, slightly damaged. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.E. 678. Written by Kayastha Sutha.

siddharp. sreyo 'stu. samvat 678 asvinikr�I)atrayodasyan tithau srlkhapvaIlIbhiimyarp srlvandima­sthane ga<iacherptolakadhivasine grahaka bharasirpha bharokasya namna sakasat. atraiva sthane svatolakavastavyaIp dharI)[I)]aka srl-3-cak(r)eSvaraparamesvarapiijari sarpthudeva bharo pramu­khasa namna sukiyarp svabhujyamanikarp gr(ha)ma[rp]I)<ialesmin kr�I)akasya grhena pascimata, ubhayadharasana uttarata, bhimasirphakasya bhumena piirv[v]ata, uhnasasirpha bharasirpha ubhayakasya bhumeha dak�iI)atas ca. etanmadhe ga<iacherptola yarpbikvacherp-naniya libicherp sakha bo laka bo tharpnarp kva thvanakerp kva matanana sahita palabhurp jurorp. tat[a]grhapat[h]a­labhurp piirv[v]asima paribhogarp. tat[a]yathadesakiilapravart[t]amanas tatba sarpcarargheI)a suvar­I)[I)]amiilem adaya krayavikrayasvadhinena krayena vikrlyatarp bhavati. yady asyarp devika-rajika­vyagbataparena tada dharI)[ I) ]akena svayarp parisodhanlyam. atra patrarthe dr�tasrutasakhi jelarp­tola maya bharo yarpcherptola jayakeraja bharo. likhiti kayastha sutha. subharp. patyub[b]arbhii­yabharI)[I)]a-tarpkana paramesvarasa sijalana jalahari dayakeyatarp jurorp.

A document concerning the sale of a house called Libiche in Ga<iacherptola, Bhaktapur. The buyer's name is Bhiirasirpha Bhiiro of Ga<iacherptola in Vandima, Bhaktapur, that of the seller Sarpthudeva BMro.

235 Hs. or. 6508.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,8 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.E. 833. Written by Daivajna Ratnaraja.

siddharp . subha(rp). samvat 833 marg[g]asir(�)asukla [II] dasa[rp]myan tithau srlpiiI)yavatisthana­d[d]hiva�ino grahaka �apodesaya tavacapalatoraya bisorama bbarokasya namna sakasat[a]. tatraiva sthiine dhiirI)[I)]aka panati aragathitoraya tavadhyaka bharokasya namnena sUkriyarp sobhujyemani­karp thiinasya dlsapradesena, dhalabhumena pascimata, dak�inata(l) srlrajabhumena, uttarata(i) purv[v]atas ca. eta(n)madhya kvamatheriabu nama sarpjnakarp bhavati. tat[ai)]k�atratyal trtiyaropa-

188

Page 235: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 235-237

nikaJ!1 bu rova 1, kvamatheIia-bu karkha 2, bakhu jolaJ!1-bu karkha 2, khvadolagama bu karkha 1 , dhalakva-bu karkha 2, khanila-bu. tat[a]k�atra jathadesakalapravart[t]amana(s) tatha saJ!1cala(r)­gh[r]ena suvarn[n]amiiryam iidaya krayavikrayasvadina krt vikrttaJ!1 bhavati. jady asya(J!1) devi(ka)­rajika-vyaghata(parena svayaJ!1) parisodhaniyaJ!1. atra patrarthe df�lasak�i srtsrtjayabhiipatlndra­malla-thakula sodesapramana motiraja sivanana dhanarama betirama si[r]ddhiraja cakrasiJ!1 bekha­rama mirendrasiI)I. devisiJ!1 p(a)rasurama gaJ!1giidhara paJ!1ca sakaleIia. likhili daivajiia ratnaraja. subha(m).

A deed of sale conerning a plot of land in Panauti called KvamatheIia and measuring 2 3/4 ropanis. The buyer's name is Visvarama2 Bharo of Tavacapalalola, Bhaktapur, that of the seller Tavadhika Bharo of Aragathilola, Panauti'.

1 For "tranka. 2 = Bisorama. 3 = Pug,yavatl(sthana).

236 Hs. or. 6513.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 3 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevart. Dated N.B. 855. Written by Kayastha MohanasiJ!1ha.

siddhaJ!1. sreyo 'stu. samvat 855 pau�akr�nanavamya[J!1]n tithau srlkhapvaJ!1bhumyaJ!1 srlsivaga­rasthane yachelolakiidhivasin griihaka dhanaJ!1jaya bharokasya namna sakasat[a] . atraiva sthane kvathandulolakai vastavyaJ!1 dharn[n]aka tekana(ra)siJ!1 bharo knnahari bharo nehmaJ!1 phukijaka­sya namnena svakiyaJ!1 svabhujyamanikaJ!1 sthanasya piirv[v]adisapradese, cakrasiJ!1kasya k�atrena pascimatal)., nadyayaJ!1 u[r]ttaratal)., harikasya k�atrena piirv[v]atal). , dharn[n ]aka[ka]sya k�atrena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhya sadhyabuk�atra nama saJ!1jiiakaJ!1. tasya k�atraIika astarovapanikaJ!1 rova cya 8. tat[a]k�atra yathadesakiilapravart[t]amanas tatha saJ!1cararghena suvarn[n]amiilyam iidaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayena vikrtyataJ!1 bhavati. yady asyaJ!1 daivika-rajika-vyaghataparena ta­da dharn[l)]akena svayaJ!1 parisvadhaniyaJ!1. atra patrarthe dr�lasak�i pradhanaIiga yajiianarayana bharo jagatsiJ!1 ramesvara. likhiti kayastha mohanasiJ!1ha. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Sadhya(bu) and measuring 8 ropanis. The buyer is DhanaJ!1jaya Bharo of Yachelola, Bhaktapur, the sellers are the two brothers TekanarasiJ!1-ha Bharo and Kr�l)ahari Bharo of Kvathandulola, Bhaktapur.

237 Hs. or. 6514.

Palm-leaf roll. Damaged. Width ca. 2,2 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.B. 696. Written by Kayastha RaghavasiJ!1ha.

siddhaJ!1. svasti. srtsrtjayatrailokyamalladebaprabhu-lhakurasena prasiidarapa. grhavalika pata­labhuJ!1 meJ!1gu . . yaJ!1 pachimata, rathyayaJ!1 uttarat[r]a(l).), srlsrtrajakulabhumena piirv[v]ata, gra­hakasya grhena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhye tekhacolola-pukhuri yata patalabhuJ!1 vaJ!1 0 yoona jiIuapya ku 14, 'yaJ!1 0 yeona nlya ku 20, pramiina rna jagu theJ!1 cheJ!1 da[J!1]ne dava juroJ!1. tat[a]­grhapatalabhuJ!1 alika piirv[v]a sosima paribhogaJ!1. tat[a] yathiidesakalapravart[t]amanas tatha saJ!1-

189

Page 236: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 237-239

cararghe!).a suvar!).[!).]apu�pamaJargha(l!l) pracjhaukltam iidaya krayavikrayasviidhinena kraye!1a vi­knyatal!l. bhavati. snkha[pva]pval!lbhiimyal!l sncanigalasthane tekhacotolagrhiidhivasin IUl!lgu na­me prasadikrt�. atra patrarthe dr�tasrutasak�I srlkr�!).adeva. likhiti kayastha raghavasiIpha. samvat 696 j(y)e�thasuddhi 5. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a building-site (piitiilabhulfI) measuring 14 cubits (west-east) and 20 cubits (north-south). The site was sold by King layatrailokya Malla of Bhaktapur (1561-1613 A. D.) to a man called LUl!lgu from Tekhacotola, Bhaktapur.

238 Us. or. 6515.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width 3 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Dated N .E. 777. Written by Kayastha Devarama.

siddhal!l. sreyo 'stu. samvat 777 maghasukiadvitiyan tithau srlkhapval!lbhiimyal!l srlsivagalasthiine bilachatolakadhivasin grahaka daivajiia kutukasya namnaI:t sakasat. devasthiine cochel!ltolakai va­stavyal!l dhiir!).[lJ]aka satya bharokasya namna svakIyal!l svabhujyamanikal!l grhama!).cjalesmin hari­kasya grhat pascimatai), harithvasakasya grhiid uttaratai), balikasya grhiit piirv[v]atai) , ma!).asil!l gayaramasya grhiid dak�ilJatas ca. etanmadhye cochel!ltola lipache-khe khii!).a ria ku 5 tha[l!l]riakva chena kechi libi y�tii priikiira!).a sahita Iii piirv[v]a svasimii thel!l. tat[ai)] grhamarg[g]adhiira piirv­[v]a svasima palibhogal!l. tad yathiidesakalapravart[t]amanas tathii sal!lcariirghelJa suvar!).[!).]amiil­yam adaya krayavikrayasvadhinena krayena vikrIyatal!l bhavati. yady asyal!l devika-rajika-vya­ghiilaparelJa tada dhiiIlJ[lJ]akena svay� palisodhanIyal!l. atra patrarthe dr�tasrutasiik�I yal!lpalache bhiiyadeva bhiiro talam�cje harirama bhiiro ghatakhii nasasil!l karmi nakatola tuiasidasa karmi. likhiti kayastha devaramai). subhal!l.

A document concerning the sale of a house called Lipache measuring 5 cubits with a backyard (libi) including the wall (priikiira). The seller is Satya Bharo of Cochel!ltola, Bhaktapur, the buyer Daivajiia Kutu from Bilachatola, Bhaktapur.

239 Us. or. 6516.

Pahn-leaf roll, damaged. Width ca. 3,5 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Dated N.E. 771. Written by Kayastha Sivasarikara.

siddhal!l. sreyo 'stu. samvata 771 maghakr�lJacatu(r)thyayal!l tithau srlkhapval!lbhiimyal!l snvadi­masthiine tavacapaJatolakiidhivasina grahaka ra[r]tnasil!l bhiirokasya namna sakasat[a]. srlsivagala­sthiine golamal!lcjetolakai vastavyal!l dhar!).[lJ]aka bhimabhiirokasya namne suklyal!l svabhujyamani­kal!l sthanasya pO . . . (e)tanmadhye natasik�atra !).iima sarijiiakal!l. tasya k�atrarika duropanikal!l rova 2 kar�a nase 2 byaka y�ta eta byaka ne catalana sahita. tat[a]k�atra yathiideilakalapravart[t]a­mana(s) tatha sal!lcala(r)ghelJa suvar!).[!).]amiilyam adaya krayavikrayasvadhinena[l!l] krayena vi­krIyat� bhavati. yadesyal!l devika-rajika-vyaghiitapa(re!).a) . . . raja dh(a?)lava. likhiti kayastha sivasarikara. subham.

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Natasi and measuring 2 1/2 ropanis. The buyer's name is RatnasiI)1(ha) Bharo of Tavacapalatola, Bhaktapur, that of the seller BhIma Bhiiro of Golamal!lcje(ola, Bhaktapur.

190

Page 237: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 240-242

240 Hs. or. 6517.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Slightly damaged by insects. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.E. 850. Written by Kayastha MohanasiIpha.

sreyo '(stu). samvata 850 bhadrapadakr�l)a-astamyan tithau srlkhapvaljlbhumyaljl srlvandigara­sthana kvathandutolakMhiva(si)na grahaka bu(d)dhacary[yla piifl)[l)larajakasya namna sakasat[al. srlcanigarasthiine ichutolakai viistavyaljl dharl)[l)laka bhaviinidattakasya niimnena sukiyaljl sobhuj­yamiinikaljl sthiinasya uttaradisapradese, srlcaturbhujariijakasya k�etrena piirv[vlatai) , khalpamarg­[glena uttaratai) , manabhiirokasya k�etrena (pa)scimatai), go�!hik�etrena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhye vantibuk�etra niima saljljiiaka[il. tasya k�etranka caturovapanikaljl rova pi 4. tat[alk�etra yathade­sakiilapravart[t lamiinas tatha saljlciirarghena suvafl)[ I) lamiilyam Miiya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayena vikriyataljl bhavati. yady asyiiljl daivika-rajika-vyiighiitaparena tada dhiirl)[ I) lakena svayaljl parisodhaniyaljl. atra patriirthe dr�!asiik�i pradhiiniinga yajiianariiyana bMro jagatsiljlha ramesvara. Iikhiti kiiyastha mohanasiljlha. subha(m).

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Vanti(bu) and measuring 4 ropanis. The plot was sold to Piirl)araja Buddhaciirya (Vande) of K viithandu!ola, Bhaktapur, by Bhaviinidatta of Ichu!ola, Bhaktapur.

241 Hs. or. 6518.

Palm-leaf roll, badly damaged. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N .E. 884. Written by Kiiyastha Kr�l)amiina.

siddhaljl. subha(Ijl). samvata 884 baisa�abadi 9. kamakhvatabuya ku-pari(mana) (c)osya tayii bhakha thvate. thava busii(hara) diinanaljl diviriima samiya bu(siihara)toljl satachiva niyacya ku 128 . . . ya ku chaya davagu busahiira . . . busaharatoljl piyacha ku tya 41 112 . . . rajabusahiiraljl dananaljl khapobusiihiiratoljl satachiva jimacya ku 118 pachikheyii ku chake mara. amarasiIpna samiyii busii­haraljl daniinaljlgu busa(hii)ratoljl [/l piyakhu ku 46 utta(ra)kheya ku thvate bhu kuparlma[ljllnaljl cosya takva bhu piirl)[l)lariija valjldeya bhu sahita juro. thvateya dr�!asak�i dhamanaljlQasiljlna1 bubhaljldri jayasaljlkha bubhaljldri manasiljlna bubhaljldri jagavaljlta bubhaljldri bhiigi bubhaljldri dhanadat(t)a bu(bhaljl)dri iitara riimacaljldrasiljlna bharo. rikhita kiiyastha kr(�l)a)ma[ljllna. subha(m).

A document recording the measurements of a plot of land called Kamakhviita(bu).

1 For dharmanandasirrzha.

242 Hs. or. 6519.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2 cm. Nepaliik�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N .E. 822. Written by Daivajiia Biilakr�l)a.

siddhaljl. svadti. srljayabhiipatindramalladebaprabhu-thakulasana prasiidiilapii. sthiinasya pasci­madisapradese, miirg[glel)a pascimatai), nadyiim uttaratai) piirv[vlatai), prapiitasimiiyaljlkasya k�a-

191

Page 238: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 242-244

trad dak�il)atas ca. etanmadhye dhalakhusik�atra sarp.jilakarp.. tatk�atrailka sar[d]dha caturopal)ikarp. rova pi 4 kar�a nasya 2. tat[al).]k�atra yathiidesakalapravart[t]amal)as tatha sarp.cararghel)a suvarl)­[l)]apu�pamalargha(rp.) pra<;lhaukitam adaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayal)a viknyatarp. bhavati. snkhapvabhumyarp. srlsivagalasthane yarp.chetolagrhadhivasina ramadeva namne prasadikrtarp.. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�i mata snlalamatldevl haku bharo. likhiti daivajila biilakr�l)al). . sarp.(vat) 822 karttikasudi 13. subharp..

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Dhalakhusi measuring 4 ropanis by King Bhiipatindra Malla of Bhaktapur (1696-1722 A.D.) to Ramadeva of Yarp.chetola, SivagaJa, Bhak­tapur.

243 Hs. or. 6520.

Pahn-Ieaf roll, damaged. Clay-seal attached. Width 2,5 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.B. 830. Written by Daivajila Ratnaraja.

siddbarp.. subha(rp.). samvata 830 pau!asukla [II] catu(r)dasyarp. tithau snpul)yavatisthanadhivasino grahaka �apodesaya bisorama bharokasya namna saka(sa)t[al. tatraiva sthane dharlJ [lJ]aka agathato­raya ramadeva bhiirokasya namnena sUkrlyarp. sobhujyamanikarp. thanasya uttaradisapradesena, go�thik!atre(na) pascimata, go�thik�atrena uttarata, go�thik�atrena piirv[v]ata, grahakak�atrena dak�i(lJa)tas ca. eta(n)madhe chekobu nama sarp.jilakarp. bhavati. tat[a]k�atrailka bu rova 2. tat[a]­k�tra bvaka sabita jathadesakarapravart[t]amana(s) tatha sarp.cararghena suvarlJ[lJ]amiir(y)am iidaya krayavikrayasyedinena1 krlya vikdtarp. bhavati. jady asya(rp.) devika-rajika-vyaghataparena pari(sodha)niyarp. ca. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�i sn�apobhum(a)yarp. snsrijayabhiipatlndra(ma)llade­va-thakura so[dha]desaya pramana piir!)[l)]a sirp.habhiiro candrase�ara bhayarama [bhayarama] dha­narama venirama sirama devisirp. mahadeva bekha narendrasirp. cukadhyaka dnkhi salikadeva rama­deva dhanaram(a) jayahari devara(ma) . . . va natha cukuti. likhiti daivajila ratnaraja. subha(m).

A document attesting the sale of a plot of land called Cheko(bu) and measuring 2 ropanis. It was sold to Visvarama2 Bharo of Bhaktapur, residing in PUlJyavati (mod. Panauti), by Ramadeva Bharo of Agathatola, PUlJyavatL One of the witnesses is King Bhiipatindra MalIa of Bhaktapur (1696-1722 A.D.).

1 For °sviidhinena. 2 = Bisorama.

244 Hs. or. 6521.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N.B. 793. Written by Kayastha JayacakrasiIllha.

siddharp.. svasti. snsrljayajitamitramalladebaprabhu-thakurasana prasiidarapa. vatikamal)<;lares­min grabakasya bhiimena pascimatal)., sukadevakasya bhiimena uttaratal). purv[v]atal)., grahaka[ka]­sya bhiimena dak�inatas ca. eta[ rp.]nmadbe larp.racha-che vorp. 0 yarp. 0 gu ku tya 9 1/2 yarp. 0 yeo hnas(a) ku 7 thana kvatara lana chane mara. tat[ a]marg[g]adhala piirv[v]a sosima paribhogarp.. tat[a]

192

Page 239: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 244-246

yathadesakaJaprava(r)t[tjamanas tatha saJjlcararghel)a suvafl)[l)japu�pamalargha(!Jl) pra<jhaukitam iidaya krayavikrayasvadhinena krayena vikriyata!Jl bhavati. snkbapva!JlbhumyaJjl snsivagarasthane ra!Jlgaracbalora-grhadhivasi bhagi namne prasiidlkrta!Jl. atrarthe sak�i mata snsrlpadmavatidevl de­varama. likbiti kayastha jayacakrasi!Jlha. samvat 793 pau�asud[vjI 15. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a house called La!Jlracha( che) in Ra!Jlgarachatola1, Bhaktapur. It was sold to Bhagi from La!Jlrachatola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur, by King Jayajitamitra Malia, Bhakta­pur (1673--1696 A.D.). The measurements are 9 112 cubits from east to north and 7 cubits from north to south.

Lfup.racha!ola.

245 Us. or. 6522.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,5 cm. NepaJak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N.E. 717. Written by Kayastha GopaJasi!Jlha.

siddha!Jl. sreyo 'stu. samvata 717 maghakr�l)a-a�tamya!Jl tithau snkbapvabhiimya!Jl snvandima­sthane tavacapii<jatolakiidhivasina griihaka bic;; bharokasya narnna sakasat. atraiva sthane ga<jache­tolakal)ivasi dhlirl)[l)jaka marakala1 jikitakasya namne suklyaJjl svabhujyemanika(Jjl) sthanasya piirv[v)a[ta)disapradese, snsrlrajakulak�etrel)a pascimata u(t)tara[rt)tal.1 piirv[v)atal.1 dak�il)atas ca. etanmadhye thvalagamak�e(tra) nama saJjljiie[Ii)ka!Jl. tasya k�a:tra(Ii)ka ji pe kalisisa pe bosa chi bo dVlropanikaJjl rova nasya 2 krakba2 2 disaya thva do juro. dyaIil chaya jukvaya uti dayakaJjl vahmaJjl datasa[Jjljna!Jl rna datasa[!Jl)na uti juro. tat[ajk�etra yathiidesakaJapravart[t)amanas tatha saJjlcarar­ghena suvarl)[l)jamiil(y)am iidaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayena vikrlyata!Jl bhavati. yady asyaJjl devlka-raji(ka)-vyaghatapalena tada dhiirl)[I))akena svayaJjl palisva[Jjl]<jhaniyaJjl. atra patra(r)the dntasrut(r)asak�i tha!Jlkarachalola vikrama bharo. Iikbiti kayastha gopalasi!Jlha. bhiiya punar bha­kba. thva buya miirapati pehma!Jl sa!Jlmatakala3 oIiasa kadacita gaya!Jlgala4 dataIiasya!Jl marakala jikitana miilapati pi bisya!Jl kene mala juro. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale· of a plot of land called Thvalagama and measuring 2 112 ropanis. The plot was sold by Malakara Jikita of Ga<jachetola, Vandima, Bhaktapur, to Bica Bharo of TavacapaJarola, Bhaktapur.

1 For rna/aMra. 2 For karkha (= kar�a). 3 For sambattf. 4 For kayartlgala.

246 Hs. or. 6523.

Palm-leaf roll. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Clay-seal attached. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N .E. 850. Written by Kayastha Mohanasi!Jlha.

siddh3Jjl. sreyb 'stu. samvat 850 bhadrapadakr�l)acatu(r)thyan tithau iinkbapvaJjlbhumyaJjl iirlvan­digarasthane tavacapaJatolakadhiva(si)na grahaka u(d)dhavakasya na(mna) sakasiit[aj. srlcanigara-

193

Page 240: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 246-248

sthane dalachetolakai vastavyaljl dharl).[l).laka jayaharikasya namne[nelna sukiyaljl svabhujyamani­kaljl sthanasya dak�inadisapradeSe, dhanaramukasya k�etrena purv[vlatai)., ka[rJii harisaljlkarakasya k�etrena uttaratai)., sntavadheka bhajukasya k�etrena pascimatai)., marg[glena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhya pailakhvatabu-k�etra nama saljljftakaljl. tasya k�etrailka dvirovapanikaljl rova nasya 2. tat[al k�etra yathiidesakalaprava(r)t[tlamanas tathii saljlcararghena suvarl).[l).lamiilyam iidaya kraya­vikrayasvadhinena krayana vikriyataljl bhavati. yady asyaljl daivika-rajika-vyaghataparena tada dharl).[l).lakena svayaljl parisvadhaniYaljl. atra patra(r)the dr�tasak�i pradhiinailga yajftanarayana bharo jagatsitpha ramesvara. likhiti kayastha mohanasiljlha. subha(m).

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called Pailiikhvata and measuring 2 ropanis. The plot of land was sold to Uddhava of Tavacapalatola, Bhaktapur, by Jayahari of Dalachetola, Bhaktapur.

247 Us. or. 6524.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Dated N.E. 813. Written by Kayastha Dhanadasil)1ha.

siddhaljl. svasti. srlsnsumatijayajitamitramalladebaprabhu-thakulasana prasiidalapa. sthanasya piirv[vladlsapradese harinanakasya1 \;:�etrel).a pascimatai)., marg[glel).a uttaratai)., srl-2-rajakasya k�e­trel).a puscimatai).2, sn-2-rajakasya k�etrel).a dak�il).atas ca. etanmadhye nakaplbu-k�atra nama saljl­jftakaljl. tasya k�atrailka catu[rthalropanikaljl rova pe pyaka 4. tat[alk�atra yathiidesakalapra­va(r)t[tlamanas tatha saljlcararghe1)a suvarl).[l).lapu�pamiidargha(1jl)3 pra<jhaukitam iidaya krayavikrayasvadhinena[ljll krayana vikrayataljl bhavati. srlkhapvaljlbhiimyaljl snsivagalasthane yaljlchetolagrhiidhivasi bhiigi namnel).a prasiidikrtaljl. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�l mata snsnpadmava­tidevi pradhanailga hiiku. likhiti kayastha dhanad[dlasiljlha. samvat 813 a�iidhasudi 11. subha(m).

A document attesting the sale of a plot of land called Nakapl(bu) and measuring 4 ropanis. It was sold by King Jayajitamitra MalIa of Bhaktapur (1673-1696 A.D.) to Bhiigi of Yaljlchetola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur.

I For hariniJ.rdya'!ako. 2 For poSet'. :3 For °miiltirgha'!l.

248 Us. or. 6525.

Palm-leaf roll. Damaged and broken into pieces. Width ca. 2,5 cm. 3 lines, the beginning of which is missing. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.B. 813. Written by Kayastha Dhanasiljlha .

. . . 813 asvil).akr�l).apa[ljllftcamyaljl tithau srlkhapvaljlbhiimya(ljl) snvandimasthane tacapatola­kiidhivasina grahaka visvarama bharokasya namna s[ylakasat. sa eva sthane yevalaljl!olakai vasta­vyaljl dhafl).[l).laka bu(d)dhiicary[yla sugakasya namna sv�aklyaljl svabhujyamanikaljl sthanasya piirv­[vladisa .• . . makasya k�atrat pascimatai)., visvaharikasya k�atriid uttaratai)., cakrasiljlkasya k�atrat piirv[vlatai). , go�thlk�atrad dak�il).atas ca. etanmadhye kvanacakvak�atra nama saljljftakaljl . tat[aJ­k�atrailka paljlcaropanikaljll rova pi 4. tat[alk�atra yathadesakalapravart[tlamanas tatha saljlcarar­ghel).a suvarl).amiilyam adaya (kraya)vikrayal).a viknyataljl bhavati. yady asyaljl daivika-rajika-vya-

194

Page 241: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 248-250

ghiitaparel}a tada dhiirl}[I)]akena svayaJjl parisodhaniyaJjl. atrilrthe dr�tasaksi pradhiinanga hiiku bhiiro meru bhiiro hiikudeva deva. likhati kayastha dhanasiJjlha. subhaJjl.

A deed of sale concerning a plot of land called K vanacakva and measuring 4 (or 5) ropanis. The name of the seller is Buddhiicarya Suga of YevalaJjl!ola, Bhaktapur, that of the buyer Visvarama Bhiiro of Tavacapalatola, Bhaktapur. The measurements of the plot are first given in figures as 4 and later, in words, as "five".

1 Possibly incorrect for catue,

249 Hs. or. 6526.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 4 em. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.E. 878. Written by Kayastha Bhiijudeva.

siddhaJjl. sreyo 'stu. samvat 878 phiilgul)akr�l)advitiyayaJjl tithau sn�apvaJjlbhumyilJjl snvandiga­lasthiine yatachetolakadhivasina grahaka gvabiJjl(da)dasa bhiirokasya namna sakasat. so!olakai vastavyal)l dhiirl)[l)]aka jayadhal)l bhiirokasya namnena svakiyal)l svabhu[rJiyamanikal)l grhamal)­Qalesmin gvavil)l(da)dasakasya grheI.Ja pascimata uttaratal.i, marg[g]el)a piirv[v]atal.J, jayadhal)l­kasya grhel)a dak�i(l)a)tas ca. etamnadhye yatache-khe khana hnasa ku 7 katha jimakhu ku 16 Iibi­baJjl sva ku 3 yaJjl hnasa ku 7 tala grhamarg[g]adhiira piirv[vJa sosima paribhogaJjl. tat[a] yathade­sakalapravart[t]amanas tathii sal)lcararghena suvarl)[l)]amiilyam adaya krayavikrayasvadhinena krayana vikrlyatal)l bhavati. yady asyal)l daivika-rajika-vyaghiitaparel)a tada dhiirl)[l)]akena svayaJjl parisvadhaniyam. atra patrarthe dr�!asak�i pradhiinaIiga bhiigirama bhiiro padmasil)l kalmi jaga( d)­deva kalmi nemasil)l kalmi sivadeva kalmi da(r)ttasil)l kalmi. Iikhiti kayastha bhiijudeval.i. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a house known as yatache. The measurements given are 7 cubits (breadth) , 16 cubits (length, middle part) and 3 cubits (backyard) . The house was sold by Jayadhana Bhiiro of Yatachetola, Bhaktapur, to Govindadasa Bhiiro of the same tala.

250 Hs. or. 6527.

Palm-leaf roll, damaged. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 2,5 cm. 3 lines, end of line 1 and 2 missing. Nepalak�ra. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N.E. 877. Written by Kayastha MohanasiJjlha.

siddhal)l. sreyo 'stu. samvata 877 vaisa�akr�l)advitiyayal)l tithau srl�apval)lbhumyilJjl srlvandivaga­lasthiine kvathandutolakadhivasina grahaka v[r]a[r]j(r)acary[y]a pu(r)narajakasya namna sakasa­t[a]. snsivagalasthiine gvalamal)lQhetolakai vasta[l)l]vyal)l dhiirI)[I)]aka madhiia jayamalakasya nam­nena svaldyal)l svabhu[rJiyamanikaJjl sthiinasya marg[g]e . . . lahnasiJjlkasya k�etrel}a pascimatal.J, dhanasil)lkasya k�etrel)a u(r)ttaratal.i, jayasal)lkalakasya k�etreI)a purv[v]atal.i . . . kasya k�etrel)a dak�il)atas ca. etanmadhe tadolak�atra nama saJjljftakaJjl. tasya k�etraIika ekarovapani rova chi 1 karkha sva 3. tat[a]k�etra yathlidesakalapravart[t]amanas tathii sal)lcararghena suvarI)[I)]amiilyam adaya krayavi�ra(yasva)dhinena krayana viknyatal)l bhavati. yady asyal)l daivika-rajika-vyaghiitapa­reI)a tada dhilrl)[l)]akena svayal)l parisvadhaniyal)l. atra patra(rthe) dr�tasak�i pradhanaIiga bhliju­da[r]tta jayamalasil)l jayananda. likhiti kayastha mohanasimhal.i. subha(m).

195

Page 242: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 250-252

A document attesting the sale of a plot of land called Tadola and measuring 1 ropani. The plot was sold by Madhila Jayamala of GvalamalJlQhetola, Bhaktapur, to Vajracarya Piirl)araja of Kvathandu­tola, Bhaktapur.

.

251 Hs. or. 6528.

Palm-leaf roll, slightly damaged. Clay-seal attached. Width ca. 4,3 cm. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and NevarL Dated N .E. 877. Written by Kayastha Kr�l)amana.

siddhalJl. snyol 'stu. samvata 877 maghasukraduvadasya2 tithau srlmadhyapuri(s)thane srlkhapo­desa kvathalJlduiora bu(d)dhaca(r)[j]ya pu(r)naraja valJldekasyalJl namna saka[lJl]sa[lJl]t[a]. va(lJl)bhi[lJl]neiorakai va(s)tavyalJl dharl)[l)]aka dhanaraya pramanakasya namne 8ukryalJl svabhu­jyamanikalJl thanasya dak�inadisapradese, subhama(r)gana pak�lmata, ragunathakasya k�etrena u(t)tara[rt]ta, guvakasya k�et(r)ena pu(r)vata, madhavakasya k�et(r)ena dak�inatas ca. eta(n)ma­(dhye) cayithaurik�etra nama sa(lJl)jiiekalJl. tasya k�etratika pe pirisya asta bhagana bachi duyarova­panika rova nasya 2 utta(ra)bvaka ne bvana sahita juro. tat[a]k�etre yathMesakarapravastamana­salJl3 tatha salJlcara(r)ghe[rl)]l)a suvarl)[l)]amiirem Maya kryavikr(ya)svadhinene kryana vikryatalJl bhava[ s ]ti[ r]. yadesya' devika-rajika-vyaghataparen[ t]a tada dharl)[ I) ]ake[rl) ]I)a svaya(lJl) parisva­dhaniyalJl. at(r)a patrii(r)the dHiasiik�i [i/] gunapiiIpsilJlha [II] manapiirl)[l)]asilJlha riimabhii dha(r)mana(n)d[r]asi[si]tia5 bubhalJl[bhal)l]dri [II] ratnamiinasilJlha bubhal)ldri [II] jagavalJltasil)lha bubhal)ldri [II] ratnak(a)rasil)l[tia] bubhal)ldri [II] ratnamohosilJlha bubhal)ldri [II] kr[rhl)ariima bu­bhal)ldri ravinalJld[r]asi[lJl]tia bubhal)ldri harina(n)d[r]a bubhal)ldri [II] jagaval)lta bubhalJldri darita maniraja bharo. rikhita kayastha knl)amana. subha(m).

A document concerning the sale of a plot of land called Cayithauri and measuring 2 ropanis. The plot was sold by Dhanariija of ValJlbhinetola, Bhaktapur, to Piirl)araja Buddhacarya (Vande) of Kvathanduiola, Bhaktapur.

1 For sreyo. 2 For °dviidaSyiiftl. 3 For °pravartao. 4 For yady asyii1fl. 5 For dharmiinandasi1fl(ha} ,

252 Hs. or. 6529.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width 28 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevan. Dated N .E. 871. Written by Kayastha Mohanasil)lha.

siddhalJl. sreyo 'stu. (samvat) 871 maghasuklap(r)atipad(a)yan tithau snkhapval)lbhumyalJl srlsi­vagarasthane techetolakadhivasi[vasi]n grahaka slika[r](j)l jagatakasya uamna sakasat. sotolaka va­stavya dhafl)[I))aka jasvadhara bharokasya niimena sokiyal)l svabhujyamanikal)l grhamaI)Qale(sm)in dhanaram�kasya grhena pascirnatal)., sujodhamakasya grhena uttaratal)., jagatakasya grhena piirv­[v]atal)., dharabhumena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhye tochekhe khatia ji ku 10 katha hnasa ku tya 7 1/2 dak�i(l)a) dharapa val)l hnasa ku tya 7 112, yal)l ku chi 1 al)lgu pi 4 tala grhamarg[g]adhara piirv[v]a sosima paribhogalJl. tat[a] yathadesakalaprava(r)t[t]amanas tatha salJlcararghel)a suvarl)[l)]amiilyam

196

Page 243: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 252-254

iidaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayena vikrlyataljl bhavati . yady asyaljl daivika-rajika-vyaghatapa­rena tada dhiin;t[l))akena soyaljl parisvadhaniyal!l. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�i pradhiinaIiga daivajiia lak�midatta bhiiro tekanasiljl karm[m)i jaga(d)deva karm[m)i namasil!l ka(r)m[m)i panmalaya1 karm[mJi dattasiljl karm[m)i. Iikhi(ti) kayastha mohanasiljlha. subha(m).

A document attesting the sale of a house known as Toche and measuring 10 cubits in length and 7 1/2 cubits in hreadth. The house was sold by Yasodhara Bharo of Techetola, Bhaktapur, to Kaji Jagata of the same tala.

1 For padmariija.

253 Hs. or. 6530.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width 2,5 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevarl. Dated N.E. 810. Written by Kayastha Dhanasiljlha.

siddhaljl. sreyo 'stu. samvat 810 na�tavaisa�asuklacaturd[ d)asyaljl tithau srlkhapvaljlbhilmyiiljl srlvandimasthiine tavacapatolakadhivasina grahaka c[a]itrakala harikr�l)akasya namna s[y)akiiSat. srlsivagalasthiine gOdamaljldetolakai vastavyaljl dharl)[l))aka ka[rj)ji p(a)ramanaljldakasya namna svaIdyal!l svabhujyamanikal!l sthiinasya [d]dak�il)apradese, nirjharat pascimatal;t, . . . kasya k�etriid utta(ra)pilrv[v)atal;t, galjlgaramakasya k�atrad dak�inatas ca. etanmadhye tavadvalak$atra nama s3ljljiiakaljl. tat[a]k�atraIika trirovapanikaljl rova sva 3. tat[alk�atra yathiidesakalapravart[t)amanas tatba sal!lcararghel)a suvarl)[l))amillyam iidaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayel)a vikrlyatal!l bhavati. yady asya(ljl) daivika-rajika-vya(ghii)tapareJ;ta tada dhiirl)[l))akel)a svadhanlyaljl. (p)atrarthe dr�ta­sak�l pradhiinaIiga bhiigirama bhiiro meru hiikudeva daiva. Iikhati kayastha dhanasiljlha. subhaljl.

A document attesting the sale of a plot of land called Tavadvala and measuring 3 ropanis. It was sold by Paramananda Kaji of Go<)amaljl<)etola (mod. Golma<)hitola), Bhaktapur, to Harikr�l)a Citrakara of Tavacapalato1a, Bhaktapur.

254 Hs. or. 6531.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width 3 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Dated N.E. 863. Written by Kayastha Mohanasiljlba.

siddhaljl. sreyo 'stu. samvata 863 bhiidrapadasuklatrayodasyan lithau srlkhapvaljlhhumyaljl Srl­vandigarasthiine kvathandutolakiidhivasina grahaka bu(d)dhacary[y)a pUfl)[l))arajakasya namna sa­kasat[a] srlcandigarasthiine talamaljl<)hetola-hiihiila-che dbarl)[l))aka endrarajakasya namnena so­kiyaljl svabhujyamanik3ljl sthanasya piirv[v)adisapradese, tilambakena pascimatal;t , manasil!lkasya k�etrena uttaratal;t, tilambakena piirv[v)atal;t, pilrl)[l))asil!lkasya k�atrena dak�inatas ca. etanmadhya cekanadvalak�atra nama sal!ljiiakaljl. tasya k�atraIika dvirovapanikaljl rOva nasya 2. tat[a)k�atra yatbadesakaJaprava(r)t[t]amanas tatba sal!lcararghena suvarl)[l))amillyam iidaya krayavikrayasva­dhinena krayena vikrlyataljl bhavati. yady asyaljl daivika-raji(ka)-vyaghiitaparena tada dbarl)[l))ake­na soyal!l pari�odhaniyal!l. atra patrarthe dr�tasak�i pradhiinaIiga jayasiljlba bhiiro jagatsiljl jayama­lasil!l. Iikhiti kayastha mohanasil!lha. subha(m).

197

Page 244: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 254-255

A document attesting the sale of a plot of land known as Cekanadvala and measuring 2 ropanis. The plot was sold by Indraraja of Talamrup.<jhetola (mod. Tavama<jhetola) , Bhaktapur, to PiiTI,Iaraja Buddhiicarya (Vande) of Kvathandutola, Bhaktapur.

255 Us. or. 6532.

Palm-leaf roll. Clay-seal attached. Width 2,8 cm. 3 lines. Nepalak�ara. Sanskrit and Nevar!' Dated N.E. 874. Written by Kayastha Mohanasirpha.

siddharp. sreyo 'stu. samvat 874 maghasukJatrtiyan tithau srlkhapvarpbhumyarp srlvandigarasthii­ne kvathandutolakadhivasin grahaka bu(d)dhiicary[yla pu(r)narajakasya namna sakasat[al. atraiva sthiine tavalachetolakai vastavyarp dharl)[l)laka vi�l)u bharokasya namnena svakiyarp svabhujyama­nikarp sthiinasya piirv[vladisapradese, dhanakasya k�atrena pascimatal}, bhiigiramakasya k�atrena uttaratal}, vis(v)aramakasya k�atrena piirv[vlatal}, dhanarajakasya k�atrena dak�inatas ca. etanma­dhya tvanagalabu-k�atra nama saJ)1jiiakarp. tasya k�atratika dvikarkhapanikarp karkha nasya 2. ta­t[alk�atra yathiidesakalapravart[tlamanas tathii sarpcarargheI).a suvarl)[I).lamiilyam iidaya krayavikrayasviidhinena krayena vikrlyatarp bhavati. yady[al asya\)1 daivika-rajika-vyaghiitaparena tada dhiirl)[ I).lakena soyarp parisvadhaniyarp. alra patrarthe dr�tasak�i srlsrljayavlra narasirpha mal­ladeva jagatsirp jayamalasirp. likhiti kayastha mohanasirpha. subha(m).

A document attesting the sale of a plot of land known as Tvanagala and measuring 112 ropani. The plot was sold by Vi�I).u Bhiiro of Tavalachetola, Bhaktapur, to PiirI).araja Buddhiicarya (Vande) of K vathandutola, Bhaktapur.

198

Page 245: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

256

14.

256-263 Miscellaneous Painting 256

Science of Jewels 257 Translations and Commentaries 258-259

Inscriptions 260 Manuscripts with mixed contents 261-263

Hs. or. 6484.

For a description of the manuscript see No. 103.

(2) [Riigariigir,tlmiilii]. On each folio two figures are drawn in black ink. Their nllme is written on the upper left or right

side of each figure , Beg,: bhairava, bhairavl, gu(r)j[jJan, vibhiiVatI, pUl)yakl, velavall, maru, desa�a, paiicama, kola­

va, suhaYl, laJlta, madhumiidhava, velavala, malakausika, gOQasrl, devakarl, sorathl. karl)l)atl, dha­nMn, ma[r]lava, maruta, mistariga, karl)l)ati, vaqlgiira, ananda. vasantavinoda, rahasya, gaur!, sa­raqlgl, gUl)akan, sr!madhava, hemagaun, kamodavijaya, kiimoda, vihaqlgara, gauQama[r]llala, kal­yal)araga, karl)[ I) ]iitaraga, megharaga.

End: gOl)!hakar!, niita, keQiirii, sthftrariiga, jiiriiqldhara, ma[r]lIii1a, riimasr!, gUI)Qasr!.

A series of drawings appearing to be the work of a N evar family of professional painters. Since text 1 of this ms. deals with the ritual connected with the worship of Bhairava and this particular text starts' with the riigas bhairava and bhairavl, the guthl association mentioned in text 1 must have belonged to the guthl association of citrakiiras.

257 Hs. or. 4298.

Paper. Fols. 61, numbered 3-6, 8-19, 21-48 and 50-63; the first two leaves and a number of other fols. missing, some damaged by rats. 19,5 x 75 em. 15 x 4,5 cm. 6 lines. Nepiiliik�ara. Sanskrit verse and Neviir! prose. Undated.

[Ratnaparlkfii]. Incomplete, Beg.: prthivlsthita I dhiiral)aql saqJgraho vapi karyai) sreyam abhipsitaql II 13 II sastravit kulas capi

ratnaniiql sa pank�aka(i.l) I sa eva mi'ilyamatrayiiqls chetiila(i.l) pariklrt[t]itiii.l II 14 II chetalo ratnamii-

199

Page 246: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 257-258

Iyasya desakaranugantara!) I na sastravasaga grahyai) vidvadbhis tapinetpita II 15 II mahaprabhava­vidvadbhir yasmad vaj(r)am udahrtal) I vaj(r)al!l piirv[v]aparik�eyal!l tato 'smabhir nigadyate II 16 1/ thva s[i]loka adina heraparik�a hlaya. tava k�e he thvaratiana jnanilokasyal!l gvana�u nimitti dona heraya prasal!lsa jurailana Mithe du heraya parik�a. thva nirnittina jipani sakalyasyal!l hlaya jula 1/

End: . . . biva dhar� II iti rud[hi]tak�aparik�a kavyarlvindhya[ya]vane dne nepaIabhiimi�u I lal!l­gali vyakiret medo danavasya prayatnata!) II 1 1/ thva daityaya daka kabyalibhubanasa bil!ldhya[ya]­banasa dnabhiimisa nepaIabhiimisa lal!lgalibhiimisa hora chotal!l II akas[y]acekasuddhak�am u(t)pa­lasphatikan tata(!)) / mrnalasal!lkhadhavaral!l kiiicid vafl)[l)]antaranvital!l 1/ 2 11 akasa thya suddha­padmaya daraya suka thya sal!lkha thya bhoyiva thathil!lgva sphaiika kiIp . . . 1/

Chapters: thvate sal!lk�iptaheraparik�a (fol. 14 front), thvate muktaphalaparik�a (fol. 28 back) , iti padmaragaparik�a (fol. 38 back), iti marakataparik�a (fol. 45 front), iti sekhaparik�a (fol. 46 back) , iti indranlIaparik�a juro (fol. 52 front) , iti vaidiiryaparik�a (fol. 55 front) , iti kark[k]atanaparik�a (fol. 59 back), iti bhi�mapariksa (fol. 62 front), iti rud[hi]rak�aparik�a (fol. 63 back) .

A handbook on the examination of precious stones in Sanskrit verse with a paraphrase in NevarL

258 Us. or. 6425.

For a description of the ms. see No. 40.

(2) Satakasarai!okasa/flgraha Beg.: srlgal)esaya nama!) I atha vairagyasatake kil!lcit sloka li�yate I eka kohi . . . bhartrharl raja ko

amrtaphala eka caqhaya. so phala �aye to ajambara hoye II yatrajane . . . rani ko diya. ranine bhi eka kohi dravadara. so asta! karti rahL tisa ciravara . . . ne phala diya cavaradara bhi eka koi besya kau astiil karke rahal!l. tisa bisya ko cara . . . ne sohi phala diya. so phala Ie karke besyane bicara kiya. hama ajambara hoya ke kya . . . raja ajal!lbara hoye to saba praja ko rak�a hoye.

End: hama ko bi�ayame ghumayake chale hail!l II 37 II brahma bisnu mahesvara ko jina kamadeva ne baral!lbara maga . . . strl ke cakara jaisa klye haiIp. grhakary[y]ase bacana sail!l bhi kahana hi jaye. jina ke carltra . . . aisa kamadeva ko namaskara hail!l II 38 II mal!ltra ke bhi gamana nahi hai. au�adhl lagavane kabhi ihegana nah1 haiIp. aneka prakara ke sal!lti sai bhi nasa nahi hote haiIp. agame pravesa hoyake kuchu bi�ama 2 paida karte hai. aisa kama bhi apastara sai dtta ko ghumavate haiIp. netra ko bhi ghumavate hail!l II 39 II kohi vairagya me calate haiIp. kohi nlti me rahate hail!l. koi Srl!lgara me rahate hail!l. iha sal!lsara mail!l tinau sataka ke bheda nyara haiIp. jog! ka I i( c )cha hai. soi mai dtta lagavate haiIp II 40 II

Colophon: iti srlbhartrharlviracita[l!l]sr(il)garasatake sarasloka(!)) sal!lgrhlta(!)) samapta II su­bham bhiiyat II

Subcolophons: iti vairagyasatake sarasloka(!)) sal!lgrhita(!)). sloka atha nltisatake katidru li�ya(n)­te (page 5). iti nit1satake sarasloka(!)) sal!lgrhlta(!)). atha sr(il)garasatake katicita sloka li�ya(n)te (page 7),

A rendering in KhariboIl prose of a selection of verses from Bhartrhari's Satakatraya containing 34 verses from the Vairagya-, 39 verses from the Nlti- and 40 verses from the Srngarasataka.

200

Page 247: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 259-261

259 Hs. or. 4367.

Paper. Fols. 39. 25,5 x 11 cm. 20 x 7 cm. 9 lines. Devanagan. Sanskrit, prose. Dated Saka E. 1836.

Vopadeva: Harillliiviveka. A commentary on the Bhagavatapural)a. Beg.: srlgal)esaya namai).. namai). kr�l)aya nityaikasaccidanandamiirt[t]aye / jagatsargavisargadisa­

k�il)e cintyasaktaye /1 jayanti vopadevasya vaco vibudhasal)1saktatai). / ghanasarojvalabhiisai). k�lro­dasyeva vlcayai). 1/ 1 // srlmadbhagavatasyanukramaQl tadvinirm[m]ita / harililabhidhaneyal)1 yathii­buddhi(l)1) vivicyate // 2 /1 iha kascid guruprasiidadhigatasamastasastratattvo vopadeva nama dvija­graJ)Ii). snbhagavatarthal)1 vivari�ui). pratijanite srlmadbhiigavataskal)1dhiidhyayarthiidi niriipyate vi­du�a vopadevena mal)1trihemiidritu�taye /

End.: lak�mya suvarl)alataya vapu�i prakal)1<;1esli�tai). stanastavakalal)1bitaya nital)1ta(l)1) / sac­chiiyakai). sitirucii). phalita[s]tamiilas tapal)1 vyapohatu bhavan vibhaval)1 harir [n]nai). I harililavlveko yal)1 ramarajasya vesmani / kataker anvayal)1cakre tu�tyai hemadril)a satal)1.

Colophon: iti srivopadevabhaHaviracitaharilllavivekai). samaptai).. �ubham astu. samvat 1836. ra­rna rama rama rama rama rama rama rama rama rama rama rama ra(ma) .

260 Hs. or. 4309.

Paper. One folded leaf. 24,8 x 20 cm. 11 x 19,5 cm. 15 lines written vertically. Various alphabets.

(2) [Abhilekha]. Beg.: 01)1 namai). snkalikayai nama(i).). gvalamora akba 1 . , . palarsi akha 2 . . . tilahuti akha 3 . . .

ral)1jana akba 4 . . .

End. nejo akba 13 . . . phiril)1g1 a(kha 15).

This is a transcript of the stone inscription of King Pratapa Malia attached to the wall with a waterspout in the Hanuman Qhoka Palace. The sentences written or carved in the stone-plate examplify various alphabets (iikha) including the Roman script.

261 Hs. or. 4311.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 18, a number of leaves missing. 16,8 x 7,2 cm. 14,5 x 5,5 cm. 6 lines. Diagrams. Nepalak�ara. Nevarl prose, stotras in Sanskrit verse. Undated.

Samastarak�iimantra . Incomplete. Beg.: . . . raja. thva tela[l)1]na nisyal)1 pu[r]�yanak�atra-kuhnu gaka cavadasa-bart[t]im dvayakal)1.

ce[rt]tana tisyal)1 samastal)1 kary[y]a siddhi va �a. paficamiila phoyava hmasa vas(a)tasa telakal)1 nakal)1 basa yaya. manasila, riipakesala, pnyal)1gu, gvaroca[l)1da]na thvate s(a)mabhagana lal)1khasa nisyal)1 mi�asa ule. sakala basa yaya. phiiya hipun kapa<;lasa borava ganakal)1 tayava rico thva kapadasa sobirajanatra mala cona duthanal)1 yatada nerava phiiya dakasa mata choyakal)1 al)1jala phasyal)1 thva al)1jala mi�asa urava mi�ana �akval)1 strl puru�a raja praja basa yaya. uphala, liipakesa-

201

Page 248: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 261-262

la, i�timidi, hiimala thuti samabhiiga yanava nisyarp. molasa panarp.. sa bhinake moc)aya kachu­byiidhi-nasa kha.

End: . . . sa chununarp. santa yaya rna jiva. jatma1 nene. jatmaya2 patipara satsara rna khu. karm­[m]aya patipara satsara. je baraka papa punya jata ajata jena rna syaya. je jarm[m]arajayake3 vanava gocara yanava mrtyu mumarake dhiiya rna do. ghati jukva danasa hanarp. je jyatha juro. parp.ca indrina tolataro. lrlana rna chuto. mi�anarp. rna chuto. thathirp.na sarp.sara conava chu yaya. je ja[n]madvara3 vane dhiiya rna do. ghati jukva rna danasa gvachinarp. jaubana samasta nipana sarp.pan(n)a jura. samasta sukha karyana sarp.pan(n)a juya. thathirp.gva abasarasa je jamadvara vane rna yaya dhakarp. dhiiya rna duo thathe dhaka dhiiyava cho yaya. bipat(t)iya au�adhi dhiry[y]a yaya mala. adhiry[y]a yaya rna teva. os(a)taya namana tekva phakva dharm[m]aki(r)t[t]i sarp.bhiira yanarp. diya mala dhaka thanaya namana ajna dayakarp. bijyaya mara.

The first section of the ms. deals with medicinal prescriptions and the use of talismans together with mantras. The second section describes the effect of the various days of the lunar calendar upon people. The third contains hymns to the Buddha (buddhaglti) . The fourth indicates how one should speak at a condolence meeting to the people who have come to the home of the bereaved family in order to convey their condolences.

1 For janma. :2 For janmao. 3 For jamaO (= yamaO).

262 Us. or. 6446.

Paper. Fold-book. Fols. 19. 19 x 7,3 em. 15,5 x 4,5 cm. In the first text 6 lines, in the other texts varying number of lines. Tables and diagrams. NepiUiik�ara. Nevari and Sanskrit. Written by various hands. Undated.

[Vividha]. Incomplete. Beg.: orp. namo marp.junathiiya II kaliihiitaya lakadanda tharp. jyana bhelayi arp.guli 20 mako.

yakona culatvana arp.guli 16. kothula tvaka du arp.guli 14. gukoya du k�ana daya. jha(?)kuya arp.guli 16. duk�ana daya . . nakocatona daya arp.guli 20. khila ragoc)a bhelayi puna arp.guli 20. toranana tharp. a(rp.)guli 15 bherayi. kocasa bhelayi arp.guli 13. guthina panca na(ko )cotona tala 1. yakopvalana dathulacotona arp.guli 48. patala du arp.guli 6. dathulaya kothu re�atona patalahiita bya arp.guli 5 1/2. hmiUaya lapucinatono arp.guli 3. patala bhelayi arp.guli 15.

End: rajanista tha rajo bhavatu. basumati sarna basarp. sya vipane karya bakhatu meghiibiparita manina sani joga samata baihiire chana chula jagata khina manupa sarp.ti manyamanya priti qhiivarp. basati sukhamaya bairya raga ajya sagharp. II asi(r)vata(l).)l 1/ tathii kharu raja sabhii dhapitva bhiiga­vatum yatad avocata adhya phadha kuro jatva budha puta samimapata // asi(r)vata(l).)l samapta(l).) // mahik�agvararp. sabara kanikatijya vai krte kandra mahiipakarovanyata tasya // sanavyiidhirogo pa(rp.)cavidhabhiiva arojne nit yam atitabhoga bhavya sudhilarp. suvisara vasa bhai�ajya dana rabhate manuk�a(l).) // gurak�e . . .

The ms. contains various texts , starting with a text on drawing the figures of deities with the right measurements and ending with a text on medicine.

1 For ii.lirv{jda(�).

202

Page 249: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Nr. 263

263 Hs. or. 6398.

Paper. Fold-book. Fois. 25. 18,5 x 8,3 cm. 15,5 x 5,5 cm. 7 lines. Nepalak�ara. Nevan and Sanskrit verse, a few Sanskrit verses being paraphrased in Nevan prose. Undated.

[ StotrasalTlgrahadi] . Beg.: . . . bra chahara svaya matrana kOli chi sa dana biyaya punya dava II 2 II dhanyastu manavo

loka yasmin pUl)ye k�ito vapet I salagramasilaya ye tulaslyatvahalJl sucau II gonakhuhmalJl puru[lJlha­na suci pabitra thayasa saligramasa chaya nimi[r]ttina tulasl peyava taylva thva bhiimi pUl)ya dhaya. thvahmalJl puru�apani dhaya II 3 II turasi vicitva . . . dhanyau tatkarapallavau kesavarthako 'sau je ca ropayantiha bhutare II gonakhuhmalJl puru�ana srikr�l)ayake chaya nimittina bhiimisa turasl peyava taiva hala noylva thvahma[lJl]ya hastapallava dhanya dhaya II 4 II kitp kari�yati salJlpiijye yanair [b]hi bhavavistarai(l)) I turasldarena devesa piijitayananaityaha II gvanakhuhma[lJl]na mantrak�arana tu­raslharana piija yanana paramesvara salJltu�la juylva. thathe chana rna conalJl. chu nimi[r]ttina mocakalJl juralJl II 5 II

End: daka svadantalJl pilasalJl jita siddhi biva thathil!lhma gal)esalJl II 1 II hnasas(a) kUl)<;ialalJl cosacabhatna nepiiSalJl maniratnamauli tala sila cosalJl I jonabi tlsanalJl sobha chi liliiSalJl jita siddhi biva thathitphma gal)esam II 2 II runu jhunu nU[lJl]nava galJlg[ar]ajalesalJl kUQacika pvalhalJl sudan­talJl subhesalJl I sudrstitp tala chilJl svagolalJl mikhanalJl jita siddhi biva thathilJlhma gal)esalJl II 3 II gasa chuhmasa dhiihmaya mok�a asalJl thohmalJl gauliputralJl bauju girisalJl I hnithulll chi hnithanii jiguli disanalJl jita siddhi biva thathilJlhma gal)eSalll II 4 II gajasura daitya syaya chi hatasalJl bhagaba­tipanisalJl yata papaniiSalJl I asalJlkhya jula pu�pabi�IP akiiSalJl jita siddhi biva thathilJlhma gal)esalJl II 5 II . . . iti srlgal)esii�!akalJl salJlpiir[ l) ]alJl II . . .

"

The ms. contains stotras and, written by another hand, a multiplication table up to 100, and a medicinal prescription. It ends with a stotra to Gal)esa in eight stanzas (GalJeSiilitaka).

203

Page 250: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

INDICES

A CONCORDANCE ACCORDING TO TITLES

Tilel

Abhilekha Adhytitmartimtiyal'!a Adhytitmartimtiyal'!a Antye$tikriyii Amoghii$tamlvratavidhi Avalokitesvaradhyiina Asvagho$anandimukhiivadiina

see Vasurru/hariivrata A$tadikkalaSapujii A�tamiitrkiibhairavagal'!esakumiirasirIJghinlvyiighril'!lpujii A$!amlvratamiihiitmya: Vlrakuiiivadiina A$!amlvratamiihiitmya: Vlrakuiiivadiina A�tamlvratamiihiitmya: Vlrakuiiivadiina A�tamlvratamiihiitmyakathii A$tamlvratamiihiitmya (= Divyiivadiinoddhrtavratamiilii) A$!amlvratamiihiitmya (= Divyiivadiinoddhrtavratiivadiinamiilii) A�tamlvratamiihiitmya Asvamedhayajiia Aciiryiibh�ekavidhi Ayurvedlyataila Arya-aparimitiiyu-niima-mahiiyiinasutra A�adhisarIJgraha

Utkriintiyoga Utpiitala�al'!a Upo�adhavrata

EkiidaSlkathii

Karul'!iimayasiidhana KavacasarIJgra�a Kavikumiiriivadiina Ktikaparl�ii

205

Library Sign

Hs. or. 4309 4345 6219 4326,2 4301 ,1 4309,6

4284 4295 4329 4330 4339,3 6215 6214 6384 6445 6479,1 6458 6385 6383 4292

4326,1 6404 4340

6226

4309,8 6454 4352,1 4309,5

Nr.

260 55 56 98 71 72

101 73 17 18 19 3 1 4 2

57 70

165 66

164

98 158 13

21

84 130

5 156

Page 251: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

Kiikarudra 6478,1 157 Kubjikiipujiividhi 6457,1 108

see also Biilakubjikiircanavidhi KUmiirlpujiikrama 6388,1 86 Kumiirlmahiimiiyiistaviidi 6388,2 194 KulapiIJ4iircanavidhi 4323 110 Kuhmapyiikhanayii bidhi 4361 85 KuSalJ4fkarmavidhi 6415 111 Kaumiirlyiigiircanavidhi 6403 107 KeliSiistra 4304 150

Gamanaphalaviciira 4294 143 Garu4aniiriiyaIJadhvajiirohaIJavidhi 4317 119 Gltagovinda 6393,1 198 Gltagovinda 6472,1 199 Gltasa171graha 6437 188 Gltasa171graha 6421 187 Gltasa/'flgraha 6476 189 GurumaIJ4alavidhi 6456,1 82 Grhasthiipanavidhi 6464,2 121 Grahadi1SiiSiintividhi 6488 144 Grahabali 6390 106

Cakrasa/'flvarapujiividhi 4301,3 76 CaturthlpurlJimiivrata 6440 20 Caryiiglti 4305 122 Caryiiglti 4332 123 Caryiiglti 4343 124 CiilJakyasiirasal!l8raha Ms. or. fol. 599 47 CiilJakyasiirasa/'flgraha Hs. or. 4333 48 CiilJakyasiirasa/'flgraha 4346,1 49 CiilJakyasiirasa/'flgraha 6386 50 CiilJakyasiirasa/'flgraha 6396 51 CiilJakyasiirasa/'flgraha 6420 52 Causathibali 4296 77 Causathibali 4328,1 78

Jyauti.'japustaka 4299 149 Jyauti.'japhalabhogaviciira 4289 145 Jyauti�aphalabhogaviciira 4316 146 Jyauti.'japhalabhogaviciira 6438 147 Jyauti.'japhalabhogaviciira 6451 148

Tantriikhyiina 6397 38 Tantriikhyiina 6410 39 Tantriikhyiina 6425,1 40 Trailokyamohanacakriidi 6216 118

Di1Sakarmakriyiividhi 4293,1 80 Dasamlpujiividhi 4355 104

206

Page 252: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

Diinaviikya 6456,2 79 Divyiivadiinoddhrtilytamzmiihiitmya

see A#amzvratamiihiitmya Divyiivadiinoddhrtavratamiilii

see A�tamzvratamiihiitmya DurgatipariSodhanasamiidhibali 4326,3 98 Durgiipujiividhi 6487 105 DViidaSatlrthakathii 4350 81

Dharmalak�mzsaff/viida 6452,2 62 Dharmalak�mzpuriilJa

see Dharmala�mlsaff/viida DhiiralJlsal?l/5raha 6156 126

Na�atraphalabhogaviciira 4313 151 Na�atraphalabhogaviciira 6489 152 Narariijii 4362 59 Niigayajfta 4285 92 Niigasiidhanajalayajftavidhi 4328,2 87 Niimasaff/gzti 4331 172 Niimasaff/gzti (= Paramiirthaniimasa/flgZti) 4302 173 Niimasa/flgzti (= Paramiirthaniimasaff/gzti) 6157 174 Nityakarmadeviircanapfijiividhi 6412 113 Nityakarmavidhi 6427 114 NZtikathii 6468 53 Nrtyapaftcamaveda 4325 200 Nrtyesvarapfijiividhi 4301 ,4 88

Paftcatiilagztaviidya 4288,2 168 Paftcara�iibidhiina/fl pujii yiiya 4297 93 Paftcara�iividhiinapfijii 4287 94 Paftcara�iisfitra 4320 69 PiilJt!avagZtii 6387 201 PiilJt!avagztii 6382 202 PiilJt!avagZtii 6464,1 203 PiilJt!avagzliislolra 4308 204 Paltra 4373 208 Paltra 6217 209 Paltra 6218,1 210 Paltra 6218,2 211 Paltra 6218,3 212 Paltra 6218,4 213 Paltra 6218,5 214 Paltra 6218,6 215 Paltra 6493 216 Paltra 6494 217 Paltra 6495 218 Paltra 6496 219 Paltra 6497 220

207

Page 253: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

Pattra 6498 221 Pattra 6499 222 Pattra 6500 223 Pattra 6501 224 Pattra 6502 225 Pattra 6503 226 Pattra 6504 227 Pattra 6505 228 Paffra 6506 229 Pattra 6507 230 Pattra 6508 231 Pattra 6509 232 Pattra 6510 233 Pattra 6511 234 Pattra 6512 235 Pattra 6513 236 Pattra 6514 237 Pattra 6515 238 Pattra 6516 239 Pattra 6517 240 Pattra 6518 241 Pattra 6519 242 Pattra 6520 243 Pattra 6521 244 Pattra 6522 245 Pattra 6523 246 Pattra 6524 247 Pattra 6525 248 Pattra 6526 249 Pattra 6527 250 Pattra 6528 251 Pattra 6529 252 Pattra 6530 253 Pattra 6531 254 Pattra 6532 255 Padmapuriifla

see Siiradiivratadharmakathii PadmaSekhariivadiina

see Vicitrakarflikiivadiinoddhrta Paramiirthaniimasarrzg1ti

see Niimasarrzglti Piiriijikii

see MaiijuSrlpiiriijikii p1thyavatiirastotra 6457,2 195 Pitjiipaddhatisarrzgraha 6492 115 Pitjiividhi 4312 95 Pitjiividhistotrasarrzgraha 6485 116 Pratijiiii-niima-dhtirafll 6383,2 137

208

Page 254: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

Biijanabol (= BiijattWol) 6406,2 166 Biijanabol (= BiijattWof) 6470 167 Biilakubjikiircanavidhi 6483 102 Biistubidhi 4327 120 Bo ghiisa tayagu pramiilJa 4309,7 75 Bhagavadgltii 6448 58 Bhajanamiilii 6475 184 Bhajaniivati 6409 185 Bhajaniivati 6417 186 Bhavi�yapuriilJa 6442 61

see also MiirtaIJ4avratadharmakathii BhiigavatapuriilJa 6447 60 Bhairabagu{hayii bidhi 6484,1 103 Bhairaviignihomavidhi 6389 74

MafijuSrtpariijika 4347 91 MaIJicii4avadana 6450 6 MaIJicii4iivadiinoddhrta 6424 9 MaIJicii4avadiinoddhrta 4339,1 7 MaIJicii4iivadiinoddhrta 4352,2 8 Mantradhiiral]Isa1!ll;raha 6469,2 131 Mantraviikya 4293,2 136 Mantropacara 6220 132 Mantra�adhisa/flgraha 6418 133 Mantra�adhisa1!ll;raha 6419 134 Mantra�adhyupacara 4354 135 Mahakarmiircanavidhi 4322 112 Mahiikiiladhyiina 4286 90 Mahiipratyahgirii 6459 68 Mahiilak�mlkumiirlvasulfldhariistotra 6491 171 Miidhavanidiinaparikramacikitsii 8197 159 MiirtaIJ4avratadharmakathii 6225 22

Yantramantrasa/flgraha 4291 141 Yantramantrasa/flgraha 4292,1 142

Ra�iiyantra 6465 138 Ratnaparl�a 4298 257 RatnamaIJ4alaracana 6469,1 96 RagariigilJlmiila 6484,2 256 RiimayalJa: SundarakiiIJ4a 6407 54 Rogacikitsii 4303 160 Rogacikitsii 6406,1 161 Roganidiina 4349 162 Rogopaciiravidhi 4315 163

La�acaityasthiipanaphala 6394 89 Latitavistara 4334 67 LihgapuriilJa :

see Sivariitrivratakathii

209

Page 255: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Lokesvarastotra

Vajrasattvamudriisal'(lgraha Var$asal?lkhyiividhiina Va§lkaral'}a Vaslkaral'}a

Indices

Vasul?ldhariivrata (= Asvagho$anandimukhiivadiina) Vasul?ldhariidevlvrata : Sucandriivadiina Vicitrakarl'}ikiivadiinoddhrta Vividha Viyl'}udasiivatiirakrama Vimupafijarastotra Viyl'}upafijarastotra VlrakuSiivadiina

see A$!amlvratamiihiitmya Vetiilapaficavii?lSati Vetiilapaficavii?lSati Vetiilapaficavii?lSati Vetiilapaficavii?lSati Vetiilapaficavii?lSati Vetiilapaficavii?lSati Vratamiilii

see A$!amlvratamiihiitmya Vratiivadiinamiilii

see A$!amlvratamiihiitmya SatakasiiraSlokasal?lgraha Siiradiivratadharmakathii Sivariitrivratakathii Sivaviviihakathii Siyyapravesavidhi Sukasaptati

Samastarak$iimantra Siirapafijikii Siddhiigniyajfiavidhi Siddhilak$mlcakroddhiira Sucandriivadiina

see Vasul?ldhariidevlvrata Sudhanariijakumiiriivadiina Sudhanariijakumiiriivadiina Sundarakiil'}tja

see Riimiiyal'}a Supriyasiirthabiihukathii SomaVlirlvratakathii Stotra Stotrasal?lgraha Stotrasal?lgraha Stotrasal?lgraha Stotrasal?lgraha

210

4346,2 170

4300 99 4290 154 6221 139 6222 140 4348 15 6224 14 4339,2 16 6446 262 4306 155 6416 206 6452,1 207

Ms. or. fol. 600 41 Hs. or. 4341 42

6405 43 6414 44 6423 45 6481 46

6425,2 258 6402 23 6401 24 6449 63 4301,2 97 6408 37

4311 261 4314 153 6411 117 4324,1 125

4336 10 6462 11

4337 12 6400 25 4309,1 196 4288,1 176 4307 177 4309,3 178 4310 179

Page 256: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

Stotrasartzgraha 4318 Stotrasartzgraha 4321 Stotrasartzgraha 6393,1 Stotrasartzgraha 6393,2 Stotrasartzgraha 6398 Stotrasartzgraha 6466 Stotrasartzgraha 6471 Stotrasartzgraha 6472,2 Stotrasartzgraha 6474 Stotrasartzgraha 6478,2 Stotrasartzgraha 6479,2 Stotrasartzgraha 6480 Stotrasartzgraha 8188 Sragdharastuti 6443 SvayambhUpuriilJa 6426 SvayambhumahiipuriilJa 4353 Svasthiinldharmavratakathii 4319 Svasthiinldharmavratakathii 4351 SvasthiinlparameSvarlkathii 6490 SvasthiinlparameSvarlvratakathii 4344 Svasthiinlvratakathii 4283 Svasthiinl(vratakathii) 4368 Svasthiinlvratakathii 6223 Svasthiinlvratakathii 6413 Svasthiinlvratakathii 6422 Svasthiinlvratakathii 6439 Svasthiinlvratakathii 6444

see also Sivaviviihakathii

Haramekhalii 4335 Haramekhalii 6391 Haramekhalii 6395 Harillliiviveka 4367 Hiphala svaneyii bidhi 4324,2

Fragment 4309,4 Pitch indications 4288,3

B CONCORDANCE ACCORDING TO LIBRARY SIGNS

Library Sign

Ms. or. fol. 599 Ms. or. fol. 600 Hs. or. 4283

Title

CiilJakyasiirasartzgraha Vetiilapancavirtziati Svasthiinlvratakathii

211

180 181 198

207a 263 197 205 190 191 192 193 182 183 175 65 64 26 27 29 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

127 128 129 259 83

100 169

Nr.

47 41 30

Page 257: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

4284 4285 4286 4287 4288,1 4288,2 4288,3 4289 4290 4291 4292,1 4292,2 4293,1 4293,2 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301,1 4301 ,2 4301,3 4301,4 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309,1 4309,2 4309,3 4309,4 4309,5 4309,6 4309,7 4309,8 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317

Indices

A$tadikkalaSapujii Niigayajna Mahiikiiladhyiina Pancarak$iividhiinapujii Stotrasa/flgraha Pancatiilagltaviidya Pitch indications Jyaut4aphalabhogaviciira Var$asal!lkhyiividhiina Yantramantrasa/flgraha Yantramantrasa/flgraha AU$adhisa/flgraha DaSakarmakriyiividhi Mantraviikya Gamanaphalaviciira A$tamiitrkiibhairavagalJesakumiirasbrzghinlvyiighrilJlpujii Causathibali Paficarak$iibidhiina/fl pujii yiiya Ratnaparlk$ii Jyauti$apustaka Vajrasattvamudriisa/flgraha Amoghii$tamlvratavidhi S4yapravesavidhi Cakrasa/flvarapujiividhi Nrtyesvarapujiividhi (Paramiirtha)niimasaf!/glti Rogacikitsii KeliSiistra Caryiiglti V4IJudasiivatiirakrama Stotrasa/flgraha PiilJtjavagltiistotra Stotra Abhilekha (Hanumiin I;>hokii Inscription) Stotrasa/flgraha Fragment Kiikaparlk$ii Avalokitesvaradhyiina Bo ghiisa tayagu pramiiQa KaruQiimayasiidhana Stotrasa/flgraha Samastarak$iimantra Pujiividhi Nak$atraphalaviciira Siirapafijikii Rogopaciiravidhi Jyauti$aphalabhogavicara GarutjaniiriiyaQadhvajiirohaQavidhi

212

101 92 90 94

176 168 169 145 154 141 142 164 80

136 143 73 77 93

257 149 99 71 97 76 88

173 160 150 122 155 177 204 196 260 178 100 156 72 75 84

179 261

95 151 153 163 146 119

Page 258: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

4318 Stotrasarrzgraha 180 4319 Svasthiinldharmavratakathii 26 4320 Paficara/qiisittra 69 4321 Stotrasarrzgraha 181 4322 Mahiikarmiircanavidhi 112 4323 KulapiIJ4iircanavidhi 110 4324,1 Siddhila/qmlcakroddhiira 125 4324,2 Hiphala svaneyii bidhi 83 4325 Nrtyapaficamaveda 200 4326,1 Utkriintiyoga 98 4326,2 Antye�tikriyti 98 4326,3 DurgatipariSodhanasamiidhibali 98 4327 Biistubidhi 120 4328,1 Causathibali 78 4328,2 Niigasiidhanajalayajfiavidhi 87 4329 A�!amlvratamiihiitmya: VlrakuSiivadiina 17 4330 A�!amlvratamiihiitmya: VlrakuSiivadiina 18 4331 Niimasarrzglti 172 4332 Caryiiglti 123 4333 CiiIJakyasiirasarrzgraha 48 4334 Lalitavistara 67 4335 Haramekhalii 127 4336 Sudhanariijakumiiriivadiina 10 4337 Supriyasiirthabiihukathii 12 4339,1 MaIJicit4iivadiinoddhrta 7 4339,2 VicitrakarIJikiivadiinoddhrta: PadmaSekhariivadiina 16 4339,3 A�!amlvratamiihiitmya: VlrakuSiivadiina 19 4340 Upo�adhavrata 13 4341 Vetiilapaficavirrz§ati 42 4343 Caryiiglti 124 4344 Svasthiinlparamesvarlvratakathii 28 4345 AdhyiitmariimiiyaIJa 55 4346,1 CiiIJakyasiirasarrzgraha 49 4346,2 Lokesvarastotra 170 4347 (MafijuSrl)piiriijikii 91 4348 Vasurrzdhariivrata (= Asvagho$anandimukhiivadiina) 15 4349 Roganidiina 162 4350 DViidaSatlrthakathii 81 4351 Svasthiinldharmavratakathii 27 4352,1 Kavikumiiriivadiina 5 4352,2 MaIJicit4iivadiinoddhrta 8 4353 SvayambhitmahiipuriiIJa 64 4354 MantraU$adhyupaciira 135 4355 DaSamlpitjiividhi 104 4361 Kuhmapyiikhanayii bidhi 85 4362 Narariijii 59 4367 Harililiiviveka 259 4368 Svasthiinlvratakathii 31

213

Page 259: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

4373 Pattra 209 6156 DhiiralJlsaytlgraha 126 6157 (Paramiirtha)niimasaytlglti 174 6214 A$tam[vratamiihiitmya (= Divyiivadiinoddhrtavratamiilti) 1 6215 A$tam[vratamtihiitmyakathii 3 6216 Trailokyamohanacakriidi 118 6217 Pattra 208 6218,1 Pattra 210 6218,2 Pattra 211 6218,3 Pattra 212 6218,4 Pattra 213 6218,5 Pattra 214 6218,6 Pattra 215 6219 AdhytitmariimiiyalJa 56 6220 Mantropactira 132 6221 VaslkaralJa 139 6222 Vas[karalJa 140 6223 Svasthiinlvratakathii 32 6224 Vasurttdhariidevlvrata: Sucandriivadiina 14 6225 MtirtalJqavratadharmakathii 22 6226 EkiidaSlkatha 21 6383,1 Arya-aparimitiiyu-niima-mahiiyiinasatra 66 6383,2 Pratijfiii-niima-dhiiralJl 137 6384 Divyiivadiinoddhrta-A$tamlmiihiitmya (= Vratiivadiinamiilii) 4 6385 Ayurvedlyataila 165 6386 CiilJakyasiirasaytlgraha 50 6387 PiilJqavagltii 201 6388,1 Kumiir[pajiikrama 86 6388,2 Kumiirlmahiimiiyiistaviidi 194 6389 Bhairaviignihomavidhi 74 6390 Grahabali 106 6391 Haramekhalii 128 6392 PiilJqavagltii 202 6393,1 G[tagovinda 198 6393,2 Stotrasaytlgraha 207a 6394 Lak$acaityasthiipanaphala 89 6395 Haramekhalii 129 6396 CiilJakyasiirasaytlgraha 51 6397 Tantriikhyiina 38 6398 Stotrasarvgraha 263 6400 SomaviirIvratakathii 25 6401 Sivariitrivratakathii 24 6402 Siiradiivratadharmakathii 23 6403 Kaumiirlyiigiircanavidhi 107 6404 Utpiitalak$alJa 158 6405 Vetiilapaficaviytl§ati 43 6406,1 Rogacikitsii 161 6406,2 Biijanabol (= Biijarttbol) 166

214

Page 260: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

6407 Riimiiyafla: Sundarakiifl4a 54 6408 Sukasaptati 37 6409 Bhajaniivali 185 6410 Tantriikhyiina 39 6411 Siddhiigniyajiiavidhi 117 6412 Nityakarmadeviircanapujiividhi 113 6413 Svasthiinlvratakathii 33 6414 Vetiilapaiicavitpjati 44 6415 Kw;afl41karmavidhi 111 6416 Vi.1f!upaiijarastotra 206 6417 Bhajaniivali 186 6418 Mantraw;adhi.sa1(lgraha 133 6419 Mantraw;adhi.sa1(lgraha 134 6420 Ciiflakyasiirasa1(lgraha 52 6421 Gltasa1(lgraha 187 6422 Svasthiinlvratakathii 34 6423 Vetiilapaiicavitpjati 45 6424 Maflicu4iivadiinoddhrta 9 6425,1 Tantriikhyiina 40 6425,2 Satakasiiraslokasa1(lgraha 258 6426 Svayambhiipuriifla 65 6427 Nityakarmavidhi 114 6437 Gltasa1(lgraha 188 6438 lyauti$aphalabhogaviciira 147 6439 Svasthiinlvratakathii 35 6440 Caturthlpurflimiivrata 20 6442 Bhavi$yapuriifla 61 6443 Sragdhariistuti 175 6444 Svasthiinlvratakathii 36 6445 A$tamlvratamiihiitmya 2 6446 Vividha 262 6447 Bhiigavatapuriifla: Xth Skandha 60 6448 Bhagavadgltii 58 6449 Sivaviviihakathii 63 6450 Maflicu4iivadiina 6 6451 lyaufi$aphalabhogaviciira 148 6452,1 Vi$flUpaiijarastotra 207 6452,2 Dharmalak$mlsa1(lviida 62 6454 Kavacasa1(lgraha 130 6456,1 Gurumafl4alavidhi 82 6456,2 Diinaviikya 79 6457,1 Kubjikiipujiividhi 108 6457,2 plthyavatiirastotra 195 6458 },ciiryiibhi.'jekavidhi 70 6459 Mahiipratyangirii 68 6462 Sudhanariijakumiiriivadiina 11 6464,1' Piifl4avagltii 203 6464,2 Grhasthiipanavidhi 121

215

Page 261: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

6465 Rak�iiyantra 138 6466 Stotrasa1pgraha 197 6468 Nltikathii 53 6469,1 RatnamalJljalaracana 96 6469,2 Mantradhiirar)lsalflgraha 131 6470 Biijanabol (= Biijalflbof) 167 6471 Stotrasaf[lgraha 205 6472,1 Gltagovinda 199 6472,2 Stotrasaf[lgraha 190 6474 Stotrasalflgraha 191 6475 Bhajanamiilii 184 6476 Gltasalflgraha 189 6477 Kubjikiipujiividhi 109 6478,1 Kiikarudra 157 6478,2 Stotrasalflgraha 192 6479,1 Asvamedhayajiia 57 6479,2 Stotrasaf[lgraha 193 6480 Stotrasaf[lgraha 182 6481 Vetiilapaiicavi1fl8ati 46 6483 Biilakubjikiircanavidhi 102 6484,1 Bhairabagu/hayii bidhi 103 6484,2 Riigariigir)lmiilii 256 6485 Pujiividhistotrasaf[lgraha 116 6487 Durgiipujiividhi 105 6488 GrahadaSiiSiintividhi 144 6489 Naqatraphalaviciira 152 6490 Svasthiinlparamesvarikathii 29 6491 Mahiilaqmlkumiirivasulfldhariistotra 171 6492 Pujiipaddhatisaf[lgraha 115 6493 Pattra 216 6494 Pattra 217 6495 Paltra 218 6496 Paltra 219 6497 Pattra 220 6498 Pattra 221 6499 Pattra 222 6500 Pattra 223 6501 Pattra 224 6502 Paltra 225 6503 Paltra 226 6504 Pattra 227 6505 Pattra 228 6506 Pattra 229 6507 Paltra 230 6508 Pattra 231 6509 Paltra 232 6510 Pattra 233 6511 Pattra 234

216

Page 262: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

6512 Pattra 6513 Pattra 6514 Pattra 6515 Pattra 6516 Pattra 6517 Pattra 6518 Pattra 6519 Pattra 6520 Pattra 6521 Pattra 6522 Pattra 6523 Pattra 6524 Pattra 6525 Pattra 6526 Pattra 6527 Pattra 6528 Pattra 6529 Pattra 6530 Pattra 6531 Pattra 6532 Pattra 8188 Stotrasarrzgraha 8197 Miidhavanidiinaparikramacikitsii

Avilllci: 13 Bhik�u Satvajiia Mitra: 175 CaI)Qldasa: 200 Jayadeva: 198, 199 Maiijusrlbhallaraka: 137

C AUTHORS

Maiijusrlsamudra Dharmasvamin Sakyabhik�u: 126

D SCRIBES!

235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 183 159

Arjuna Jaisi: 209 Asrameru Kayastha: 218 Bhajudattamimi: 41 Bhajuratna: 61

Bhaktamiina Bhiiju (Bhaku) Miinandhara: 52, 206

Bhiinasilllha: 95 Chattra Sil!lha: 39

217

Page 263: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Daivajfta Biilakr�l.la: 242 Daivajfta DhanasiJpha: 221 Daivajfta Jayanarayal.la: 219 Daivajfta Mal.linarayal.la: 211, 212, 215 Daivajiia Ratnaraja: 235, 243 Daivajiia Sivahari: 198 (19W Daivajiia Tejanarayal.la: 36 Devarama Karmacarya: 106 Devldasa Batasa: 4 Dhanavanta: 188 Dhirjamana: 57 (57) Dlnanatha Daivajiia: 20, 21, 22, 23, 25 Gal.lapati: 119 Gaurlsatikara Batasa: 32 JoganarasiJpha: 35 Kayastha Bhajudeva: 227, 249 Kayastha Devarama: 230, 238 Kayastha Dhanadasil)lha: 247 Kayastha Dhanasal)ldhala: 216 Kayastha Dhanasil)lha: 248, 253 Kayastha Gal)lgarama: 223 Kiiyastha GopalasiJpha: 245 Kayastha GUl.lasal)lkhala: 222 Kayastha JayacakrasiJpha: 244 Kiiyastha Jayarama: 229 Kayastha Kastabhasa: 225 Kayastha Kr�l.lamiina: 241, 251

Indices

Madhavaniiriiyal.la: 118 Manohara Sil)lha: 39 Nakali: 126 Piirl.lasiJpha: 115 Raghurama Vaidya: 159 Ramaramii Jyotika: 59 Ratnakaji Vajraciirya: 28 Ratnadhara Riijopiidhyiiya: 40 (40) Ratnakesananda Vajriiciirya: 11 Sakyaval)lsa Ratnajyoti Dasasthavira: 172 Sivanariiyal.la Daivajiia: 201, 203 (203) Suvarl.lamuni: 41 Tejanarayal.la Jaisi: 210 Tekabiihadura Citrakarl: 14 TuisiJp: 38 Vajraciirya Bhlmariija: 5 Vajracarya ( . . . )devaju: 129 Vajriiciirya Dharmadhara: 180 Vajraciirya Dhirjavlra: 7 (7, 19) Vajracarya Divyananda: 7 (16) Vajriiciirya Jujumiina: 120 Vajriiciirya Kulamanaju: 123 Vajraciirya Prabhakara: 15 Vajriicarya Piirl.lananda: 78 (87) Vajriiciirya Rak�al.la: 91

Kiiyastha Mohanasil)lha: 224, 226, 232, 236, 240,

Vajraciirya Raliinanda Gubhaju: 30 Vajriicarya Ratnabhadra: 65 Vajriiciirya Siddhinarasil)lha: 13 Vajracarya Srldhanaju: 145 Vajracarya Sugatarajamuni: 175 Vajriicarya Siiryamuni: 77 Vajraciirya Tejananda: 6 Vajracarya Vlramuni: 158 Val)lsadeva: 43

246, 250, 252, 254, 255 Kayastha Raghavasil)lha: 237 Kayastha Sivasatikara: 239 Kiiyastha SU!ha: 234 Kayastha Tulaslrama: 217, 220 Karmaciirya Bhairava Bharo: 102 Kula Bahadura: 27 Vilasavajra Vajracarya: 9

1 The sequence of the first, second and, eventually, third name follows that of the manuscripts. 2 Two figures are given in cases where a work is contained in a manuscript consisting of several texts. The second figure(s)

given in brackets, refer(s) to the text copied by the scribe, the first, however, to the manuscript No. which describes its outer appearance.

A�!amana: 27 Bhajuvlra Bhiiro: 30 Dhanta Narayal.la: 188

E DONORS AND OWNERS

Gaurldasa: 40 (40) Har�avlra Citrakiirl: 32 Hnuk�evajra: 68

218

Page 264: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Jasasiddhi Siikyabhik�u: 15 Jasamiina Siikyabhik�u: 15 JasiJpdeo Siikyabhik�u: 15 Jayadhuriil Siikyabhik�u: 15 Jayajitiimitra Malia: 115 Kulavajra Vajriiciirya: 66 (137) Niinimiiyii: 68 Nugu Bhiiro: 116 Prayiigavajra: 68 PurI)iinanda: 68 RiijamiinasiJpha: 126

Indices

Riijavlra: 7 ( . . . )sabhidevaju: 129 Siikyabhik�u Kiiji: 6 Siikyabhik�u Riijamiina: 68 Sakyaval!lsa Bhiijnmuni: 5 Simanasil!l(ha) Citrakan: 32 Sirimana SUdra: 172 SivaliiIa Citrakiin: 32 Sncandra Bhiiro: 69 Snjasaklrticandra: 69

F NAMES OF BUYERS, SELLERS, ETC., MENTIONED IN THE LEGAL DOCUMENTS

Bhiigi: 244 Bhiigi Bhiiro: 223, 230, 247 BhiilsiJpha Miinandhara: 232 Bhiirasil!lha BMro: 234 Bhaviinldatta: 240 Bhima Bhiiro: 230, 239 Bhlmasena: 212 Bhlmasena Thiipii: 208 Bica BMro: 245 Buddhiiciirya Devamuni: 221 Buddhiicarya PUfl)araja Vande: 222, 226, 228,

240, 251, 254, 255 Buddhiiciirya Suga: 248 Buddhiicarya Tavadhika: 224 Bhupatlndra Malla: 242 Daivajiia Cakrasil!l(ha) Bhiiro: 220 Daivajiia Kutu: 238 Dati Bhiiro: 227 DevaniiriiyaI)agiri: 212 Devariima Bhiiro: 217 Devldasa Khatn: 208 DevIsil!lha Niipita: 232 Dhana: 221 Dhanal!ljaya BMro: 236 Dhanariija: 251 Dhanavanta Daniiyaka: 228 Dhannanandasil!lha Bhiiro Bhubhandri: 222 Govindadiib Bharo: 249 HarikHI)a Citrakiira: 253

219

Harisailkara Bhiiro: 226 Indraraja: 254 Jakeraja Bhiiro: 225 Janaraja Bhiiro: 231 Jayadeva Bhiiro: 224 Jayadhana Bhiiro: 249 J ayahari: 246 Jayajitamitra Malla: 217, 244, 247 JayaraI)ajit Malia: 219 Jayatrailokya Malla: 229, 237 Kaji Jagata: 252 Kiisi Bhiiro: 218, 223 Kr�I)ahari Bhiiro: 236 LUI!lgu: 237 Madhila Jayamala: 250 Miilakiira Jakita: 245 MaI)i Bhiiro: 233 MaI)idhara Bhiiro: 226 Pandyii Bhiiro: 218 Paramananda Kaji: 253 PurI)araja Buddhiiciirya

see Buddhiicarya PUfI)araja Vande PurI)asiJpha Buddhiiciirya: 219 Rajendra Vikrama: 214 Riimadattl Mailgalagiri GosaiJp: 233 Ramadeva: 242 Riimadeva Bhiiro: 243 Riimalq�I)a: 220 Ramesvara: 220

Page 265: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

Rru;tavlrasiIpha: 208 RatnasiIpha Bhiiro: 239 Sfupthudeva Bhiiro: 234 Satya Bhiiro: 238 Siddhiriima Bhiiro: 227 Sivanii(riiya)l)a: 220 Tapii Bhiiro: 231 Tavadhika Bhiiro: 235 TekanarasiIpha Bhiiro: 236 Tribhuvana Malia: 209

Uddhava: 246 Vajriiciirya Piifl)ariija: 250 Vijaya Bhiiro: 231 Vijayariija Kastabhiisa: 225 Vi�l)u Bhiiro: 255 Vi�l)usiqtha Daivajiia: 229 Visvariima Bhiiro: 217, 235, 243, 248 Yak�ariija Bhiiro: 231 Yasodhara Bhiiro: 252

G PLACE-NAMES INCLUDING NAMES OF TOLAS AND VIHARAS

Agiithalola, PUl)yavatl (= Panauti) 243 Aragiithilola, PUl)yavatl(sthiina) (= Panauti)

235 Bhaktapur 6, 14, 20-23, 32, 40, 52, 57, 68, 158,

201, 211, 212, 215 ff. Biriichatola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur 220, 229, 238 Buchelola, Bhaktapur 226 Cakramamahiivihiira, Patan 5 Cal)Qlgala, Bhaktapur 14, 32, 52, 217, 221, 235,

239, 245, 246, 248, 253 Canigalatola, Bhaktapur 225 CaIigu-Niiriiyal)a 119 Catu(r)brahmamahiivihiira, Bhaktapur 158 Coche(IjI)lola, Bhaktapur 220, 238 Codvaratola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur 227 Daliichetola, Bhaktapur 246 Dhviikiibiihiila, Kathmandu 7 DhvaJjlliitola, Sakodesa (= SiiIikhu) 30, 175 Elakviitha, Patan 9 GaQache(ljI)tola, Viindima, Bhaktapur 234, 245 Giilahiti, Patan 118 GOQamaljlQetola see GolamaljlQhetola GolamaljlQhetola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur 227, 239,

250, 253 Hatakhii, Patan 5 Hiral)yamahiivihiira, Patan 91 Ichutola, Bhaktapur 240 Ikubiihiila, Mahiigurinani, Yeljltiicheljl, Kath­

mandu 15 I1aJj1tola, Bhaktapur 201 Iniicolola, Bhaktapur 68

Indravatmahiivihiira, Iniicotola, Bhaktapur 68 Kathmandu 7, 11 , 13, 15, 28, 35, 65, 66, 69, 120,

126, 129 Khopadesa see Bhaktapur K�akvatola, Sikuk�anani, Patan 172 Kusabahili, Kathmandu 126 KViithabiihiila, Thahititola, Kathmandu 11 , 66,

120 KViithandutola, Bhaktapur 219, 221 , 222, 224,

226, 228, 236, 240, 250, 251, 254, 255 Madhyapuri (= Thimi) 228 Miigukvatola, Bhaktapur 233 Mahiigunnani, Yeljltiicheljl, Kathmandu 15 Maitrlpuramahiivihiira, Patan (?) 7 Makhanabiihiila 180 Mikhiibiihiila, Patan 172 Miliikvache, Bhaktapur 14 Miilasnvihiira, Otutola, Kathmandu 65 Niichotola, Bhaktapur 40 Niikhiicukanani 123 Nakatola, Bhaktapur 228 Otutola, Kathmandu 65 Piikvo, Kathmandu 28 Patan 5, 7, 9, 41 , 91, 118, 129, 172 PUl)yavatl, PUl)yavatlsthiina (= Panauti) 235 Riigumiidutola, Bhaktapur 224 Raljlgariichalola, Sivagala, Bhaktapur 244 Sakodesa (= SiiIikhu) 30, 175 Siilakhatola, Sakodesa (= SiiIikhu) 30 Siilakvaliimalola, Bhaktapur 232 SiiriiIiatola, Bhaktapur 233

220

Page 266: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

Indices

Sikuk�anani, Patan 172 Sivagala, Bhaktapur 218, 220, 223, 227, 229, 230,

Valjlbhinetola, Bhaktapur 251 Viindima, Bhaklapur 234, 245

231, 238, 239, 242, 244, 247, 250, 253 SuvarI).apraI).iilimahiinagara (= Kathmandu) 13 TalamrupQhetola, Bhaktapur 253 Tarucchayiivihara, Kathmandu 69 Tarumiilamahavihara, Kathmandu 15 Tavacapiilatola, CaI).Qigala, Bhaktapur 14, 32,

Yaljlche(ljlltola, Sivagala, Bhaklapur 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 27, 218, 223, 230, 231, 232, 236, 242, 247

Yaladesa see Palan

52, 217, 221, 235, 239, 245, 246, 248, 253 Tavaliichetola, Bhaktapur 255

Y rupdesa see Kathmandu Yruppivihiira, Palan 41 Yasodhariimahavihiira, Patan 129 Yiiliichetola, Bhaklapur 249 Yeljlliicheljl 15 Techetola, Bhaktapur 252

Tekhiicotola, Bhaktapur 237 Thahititola, Kathmandu 11, 13, 66, 120, 129 Thathubiihala, Dhvaljlliitola, Sakodesa (= Siiti-

YevaIaljltola, Bhaktapur 248 Yilruptola, Bhaktapur 225

khu) 175

N.E. 678 : 234 N.E. 696 : 237 N.E. 699 : 225 N.B. 700 : 231 N.E. 702 : 150 N.E. 708 : 159 N.B. 717 : 245 N.E. 728 : 229 N.E. 729 : 116 N.E. 758 : 111 N.E .. 763 : 218 N.E. 771 : 239 N.E. 777 : 238 N.E. 783 : 102 N.E. 783 : 104 N.E. 783 : 230 N.E. 790 : 119 N.E. 791 : 223 N.E. 793 : 244 N.E. 798 : 91 N.E. 801 : 43 N.E. 801 : 220 N.E. 802 : 198 N.B. 805 : 217 N.E. 807 : 39 N.E. 810 : 253

H DATES OF MANUSCRIPTS

N.B. 811 : 47 N.E. 812 : 77 N.E. 813 : 74 N.B. 813 : 221 N.E. 813 : 247 N.E. 813 : 248 N.B. 815 : 115 N.E. 830 : 243 N.E. 833 : 233 N.B. 833 : 235 N.E. 847 : 15 N.E. 850 : 240 N.E. 850 : 246 N.E. 851 : 232 N.E. 855 : 226 N.E. 855 : 236 N.E. 857 : 106 N.E. 859 : 228 N.E. 863 : 254 N.E. 869 : 213 N.E. 871 : 252 N.E. 873 : 145 N.E. 874 : 216 N.E. 874 : 255 N.E. 876 : 224 N.E. 877 : 250

221

N.E. 877 : 251 N.B. 878 : 227 N.B. 878 : 249 N.E. 882 : 242 N.E. 884 : 241 N.E. 885 : 222 N.E. 901 : 38 N.E. 921 : 41 N.E. 924 : 124 N.E. 927 : 46 N.B. 928 : 203 N.E. 933 : 129 N.E. 933 : 187 N.E. 934 : 201 N.E. 942 : 35 N.E. 942 : 188 N.E. 945 : 211 N.E. 947 : 2 N.E. 951 : 17 N.B. 951 : 36 N .E. 952 : 78 (87) N .E. 952 : 82 (82) N.E. 955 : 26 N.E. 958 : 95 N.E. 959 : 202 N.E. 961 : 13

Page 267: Nepalese Manuscripts Pt 1 Newari and Sanskrit

N.B. 963 : 7 N.B. 963 : 118 N.B. 963 : 212 N.B. 966 : 50 N.B. 969 : 126 N.B. 975 : 9 N.B. 975 : 20 N.B. 975 : 21 N.B. 976 : 23 N.B. 981 : 158 N.B. 984 : 40 N.B. 985 : 123 N.B. 986 : 8 N.B. 990 : 32 N.B. 991 : 127 N.B. 998 : 61 N.B. 1001 : 4 N.B. 1003 : 6 N.B. 1003 : 11 N.B. 1004 : 33

Indices

N.B. 1013 : 65 N.B. 1014 : 175 N.B. 1015 : 85 N.B. 1019 : 120 N.B. 1051 : 68 N.B. 1051 : 171 N.B. 1051 : 178 N.B. 1061 : 178 N.B. 1064 : 172

Saka B. 1317 : 209 Saka E. 1743 : 35 Saka E. 1747 : 211 Saka B. 1759 : 204 Saka E. 1764 : 212 Saka E. 1786 : 40 Saka E. 1836 : 259

Vikr. E. 1452 : 209 Vikr. E. 1838 : 210

222

Vikr. B. 1878 : 35 Vikr. B. 188.1 : 208 Vikr. B. 1882 : 211 Vikr. B. 1886 : 214 Vikr. B. 1891 : 59 Vikr. B. 1892 : 215 Vikr. B. 1895 : 204 Vikr. B. 1896 : 202 Vikr. B. 1899 : 212 Vikr. B. 1921 : 40 Vikr. B. 1934 : 61 Vikr. B. 1938 : 4 Vikr. B. 1961 : 27 Vikr. E. 1984 : 14 Vikr. E. 1993 : 28 Vikr. E. 1996 : 52 Vikr. B. 1997 : 206

A.D. 1866 : 207 (62)